ENGINEERING GRAPHICS ESSENTIALS
FIFTH EDITION
Kirstie Plantenberg
University of Detroit Mercy
SOC Publications
P.O. Box 1334
Mission, KS 66222
913-262-2664
www.SDCpublications.com
Publisher: Stephen Schroff
Copyright 2016 Kirstie Plantenberg
All rights reserved. This document may not be copied, photocopied, reproduced,
transmitted, or translated in any form or for any purpose without the express written
consent of the publisher, SDC Publications.
It is a violation of United States copyright laws to make copies in any form or media of
the contents of this book for commercial or educational purposes without written
penn1ssion.
Examination Copies
Books received as examination copies are for review purposes only and 1nay not be
made available for student use. Resale of examination copies is prohibited.
Electronic Files
Any electronic fil es associated with this book are licensed to the original user only.
These files may not be transferred to any other pa口y
ISBN-13: 978-1-63057-052-l
ISBN-I 0: 1-63057-052-4
Printed and bound in the United States of A1nerica.
REDEEM YOUR CODE
To access exclusive bon us content
This book comes with a un ique access code that gives you access to exclusive
bonus content. Your access code will be provided to you through VitalSource.
Once you ’ve redeemed your code the book will be added to your SOC Publications
Library. You can access your files wherever and whenever you want by logging
into your account and going to your account library.
REDEEM YOUR CODE
1. Email your ebook proof of purchase to service@sdcpublications.com
2. Login to your SOC Publications account or register at
SDCpublications.com/Register
3. Once you are logged in to your account visit
SDCpublications.com/Redeem
4. Enter the code you received
5. Go to SDCpublications.com/Library to access this book’s exclusive
content from your account library.
For answers to frequent ly asked questions rega 「d ing downloads and opening files visit
SDCpublications.com/FAQ
For technical sup po「t visit SDCpublicat ions.com/Contact-Us
ln structo『s: You can access this book’s downloads by logging into you「 i nstructor
account and visiting this book’s details page on our website.
Engineering G『aphics Essentials
PREFACE
Engineering Graphics Essentials is specifically designed to be used in a 1 or 2
credit introduction to engineering graphics course. It covers the main topics of engineering
graphi臼， i ncluding tolerancing and fasteners, and gives engineering students a basic
understanding of how to create and read engineering drawings.
This text is designed to encourage students to interact with the instructor during
lecture. It has many exercises that require student participation.
Instructo r Resources
Power Point Lecture Mate川al
Power Point lecture materials accompany the Engineer加g Graphics Essentials
text. The presentations cover the entire book.
Solution Manual
A PDF solution manual fi le accompanies the Engineering Graphics Essentials text.
There are solutions to the questions and the end of the chapter problem sets.
Student Supplements
Engineering Graphics Essentials comes with additional independent learning
material. It allows the learner to go through the topics of the book independently. The
main media content of the material is html (web pages). It contains html pages that
summarize the topi臼 covered in the book. Each page has voice-over content that
simulates a lecture environment. There are also interactive examples that allow the
learner to go through the Exercise found in the book on their own. Video examples are
included to supplement the learning process.
lndeoendent Learnina Material Do响nload
The independent learning material can be downloaded from the publisher's
website by following the instructions on the inside of the front cover. After you download
the files, move it to the location of your choice, then upzip the download. Next, open the
new folder, navigate to index.htm and double click. This will open the content in your web
browser, then you can start browsing the materi al. The independent learning materi al
contains the following:
•
•
•
•
Web-based summary pages with voice-over lecture content
Interactive exercises
Video examples
Supplemental problem solutions
Engineering Graphics Essentials
Have questions? Please e-mail: ege5@engineeringessentials.com
Found a mistake? Please e-mail a detailed description of the errata to:
ege5@engineeringessentials.com
This book is dedicated to my family for their support and help.
Nassif, Summer and Lias Rayess
and
Phyllis Plantenberg
II
Engineering G『aphics Essentials
CONTENTS AT A GLANCE
Chapter 1: Introduction to Engineering Drawings
Chapter 2: Orthographic Projections
Chapter 3: Pictorial Drawings
Chapter 4: Dimensioning
Chapter 5: Sectioning
Chapter 6: Advanced Drawi ng Techniques
Chapter 7: Tolerancing
Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners
Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings
Appendix A: Limits and Fits
Appendix B: Threads and Fastener Tables
Appendix C: References
Ill
Engineering Graphics Essentials
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Introduction to Engineering Drawings
1 .1) DESIGN ........….................................……….........……..................……….........…·….................. 1-2
1 .2) COMMUNICATING A DESIGN ....................….......................................…...............….......... 1-2
1 2 1) Sketching .. .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . ......... ...... .. ..... . ............................................. 1-2
1 2 2) Technical D『awi ng .. . . . . . ... .. .. ... . .. . . .. .. .. ... . .. . . .. .. ... . .. . . . . .... . ... 下2
1 2 3) Compute『－Aided Drawing . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. . .. ... . .. . . .. .. ... . .. . ..... . .. ... 1-4
1 .3) STANDARDS ...................................……….........….........….........……….................................. 1-4
1 .4) HISTORY OF TECHNICAL DRAWING .............…................…...............….................…....... 1-5
1 .5) MANUFACTURING ...........….........……….........……….........….........…….........……................... 1-5
1 .6) ENGINEERING DRAWING FORMAT AND CONTENTS. ……................…........................... 1-6
1 6 1 ) Sheet Sizes ...............................................……. .•• •. … ……………. 1-7
1 6 2) Drawing ....…. .. . .. . . . .. . .. . . . .. .. . . .. . .. .. . . .. . .. . . . .. . .. . . . .. . .. . .. . .. .. . . .. . .. . . . .. . .. . . . .. . .. . . . .. .. . . 1-8
1 6 3) Zoning.. . . . .. .. .. .. ... .. .... . . .. ... . .. . . ... .. .. ... .. .... . . .. .. . .. . .. ... .. .. ... 1-9
1 6 4) Scale ........... … ………………··…- ….• •. …… ……………. .•• •. ….• •. .••.•. •. .••.•. •1-9
1 6 5) Notes . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. . . .. . . ... .. .. ... . .. . . .. .. .. . . .. . . ... .. . . .. 1-9
1 6 6) Title Block ............................ ….• •. ….• •. ......…·…-…·…- … ……......... 1-9
1 6 7) Revision History Block . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. .. . . .. . .. ... .. . . . 1 斗 0
1 6 8) Tole『a nee and Projection Blocks ...............................…·…….• •. ……..... 1-11
INTRODUCTI。N T。 ENGINEERING DRAWINGS QUESTI。NS .......….......……··…··…··…··….. 1-13
INTRODUCTI。N TO ENGINEERING DRAWINGS PR。BLEMS .............................................. 1-17
h
h
h
Chapter 2：。rthographic Projections
2.1) ORTH。GRAPHIC PROJECTION INTR。DUCTI。N .................…........................................2-2
2 1 1) The Six P『i nciple Views ..................................…·…-…. •• •. ….• •. .••.•. •. ..•.•. •2-2
2.2) THE GLASS BOX METHOD .......................….........…..................…......................................2-3
2.3) THE STANDARD VIEWS .............….........….........….................…..........................................2-7
2 3 1) The F『ont View . .. . . . . . . . . ... . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. ... . .. . .. ... . . . . 2-7
2.4) LINE TYPES USED IN AN ORTHOGRAPHIC PR。JECTION ............................................. 2-7
2.5) RULES F。R LINE CREATI。N AND USE .........….........….........…........................…...........2-10
2 5 1) Hidden Lines.. . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. .. .. .. ... . .. . . .. .. . . . .. . .. ... .. . . . 2-10
2 5 2) Cente『 Li nes ........ …………·…·…-…. •• •. ….• •. .••.•. •. ......…·…- ….• •. ……..... 2-11
2 5 3) Phantom Lines. . .. .. ... . .. . . . .. ... . .. . . .. .. .. ... . .. . . . .. .. . .. . .. ........ 2-14
2 5 4) Break Lines ..............................................…·…-…·…- … ……........ 2-15
2 5 5) Line Type Precedence......................................................................... 2-16
2.6) CREATING AN 。RT HOG RAPHIC PROJECTION ............................................................. 2-18
2 6 1) P『ojection Symbol. .......................................…·…-…. •• •. …................. 2-19
2.7) APPLYING WHAT WE HAVE LEARNED ……….......………….......................……......….......2-27
ORTH。GRAPHIC PR。JECTIONS QUESTI。NS .......................……….........……......................2-31
ORTHOGRAPHIC PR。JECTI。NS PR。BLEMS ........….........…..................…..........................2-33
h
Chapter 3: Pictorial Drawings
3.1) PICT。RIALS INTR。DUCTI。N ........…....................................…….........…...........................3-2
3.2) PICTORIAL TYPES .….........…........…….......................................................…........…............3-4
3.3) AXONOMETRIC PROJECTI。NS ..............….........…..................….........……........................3-5
3 3 1) Types of axonometric pictorials .. . ... . .. . . ... .. .. ... . .. . . . .. .. . .. . .. ...... ... 3-5
3.4）。BLIQUE PROJECTIONS. ….......…................................................…..................…..............3-8
IV
Engineering G『aphics Essentials
3 4.1) Types of oblique pictorials . . . .. . .. ... .. .. ... . .. . . . .. . . . .. . ............... . ... . 3-8
3.5) PERSPECT IVE PR。JECTIONS ..........................................................................……......... 3-11
3 5.1) Types of perspective p『ojections .......... ........ ......…·…-….. ..……· ......…·…... 3-11
3.6) VISUALIZATION ........…............................................................…...............…..........…........ 3-12
3.7) DRAWING ISOMETRIC P ICT。RIALS .........….................................…··…..........................3斗4
3.7.1) D『awi ng linear features in an isometric pictorial. ......................................................... 3斗 5
3 7.2) Drawing ci「cles and radii in an isometric pictorial . ............. ........ ........ ................. 3-18
3.7.3) Drawing cylinde『S in an isometric pictorial .................................................................. 3-22
3.8) DRAWING CABINET OBLIQUE PICTORIALS .............….........…........................……........ 3-27
3 8.1) D『awi ng features of a cabinet oblique pictorial .. .“ ............ ........ ........ ................. 3-27
3.9) APPLYING WHAT WE HAVE LEARNED ........…..........…………...........................……........ 3-35
PICTORIAL DRAWINGS QUESTI。NS ................……….......….........….......….........…................ 3-39
PICTORIAL DRAWINGS PROBLEMS ...................................…................................…............. 3-41
C hapter 4: Dimens io n in g
4 .1) DETAI LED DRAWINGS ........................…….......….........…........................….........…….......... 4-2
4.2) LEARNING TO DIMENSION .................…............................................................................. 4-2
4.3) D IMENSI。N APPEARANCE ....................…..................….........…….....................................4-3
4 3.1) Lines Used in Dimensioning .. . . . . . . .. .. ... . .. . . . .. . . . .. . ............... . ... . 4-3
4 3 2) Types of Dimensions . ..... ........ ...... ... ........ ............... ........ ........ ................... 4-4
4 3.3) Arrowheads, lettering, and symbols . . .. .. ... . .. . . .. .. . . .. .. . ............... . ... . 4-5
4.4) FEATURE DIMENSIONS ...............................................….........…….........……......................4-6
4 4.1) D『awi ng Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. . . .. . .............. . ..4-20
4.5) D IMENSI。N I NG RULES. ….................................................................................................4-20
4 .5.1 ) Dimension placement, spacing and readability ............................................................4-20
4 5 2) Over/Unde『 dimensioned parts .. . . . .. . . . . . . . .. .. . . .. .. . ............... . ...4-26
4 5.3) Manufacturing .. ... . .. ..... ........ ... ........ ........ ............... ........ ........ .................4-30
4 5.4) Functional dimensioning. . . . . . . . . . .. ... . .. . . .. .. ... . .. . .............. . ..4-35
4 5.5) Tole『anci ng . . .. ... . .. ..... ........ ...... ... ........ ............... ........ ........ .................4-44
4.6) APPLYING WHAT WE HAVE LEARNED .........….........….............................….........…......4-49
DIMENSIONING QUESTIONS .........................................................................................….......4-53
DI MENSI。NING PROBLEMS ...............................................….........……........................…........4-57
C hapter 5 : Sectioning
5.1) SECTI。NAL V IEWS.........................….........….................…................…….......…..................5-2
51 . 1 ) C陀ati ng a section view .. . ... . .
. .. .. . .. ... . .. . . .. .. ... . .. . ..... . .. ... . .. . . . . 5-2
5 1.2) Lines used in sectional views .... …….• •. .••.•. •. ......…·…-….. ..……· ......…·….....5-5
5 1.3) Rules of sectioning . .. . . . ... . . . . ... .. .. ... . .... . . .. ... . .. . .................. .. . 5-6
5.2) BASIC SECTI。NS ...........................................................….......................................…........ 5-7
5 2 1) Full section . . .. ... ......…·…-….. ..……· ......…·…-….•• •.….• •. .••.•. •. ......…·…....5-7
5 2 2) Half section. … … … … … . .. .. . .. .. . . .. . . . . .. .. . . .. . .. .. . . .. .. . . .. . . . . 5-7
5 2 3) 0仔set section .. ... . ....…·…-….•• •.……· ........ ......….•• •.….• •. .••.•. •. ......…·….....5-9
5.3) ADVANCED SECTIONS .................….......................................…....................................... 5-14
5 3.1) Aligned section ... . .. .................. ...... ........ ............... ........ ........ ................. 5斗4
5 3 2) Rib and web sections .. .. .. ... . .. . . .. .. .. ... . .. . . .. .. ... . .. . . ............. . ... 5斗 5
5 3 3) Broken section . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . .. .. . . .. .. . . .. . . . . .. . . .. . .. .. . . .. .. . . .. . . . 5-16
5 3.4) Removed section .. … …··…-….•• •.….• •. .••.•. •. ......…·…-….. ..……· ......…·…... 5-16
5 3 5) Revolved section . . . . . . .. .. . . .. . . .. . . .. .. . . .. . . . . .. .. . . .. . .. .. . . . .. .. . . . .. . . . . 5-17
5 3.6) Non-sectioned parts ........ ........ ...…………………·…-….. ..……………··…... 5-17
5 3.7) Thin sections . . . . . . .. . ... . . . . . .. .. ... . .. . . .. .. .. . .. . ......... . .... . ... 5-17
5.4) APPLYING WHAT WE HAV E LEARNED .............….................….........….......................... 5-23
SECTIONING QUESTI。NS ........…..................…….........……….........…·…..................................5-27
SECTIONING PROBLEMS ...............................................................................................……...5-29
V
Engineering Graphics Essentials
Chapter 6: Advanced Drawing Tec hniques
6.1) ADVANCED VIEW TECHNIQUES. …..........…........................….........…................................6-2
6.1.1) Removed and revolved orthog『aph ic views ................................................................. 6-2
6 1 2) Detail views . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . ... .. .. ... . .. . . . .. . . .. . .. ....... ... 6-2
6 1 3) Partial views ......................…·…- ….• •. ……·......…·…-…. •• •. ….• •. .••.•. •. ..•.•. •6-2
6 1 4) Auxiliary views . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . .. .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . .. . . . .... 6-7
6 1 5) Related parts ..................…·…- ….• •. ……·......…·…-…. •• •. ….• •. .••.•. •. . •.•. •6-7
6.2) ADVANCED PART TECHNIQUES ........…..........................................................................6-14
6 2 1) Cast and molded parts ...........................................…·…- ….• •. ……..... 6-14
6 2 2) Welded pa由 ．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．…·… …. •• •. …................. 6-21
ADVANCED DRAWING TECHNIQUES QUESTIONS …….................….......…............…··….... 6-23
ADVANCED DRAWING TECHNIQUES PROBLEMS ......…................….........….......................6-25
H
Chapter 7: T o lerancing
7.1) T。LERANCING AND INTERCHANGEABILITY ...........…….........……..................................7 -2
7.2) T。LERANCING STANDARDS .…...................................................................…...................7 -2
7.3) T。LE RANCE TYPES ........…………·…………........……..................………..................................7 -2
7.4) SHAFT-H。LE ASSEMBLY ........................….........…........…...............................….......….....7-4
7 .5) INCH TOLERANCES ...............................…................................….......................................7 -4
7 5 1) Types of fits ....................................................................................... 7-6
7.5.2) ANSI standa『d limits and fits (English) ....................................................................... 7-7
7.6) METRIC TOLERANCES ..............….................................…….........……·…........……............7-10
7.6.1) ANSI standa『d limits and fits (Metric) ....................................................................... 7-11
7 6 2) Tole『ance designation ......................... …… …………………· ……· …........ 7-11
7 6 3) Basic hole and basic sha由 systems .............................................................. 7-13
7.7) SELECTING TOLERANCES .................…..................…..................….........…….........…….. 7-14
7.8) T。LERANCE ACCUM U LATI。N ........…….........….........….........………..................…...........7-15
7.9) F。RMATTING TOLERANCES ....................….......................................…..........................7-17
7 9 1) Metric tolerances ............................ …… ……………··…- ….• •. …........ 7-17
792) 1nch tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... ...... ...... ... . .. . . ........ 7-18
7.10) APPLYING WHAT WE HAVE LEARNED ........……….......…·……….......….........……........7-21
T。LERANC ING QUESTI。NS .................……….........……..................………...................…..........7-27
TOLERANCING PROBLEMS ........…..................….......................................…..........................7-31
C hapter 8: Threads and Fasteners
8.1) FASTENERS ..........................…............................................................….........….................8-2
8.2) SCREW THREAD DEFINITI。NS .............….................….........….................……·……............8-2
8.3) TYPES OF THREAD ........….........…..................…......................................................…........8-5
8.4) MANUFACTURING SCREW THREADS .....................….........….................…......................8-5
8.5) DRAWING SCREW THREADS ................……......……··……......………………………··……......8-6
8 5 1) Detailed rep「esentation . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... . . . .. .. . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . 8-6
8 5 2) Schematic 『ep『esentation ..……………. .•• •. …… ……………··…- ….• •. ….......... 8-6
8 5 3) Simplified rep陀sentation . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . .. ....... ... 8-7
8.6) UNIFIED THREADS ...................................…........................……….........………·….................8-9
8 6 1) Unified th read note ..……………. . . •. ... •. .. ... . .. . . •. .. . . .. . .. ... •. . . . 8-9
8 6 2) Unified th『ead tables ............…·…-…. •• •. ……·..............…. •• •. ….• •. …......... 8-11
8.7) METRIC THREADS .….......….........……….........……….........….........…….........…….................8-12
8 7 1) Met「ic thread note . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . 8-12
8 7 2) Metric h「ead tables ...................…. •• •. ….• •. .••.•. •. ......…·…- ….• •. ……..... 8-14
8.8) DRAWING B。LTS ....................…·……..........................………................…........…·…·……....8-15
8.9) B。LT AND SCREW CLEARANCES .........….........................….........….................…..........8-15
8.10) STANDARD PARTS ........…..................….........…...........................….........…….........….....8-19
vi
Engineering G『aphics Essentials
8 10 1) General fastene「 specifications . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . .. . . . .. . .. .. . . . .. .. . . .. .. .. 8-19
8.刊 ） APPLYING WHAT YOU HAVE LEARNED .................…....................................……........ 8-21
THREAD AND FASTENER QUESTIONS .......................……….........……........................……..... 8-27
THREAD AND FASTENER PROBLEMS ............................................….........…....................... 8-31
Chapter 9 : Assembly Drawings
9.1) DEFI NITI。NS ..................................................................................….................…............... 9-2
9 1.1) 0『awi ng order. .. .. .... ............ ...... ... .... .. ............... ........ ........ ................... 9-2
9.2) COMPONENTS OF AN ASSEMBLY DRAWING ................................................................. 9-3
9 2 1) Assembly drawing views .......... .... .. ... .... .. ............... ........ ........ ................... 9-3
9 2 3) Part identification ..............…. •• •.….• •. .••.•. •. ......…·…-….. ..……· ......…·…..... 9-3
9 2 4) Pa 『ts list I biII of material . . .. . . . . .. . .. .. . . . .. .. . . .. .. . . .. . .. .. . . . .. .. . . .. . . . . 9-3
9 .到 SECTI。N VIEWS .................….........….............................….........….........................…..........9-6
9.4) THINGS TO INCLUDE/NOT INCLUDE. …......................................…....................................9-6
9 4.1) Hidden and cente『 l ines .................... ......…·…-…·…-… ……··........…·…..... 9-6
9 4.2) Dimensions. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. .. ... . .. . . .. .. . . .. .. . .. ... .. .. ... . .. .. .. . 9-6
9.5) APPLYING WHAT WE HAVE LEARNED ........…….......…................…..........….................... 9-7
ASSEMBLY QUESTIONS ........……....................................…….........….........…….........…...........9-17
ASSEMBLY PROBLEMS .................…..................…...............…................................................ 9-19
h
Appendi x A : Limits and Fi ts
A.1 ) LIMITS AND FITS (INCH) .................................................................................................... A -2
A 1.1) Running or sliding clearance fits ...……· .......................……·….. .. .................. A-2
A 1.2) Locational clearance fits . . . . . . .. .. .. .. ... . .. . . .. .. . . .. .. . .. ... .. .. ... . .. .. .. A-4
A 1.3) Locational transition fits …....……·…··.......................··……. ........ ................. A-6
A 1.4) Locational interference fits ...........……· ..............…………····……. .................. A-7
A 1.5) Fo『ce and shrink fits . . . . . . . .. . .. ... .. .. ... . .. . . . .. . . . .. . .. ... .. .. ... . .. .. .. A-8
A.2) METRIC LIMITS AND FITS ...............................................……….........…….........….............. A -9
A 2 1) Hole basis clearance fits . . . . . . . . .. . ... . .. . . .. .. . . .. .. . .. ... .. .. ... . .. .. .. A-9
A 2 2) Hole basis transition and interference fits ........ ......…·…-….. ..……· ......…·….. A-10
A 2 3) Shaft basis clea『a nee fits . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . .. .. . . .. . .. .. . . .. .. . . .. .. . A-11
A 2 3) Shaft basis clearan但他 ．．．．．．．．． ．．．．．． ．．． ．．．． ．． ．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．……·… .. .. ... ...... ....... A-11
A 2 4) Shaft basis transition and inte『ierence fits .... .. ......…·…-…. •• •.……. ........ ....... A-12
Appendi x B : Threads and Fastener Tables
8.1 ) UNIFIED NATIONAL THREAD FORM....................……….........…….........….........……......... B-2
8.2) METRIC THREAD F。RM ..............….........…..................…..................…............................. 8 -3
8.3) FASTENERS (INCH SERIES) .........….........….................….........….........................…......... B-4
B.3.1) Dimensions of hex bolts and heavy hex bolts .............................................................. B-4
B.3.2) Dimensions of hex nuts and hex jam nuts ... .......... .......... .......... ................................. B-5
B.3.3) Dimensions of hexagon and spline socket head 臼P SC『ews ....…… …......… …..... B-6
B.3.4) D「ill and cou nte『bo「e sizes fo『 socket head cap screws.. ..... ... ................................. B-7
B.3.5) Dimensions of hexagon and spline socket flat cou ntersunk head cap screws.…........ B-8
B.3.6) Dimensions of slo忧ed flat cou ntersunk head 臼P SC「ews .. .. . .. . .. ... .. . ....................... B-9
B.3. 7) Dimensions of slo出d round head 臼p screws .. .............……·….. .. ........ ......... B-9
B.3.8) Dimensions of prefeπed sizes of type A plain washers ... ........... ..... ... ....... ..... ..... ..... 8 -10
B.3 .9) Dimensions of 陀gu lar heli臼l sp「ing-lock washe『s .......... .......................................... B-11
8.4) METRIC FASTENERS ........……….........….........…….........……..................……·…................ 8 -12
B 4.1) Dimensions of hex bolts . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . .. ... .. .. ... . .. .. . B斗 2
B.4.2) Dimensions of hex nuts, style 1 . ...... ... .... .. .....…·…-….. ..……· ......…·….. B-13
B.4句 Di mensions of met「ic socket head 臼P SC『ews ...... ................................................... 8 -14
h
8
VII
Engineering Graphics Essentials
B.4.4) Drill and counte「bo「e sizes fo『 socket head cap screws........................................... B-15
B.4.5) Dimensions of metric counte『sunk socket head cap screws. …………......……….. B-16
B.4.6) Drill and countersink sizes for flat countersunk head cap sc陀WS …· … ...... …h …... B-17
8.5) BOLT AND SCREW CLEARANCE H。LES .........................................…......................... B-18
B.5.1) Inch clea『ance holes. …………………·· … ………………··…- ….. .. ………. B-18
B.5.2) Met「ic clea『a nee holes . . . .. ... .. .. . . . .. . .. ... .. .. ... . .. . . . .. . . . .. . .. ... .. . . B-19
h
Appendix C: Referenc es
REFERENCES ..........................…..................….........…...........................….........…….................. C-1
viii
[ Chapter 1 - lntroducti。n to engineering d『awings J
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING DRAWINGS
CHAPTER OUTLINE
1.1) DESIGN ..............…….........……....................................….........…….........…….........…................ 2
1.2) C。MMUNICATING A DESIGN ......................................….........……........................................ 2
1.2 1) Sketching ... ... ... ............................. ............................... ........ ................ .. . 2
1.2 2) Technical Drawing ... ......................... ........ ............................... ................... . 2
1.2 3) Computer-Aided Drawing . ... . .. . . ... .. .. ... .. .... . . .. ... . .. . .. ... .. .. ... .. .... . . . 4
1.3) STANDARDS ........…..................…..................................................….......…............................ 4
1.4) HISTORY OF TECHNICAL DRAWING .............….........…....................................…................ 5
1.5) MANUFACTURING ..............................................................…........….......….........……·…......... 5
1.6) ENGINEERING DRAWING F。RMAT AND CONTENTS .........…........….......…....................... 6
1.6 1) Sheet Sizes. . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . .. . ... . .. ... . .. . .. ... .. .. ... . .. . . . . 7
1.6 2) Drawing . .. . ... .. .. ... . .. ... . .. . . .. .. .. ... .. .... . . .. ... . .. . .. ... .. .. ... .. .... . . . 8
1.6 3) Zoning ... ... ........ ............................... ....................................... ................... . 9
1.6 4) S臼I e . . .. . .. ...... .. ...... .........……·…··.. .....................··……. .••.•. •. .••.•. •.•.••.•. •.•. • 9
1.6 5) Notes .... ... ........ ......…·…- ….• •. ……· ......…·…-….•• •. ….• •. .••.•. •. ......…·…. •.• . • 9
1.6 6) Title Block .. ... ... .........…- ….• •. ……………··……. .•• •. … ………………··…… . . 9
1.6 7) Revision Hi sto「y Block ..... ....... ........... ................................ ........ .................. 10
h
1.6 8) Tolera nce and P叫ection Blocks .... .. ... ... ... .............….• •. ……………··……. . 11
INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING DRAWINGS QUESTIONS .........….......….......................... 13
INTRODU CTI。N TO ENGINEERING DRAWINGS PROBLEMS................................................. 17
1-1
( Chapter 1 - Introduction to engineering d用阳ngs I
CHAPTER SUMMARY
In this chapter you will learn the importance of eng的eering drawings, how they relate to
design and manufacturing, and the general arrangement and placement of the components on a
print. In addition, the information that is contained within the various blocks (e.g. title bloc均 will be
described.
1.1) DESIGN
Design is a strategic approach t o pro blem solv ing. The design process may
involve considerable research, thought, modeling, adjustments, and redesign. In the field
of Engineering , the design process leads to the creation of a plan for the construction of
an obj ect or system. These plans define things such as the specifications, parameters,
costs , processes, and constraints of the system. Designing often necessitates considering
the aesthetics, functionality, economics, and sociopolitical aspects of the system. In
mechanical engineering, the designed obj ect is most likely a manufactured part or
machine that pe斤orms a required function. In the field of electrical engineering, the design
could be a computer algorithm or a circuit. In civil engineering, the design could be
subdivision or bridge plans. No ma扰er what kind of design is required, you will be requ ired
to communicate this design to someone. You『 audience may vary from you『 cl assmates ,
instructor, boss, or potential investors.
1.2) COMMUNICATING A DESIGN
Why would you want to communicate your design? Most likely, you want to attract,
inspire, and motivate people to respond to your design.
Methods of design
communications can be written or oral. Written communication could be in the form of
reports, memos, or drawings. Design communication throug h drawings may be as simple
as a sketch or as complex as a computer generated technical drawing.
1.2.1) Sketching
A sketch is a quickly executed freeha nd drawing that is not intended to be a
drawing used to manufacture a fi nished pa『t It is only used to express an idea. Sketching
is a useful skill that may be used to quickly convey an idea in a design meeting or to have
as a record of an idea for later use.
1.2.2) Technical Drawing
Technical drawing may be used as both a noun and a verb. Tec hnical drawing
is the process of C「eating an engineering drawing. Technical drawing is governed by a
set of ru les or standards that allow you to create an engineeri ng drawing that is
understandable and unambiguous.
A technical drawing is a drawing or a set of drawings that communicate an idea,
design, schematic, or model. They a「e often used to show the look and function of an
0时ect or system. Each engineering field has its own type of techn i创 drawi ngs . For
example, electrical engineers draw circuit schematics and circuit boa 「d layou怡， civil
engineers draw plans for bridges and road layouts, and mechanical engineers draw parts
and assemblies that need to be manufactu red. This book focuses on the technical
drawings of parts and systems for manufacture. This is not to say that only students in a
1-2
[ Chapter 1 - lntroducti。n to engineering d『awings J
mechanical engineering curriculum will benefit from learning the skills necessary to read
and create part drawings. It benefits everyone from the weekend carpenter who wants to
draw plans for his/her new bookshelf to the electri创 eng ineer who wants to analyze
electri臼I component cooling using a CAE (i.e. computer aided engineering) program.
Technical drawing teaches you how to visualize and see all sides of an object in your
mind. Being able to visualize in your mind will help you in several aspects of critical
thinking.
Engineering drawings , a type of tech ni臼l drawing, are used to fully and clearly
define requirements for an engineered part or system. It communicates all the needed
information 付om the engineer who designed the part to the machinist who will make it.
The process of producing an engineering drawing is often referred to as technical drawing
or drafting. The person that generates the drawing may be called the designer or drafter.
Before the advent of computers, copies of the engineering drawing were duplicated
through the process of blueprinting. Therefore, engineering drawings are often referred
to as prints. Figure 1.2-1 shows one example of an engineering drawing.
1
2
3
4
5
6
:c
ZONE
F6
REV
A
一
E3
自
8
7
，。
9
REVISION HISTORY
DESCRIPTION
DATE
ECN 1510
201 即08130
ECN 1511
11
APPROVED
HJE
201011 1120
:c
HJE
由
Cl
• --『
-- -
u.
1.59
一
:
⑥头
忡··－
』
-
A「：
•--u.
1.06
、
w
'2.75
~
75
『
－』
， 50
-
w
c:::::J
一
、＼、－ 2X114- 20UNC - 2A
2X 目.25
口
口
\
、、
、
• ---
2XSR.39
NOTES:
1. DIMENSIONS ANO TOLERANCES PE只 ASMEY1 4.岳2009
2. REMOVE ALL BURRS ANO SHARP EDGES
也；〉
UNLESS OTHERWI S司E SPECIFIED
DIMARE IN INCHES
X
拿。’
一
由
量.01
X,
XXX
,.oos
ANGULAR
主∞回
拿$
x:r:x:x
•---
2
3
DATE
ORAFτER
口PM
CHECKED
口AM
2010107123
2010/07/26
ENGi剖EER
HJE
201010盯27
AM CO 口ESIGN INC.
国
ITTLε
STUD
CAGE CODE
FINI$><
。c
1
APPROVALS
MATER队L SAE 4320
阳斟D ANGLE 附OJECflON
<
电：，
。O
4
MS2344
ALL OVER
5
SCALE
NOT SCALE DRAV/!NG
6
’
2.
7
8
<
’ of 1
9
，。
11
Figure 1.2-1: Engineering drawing example
1-3
( Chapter 1 - Introduction to engineering d用阳ngs I
1.2.3) Computer-Aided Drawing
Today, the mechanics of drafting have been automated through the use of
computer-aided drawing or design (i.e. CAD) systems. Computer-aided drawing or
design refers to computer software that allows an engineer to create drawings of their
design ideas. There are two types of CAD systems used to create technical drawings.
The first type allows you to draw two-dimensional drawings from scratch. The other types,
and more prevalent today, are programs that start from a three-dimensional model and
automatically create the two-dimensional drawing from the model. Communicating ideas
is critical fo『 developing the best possible solution, and solid models allow you to show a
th『ee dimensional version of your system instead of the traditional two-dimensional
drawing. Many people are able to more quickly understand the idea if they are shown a
three-dimensional representation of the design.
Figure 1.2-2: Three-dimensional CAD model
1.3) STANDARDS
An engineering drawing is a legal document because it communicates all the
needed information about what is wanted to the people who will expend resources turning
the idea into reality. Therefore, if the resulting product is wrong, the manufacturer is
protected from liability as long as they have faithfully executed the instructions conveyed
by the drawing. Mistakes made by the designer during the drawing phase and
manufacturers misreading prints a『e costly. This is the biggest reason why the
conventions and standards of engineering drawings have evolved over decades toward a
very precise and unambiguous state.
In the pursuit of unambiguous communication, engineering drawings often follow
certain national and international standards, such as ASME Y 14.5M or a group of ISO
standards. Standa 「d ization also aids with globalization. Standards allow people from
di仔erent countries who speak di仔erent languages to share a common language of
engineering drawing .
Standards define how to create an orthographic projection, apply dimensions,
symbols use, perspectives, and layout conventions among many other things. This
enables the drafter to communicate more concisely by using a commonly understood
convention.
1 -4
[ Chapter 1 - lntroducti。n to engineering d『awings J
1.4) HIST。RY OF TECHNICAL DRAWING
For centuries, all engineering drawings were done manually by using pencil and
paper. This process took time, precision, and a certain degree of a『tistic ability. Since the
advent of computers, an increasing number of engineering drawings are drawn within the
virtual world of a computer-aided design or drawing (i.e. CAD) program. Currently, it is
very hard to find any company that still practices manual drafting.
Some of the tools used in manual drafting include pencils, erasers, straightedges,
T-square, French curves, triangles, rulers, protractor, compass, and drawing board. The
English saying "Go back to the drawing board ” means to rethink something altogether. It
was inspired by the literal act of discovering design errors and returning to a drawing board
to revise the design.
An engineering drawing is usually reproduced multiple times. These copies are
distributed to the shop floor, vendors, supervisors, and to the company archives.
Historically, a process called blueprinting was used which produced a copy that was blue
in appearance. This is why engineering drawings a「e still referred to as blueprints or
simply prints. Drawings today a「e simply reproduced using a plo忧er or printer.
Figure 1.4-1 : Drafting implements
1.5) MANUFACTURING
Engineering drawings provide an understanding of how a product will function and
be manufactured . Historically, two-dimensional engineering drawings have served as the
sole method of transferring information from design into a manufactured pa『t However,
there are always challenges involved in trying to describe a 30 world in a 20 drawing.
Many companies are realizing that two-dimensional drawings alone are not sufficient and
often lead to design errors and higher manufacturing costs.111 Recently, 30 solid modeling
software has been developed that take the computer drawing or model information and
produce a G-code, which is executed by a CNC (i.e. computer numerical control) machine.
However, two-dimensional drawings still play an important role in the design process by
providing tolera n ci吨， annotations, pa付s lists and other information that is criti创 to
manufacturing and quality control.111
Engineering drawings transform ideas into products and communicate information
Orawings originate in the engineering
between engineering and manufacturing.
department and give the manufacturing department all the information that is needed to
1-5
( Chapter 1 - Introduction to engineering d用阳ngs I
manufacture the part. These prints also give the inspection department all the information
that is needed to inspect the part.
1 .6) ENGINEERING DRAWING FORMAT AND CONTENTS
The drawing format, arrangement, and organization of information within a drawing
is controlled by ASME Y14.1 and Y14.1 M. A drawing sheet's main elements are the
drawing, various blocks, notes and zones as shown in Figure 1.6-1 . However, there are
other components that are optional and may be included on the drawing sheet. First and
foremost, engineering drawings contain all the information needed to make the product.
A drawing could be anything from a simple part print to a complex assembly drawing. Note
that the drawing format may vary slightly depending on the drawing size and orientation.
8
7
5
6
4
3
2
Revisi。n h istory bloc k
F
Z o nes
E
E
Bo「der －二二’l
D
D
D『awi ng area
C
C
N。tes
B
B
Toleranc e a nd
丁itle bl。ck
projection block s
A
A
皇
7
皇
呈
主
Figure 1.6-1: Engineering drawing format
1-6
2
[ Chapter 1 - lntroducti。n to engineering d『awingsJ
1.6.1) Sheet Sizes
The physical size of the printed drawing is controlled by ASME Y14.1 and
ASME Y14. 1M. Each drawing size is identified by a letter or a letter number combination.
For examp怡， drawing size A is an 8.5 x 11 inch sheet. A complete list of drawing sizes
are given in Tables 1.6-1 through 1.6 - 4. Note that a flat sheet is a sheet that is usually
stored flat, and a roll or elongated sheet is rolled due to its elongated length.
Format size
desianation
A /Horizontal)
A (Vertical)
B
C
D
E
F
Vertical
On)
8.50
11.00
11.00
17.00
22.00
34.00
28.00
Horizontal
On)
11.00
8.50
17.00
22.00
34.00
44.00
40.00
Recommended number of
zones
2x2
2x2
2x4
4x4
4x8
8x8
6x8
Table 1.6-1: Drawing sheet flat sizes 121
Format size
desianation
G
H
J
K
Vertical
(in)
11.00
28.00
34.00
40.00
Horizontal
(in)
22.50- 90.00
44.00- 143.00
55.00- 176.00
55.00- 176.00
Recommended number of
zones
4 X (6 - 24)
Bx 8- 26
Bx 10.32
Bx 10.32
Table 1.6-2: Drawing sheet roll sizes 121
Desianation Vertical (mm)
AO
841
A1
594
A2
420
A3
297
A4
297
Horizontal (mm)
1189
841
594
420
210
Recommended number of zones
16x24
12 X 16
8 X 12
6x8
6x4
Table 1.6-3: Basic sheet sizes (metric ) 131
Desianation
A1.0
A2.1
A2.0
A3.2
A3.1
A3.0
Vertical (mm)
594
420
420
297
297
297
Horizontal (mm)
1189
841
1189
594
841
1189
Recommended number of zones
12x24
8 X 16
8 X 24
6 X 12
6 X 16
6 X 24
Table 1.6-4: Elongated sheet sizes (metri c) 131
1- 7
( Chapter 1 - Introduction to engineering d用阳ngs I
1.6.2) Drawing
The most important part of a print is the drawing and the most important pa『t of
reading the print is the ability to visualize the part. The drawing area (see Figure 1.6-1)
may contain an orthographic projection and a pictorial of the object as shown in
Figure 1.6-2. The o同hographic projection is a two-dimensional representation of a threedimensional object. It usually contains three views (e.g. front view, top view, right side
view) but it may contain more or less than three. The number of views needed is
determined by the complexity of the part. A pictorial is a pseudo 3D drawing. Pictorials
are very useful in helping the reader visualize the object.
Dimensions a『e an important part of the drawing that give the size, shape and
finish of the pa『t Without the dimensions, the part would not be able to be manufactured.
Dimensions communicate more than just the size of the part, they also give the
manufacturing depa同ment an idea of the object’ s function and important surfaces.
8
7
5
6
3
4
2
F
F
Orth og raphic p rojection
E
R.38
RUIO
飞飞J
DI
λ
~
」陌
cl
E
飞吗／
~
" ' P i1ct orial
ID
le
;. D imen sions
」 17$ 「
l ’ L
忏上土
.鸟
Bl
B
A
A
皇
7
皇
呈
主
2
Figure 1.6-2: The drawing component of an engineering drawing
1-8
[ Chapter 1 - lntroducti。n to engineering d『awings J
1.6.3) Zoning
The zone letters and numbers are located in the drawing ma 「g i ns outside the
border. The letter-number combinations allow you to indicate a specific location on an
engineering drawing. Zones are simila 「 to how cells are identified in a spread sheet
application. For example, zone B6 is located where row B and column 6 intersect (see
Figure 1.6-1 ). On inch drawings, zone sizes a「e equal, not less than 1 inch, and not more
than 5.50 inches. On metric drawings, the zone size selected is equal on the horizontal
and the ve『tical , except that the upper and far left zones may be an odd size to
accommodate the size of the sheet.
1.6.4) Scale
The drawing scale expresses the ratio of the object ’s size as pri nted to its actual
physical size. If a drawing is printed fu ll-scale, it implies that a feature dimensioned as
1 inch measures 1 inch with a ruler on the printed drawing. This is referred to as a 1 to 1
scale. Printing full scale, in most cases, is difficult to achieve unless you have access to
a la『ge plotter. In a classroom setting, most engineering drawings are printed on a
standard 8.5” X 1 1 飞heet of paper regardless of the o问ect’s size. The s臼le at which the
pa『t is printed should allow all details of the part to be seen clearly and accurately. Even
tho ugh a drawing may not be able t o be printed full scale, they sho uld always be
drawn full s cale in the CAD env iro nment.
Since it is impractical to print all drawings full scale, we employ printing to half
sca怡， quarter-scale and so on. For example, if a drawing is printed half-sca le, a feature
that is dimensioned 1 inch will measure 0 .5 inch on the printed drawing. The scale at
which the drawing is printed should be indicated in the drawing’ s title block next to the text
“ SCALE. ” On a drawing, half-scale may be denoted in the following ways.
1/2
or
1:2
or
0.5
Although it is nice to print to scale, the ASME standard states that no dimension
should be measured directly 付om the printed drawing. For drawings that are not prepared
to any scale, the word “ NONE" should be entered after “ SCALE” in the title block.
1.6.5) Notes
Drawing notes provide information that clarify a particular requirement or specifies
new information necessary to manufacture the obj ect correctly. This concept will be
discussed in the chapte『 on dimensioning.
1.6.6) Title Block
Every engineering drawing should have both a border and a title block. The border
defines the drawing a 「ea and the title block gives pertinent information about the part or
assembly being drawn . There are several d i何erent types of title blocks, but they all contain
similar information. The information that is included depends on the drawing type, field of
engineering, and viewing audience.
The title block is located in the lower right corner of the sheet as shown in
Figure 1 .6- 1. The information common to all drawings is shown in Figure 1.6-3 where the
identification letters refer to the following information. For a more complete explanation,
see ASME Y14.100.
1-9
( Chapter 1 - Introduction to engineering d用阳ngs I
A . Company name and address.
B. Drawing title.
C. Drawing number.
D. Sheet revision. This block may be omitted when a revision history block is
included.
E. This block may contain sub-blocks such as DRAFTER, CHECKER, and
ENGINEER.
F. This block is used for approval by the design activity when d i仔erent from the
source preparing the drawing. This block may be necessary when a
contractor-subcontractor condition exists.
G. Approval by an activity other than those described for blocks E and F.
H. Scale of the drawing sheet.
I. DAI (Design activity identification).
J. Drawing size.
K. Actual or estimated weight of the item.
L. Sheet number.
④
TITLE
①
⑤
----------------
才一－－－－－降百队1 ①
DRWNO
@
①
SHEET
①
Figure 1.6-3: Title block contents
1.6.7) Revision Hist ory Block
The revision history block is used to record changes to the drawing and is located
in the upper rig ht corner of the d『awing sheet as shown in Figure 1.6-1. The block is
extended downward as required. Revisions are necessary when the part is redesig ned.
The information contained in the revision history block is shown in Figure 1.6-4 where the
identification letters refer to the following information. For a more complete explanation,
see ASME Y1 4 .100.
A . Specifies the zone location of the revision.
B. The revision letter or number is found in this location.
C. Gives a short description of the change.
D. The revision date is given numerically in order of year-month-day. For
example, the date, May 31 , 2016, would be indicated as 2016-05-31 or
2016/05/31.
E. The initials of the person approving the change.
1 - 10
[ Chapter 1 - lntroducti。n to engineering d『awings J
REVISION HISTORY
ZONE REV
。巨SCRIPTION
DATE
APPROVED
①⑤
@
⑤
⑤
Figure 1.6-4: Revision history block
1.6.8) To lerance and Projection Blocks
The tolerance and projection blocks are lo臼ted to the left of the title block as
shown in Figure 1.6-1. The angle of projection block shown in Figure 1.6-5 indicates the
projection method that was used to create the drawing. The two methods of projection
are third angle projection and first angle projection. What projection is and how to interpret
it will be discussed in the chapter on orthographic projection.
The dimension and tolerancing block shown in Figure 1.6-5 gives information
relating to dimensioning and tolerancing that apply to the drawing as a whole.
Dimensioning and tolerancing will be discussed in late「 chapters.
UNLESS OT HERWISE SPECIFIED
DIM ARE IN INCHES
TOL ON ANGLE ±.XX0
2 PL ±.X)< 3 PL ±.XXX
INTERPRET DIM AND TOL PER
ASME Y· 4.5 - XXXX
THIRD ANGL
=PROJECTION
Figure 1.6-5: Tolerance and projection blocks
1 - 11
( Chapter 1 - Introduction to engineering d用阳ngs I
且♀工E豆
1 - 12
[ Chapter 1 - lntroducti。n to engineering d『awings J
I NTR。DUCTION TO ENGINEERING DRAWINGS QUESTIONS
Name:
Date:
Q1-1 ) Design is
．（白II in the blank)
Q1 刽 A technical d 「awing is one way of commun i臼ting ... (circle all that apply)
a)
b)
c)
d)
an idea.
a design.
information used to manufacture a pa同．
inspection specifications.
Q1-3) The two organizations that control the content of engineering drawings.
a)
b)
c)
d)
ASME
AMCE
ISO
EAU
Q1-4) Historically, engineering drawings are also called ...
a)
b)
c)
d)
copies.
drafting.
prints.
details.
Q1-5) CAD stands for .. (circle all that apply)
a)
b)
c)
d)
computer achieved drafting .
computer aided drawing.
computer aided design.
computer aided development.
Q1-6) What are the four basic components of an engineering drawing?
Q1-7) What is the most im po同ant part of a print?
a)
b)
c)
d)
Title block
Zones
Drawing
Notes
1 - 13
( Chapter 1 - Introduction to engineering d用阳ngs I
Q1-8) How many views a「e generally used to describe the shape of a part?
a)
b)
c)
d)
1
2
3
4
Q1-9) What is the function of dimensions?
Q1-10) The letters and numbers along the ma『g i ns that allow you to specify a location on
the drawing is called ...
a)
b)
c)
d)
referencing.
zoning .
mapping.
celling .
Q1-11) The area inside the border lines and outside the various blocks is called the.
a)
b)
c)
d)
drawing area.
zone
revision area.
plot.
Q1-12) The s臼le of a drawing is the ratio of the ...
a)
b)
c)
d)
printed size of the pa同 to its actual size.
actual size of the pa时 to its printed size.
the pa吭’s size to the sheet size.
sheet size to the part’s size.
Q1-1 3) What scale should a part be drawn in the CAD environment?
Q1-14) This block gives information about the drawing such as title, sheet size and scale.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
1 - 14
Revision history block
Dimension and tolerance block
Angle of projection block
Title block
Note
[ Chapter 1 - lntroducti。n to engineering d『awings J
Q1-15) This block gives information about the drawing's projection method .
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Revision history block
Dimension and tolerance block
Angle of projection block
Title block
Note
Q1-16) This block gives information about the drawing's modifications.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Revision history block
Dimension and tolerance block
Angle of projection block
Title block
Note
Q1-17) This block gives information about general dimensions and tolerancing
specifications.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Revision history block
Dimension and tolerance block
Angle of projection block
Title block
Note
1 - 15
( Chapter 1 - Introduction to engineering d用阳ngs I
且♀工E豆
1 - 16
[ Chapter 1 - lntroducti。n to engineering d『awings J
I NTR。DUCTION TO ENGINEERING DRAWINGS PR。BL EMS
Name:
Date:
P1-1 ) Given the following title block, name and briefly describe each space.
DATE
APPROVALS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DIM ARE IN INCHES
DRAFTER
TOLONANGLE 主.xx•
CHECKER
2PL
主 . XX 3 P L 主 .xxx
INTERPRET DIM AND TOL PER
ASME Y14.5 • XXXX
τtτLE
ENGINEER
@
＠一＠
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
@
M①
SCALE
Q)
DRWNO
①
@w
@
0
A
B
C
D
E
F
J
K
L
M
N
。
1 - 17
( Chapter 1 - Introduction to engineering d用阳ngs I
且♀工E豆
1 - 18
[ Chapter 1 - lntroducti。n to engineering d『awings J
Name:
Date:
P1-2) Given the following revision history block, name and briefly describe each space.
REVISION HISTORY
ZONE REV
DESCRIPTION
DATE
APPROVED
①⑤
@
⑤
⑤
A 一B －
c －D －E
1 - 19
( Chapter 1 - Introduction to engineering d用阳ngs I
且♀工E豆
1 - 20
[ Chapter 1 - lntroducti。n to engineering d『awings J
Name:
Date:
P1-3) Given the print shown on the next page， 们II in the following information.
Company name
Print title
Print number
Print scale
Sheet size
Number of revisions
Revision A zone location
Number of sheets
Material
Projection method
Finish requirements
Approving drafter
Approving checker
Approving engineer
Tolerance for a .XXX
dimension
Number of notes
1 - 21
斗 ’NN
1
2
4
3
工
5
7
6
ZONE
F6
REV
A
E3
B
8
10
9
REVISION HISTORY
DESCRIPTION
DATE
ECN 1510
2010/08/30
ECN 1511
2010/11/20
11
工
APPROVED
HJE
HJE
。
。
①
2.75
u.
-•
1 06 - -
•
.75
w
U」
①
1.59
.50
•
丛』
.
‘
2X 0.25 一
。
2X 1/4 - 20 UNC - 2A
。
2X SR.39
()
NOTES:
1. DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES PER ASME Y14.5-2009
2. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES
UNLESS OTH ER阶nsE SPECIFIED
口I M ARE IN INCHES
.x
±.1
.xx
.xx.x
xxxx
∞
企.01
立.005
主。由)60
ANGULAR 企3
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
2
3
APPROVALS
DRAFTER
CHECKED
ENGINEER
DATE
DPM
DAM
HJE
AMCO DESIGN INC.
2010/07/23
国
2010/07/26 TITLE
2010/07/27
STUD
MATERIAL SAE 4320
FINISH
($ E
<
止J
SIZE
B
SCALE
REMOVE BURRS
DO NOT SCALE DRPI叭/ING
4
5
6
CAGE CODE
DWGNO
MS2344
SHEET
2:1
7
8
9
10
REV
B
<
1 of 1
11
[ Chapter 1 - lntroducti。n to engineering d『awings J
Name:
Date:
P1-4) Given the print shown below, fill in the following information.
Company name
Print title
Print number
Print scale
Sheet size
Number of revisions
Revision A zone location
Sheet number
Number of sheets
Material
Projection method
Finish requirements
Approving drafter
Approving checker
Approving engineer
Tolerance for a .XX dimension
1 - 23
3
5
4
6
7
＼
F4
A
『、··一
nuELGUFU
01.38 一＼＼
-l ?O-N - - - - -
笠主旦空阜旦
•
气、
sx so•
、－
／／ ＼
11
\
DA TE
APPROVED
2012/06/ 12
RPM
。
.12
X\6 .，，..－“ 毛〉～＼ ＼ \ 主／
lJ..
…
、
＼〈 叫＼、
U』
I
lJ..
远／
/
－....、×，
工
)
w
03.50
汽 ＼／ 、妈、立＼
。
。
＼、 仑，＿__,,..,,
(.)
υ
APPROVALS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DIM ARE IN INCHES
TOLO NANGLE 企2'
2PL 立。5 3 P L 主 001
由
INTERPRET DIM AND TOL PER
ASME Y14.5 • 2009
DATE
DRAFTER
P RT
2010/07/23
CHECKED
KJT
2010/07/26
ENGINEER
RPM
2010/07/27
OVERLAND
TITLE
MATERIAL
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
1020 STEEL
wGN O
nu
CAGE CODE
－T
SCALE
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
REV
A
<
5 of 10
1:1
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
1
quOqd2nU
T HEF
-s- - E
A
ALL OVER
<
PROPELLER SHAFT COUPLING
DRIVING DISC
。
FINISH
SIZE
∞
9
10
11
－－2月a
－
『cnEgg sezoza
且吕主忌二
02.62 气
REV
10
γ ’－
Cl
ZONE
目川
工
R－
二
P
EMF6
8
9
N H qu nvDHY
r
｛OZEo－
2
。一
斗 ’N品
1
[ Chapter 1 - lntroducti。n to engineering d『awings J
Name:
Date:
P1-5) Using the ruler provided, determine the scale that should be indicated in the drawing
title block for the following objects .
5.00
3.00 「
Scale=
丁 3.00
5.00
3.00
「
Scale=
下
3.00
Scale=
2.po
3.00
－－ oo·o·
i
4
d
－
-
’
51Illi
nOIl－－」
qLtttttt4quIll
·
·EEEEEEEEEE
A『 lIll
nuttttttL
－ ··
·
A1·
1 - 25
( Chapter 1 - Introduction to engineering d用阳ngs I
且♀工E豆
1 - 26
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
CHAPTER2
ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS
CHAPTER OUTLINE
2 .1 ） 。RTH。GRAPHIC PROJECTION I NTR。DU CTI。N .................……........................................ 2
2.1 1) The Six P『i nciple Views ................................…·… - … .. .. ……·......…·… . ... . . 2
2.2) THE GLASS BOX METH。D ..............…….........…….........……....................................…........... 3
2.3) THE STANDARD VIEWS .................….........….................….........….........……….......…............. 7
2.3 1) The F「ant View. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. . . . . . .. . . ... . . . . 7
2.4) LINE TYPES USED IN AN ORTHOGRAPHIC PR。JECTION .................…............................ 7
2.5) RULES F。R LINE CREATION AND USE ............................................................................. 10
2.5 1) Hidden Lines . . . . . . . . . ... . .
2.5 2) Cente「 Lines ............. ......
2.5 3) Phantom Lines . . . .. ... . .. ... . ..
2.5 4) B『eak Lines . . . . .. . . . . .. ... . ..
. . . . .. ... .. .. ... . .. ... . ..
. . ....... ............ .. . ..
. .. .. . .. ... .. .. ... . .. ... . ..
. . .. .. .. ... . .... . . .. ... . ..
. .. ... .. .. ... . .. . . . . 10
... ....... ............ 11
. .. ... .. .. ... . .. . . . . 14
. .. ... .. .. ... .. .... . . . 15
2.5 5) Line Type P『ecedence . ………………………·……··…－ …h ………………··……. 16
2.6) CREATING AN 。RTH。GRAPHIC PR。J ECTI。N ........….........……...................................... 18
2.6 1) P『ojection Symbol ...........................................… - … .. .. ……………··… ….. 19
2.7) APPLYING WHAT WE HAV E LEARNED .....................….........….........….................…......... 27
ORTH。GRAPHIC PR。JECTI。N S QUESTI。NS ...........….........…….........……............................ 31
ORTH。GRAPHIC PR。JECTI。N S PR。BLEMS .................….........……...................................... 33
2-1
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
CHAPTER SUMMARY
In this chapter you will learn how to create orthographic projections. An orthographic
projection describes the shape of an object. It is a two-dimensional representation of a threedimensional object. Different line types are used to indicate visible features, hidden features and
symmet，ηλ By the end of this chapter, you will be able to create a technically correct orthographic
projection and visualize its three-dimensional form.
2.1) ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECT！。N INTRODUCTION
An orthographic projection enables us to represent a three-dimensional
object in two dimensions (see Figure 2.1-1). An orthographic projection is a drawing
that shows di仔erent sides of an object on a sheet of paper (i.e. in two dimensions). The
drawing is formed by projecting the edges of the object onto a projection plane from
di仔erent viewing perspectives. Orthographic projections allow us to represent the shape
of an object usually using three views; however, a part may be represented completely
with only one or two views. These views together with dimensions and notes a「e sufficient
to manufacture the part.
...
3D Representation
2D Orthographic Projection
Figure 2.1-1 : 0同h ograph ic projection.
2.1.1) The Six Principle Views
The six principle viewing directions of an orthographic projection and their
associated view names are shown in Figure 2.1-2. These viewing directions are used to
create the six principle views. Each principle view is created by looking at the object in
the directions indicated in Figure 2.1-2 and drawing what is seen, as well as, what is
hidden from view.
2-2
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
Top
＼＼飞
／／求
怜／／／
＼＼协'I
.s-,0'&
Bottom
Figure 2.1-2: The six principle viewing directions
2.2) THE GLASS BOX METHOD
The glass box method is a very convenient way of visualizing how an orthographic
projection is created. To obtain an o同hographi c projection, an obj ect is placed in an
imaginary glass box as shown in Figure 2.2-1 . The sides of the glass box represent the
six principle planes. Images of the object are projected onto the sides of the box to create
the six principle views. The box is then unfolded to lie flat, showing all views in a twodimensional plane. Figure 2.2-2 shows the glass box being unfolded to create the
。同hograph i c projection of the obj ect.
2-3
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
True shape of
surface A.
Foreshortened shape
of surface B.
Projection Planes
(Sides of the Box)
Projectors
亏、‘
f：、
Figure 2.2-1: Object in a glass box
2-4
( Chapter 2 - Orthog用phic pr，。，jecti。ns J
叫
Figure 2.2-2: Glass box being unfolded
2-5
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
Exercise 2.2-1 : Princiole v iews
Label the five remaining principle views with the appropriate view name.
Figure 2. 1-1 indicates the six principle viewing di『ections as well as their
associated view names.
…·----·
…－ ， …·－‘ 一
一一 . . ....
,,
－‘ 一－ 、
’· 、
、
‘、
、
、
、
、
,,
,
A
、
,
,,
,
,
, ,
,
,
.
,,
,, ． ，…· 如－－
』－ …. ， 飞
‘‘
‘
、
’
•-
•--
』 1 －－－「－
....______.
.L
: Front Vi酬 i
国C
_._
,
,,
,
思
‘
••• -J…-.•-
‘
ll
’’’
‘飞
/
、
、
、
、
,,
、
、
、
•
、
.‘
、
、
.
• --- r-唱
,
,,
,,,
/
,,
What a「e the d i何erences between the Right Side and Left Side views?
What are the differences between the Top and Bottom, and Front and Rear
views?
Which view(s) have the least number of hidden or dashed lines?
2-6
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
2.3) THE STANDARD VIEWS
When constructing an orthographic projection , we need to include enough views
to completely describe the true shape of the part. The more complex a pa『t, the more
views are needed to completely describe its shape. Most objects require three views to
be completely described . The standard views used in an orthographic projection are
the fron民 top, and right side views. The other views (bottom, rear, left side) are omitted
since they usually do not add any new information. The top, front, and bo忧om views are
all aligned vertically and sha 「e the same width dimension. The left side, front, right side,
and rear views are all aligned horizontally and share the same height dimension.
It is not always necessary to use the three standard views. Some objects can be
completely described in one or two views. For example, a sphere only requires one view,
and a block only requi『es two views. No matter how many views are used, the viewing
directions should be chosen to minimize the use of hidden lines and convey maximum
clarity.
2.3.1) The Front V iew
The front view shows the most features or characteristics of the object. It
usually contains the least number of hidden lines. The exception to this rule is when the
o均ect has a predefined or generally accepted front view. A ll other views are based on
the orientation chosen for the 行on t view.
2.4) LINE TYPES USED IN AN ORTHOGRAPHIC PR。JECTI。N
Line type and line weight provide valuable information to the print reader.
For example, the type and weight of a l in e 臼n answer the following questions: Is the
featu re visible or hidden from view? Is the line part of the object or part of a dimension?
Is the line indicating symmetry? The『e are four commonly used line types: continuous,
hidden , center and phantom. Important lines are thicker than less important thin lines.
The following is a list of common line types and widths used in a basic orthographic
projection that has no section views or dimensions.
1. Visible lines: Visible lines represent visible edges and boundaries. The line type is
continuous and the line weight is thick.
2. Hidden lines: Hidden lines repr芭sent edges and bounda 「i es that cannot be seen. The
line type is dashed a 1d the line weight is medium thick.
3. Center lines: Center ines represent axes, center points , planes of symmetry, circle of
。enters , and paths o1 motion. A circle of centers is usually a hole pattern that exists
on the circumference of a circle. A pa仇。f motion indicates the path a feature takes
when moving from one position to the next. The line type is long dash - short dash
and the line weight is thin.
4 . Phantom lines: Phantom lines are used to ind i臼te imaginary features. For example,
they are used to indicate the alternate positions of moving parts, adjacent positions of
related pa 巾， repeated detail, reference planes between adjacent views, and filleted
and rounded corners. The line type is long dash - short dash - short dash and the
line weight is usually thin.
5. 旦旦illS.且且豆豆 Break lines are used to show imaginary breaks in objects . A break line
is usually made up of a series of connecting ar臼 Th e line type is continuous and
the line weight is usually thick.
2-7
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
E 1Cercise 2 .4-1 : Line tvoes
Using the line type definitions, match each line type name with the appropriate
line type.
2-8
•
Visible Line
•
Hidden Line
•
Center Line
•
Phantom Line
•
Dimension and Extension Lines
•
Cutting Plane Line
•
Section Lines
•
Break Line
10 一「
L ＿＿」
----------
M仍少俨
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，j ecti。ns J
Ex erc ise 2.4-2: Line identification
In the following o同hographic projection, identify the line type of each line that is
pointed to. Then , identify the associated feature (using a letter) of the selected
lines.
TOP V IEW
0
Associated
feature?
Associated
feature?
_1_r1 __ _
Associated
feature?
FRONT VIEW
RIG HT SIDE VIEW
Line width and type are controlled by the ASME Y14.2 standard. The standard
recommends using, no less than, two line w idths. Important lines should be twice as thick
as the less important thin lines. Thick lines should be at least 0.6 mm in width and thin
lines should be at least 0.3 mm in width. However, to further distinguish line importance,
it is recommended to use four differe nt thicknesses or weights: thin, medium, thick, and
very thick. The actual line thickness should be chosen such that there is a visible
di仔e rence between the line weights; howeve『， th ey should not be too thick or thin making
it difficult to read the print. The thickness of the lines should be adjusted according to the
size and complexity of the part. Table 2 .4-1 contains a list of common line types and
widths used in an o同hographic projection.
2-9
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
Line tvoe name
Visible
Hidden
L ine type
.................................................
-
Center
Phantom
Use
visible edges
Thickness
0.5 - 0.6 mm
hidden edges
0.35 - 0.45 mm
symmetry, circle
of centers, paths
of motion
imaginary features
0.3 mm
imaginary brakes
in the part
Break
0.3 mm
0.5-0.6 mm
Table 2.4-1: Common line types and their thicknesses
2.5) RULES F。R L INE CREATION AND USE
The rules and guide lines for line creation should be followed in order to create
lines that are e仔ective in communicating the drawing information. However, due to
computer automation, some of the ru les may be hard to follow. The rules of line creation
and use a「e in accordance with the ASME Y14.2 and ASME Y1 4 .3 standards.
2.5.1) H idden L ines
Hidden lines represent edges and boundaries that cannot be seen.
Rule 1. The length of the hidden line dashes may vary slightly as the size of the drawing
changes. For example, a very small pa『t may requi『e smaller dashes in order
for the hidden line to be recognized.
Rule 2 . Hidden lines should always begin and end with a dash, except when the hidden
line begins or ends at a parallel visible line (see Figure 2.5-1 ).
Rule 3. Hidden line dashes should j oin at corners (see Figure 2.5-2).
- - - - -1
Figure 2.5-1 : Drawing hidden lines
2 - 10
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
‘‘‘
‘‘‘
lIll
..‘
L 幽幽 - - - - -
、
、
、
、
、、
飞
--
Figure 2.5-2: Hidden lines at corn er
2.5.2) Center L i nes
Center lines a『e used to identify planes and axes of symmetry and are important
for interpreting cylindrical shapes as shown in Figure 2.5-3. If a center line is used to
indicate part symmetry, two short thick parallel lines are placed on the center line, outside
the pa 叶， and perpendicular to the center line (see Figure 2.5-4). Center lines are also
used to i ndi臼te circle of centers and paths of motion as shown in Figure 2.5-5. Short
center lines may be left unbroken if it is certain that they won’t be confused with another
line type. However, every measure should be taken to produce a break.
Rule 1. Center lines should start and end with long dashes (see Figure 2.5-3).
Rule 2 . Center lines should intersect by crossing either the long dashes or the short
dashes (see Figu『e 2 .5-6).
Rule 3. Center lines should extend a short distance beyond the object or feature. They
should not terminate at other lines of the drawing (see Figure 2.5-7).
Rule 4 . Center lines may be connected within a single view to show that two or more
features lie in the same plane as shown in Figure 2.5-8. However, they should
not extend through the space between views.
Axes of symmetry
Figure 2.5-3: Axes of symmetry
2 - 11
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
Thick＇－....率和／ Symmetry lin
＋ －－－－－一→－－－－－－一 ＋
土
Figure 2.5-4: Part symmetry
Circle of centers
～．＼／「 Path of motion
＼ξ
\
\
－－－··－－··一－－－－＇
Figure 2 .5-5: Center line uses
2 - 12
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
Figure 2.5-6: Crossing center lines.
主
Correct
Center lines
shoL』Id not
end exactly
at another
line.
Incorrect
Figure 2.5-7: Terminating center lines.
Figure 2.5-8: Connecting center lines.
2 - 13
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
2.5.3) Phantom Lines
Phantom lines are used to indicate alternate positions of moving pa同s (see
Figure 2.5-5). They may also be used to indicate adjacent positions of related parts,
repeated detail, reference planes between adjacent views, and filleted and rounded
corners as shown in Figures 2.5-9 through 2.5-11 . Phantom lines are only used to show
fillets and rounds in the view that does not show the radius. In this 臼se , the phantom
lines are used to show a change in surface direction (see Figure 2.5-11).
Rule 1. Phantom lines should start and end with a long dash.
一一
~ ea
…
Figure 2.5-9: Related part.
Repeated Detail
Figure 2.5-10: Repeated detail.
2 - 14
l
、、
_;
、
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
℃－
Figure 2.5-11: Phantom lines used to indicate a change in su 『face direction
2.5.4) Break L ines
Break lines are used to shorten the length of a detail and indicate where the part
contains an imaginary break. For example, when drawing a long rod, it may be broken
and drawn at a shorter length as shown in Figure 2.5-12. When a break is used, the
drawing should indicate the characteristic shape of the cross section.
Break line
Figure 2.5-12: Using break lines.
There are two types of break lines. A break line may be a series of connecting
arcs, as shown in Figure 2.5-12, or a straight line with a jog in the middle as shown in
Figure 2.5-13. If the distance to traverse is sh o内， th e series of connecting ar臼 is used.
This series of ar臼 is the same width as the visible lines on the drawing. If the distance is
long, the thin straight line with a jog is used.
2 - 15
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
＼／气
Sho『t distances
(thick)
Long distances
(thin)
Figure 2 .5-13: Types of break lines.
2.5.5) Line Type Precedence
Some lines are considered more important than other lines. Two lines may occur
i n the same place, however, only the line that is considered to be the most important
is shown. Lines in order of precedence/importance are as follows:
1. Cu忧in g plane line
2. Visible line
3. Hidden line
4. Center line
Try Exercise 2.5-1
2 - 16
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，j ecti。ns J
E:cercise 2.5-1 : Line use in an orthoaraohic oroiection
Fill the following dotted O『thographic projection with the appropriate line types.
、
11avege
－－
.
ψ”，.
'
__ ........ :
,
，。，
6··6······
..、．
.
eo·e·
。‘．。
-
·．．．，．．，今⑤令．．．．．．．．．令··．
．．．．．．．．．．．，．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．ι
ι’..
‘’
、‘＋－－
.... • •...... ••••• • •••••••••••• τ·‘．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．
..
. ,. .
.
'
,
, · :
.
．，。
•'
>
、＂
.'
'
.。
.
'
'…; .
.
.
'
，，忐..
'
.
：，，。
．。
t.
飞. •
• • •
• • •
• •
'•
2 - 17
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
2.6) CREATING AN ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTION
The steps presented in this section are meant to help you create a technically
correct o同hographic projection using the third-angle projection standa『d. Once you
become experienced and proficient at creating orthographic projections, you will develop
short cuts and may not need to follow the steps exactly as written. These steps are visually
illustrated in Figure 2.6-1.
Choose a front view. This is the view that shows the most about the object.
Decide how many views are needed to completely describe the 0时ect. If you are
unable to determine which views will be needed, draw the standard views (front, top
and ri ght side):
Draw the visible features of the front view.
Draw projectors o何 of the front view horizontally and vertically in order to create
the boundari es for the top and right side views.
Draw the top view. Use the vertical projectors to fill in the visible and hidden
featu res.
Project from the top view back to the front view. Use the vertical projectors to fill
in any missing visible or hidden features in the front view.
Draw a 45。 projector o仔 of the upper right corner of the box that encloses the front
view.
From the top view, draw projectors over to the 45。 line and down in order to
create the bounda 「i es of the right side view.
Draw the right side view.
Project back to the top and front v iew from the right side view as needed.
Draw center lines where necessary.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11 .
Following the aforementioned steps will ensure that the orthographic projection is
technically correct. That is , it will ensure that:
..J
..J
..J
..J
The front and top views are vertically aligned .
The front and right side views are horizontally aligned .
Every point or feature in one view is aligned on a projector in any adjacent view
(front and top, or front and right side) .
The distance between any two points of the same feature in the related views (top
and right side) are equal.
Figure 2.6-1 identifies the adjacent and related views. Adjacent views are two
adjoining views aligned by projectors. Related views are views that are adjacent to the
same view.
2 - 18
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
TOP VI EW
亏《
－ HCωom
的主ω〉
Equal
·
的
：
』
－
1！ 一
。 －；
而~
; －♀ iv '
． 它 ·o
•
w
』．
> a..
:
，
;
－－」－ 卡 J __ _
Horizontal
Projectors
FRONT VIEW
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
Adjacent Views
Figure 2.6-1: Features of a technically correct orthographic projection
2.6.1) Projection Symb。l
Two internationally recognized systems of projection used to create orthographic
projections are third-angle projection and first-angle projection. In the United States, we
use third-angle projection to create an o同hog raphic projection. This is the method of
creating orthographic projections that is described in this ch apte『. In some pa 同s of
Europe, and elsewhere, first-angle pr叫ection is used . To inform the print reader what
projection method was used to create the drawing, the projection symbol is placed in the
projection block. If the drawing uses metric units, the text “ SI ” is placed in front of the
projection symbol. The projection symbols are shown in Figure 2.6-2 and 2.6-3.
It is extremely important to let the print reader know which projection method was
used to create the orthographic projection. Without knowledge of the projection method ,
reading a drawing may be confusing and lead to interpretation mistakes. The glass box
method described in a previous section will produce a drawing in third-angle projection.
Figures 2.6-4a and b show an object represented in both third-angle and first-angle
projection.
2 - 19
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
To understand and visually see how views a「e created using the third-angle
pr叫ection standard, put your right hand on a table palm up. You are looking at the front
view of your hand. Now rotate your hand so that your thumb points up and your little finger
is touching the table. This is the top view of your hand. Put your hand back in the front
view position. Now rotate your hand so that your finger tips are pointing down and your
wrist is o何 the table. This is the right side view of your hand. Now let’ s see how that
changes when we are creating a first-angle projection drawing. Put your right hand on the
table with your palm down. The back of your hand is the front view. Now, rotate your
hand so that your thumb is pointing up and your little finger is on the table. This is the top
view of your hand. Put your hand back in the front view position. Rotate your hand so
that your fingers are pointing up. This is the right side view of you『 hand. To be more
tech n i倒， third-angle projection forms the orthographic projection by placing the
projection plane between the object and the observer, and first-angle projection places
the object between the observer and the projection plane. Note that the geometry of the
views for both first-angle and third-angle projections are the same, it is just the placement
of the views that are di仔erent.
Third-Angle P『oj ection Symbol
(Our national standard)
First-Angle P『ojection Symbol
Figure 2.6-2: First and third-angle pr叫ection symbols
¢2H
¢H
0.5H
2H」
H = Text height
Figure 2.6-3: Projection symbol proportions.
2 - 20
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
,
,
,,
,,
,,
,
,
,
,
L------·
v…·-……
Figure 2.6-4a: Third-angle projection methods
L-----,-----
,,
l
”
,
,,
, ,,
, ,,
,,
•………··
_l
~
Figure 2.6-4b: First-angle projection methods
2 - 21
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
Ex ercise 2.6-1 : Proiectio n methods
Identify which drawing was created using third-angle projection and which was
created using first-ang le projection.
←－－「－－
-'-
’’
’!i’·
I I iI
I
I
·,
·....
2 - 22
8
·....
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Video Exercise 2.6-2: Beainnina Orthoaraohic Proiection
This video exercise will take you through creating an orthographic projection for
the object shown.
令－
eee
‘
，
，－．
ee
φ
φ ＠←‘‘＠
．，
仇
－ ，、，
．
e
eee
e
吁’
．
ee
eee·
，
eeeeφee
， aE
···
AFa －0，－
，＠＠
eee·e·
···
a
φE
e
令，
e
’
．，．‘
e
．
e·e
e·e
e·e
eeee
e·
φe
·
，‘
－a
－
，．，．，
．
e
－’
e
·
”
－
．，．
· －
e
e·e·
e
··ee·e·
e
e ．＝
、
、
＠
e
e
e
eee
，
，，
‘
，
，
、
、
． e
·e
eee
－－令，令－－
．
－．
，
“
e
．
，
e·
e
e
·e
－“
e
d
，
e
、号，．
，‘
。
e
、、
aa
·
e
e
e
、。
，－
o
.@,
、、
e
．、
.. , , .
、
'
e
，，
．
···0·
＠，
e
－．，
-
e
OA
－．
－－－
e
0
‘
、
d
E
－
.φ
，
，
－
E
'
，
ψ
、－
，
－
‘
eo
e
e
－
、
Ge
. .
.....
e·e·
－
，
、－、．，，－
、
．、
，．
’ .
,.
”·’
.
.. .
..
.’ .
. ,
.
.,
.,@,
··
·
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
..
--,
.
.
.. ..
@
..
..
,
..
.
..
..
. .
·
E
. .
. -.,
E
.
.
.
.
..
.
, , ’
.. ,
.
...
..
..
.
.,
..
.
...
..
..
.
.
.
.
-, ..
., .
..
,,,.@
,
..
.
. . dE··
., ,
..
,
.
.
.
-.,- ..
..
..
.
.
.
... ’··
... ,
,
,,
,,
..
...
.
-.. ,
......
.
,
.,
...
-·
, -. ,
...
. ,
.
.
.
...
9
.“
d·
,. . ..
,
, ·
. .
·
.
”、
. ’ " . .. . ’ , ,e
eee
，
eee
．，
eeeee
．
eeeee
de
d
e
o
－
－ e
、
、
、
、
e
e
e
a
合
e
。
e
． ， e ＝
，，
，－
、
-
eee·
，
,.,
ee·e·
a
令
、‘
ae·
e
‘，．
e
，‘
.,
4e
e
ee
何．，
·
eee
、．，
，
，
‘．，
.
·
·
·．，·．，。，·．．．
2 - 23
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
Video Exercise 2.6-3: Intermediate Orthoaraohic Proiection
This video exercise will take you through creating an orth og『aph ic projection for
the object shown.
、．，，，、、，、，，、
e
，
，
，
，，
、
、＠．
，，，，－、俨’
、＠合，－，，
，
eP
，
4
‘
e
a
．
、、，、、．，，
、、，
．
E
e
φ
e
－
－、
EEe
ee
，
ψ
ι
、
．
．
ι
·
A
，，
·
,
e ，，
、
d
，－．、
..
．，
ed
ee
d
d
．
，
、－·
· ·－，－··
.
...
..,
＠啕
+.- -., e
,,
‘
,
＠，，
－－‘－
a
，
－ ee
e
．
、
..-,- .a.
ee
Eφ
．令，令
、、
－，－
9
6
令
·
..
,
，
』．＠，
，，
＠白白，．
eE6
ee
ed
..
, .
....
e
·
、号，．
E·E
令’－
··
”
.
, ,
..
a
，、，，，、、
、
E
－4
、－
’
·
e e ，．、
‘令
.
、
a
J
Ee
－白、－
Ee ，
，
-’
...
.
-,-’
..
e
令
e
，
eee
..
, ,
,
. ,
,@
d
e E ee
e
a
.
.
.
、
－
eJ·
，．、
..
,
.
.
号，，
－
e e －－
．
.
,,
e
－，‘‘．
EEee
，
，．，
.…
.
． －－，－
－
..
－
．、
．、
.. .
,.
....
2 - 24
t
φ
..
、、
E
,,
，
．
．
．白
，
飞
..
,,.
@-, .
－
dBν
e
,,
、，
，
目‘
0
ee
ee
ee
，牛．
－．，、，、
φaφ
，．
a
，
d
,
..
-,-,,,-,
,-,.,-, " ... , ..
..
. ,
.,
-,,
, ,
,.,,
ed
..
..
－，－、
合、
φ
．
e
、
，
白‘，
飞
ι
‘
＠‘－
e
,
e
.
, ,
、
e
，
、
－，．－，，，
．
φ －
－ e
,
...
，、、
φ
e
. . .
.
.
E·e·
g
、
φ 令．－，
.
e
e
d
-.‘,
－，
．，．每
－
..
0、
.
e
，
＠
I ．琶，＠
‘－．
e
、
eeee·e·
＠－－甸、－’＠．－．、－、－
令‘令
令令令
'
’
a
h
e
，、马，
e
．
e ．
·e
"
eedeφ
,
.. ..
+.,
，
、－
d
－－·
'
号号
号、号－．，
E
－，－，
－ ．
、＠
ee
•
e
‘.
..
.
..
-,
.
.
‘
,
.
.
.
.
.
...
’
.
.. ’
.
.
.
e
．
．
’
．、令令令
、。，．
..
－－、
－ φ，
－‘－，．
－
e
’·
.,
..
...
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
Video Exercise 2.6-4: Advanced Orthoaraohic Proiection
This video exercise will take you through creating an O『thograph i c projection for
the object shown . 且♀单； The object is not completely dimensioned; however, the
missing dimensions will be made apparent in the video.
55
y
‘ -.. . ‘·.
~
／：斗
R15
/ ） －』
2X ¢ 10
L」 ¢15
~
飞
l"5
－」
15
♂，
．
．、
φ‘＇
.‘
‘
E、．．φ
，－．．．．－、
φ
♂
－－，．－、
'
‘．．岳•
、
、，
•• •
. .
•
r •令、
…
．，．．
. . . . . • . ' . .’.
.
、
·．
φ
．♂，，－．‘、．，
.. .
.. .
.
、．
.
. . . '
.
. ' .. .
.、． ．．
.、
e
，
．、
..、，，，，，，
v
…、
·
.
.…. .
.,
.
'.
..…·，．，－．．、．．，－ ． ··、.
.
.
、，
t
、‘ .
,
"
'
•
ι、
．’－
~
.. • .
.
... φ －．－ ’
..
•
钱
•
~，、.
、
＇
，，
‘
、、、
，
‘
. . •
.
'
，，
，自
· ．．，．．
..‘
r
.
. . ‘
. ., . , . .
、.
、
．
•
.
'
-
..“
·
..
~、，．．、．
,
φe ” ...φ ．． φ . ....φ ，
.
•
眨合
' '
•
.
•
,
•
•
..
•
＇’。、
. . . .. .. . . . . ., .
. ·
，．
. . - . .. .. ... .• .
··-~·· ..... ,. ...... ...... .. . ........... ········”······‘............’....
.... φ ...
•
、，
＇’·．、，。、
. ”
·...··.
．，，·．．．，
，
...................... 』 ..
．
合
、、
φ ． ， φ...... .
．．．、…·．．，．．．．．．·．、．．‘·
.、
,-..…. . . . . … . . . . . .
.
.. .
'. . …. . … . .
. .
.
. ,
.. . .
． ．．
•、，
..、．，·．、、．，，．、、，，，、
、，，，，事，．，，飞，，，，，，，、，
，．
'
，，、·．，，
. ,,r,
.
·
且
、
，，．、
'
．．“··
．，、．．”.
.
φ
C
．．．、．‘·，，庐，， ． ．，．，，，，、，．，，，，，，，．，·．，，．，，，，．，，‘·．
··，，··、.
¢ 15
--r15
飞
.
· .
.、.
.. . . ' .
•
.•
”
. .
．
.、·．
‘.· ’
，、
、
.
， ，，．，
二··
.
· .
.,,
.
，、、
.
ι．．．．．
．
、
. … .
． ．，．．．·，，．．，．，．．．，．．，．，，，，’－’，．，，，··．，．．， ‘ ，．，．，－．，，．…．，．，、…··－．．．·．·－……·．．·．．，．．．．·．．．．．．．．．．．．·．，．．．·．…．
2 - 25
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 26
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
2.7) APPLYING WHAT WE HAVE LEARNED
E 1Cercis e 2.7-1 : Missina lines 1
Name:
Date:
Fill in the missing lines in the front, right side, and top views. 且坦ι The front
view has one missing visible line. The right side view has one missing visible
line and two missing hidden lines. The top view has five missing visible lines and
two missing hidden lines.
TOP
RIGHT SIDE
h5φ
.’.’
l
<
、
.
4
、、‘内”。
，品．
,
’
’：寸
l
令’
I
.,
”’
”
·.
I1·!-l·fI- h＝＇；二｜；二l；二
＇
一
叮
2 - 27
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
E1Cercis e 2.7-2: Missina lines 2
Name:
Date:
Fill in the missing lines in the top, front, and right side views. 旦坦主 The top view
has one missing visible line. The front view has four missing visible lines and
four missing center lines. The right side view has two missing hidden lines and
one missing center line.
”
一…
rmo
，：·：事：－
－－
e：句：命：‘白，
－ e·o·
，，卒’’咱．，
F
－’：·’
e·o·
e·o·
：·：
。：－
2
－，、？·，
－ 一………………
ATe
．，．叫，
”“川”““川”“
’：，：·：，：
;;
a
90
e·o
：
Af
u
”
’：仰，．，，．，，，
：，，，：
－
响：”：’：’
－：品
－… －…－－
90
rt·
臼
、
－
;
E ：
2
，
晶’
一
49·zeed：$
：；95 ee－－‘edge
－－
－－
eaoes
oeoeo－－守ede －－
J
dzeod
－e－o
B
0ι I
白
ι
－
0ι
ee臼
0 ＠
1
…··499 叫：：叫。 T
＋ I↑ιιil 」 8－
－
γ…
0
－
－
～
－
－9．，‘
，：‘，
：
”ιι0．ι臼岛
a ‘．
ι ιme：－臼．0
aιι’．－0
臼ι
”ι’0．
k．EEE
j ·
006690
宁可 55660寸’ edds3、
确··· ·
H
户
户 ＠
zeods
－T
们
i
～
e
：
←
T
～
i
－
ees－
·
心0…
’
－
－
－
0 、：． ：
0 川00 ：L
0 ＆十
e－
o
e
－6
o
6e
0
d5
－
e
z
－
o
oe
so
o0
6
z
9
e
0
v··o·e·
h．0ιι＠0
4． 0
99·
·
Oi
9·
2 - 28
··4
.
山
ei
.0v
臼．
’:·:‘:-
0＠
咱＠．－臼
99·
UUMH
e
E
’
0
@
0 “
@’
‘ UH
0
:·:
？ 0569970：。＋刻’ ：白。：··：－
oe－－ee
－ －
· o·－： OTo －－e令 die －－ei －－。：：94ideo－
‘,:.
，舍’’＋·宁·唱：’’
aua
，：，：，：’’····：向：、
...
0
UH
5690
－－，，
’.
－
：
－
a
，。－：嘲’·：，：卒”
Soe
0
..
?
u
－
，了－
.’
－－A
····AE
ohv
，·协“
…川
0
··9432···902·
－ E· e·－ ’一－t r · －1 · ．，
－－
，，。、
:‘:
‘,::‘,:.:’
”.”
2
...
:’
0
:
RIGH T SIDE
izig:
7·····j
-::.’,:’.
’:···,,!····jjoie
. ’:
1OLio
:
·
:‘
..···
,
..
···ji
... ............
--Ji
...
......e
-’
. LiLJ
e
@
”
” ….
.
.
.
.
.
.
eise
... ..........
..
--······:
..
eea
---dmoi
..
9··
..0
--e
.. ··jazzi
t
h
oe-::
zmesi
……
--pei
.
--zi
.@.
--?
t
…
·
·
--ili
deso
..
:.@’:’.
....................................
-eeoesoLa
…………
,:,,
--i
-odeLe
..
!
--055
ili
?
ied
”oleo
…
.--.
0
.
1··zi·e·
a
--‘
…
o·e·
..
--:·
9·· i
..a 0..
E
’
’
制oog－
o
;
T l丁 ；
十i
4 l↓ l＋ l↑ l↑ ll e
＋i
del
－ l↓ l↓ l十 l十iod－d h
eo
’ E· E·－ － 5· E· e· －1 · ··1
－－0
：
··90
99·2·
1l
hi
v
’：
FRONT
,.’@ --
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Exercise 2.7-3: Drawina an orthoaraohic oroiection 1
Name:
Date :
Shade in the surfaces that will appear in the front, top, and right side views.
Estimating the distances, draw the front, top, and right side views. Identify the
surfaces with the appropriate letter in the o同hog raph i c projection.
．，，，，’
，’
也
’ Onr
T
FRONT
RIGHT SIDE
,
,
’
句，
’
’
＠咿
E品
,
,
$
‘
,
;
,
'
'
2 - 29
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
Exercise 2.7-4: Drawina an orthoaraohic oroiection 2
Name:
Date:
Identify the best choice for the front view. Estimating the distances, draw the
front, top, and right side views.
C
8
A_/
,
,
’
,
..........
俨
,,
······91
’··te
,
,,
4』
:’:·:
··2
:,,.,
21
::
+
?
$0·
‘
2 - 30
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
ORTHOGRAPHIC PR。JECTI。NS QUESTIONS
Name:
Date:
Orthoaraohic oro iectio n
Q2-1 ) A n o同h ograph ic projection is a
o均ect? (fi ll in the blank)
representation of a three-dimensional
Q2-2) In the United States, is first or third-angle projection used as the standard?
Q2-3) Are the front and right side views aligned vertically or horizontally?
Q2-4) Are the front and top views aligned vertically O「 h orizontally?
Q2-5) The projection symbol, indicating the projection method used to create the drawing,
is placed in the
block. (fill in the blank)
Q2-6) The standard views used in an o同h ograph ic projection are .. (circle all that apply)
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
front
top
back
right side
le筒 si de
bo忧om
Q2-7) The view that generally shows the most characteristi臼 of the pa『t and contains the
least number of hidden lines.
a) front
b) top
c) right side
2 - 31
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
Line tvoes and their uses
Q2-8) Hidden lines are used to indicate ...
a)
b)
c)
d)
edges and boundaries that you can see.
edges and boundaries that you cannot see.
imaginary features.
symmetric features.
Q2-9) Phantom lines are used to indicate ... (circle all that apply)
a)
b)
c)
d)
alternate positions.
repeated detail.
related pa同S
change in surface direction .
Q2-10) Center lines are used to indicate ... (circle all that apply)
a)
b)
c)
d)
axes of symmetry.
paths of motion.
circles of center.
change in surface direction.
Q2-11) To indicate line i mpo『tance we draw lines using di仔erent line.
阳出阳刚
出
ENoy
，
、 EF 、 ，
、．，、
2MKU内
bAU
ttcs
eed
cucueea
n33
，
，
cu
Q2-12) The thickest line type on a non-sectioned o同hographi c projection.
a)
b)
c)
d)
visible
hidden
center line
dimension
Q2-13) If a hidden line and center line appea『 in exactly the same location on a drawing,
which one do you delete?
Q2-14) Proj ection or construction lines are not shown on the final drawing. (true, false)
Q2-15) Should a center line end at the boundary of an object? (yes, no)
2 - 32
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
ORTHOGRAPHIC PR。JECTI。NS PROBLEMS
Name:
Date:
P2-1 ) Match the solid part with its correct o同hographic projection.
“
4.
A
B
C
D
E
2.
3.
5.
6.
F
2 - 33
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 34
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-2) Match the solid pa时 with its correct o同hog raphic projection.
A
B
D
E
C
2.
4.
3.
5.
2 - 35
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 36
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-3) Match the solid pa时 with its correct o同hographic projection.
A
B
C
D
E
F
LF
2.
3.
5.
6.
口
4.
2 - 37
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 38
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-4) Answer the following questions related to the o同hogra phic projection shown.
。
①
①
①
①
①
①
__ _,
→－斗一
’’且
…·－」
2 - 39
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
1. View name
2. View name
3. View name
4. View name
5. View name
6. View name
7. Line type
8. Line type
9. Line type
10. Line type
11. Line type
12. Line type
Are a!I the views needed to
fu!ly describe the oart?
Which views should be used
to fu!lv describe the oart?
2 -40
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-5) Answer the following questions related to the o同hographic projection shown.
」t.J
①
①
①
①
( I rt1
rt1
θ
2 - 41
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
1. View name
2. View name
3. View name
4. View name
5. View name
6. View name
7. Line type
8. Line type
9. Line type
10. Line type
11. Line type
12. Line type
Are a!I the views needed to
fu!ly describe the oart?
Which views should be used
to fu!lv describe the oart?
2 -42
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-6) Answer the following questions related to the o同hogra phic projection shown.
,rr- ＇－予 " ~cc
~,
.
-•
「厂一－－1 θ
①
①
.
-•
2 - 43
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
1. View name
2. View name
3. View name
4. View name
5. View name
6. View name
7. Line type
8. Line type
9. Line type
10. Line type
11. Line type
12. Line type
Are a!I the views needed to
fu!ly describe the oart?
Which views should be used
to fu!lv describe the oart?
2-44
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，j ecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-7) Match the numbers in the orthographic proj ection with the le忧ers in the pictorial.
A
C
B
。
D
E
2
3
5
1
4
6
11
12
7
15
10
13
8
．
.
、
14
9
A
FRONT
TOP
RIGHT SIDE
B
C
D
E
7
5
12
2 - 45
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 46
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-8) Match the numbers in the orthographic proj ection with the le忧ers in the pictorial.
、 1·．
AHVil
hF
TOP VIEW
--
f
ιγ
卡
应
豆且
FRONT VIEW
A
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
B
C
D
E
F
G
FRONT
TOP
RIGHT SIDE
2 - 47
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 48
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-9) Match the numbers in the orthographic projection with the le忧ers in the pictorial.
TOP VIEW
①
J言
©I
移2
＠一
@
.
(
@
@
吧~）一－
FRONT VIEW
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
FRONT
TOP
RIGHT SIDE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
2 - 49
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 50
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-10) Match the object with its correct views. Note that views should not be aligned on
an o同hographic projection as shown in this problem.
TOP VIEW
FRONT VIEW
~NTVIE
RIGHT SIDEVIEW
BOTIOMVIEW
F…、
I
一寸
I
I
I
””
I
卜一一一＋一一一一一－
I
I
I
『’
I
I
2 - 51
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 52
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-1 1) Match the object with its correct views. Note that views should not be aligned on
an o同hographic projection as shown in this problem.
FRONT VIEW
//
TOP VIEW
『；’
叶川川川吐
+ ····BEBEE
EEEEEEEEBB
eI
--
·
E
，
-
’L
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
－－－『，－－
r----
俨－＜’4斗·、
一…i
L.J;
－一：：；习吕1：－~
2 - 53
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 54
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-12) Circle the correct front, top and right side views. Note that this problem does not
show correct view alignment.
FRONT VIEW
_? __.1. _______...__
－（－一－－－一－
--"--r-------T--
__ .J.. ＿＿＿＿＿＿＿」－－守－·
－－－一－－－－←
--T-------"T--"--
TOP VIEW
/
’’
’’’-,-----’’’
FRONT VIEW
－一
_______ J. ______ _
’
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
＋一一一＋
4
Jeee
’
2 - 55
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 56
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-1 3) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
,
.. '
、
令国·
•
吨，
··AO
令〈〉
、..
，：电
e
'
,,
－．令·．
..
<
、
”’.;
．
'
··φi
.
.
'
,
.
＜；
：二，.
：
ι.
'
ι
”町＇
'.
.
.
'
＇哥叫昼‘
.
•
e
•
”.
·>
-
＋一＇
'
i
,
牛．‘
"
..
..
J、．．“·、.
-
.
,.'
•
,
.
,.,“··+·,,
旷一，－－，《
I
＂‘’
4
》
4
.,.
、
·+·
•
!
。.
'
.
-
••
.噜雪
·•·
.
;
'
l
•
'
.
}
.s
·: . ' •
t- + t
'
;’:.
. .，衡。
.
:
:
·
··“,;,, . . . . . .
•
I
•
'
'
, •
:
C,
. .
• •
.号，唱’“
I
！，：
.
.
-
•
.俨••
'
、．，＋’＇
：’亏..
、.
.. ‘ ’
.
:
τC
:
.
.
•
•
e
)
(
t
I
'-
•
•
、
.
击，
e
•
:
.
去
e
舍‘”•••·•－：，•－a,
飞’.
－÷：宁
'
：＋
’.，.、•
.” , •
•
.
t t j ：；； τ
•
.
'
.
•
a
I
.C
:
'
.
•
I
;
f.
•
’
. '
＂＇＂：＇＂。，
•
'
:
.>.
-
.
.
:
'
'
•‘。
•
•
•
.
f••
‘毡，．《·舍.
且，
•
.
；’于＇
,
.
.
.
宁
•
7
.
:
:
.。
－、
:
.，岳.
'
'
,.
..
I
- . .
忌
,
’
’<.
,
’‘
: ‘ ’ .. ‘ … .
.
.
＜，、
:
.:
A
》•
I
t
.
.
•
l
、＜
.
e
,..-•-·······
.‘仇。·．：。：．
‘! .
.
<-
!
;
.句，．．
:
－·品；
ι.
:
:
.
2 - 57
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 58
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-14) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
,
,
’今号
但
,
. .
·自
•
•
－令.
•
…-....
..
去
•
’
?
自
、．．．．，
'
’
“
”－．·．吨，．，．．♂噜.
..
.、’””··’‘·
合酌’
.
.
.
‘
.
;
3
'
-
l
.
•
.φ
.
e
于
画
.
、
'
’{
.
'
•
．令•
,
• I
':'
”
．，、＇
"
.
ι
.
'
..
.
-
.
.
’｝儿，·
..
．．、合.
~
.
.·+·”
合白，
.
.伞，．·’.
'
..
. . ·
..”.
击
i
i
,.
；》
号
吨
:
.
'
.
.，吗f.
’‘”萨，•
i
i
.
'
•
;
<
。
γ
’
.
•
斗”’.
r ,
..
l.
－岛
I
•> ..
a
.二.
~
.
'
J
.
•目’＇
·•·
·I
.~
. !·
--
.;
辜.
..J,..
,¢,
• I
”-
..
.
·:
＇胁’号，，
•
宁
•
-·
.斗．
舍
•
-~
-
•
'
•
台”！，’‘
f
号’
令
•
;
I
,
•...
,
I
··e· .
。“：
：牛
.
’ .
也仙
’··《.
－ 1 、 A··
,
τ
’
.
岳－···
守’－
-~•
;
.
”
I
句．
~.
-···
. ” ;
•
'
•
.
'
. ,
;
.
'
. •
, - "1
• . . ; ’ = ‘ ” " : 《… a
‘－‘．、＜
• '
.；.岳. ;.
.'. ..,.
..
•
.
.;
.
－川”。
...
.,
:
·-·i•t
;
•
;_
4
.. .
：“·’·φ。，．．．，．·《巾。也＇
i
”
!
．．．，，＋·吨’“
;
’
λ
。》，．．，．．．《
F
：品， e
i
;.,
'
-
.
.
•
•
· .
.
.
. ‘
h
•
：吧？
AR
:,‘
...
•
'
.
.
.,•.
.ι
..，
.:.
ι
．．
.
：。
2 - 59
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 60
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-15) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
2
’今〈
令自
,
、
. .
,,
-..
、．
-
－．令·．
-
'
..
..
<
，』
.号；
ι.
'
＇岳、
”’.:
'
.
-
i
.二，
J
；二”町
L
.
.
.
.
•
'
。！。.
斗，、＇
.
:
.
，。
p
.
：。：；。
.
,.
.
.
,
.
、、．．．、.
’<
f
j L
‘’
4
"
？'
.噜··叫，；
＇
.,
ι
.....
．、.
．
－归’ e
;
‘，＇
.φE
i
'
'
飞’－
'
'
.
’－
.，、..
'…'
i
牛．‘
· · " ' "
'
－÷：令
'
'
e
'
．．．＆
．‘， e
.
'
'
..
、＇
φ
-
'
’毛、.
‘φ
'
:
!
•
'
a
•
:
'
•
'
'
,. •
. "'T'
.
,’
.
' ’ .
'
.
'
－
'
， φ.
•
•
.》．
φ
' ; ;‘:
.
f•
'
.＇』•· .' .. '
'
.
·•
. . •
'
t
>
‘'
.
.
.
•
'
...’;
，：中：－：，•－a,
-
.;
••
•
＇’？“
!il,!j
.
宁“‘
”.
，，；，非＇ l. + t
－·‘’亏··牛？’.
二
e
’
，.，“··命，，
旷，－－’‘＇
”·•· •· .,.. ..L ·j--
‘
、
!
:
－、
'
.《·舍‘＋，岳.
'
9
.
'
..
"
善
.
，、们
’ ''
’‘
:‘”·‘….
＇，、品，•
'
.
;
I
t
•
l
、＇
'
.
e
‘’+,..‘
'
;
'
'
'
－．，，－·．．，．．．－．品；
'
' ‘
h
'
'
,
'
＇：。：：：。
2 - 61
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 62
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，j ecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-16) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the 5x5 mm
grid provided.
10
+
't
4
.
i
嗡＠．
噜．．．｝目－守”．．．－．．．．．．”.... i山．川”．．目．
’守岳：’
’.
4
.吨，
ξ
•
l
'
' ;
.÷.
"'
I
.,.
.
!
f·
.
•· ;
;
, .
, r
I•••”．．、．．．．．，．．吧，．．．．．＆……·＠…… I .......>'"""''""""'>•••• ..
(………………
i
牛
l
“
I
+
I•
」
宁、
’
号
T
t
-
t
＇田’吃？
<
Z
守舍’‘’.
· " i r
•
ι
'
'
,
~
'
.；.、、！
:
'
lιi
!
E
昏＇
•
.
i
4” ” ;
•
! ';.
'
+
•
. ”
r
，
φ··
!
+
!
户’：，、，，！＇＇！＇＇＂＇
V
I
t
•‘
·>
i • • l ~ · t ·”
'
..:.
2 - 63
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 64
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-17) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
<>
,
,
’
但
<
令自
<
•
'
.
酌，＇
.. -
. .
.
,.,
。－．．，．
。儿。
'
. .
,
..,’'
自
.吨’
4
’‘’＋’”’.，
'…
. . . .”. . . . •
? .
：。：
.
:‘.
今吨，
•
•
-
'
.
.
•
•
..
'.
t
’。
iι
'
'
.
'
.
'
. :
:
，争….
.
－，、，．
•
令．
今昌
,
、
: .
.'
.，、，－
.
.;
;
.
.
>
τ
.
＜
I
>
.
.
.
.”斗。自由
· ·
.
.
•;
,
.
.，吧：－
、
＜坷，．、
<
’
.
”
i
-
.
.
'
-·
’.
.
,
'
•
•'•
l
唱
.;.
;
-
'
-
'
.，品．．．，＆－·♀．．．·．，。．．品‘
.
: · . :
。、合 •••I
;
•
t
. .•
t'
.
-·•,.'
'
•
－品．，
自·？”＋·”’‘’＋·’＋”！
:
·
：··命，；；： i ! ·+·
-
•
'
•
•
.”。.
《
. ,.. !·· +· ! ··•··
.二..
4仙‘伞’
•. ··;··
,.
t. ·I· +. I
-·-
•
2
·>
'
‘
•
、
I
>
·<'
·- ,
..
;.
•·>
-i
＇品画，号，
a
--4-
·I
··s···ae
oo·e
eee
+
’
ee·e·
咱‘．
·、
..;..
..
le
，＆。
---+
-
>
e
。》，．．：．．．．《.
:.
.
'>.,;,,
.
’
•
.‘...
,
..
•
L l
.•
'
'
.
, ..
·
, .,.
L .
..
,
-
:.t
：
.ι
．‘
·
,
l
L ·
.
2 - 65
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 66
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-18) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
0
,.
,
、
<
令自
. .
. .'
,
白令‘令·．
.‘
、．
v
．‘，－‘噜．
.. .
'
；。”；. .. ＇田”’
'
.”’:,.
;
-
••.
•
斗’
、
5
.
J、“－
,
旷
-
'
,
i
i
.
.
＜；
..
.
'
ι.
:
；
.
ι
:
::
•···
•
'.
-
.
,.
＇、.
--’‘·•
' '’:' :
.
•
.” , •
'
}
S
宁－
.
,.,
••
I
,.
.
e
‘＇
、.
击，：
-
:··t
‘'
•
!…)
(
I
to
o,,
I
一
'
•
...
a
’－品
•
’？’了
'
a
•
:
于
'
'.
I
•
• •
"'":'"
.
',.
'
问.
•
.《·舍‘＋，岳.
‘….
'
'
'‘-
'
＜，、品》•
.
•
'
I
•
'
..
"
•
••
t
l
、＇
' •
;
,.- · ·' · '· · · ·
''
'
I
,
舍·
1
'
•>..
'
’<'
:‘’
..
. .>. . .
'
'
7
,‘:
:
'
7
'
.’于＇
.
''
命·，，
.一－－＋·，．、
·..
,
+·"'
...令＇
•
牛．‘
'
,
.
号，唱，．、
'
‘
-
,
含
-:-.
i
•
•
.'
·>
＇毛飞
..，，，、•
..
' ..
'‘”
-
.
.
..
, .
' ’ : '
争，，：＇，
•.
, •
'
:
飞’－
:
,
”.
－÷：宁
· ' '
＂忐？’。＇
'
e
••
”.，
·
.
' . ..
. .
。、
＇哥叫昼‘
.‘’'
＇’《合，－
’电’＇
'
＇：。：
.
e
‘!•<-!-••
:
;
-,.:.:
ι
'
：。
2 - 67
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 68
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-19) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
0
,
.. '
、
令国·
•
吨，
··AO
令〈〉
、..
，：电
e
'
,,
－．令·．
..
<
、
”’.;
．
'
··φi
.
.
'
,
.
＜；
：二，.
：
ι.
'
ι
”町＇
'.
.
.
'
＇哥叫昼‘
.
•
e
•
”.
·>
-
＋一＇
'
i
,
牛．‘
"
..
..
J、．．“·、.
-
.
,.'
•
,
.
,.,“··+·,,
旷一，－－，《
I
＂‘’
4
》
4
.,.
、
·+·
•
!
。.
'
.
-
••
.噜雪
·•·
.
;
'
l
•
'
.
}
.s
·: . ' •
t- + t
'
;’:.
. .，衡。
.
:
:
·
··“,;,, . . . . . .
•
I
•
'
'
, •
:
C,
. .
• •
.号，唱’“
I
！，：
.
.
-
•
.俨••
'
、．，＋’＇
：’亏..
、.
.. ‘ ’
.
:
τC
:
.
.
•
•
e
)
(
t
I
'-
•
•
、
.
击，
e
•
:
.
去
e
舍‘”•••·•－：，•－a,
飞’.
－÷：宁
'
：＋
’.，.、•
.” , •
•
.
t t j ：；； τ
•
.
'
.
•
a
I
.C
:
'
.
•
I
;
f.
•
’
. '
＂＇＂：＇＂。，
•
'
:
.>.
-
.
.
:
'
'
•‘。
•
•
•
.
f••
‘毡，．《·舍.
且，
•
.
；’于＇
,
.
.
.
宁
•
7
.
:
:
.。
－、
:
.，岳.
'
'
,.
..
I
- . .
忌
,
’
’<.
,
’‘
: ‘ ’ .. ‘ … .
.
.
＜，、
:
.:
A
》•
I
t
.
.
•
l
、＜
.
e
,..-•-·······
.‘仇。·．：。：．
‘! .
.
<-
!
;
.句，．．
:
－·品；
ι.
:
:
.
2 - 69
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 70
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-20) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
0
,.
,
、
,
”
、··．
今‘令·．
..
龟
’
气F
F
.”...
~
J.
，，.，，
！；二； 1
.
;
.
、、“－
'’.
.
::
. '
町
'
i
·J
•
.·•..
j
。．！，．．：
'‘
飞’－
,j,
‘
eψ
’
，.，；－，，‘
l
c.
i
.，、.
τ
气？
..命·，，
'
’：＇
.
φ
．‘
t
+ t
.'
.”,
•
I
-
•
-'
7
•
,·
•
.
. ” .
i ;
;
; ; ' >’
? · .
' ; . . :· ! ‘ ’ . ' . ,. .
.’?’”:
..
,.
I·
p
’‘！舍＝．！？‘’
·
. .
· ..
..
' .’;. . '’<·;:··’:' . '
.
-
＇，、
;
.、.
.
-
-
'
.i
.
向．．、，？”忐；
"
＇
- . . ＇唱·品：
.' . . . '
: ÷
:
.
:
.
: :
. , . ,.
,
...
.
.
.
·．咽＇
-
ι
、
..，，，、.
苦
•
E
•
•
i
.
•
I
'
.'
、令，＇
γ.
l
'
击，
e
:
'
•
•
.’－…争.
•
.>'
.. +
.
-
'
'…‘:
.…．．、
.
．：：。画
'
V
扎
I
A
‘. .
·)<’‘
•
p
,
.<·.,,‘”
z
'
，争’
争
,..
’舍
'
.
’
·.
,
..
4
，马
: ‘ ’ '' ‘ ’ …
.'
'
＇、』暑•
<
:
．币，．
.
'
'‘’..
.
'
I
)
l
、
a
e
"
.
,
‘’·+’”··
．．．，．．．－·．忐；
.
2 - 71
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 72
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-21) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
,.
,
，、
·•
’今唱
吨，
,
－，．．庐．
..
龟
’
’
.
、
．”’
e ‘’.，.，.；.，，岳、
;
J
C.
.
!
•
;
•
.
.
i
'
.
'
’: ÷
:
'
I
-·
'
'
＇、.
••
..
'
.、，，
＇，。俨，＇
'
·J
·→… 2
、
•
.,
.
·t
毛’
·
. .
· ...
. . .
. . .
,
,.-’.
•
'
.
..，，，、＇
'
•
I
…？，．．：
”，.，；，，‘
c.
.
i
'
'
;
. .
,
...
φ
．’
、令，＇
' ＇击， e
γ
..
兮：
:
吧？
..命·，，
'
t
..
.. '
-
I
7
'
'
>’
;
.
'
;
.，宁，．．，，
•
•
•
.>'
.…争·去＂ ':'
-
·)
φ
－．－．．．．
·(
•
J
I
<-
z
I
'
'…‘:
?‘;,···-··
.
l
、
: : @ ‘
‘旷
A
‘‘' '
.<..’‘,,
’
..
.
'
' ” ’ '
＇、＇
;
.÷:
' …-
.
•
；：。：＇
- · .
•
e
-
《！？品’. ;
··－·，.号’唱，.
,.
.
.，、.
..
•
:’<. .
;
-
'
. ,
. ,.
.
·
·
: · .
;
P
·-
町＇
‘
;
·．咀‘”’.
、、“－
"
'
·
.
;
p
0
4
，争，．
’
”·.
4、．
’
，、
』.
•
••
,
..
4
，马
>·
e
‘-
'
··io
‘,@,
龟，’
4l
2······
..
．、
: ‘ ’ '' ‘ ·
‘
"
'
,
’‘’·+,...
'
2 - 73
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 74
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-22) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
。
,.
，、
,
”
、··．
今‘令·．
..
龟
’
气F
F
.”...
~
J.
，，.，，
！；二； 1
.
;
.
、、“－
'’.
.
::
. '
町
'
i
·J
•
.·•..
j
。．！，．．：
'‘
飞’－
,j,
‘
eψ
’
，.，；－，，‘
l
c.
i
.，、.
τ
气？
..命·，，
'
’：＇
.
φ
．‘
t
+ t
.'
.”,
•
I
-
•
-'
7
•
,·
•
.
. ” .
i ;
;
; ; ' >’
? · .
' ; . . :· ! ‘ ’ . ' . ,. .
.’?’”:
..
,.
I·
p
’‘！舍＝．！？‘’
·
. .
· ..
..
' .’;. . '’<·;:··’:' . '
.
-
＇，、
;
.、.
.
-
-
'
.i
.
向．．、，？”忐；
"
＇
- . . ＇唱·品：
.' . . . '
: ÷
:
.
:
.
: :
. , . ,.
,
...
.
.
.
·．咽＇
-
ι
、
..，，，、.
苦
•
E
•
•
i
.
•
I
'
.'
、令，＇
γ.
l
'
击，
e
:
'
•
•
.’－…争.
•
.>'
.. +
.
-
'
'…‘:
.…．．、
.
．：：。画
'
V
扎
I
A
‘. .
·)<’‘
•
p
,
.<·.,,‘”
z
'
，争’
争
,..
’舍
'
.
’
·.
,
..
4
，马
: ‘ ’ '' ‘ ’ …
.'
'
＇、』暑•
<
:
．币，．
.
'
'‘’..
.
'
I
)
l
、
a
e
"
.
,
‘’·+’”··
．．．，．．．－·．忐；
.
2 - 75
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 76
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-23) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
.,
,
、．
0
ι
’
‘庐－．噜．
..
•
噜 l
1
-
－．令·．
94
‘
046
,+-
:··:-
咿
4
自
”···
v
,,
.…. .: : ;,
－叼
’
L
•
•
-
唱。
•
、
’
＇企
争，～品：宁
.、.
-
.
,.
i
'
;
i
旷一，．．，《
I
0
、、“－
'
··-
·"·
' .•
'
'.. :
.
.
•
,
.
，.，“··命·，，
‘’
4
备
4
'
.
!
.·
·
＇.，《合，
L L .+
!
.i
c
t
..
··::
•
'
,,.
.
'
、...
.
.
·····”。今
..@
《．．．．’．’．’
i 、..
, .....•
.
_ : t-
I
7
•
•
φ.
@
号，唱’“！·
.,.‘’•
;
'
舍
'
L
•
.
‘；
.
I
、.
..
..
V
•
!'
•
)
.‘令，
.:
.
•·•
'"T＇。〉’
；’于＇
.•
•.
i
e
•
'
'
击，.
.
:
.
.
<
Iφ.
•
,
.<.
(
I
且.
I
I
.
,
I·
•
·
••
:
'. . .
.
. .>. . .
'
.
;
'
'
;
.
.
. · , - .
.;.
.
'
'
•
•
'
'
.
'
'
'‘:
飞’－
I
.,
• •
'-
.
.争·．、
＇：。！
.‘
9
'
4胁，岳，，
e
· .
'
,
•
•
.. ..
i .
’‘
:‘’..‘….
.
e
‘
h
'
＜，、品各•
'
.
;
I
t
.
.
l
、
d
•
e
‘' .
'
.，圃，．．
;
．，，－·．．，．．．－．品；
•
,
'
.：。：：：。
2 - 77
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 78
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-24) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
’
,
,
-
FO
.
’’:
.,
－令·．，．．
9·
-
···E·e
去
1、
自
合酌’
'
.
-
.
.
.
.
.
'
.
.令’.
i
.
.
~
昌
.
e
. ,.
.
'
i
‘’: .
• .. ,{
C
-
’
．。
。于
.
·e
1·
’’
．、合.
L '
;
•
-
.
<!
;
,
00
o
•
,
击
’
“
.
.
.
.
:
,
.
-
.伞·，．
，今
I
'
V
•
i
、，马
.”.
•
; :
:
.
.’”.
。：.
.
、
：“ aφ。．．，．．，．·《
＇
电
• .
’
”
,.
.
•
.,
,
1
’ . ＇，今＜！
i
'.
.
•
'
-· .
.，争.
.
'
{
I~. . . .岛.I•> ..
i
,
•
• '
i
争，，＇
-
.
l
'
J
•
,.
，•目’.
'
,.
··•···
•
•
-·
.舍.
+
.
.
-
！、
: ·
.
句．
岳
•
.电
l.
..
，、，－
i
、．．．．．，
.”，。由
i
a
i l .;.
<
τ
r
’·
、．，
L i +·
i
•
.
. ' ..
-
？自．
．噎」
t
•
• .”。
<!
• •
'
.
.二.
'
'
.仙’‘舍…＇
、·！·
;
a
·>·
!
'
'
.斗．
.‘>
白
g
…
a
‘”’.
l.
i
'
•.
,.
j.
.
'
'!
。画
·<'
，、．？－
＇ιb
, , , , '
•••
·.
'
'
。》，.
.
. .
.
J凤
>
.<'
·
e
‘,,.
：.
· .
γ
.
，－
•
'
•
品， e
i
;.,
>
'’•
!
.
.
.
.
-
.
.
.
•
y
I
.:.
.
•ι
．‘
•
2 - 79
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 80
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-25) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
,
,
’
但
<
令自
. .
,
。－．．，．
，，－．、．
.:@‘
？凡？
号·
'
.
..”•
•
"
'
. '
- .. '
'
,”.
e
吨，，.
.
.
。一。；.
r
•
•
•
'
'
....
I
...
•，击，、，＋’”’.，
i.
.
i
'
.
;
-
.
i· j
'
;
.;..
'.,
全….
.
.，川’
.旬，．
:
'
τ
吃.
•
•
,.
;
•·
.,
：．．．．．．．．．目
.
+
.'
4
’. ＇、.
j
i
;’”
i
；‘四
.令.:
'
.;
i
:
l. .;.
.
一
二
•
g
.,
! {
、，
+’. .
l
.
.
’.
.
,
;
.电
a
•'•
l
-
i
i
+ .
' ‘
.
-,,.,
击
.
-·
…＆．，，血··♀．．．：．，。－
!
＇句．．、
!
.昌、．》
j
l
.
'
: .
.令.
.町
t
'
：。＇
.
·
I ’
e
iι
。、合...
;·
~
.@‘
,
z
自
0
a
品．，
: l : ).
i
•
？自．
•
'
'
.
.
-
.
'
!
.争。－·．二.
.
'
.
-
.合’一
今
<
'
>
4•
’‘
<
’
:.
＠
a
’吨‘
.’
，．．令，．
λ
？＠
;
•
。‘”.
.•
. .
.
'
·‘,,.
' ‘
？＠
.
•
..
.。．．．
.
I
>
l
}
'
••
,
. ;>• .
.号’.
．．
γLl.,
.•
'
'
..
L
•
..品－
l•S萨，．．
．‘
.
;
l
L
•
2 - 81
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 82
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-26) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
’
’自
<
,
,
、
. .
令自
.@@‘ 0
e＠凡？
去
•
.”’.
·..
.
,
·川.
e
!'
、合.
令吨，
. ..
.
-
..
'
...
一
. . ..’ I
......
,..
;
'
;
.
'
.
-
.i
'
争··．；。．，川
•
. . . . ,
: .
.
'
;
•
e
一
;
昌
、
.τ.
;
.，、，－
φφ
．．
'
.
.品．＠’晶－♀...
.
;
。、合...
’‘’＋’”’品’句．．．
.
,..
i
.
i
1
；二．．．．，．”斗。自由
：。＇
.
·
'
;
I
>
吃
.;
l
.
、
令 4
’
”
•
i
l
-
•
- ..;. ; .;.‘
•
‘’. .
,',
,.
;. .
.，于－·
•
. .
. . •
.
:
......
_ , , . ,
击
,
z
自
.‘
‘
.
－品．，
;
;· . •· .,. ~- . ,.:’.;. •· .;. ., ! i
l : ). i
-i
1
：
。：，
:…….......... ...…" C•••• .，，，，.………··川《… i ….. i ..…··…+…; ..”田，．．…...目，．．．．．．．．．”………... j ..品………·－….. ''
;
.
.
'
.
•
.悖。－
.二.
'
.
「
a
.、电＇
•
··气，雹·．·《
,
.@
‘
B
eB
‘
I
.;.
i
号，
i
;
"‘>
＇、，
’品’号’
>
•
I
+
I
aoOAO
，．．令，．
'
. .;. .,. '…
．．崎
I
.γL
.
l
‘
-,
l
>
l
}
,
•••
.
.
4
》.
.
.•. ..;.
,
.
.‘,,.
,
-
'<.
•Vi··>i-l-
'
•
•
t
＇』
。‘，，．．，．．．．号，、
L
'
:
<
4
••
，.，萨，．．”·‘
L
.
..
,
-
;
•
L
:
•
'
•
2 - 83
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 84
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-27) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
,
,
”
’令、．自吨，
,
白令··．．
-
-
.同
..
龟
’
、
’
·＞司令，
6
F
去，、，.，，；，；‘
一
φ
.
、、．．“·、.
I
.
...
.
..忐．
::
.
<
τ
••
＂亭’•
i
"
•
•
I
、.
＂：
γ.
.
j-
'
'
.’.
.
.
,
...
φ
．’
t
+
.. '
•
•
I
7
‘’.
' .
:
,
7
,
,·
'
...争·，，
a
;
' .
击，
e
<·
•
:
'
•
•
;
;
.’?’”:
•
• •
•
•
.争.
•
"
.》．四．
"
":'
'…‘·
－、
' .
> < ’ ‘p
I
:
'
.
.
.'
.
,o,
:
'
I•
、．
: ‘ ’ ' ＇‘·．令··《，、』备•
'
:
,.,.,_
'
I
’
，马
l
、
.......
' … .
'
'
忌
“·.
·
.
I
，、
•
‘-
.<·‘’‘.
9
巾，
4
,
E
aoa
’:·
‘. .
•
＇”’啥。〉’
'
-··
- · · · t.
:,‘
e
,.
．：：。‘
'
”·..
4、．
;
.:
舍
．？，、，.，.
巴.
.
’：，
.
:
'
· - · , · , : r.
i
·句，... j
,
..，，，、＇
'
-
.
·
. .
· ..
..
••
•
:’<. :
':'
.’:,.,-…•
毛＇
。
.
气？
’‘！？品’！？毛’
向．、，＇
句’.
-
－··咱
.画
'
'
‘’.
!”·÷
！
··••···,a
·-
e
.
a e
‘’·+,...
- ...
.:.:
.
.
.
'
2 - 85
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 86
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-28) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
,.
,
、
e
'
令斗
令自
. .
,
、．
白令·．．
．，－．咱
..
龟
唱。
”’.:
,.
.
'
.
＜；
ι.
'
＇哥叫昼‘’”•
－··•·＇·＇；二”町
.-’
L
>
•
•
:
.
.
:
. .
:
、、．．“·、.
:
:
l
旷一，.
.尊自.
•
.
it···,:
.
.
.
l . . '
-
·'.'
',
‘
’
;‘
·>
i
C
"
:
L
f
：宇
.，、．．，．，．，’“··＋·，，
.
!
'<'
.‘’
. ;
;”.
雪
i
;
?
.,< e
’
4
; :
》
4
‘
、.
:
·
'
•
'
.
＇：’心··
t
,
'
'
I
7
..
～、，？··忐？’：。，鼻：．
·
. . .
.
..
.
'
＼••······’·，、••
含••••＇
于
1•••
'"'':'''>•I
-
λ·
•
.
、·号，唱’“＇
…·‘’.
:
.
•＞、.
•
•
'
•.‘’·击，
•
.e‘
:
' •
•
•
.>.
：，。．’画：
.
'
.，，：
:
宁
L
.
，
:
•
.
:
.
.
‘”..中….
飞’－
<
.
γ
.
.
.
e
•
.
t
‘.
'
.‘:
i
:
.
.争，．、
,
.《·舍‘＋，岳.
<;><><•>I
.
.
:
.
.
.
,.
..
·.
’
＜，、
'
善
’‘
‘….
,
.
’ '.
1
!
I
，、自…
:‘’
.
'
，’：，：。：！
-
-
A
备·，，今
4
、＇
.
e
,
‘!•<-!-••
．，，－·．．，．．．－．品；
.
.‘.
.
..
.
:
.：
ι
：。
2 - 87
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 88
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-29) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
.,
,
，。
、．
0
ι
’
e‘
-
h
‘庐－．噜．
..
•
噜 l
1
．”’
－．令·．
94
‘.
046
,+-
:··:-
咿
4
自
”···
v
,,
…击，、，.
.…. .: : ;,
'
＇，叫昼‘
－叼
L
•
e
‘’
•
'
.、.
-
i
'
.
.
.~. !
:
.
.
,
.
!
i
·护
l
•
＇企
、
’
缸，
仇丰：气？
，.，“··命·，，
'
•
'
,,.
·
.
.
.
…
. ·
，.，《合，－··
,.,
,
. . • . ~”。今
I
7
• •
旷一，．．，《
….. ,.:i
,.
唱。
-
&
、、“－
’
I
0
‘’
4
备
4
、...
1
.”- ·
: • ' .
j ' ' … - i 7 .。
. .
'
.
·
·
. .川，• ’ • f a 、..
, ......
•
•·•
'"T＇。〉’
。.
'
-
.,
I·
.•
' … '
:.
'.
号，唱’“！·
.”’·‘’•
'
.
•
.;.
;
•
舍
'
'
.
'
L
‘”.
飞’－
I
••
I•
•
!'
'
I
'
.
、.
.‘令，
.
'
.;
'
:
.
..
.
":'
”!
•
e
击，.
'
)
(
I
.
.
:
t.
.
•
.
:
'
.
'
'
.
.. . >
.. . -
..
.' .;
.
'
'
'‘:
:
＇。
'
.一－－争·．、
＇：。：，。
-···t····
•
.
'
且.
I
.
《·舍‘＋，岳，，
e
I
.
’
,
•
'
.
；’于＇
..
i .
..
,
:‘”·‘….
.
e
‘
h
'
＇，、品吝•
l
、
d
‘
I
t
:
.;
.
.
'
•
:
.：
ι
•
e
I
•
•，圃，．．
;
．，，－·．．，．．．－．品；
'
•
'
：。
2 - 89
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 90
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-30) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided.
,.
2
e
'
令斗
令自
,
、
. .
,
、．
·..
•
·-
令同
..
龟
?
…
s
唱。
’
…. . : :.
－叼
L
'
'
l
.
-
.
.
旷，．．，《·•
合尊
自
•
~
e
:·'
j
:
,.,
《合，
’
＆·忐．－－
•
'
、、．．“·、.
‘
,
a
：吧？
...
.
.
,
.
,.,’“··+·,,
! : ‘ · ,
f
‘’;
；毛、.
'
t
’了
:
.,
'
:
'
.••
'
'
合？
'
7
••
＇”忐．？’. ' ' '
-‘
7
.、＇ '
·
.
.
.
'
'
..
1•••
'"'':'''>•I
'
λ·
..,.‘’'
'
'
•
宁
.J
L
'
＼••·····’·，、••
含••••＇
、·号，唱’“
、‘
.
e
.
于
.>'
'
'
. , ‘ C,
！，：
γ
，
.
.
.
.
'
'
'‘:
‘
? :
· ’ '
'
‘；，..中….
.争，．、，
＇、＇
.‘’·击，
e
:
'
•
•
•
，”：，：。：’。
-
飞’－
'•·
-
'
t
‘'
,,,,
,,
•
.《·舍‘＋，岳.
·..
"
’
’‘
‘….
..
•
’<'
1
'
'''
，、自…
:‘’
.
＜，、
.
A
备＇
＇，今
4
、＇
.
e
,
‘!•<-!-••
．，，－·．．，．．．－．品；
'
'‘-
'
''
'
;
＇：
ι
：。
2 - 91
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 92
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-31) Given two complete views, sketch in the missing view.
。，
·
.
·
.
..
.
..
.
.
. .
.
.
.
·
.
·
·
.
.
2 - 93
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 94
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-32) Given two complete views, sketch in the missing view.
. .…·.
...
…
··.. …
..
.
..
..,- .
. .….
.
.
.
.&...
' . ' .‘'
. . • . . '
.
φ
．
‘
.
.
. .. •.
'
..
.
.
.,.
.
.
....
.
φ
.
.
. ... ' ' ... .
2 - 95
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 96
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-33) Given two complete views, sketch in the missing view.
.
.
.
.
φ
.
. .
-
‘
..
. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . … - ,
.
.
. @. . .
..
.
- .,
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
.
.
.
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
2 - 97
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 98
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-34) Given two complete views, sketch in the missing view.
..
.
.
.
I
..
...
..
I
..
..
..
..
I
..
.. .
..
.
..
. . .·
I
2 - 99
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 100
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-35) Given two complete views, sketch in the missing view.
·. . .. .
...........................
一一
...... ....... ....... .......
2 - 101
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 102
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-36) Given two complete views, sketch in the missing view.
.
.
.
.
. .
…,..... . ... . . .
←一一一一一一一」
←－一一一一一一一一一『
2 - 103
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 104
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-37) Given two complete views, sketch in the missing view.
｜
lil
」
一
一
l
一
一
一
「
一
一
一一
｜｜
一
｜｜
｜ 广 ｜｜厂｜
- --
2 - 105
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 106
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
Name:
Date:
P2-38) Given two complete views, sketch in the missing view.
·..’·...............
,
‘
'.
.
...
….
,.
. ... . .
. ... .
.
,. .
..
...。‘ ...
,
k
\
2 - 107
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 108
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，j ecti。ns J
P2-39) C「eate an orthographic projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views.
’ ::,
臼
句~ －
＼扎＜－oo
...
<::,<::,
、 ，岛
’飞旷l 、
P2-40) Create an orthographic projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views.
n
,,
’p
nLF4
,,
ζy
d
1/
1
，问
J
AU
1'
KD
n
,,
\(
；（。俨
2 - 109
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
P2-41) Create an o同h ograph ic projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views.
、，，
电1
.-
~
化、
v“
、〈
1
n
uw
·So
z.oo
；汇／
_50
2 - 110
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
P2-42) C「eate an orthographic projection of the followi ng object. Draw the three standard
views.
aady
’’
f
AUJ
130
~ "
P2-43) Create an orthographic projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views.
~()
UV
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
\
\
、、
\
\
、、
\
、、
,,/
1()
50
4()
2 - 111
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
P2-44) Create an o同hograph ic projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views.
丁＼
1 ·<S
~
/
‘、、
‘、．
、、、、
、、、、、、
＼ 二
七＼／人
t、
飞巴
一 气
、、
、
- \
『、．．、同、
、、、 牛、、、、、、
唱、、
‘、 千二、、
飞、、＼
‘、．‘、、
、h四·
、、＼
“ ' 、、．
、、‘ 、同、
、－
、同‘
、、‘
..
、、
飞－、、
＼、、
、、＼
、、、、．、、、、、
·so 1飞＼
、、 电、『 飞、
·、、
＼、h、
、、‘
..
、、
c:::,
l .oo
C
'v"
问＼
3-so
2 - 112
<.oo
、、
飞、、
气 －
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
P2-45) C「eate an orthographic projection of the followi ng object. Draw the three standard
views.
、
－E
hxw
、，
nu
I
i
N
H
!
民w－
、I
L咱
们、
a
气
飞
仇”
、
..
。
。。
hp、
n
u AU
<
U L
U AUU
L
N
-
<,oo
1A
U<HV
A之
-<? ->.s.
4气，
、／
\
P2-46) C「eate an orthographic projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views.
饨，
·ζb
，问
J
ζ叮
J
d
4F
y
uF
4F,,
d
r
J
,
,
-P 当
飞 Oo
><
/
/
2 - 113
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
P2-47) Create an o同hograph ic projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views.
、J、
LR
!
mU-
AUAU
hwu
, - AU
AU
需于吨2
·.@=,AU
AU
nLF
’穹Oo
>,,./
c:,’:::,
气·
·oo
c:,c:,
’飞，－
2 - 114
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
P2-48) C「eate an orthographic projection of the followi ng object. Draw the three standard
views.
。”u
队q
A吨
坠Q
E
AU
／ jv／
ι
什
，咱＿＜：：，
、.－
<::,<::,
民、－
·〈笔p
1
aoap
, .6'.?
5.00
6'.?
2 - 115
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
P2-49) Create an o同h ograph ic projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views.
句号
命／飞
15
35
气J、
匈
AHMW
<to
55
2 - 116
AHν
,
4
AE
AHV
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
P2-50) C「eate an orthographic projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views.
J哩俨
《υ
J‘俨
何
a
“
,hJ
，句，，
aHV
2页 伊，1.00
A
υ
5
树
an
吧￥，
-Er
吨？
3.00
2 - 117
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
P2-51) Create an o同hograph ic projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views.
J气-To
.75
, .so---2.56
3.00
4.00
2.25
2.75----3.50--------
2 - 118
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic p阳，jecti。ns J
P2-52) C「eate an orthographic projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views.
、
、，
1 nu
-ts
豆1
!21<e
121s)
2 - 119
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
P2-53) Create an o同h ograph ic projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views.
....
毛卡
·飞、
、、
，必、
勾b
号Oo
/
·s－
u
.
、＇
O
。。
、，，
1
~
、，A
斗1
P2-54) Create an o同h ographi c projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views.
'?
气，
叫，
<:,
『：，
h、
气。3
hR
eAV
nu
Mmnu
AU
二千
2 - 120
岛
aγ
，
1
”
d
J
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
P2-55) C「eate an orthographic projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views.
..::::,
4
斗了
/
飞b
’3
!?
如
~
A..._"<:'
/
ψ：，
'V
岛
’”
a
-F J
qhF
,,
去3
、5、
~::" y
龟，，
吃也
/ Oo
2 - 121
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
P2-56) Create an o同hograph ic projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views.
AHν
1
¢ 50
A
H
U
z.oo
l.5o
卜
·So
1.z5 ,,
i
.so
气，，、
2 - 122
AH
A
U
WH
U
~ ,1.00
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
SP2-1) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the g「id
provided. The answer to this problem is given in the Independent Learning Content.
川 3匀 川
,
”’
2 - 123
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
SP2-2) Sketch the front, top and ri ght side views of the following object. Use the grid
provided. The answer to this problem is given in the Independent Learn的g Content.
’
巾’
’
LT
:······‘
zar
--’’
·：宁：：：
’
4
-.
2 - 124
( Chapt er 2 - Orthographic P阳，jecti。ns J
SP2-3) Sketch the front, top and right side views of the following object. Use the 9「id
provided. The answer to this problem is given in the Independent Learning Content.
..
. :
. ' .
. .
…
. .
·
.
.
'
’…·，．，．，．．、，。
'
.
'
’·．，．．，．．．．晰’··－．．”
'
专.
＇于＇
•
'7
I
‘
,
叫‘
'
..
'
•
• '
I '
•
(
”’( .....…··刷川··”？·
,...
，卢－
'
'
•
'
'
'
'
，’”“”…··中…··’
“…..… p… t ….. ;…·
4 …··’”.. '
·。
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
·
.
·
4
l
,
.号，.
‘ .: .
• ' ..,. I
’
:
•
,
.,.
’
:
. . · .
·
.:. ..”·”……'
.,.. .
.. • ... ..... ... . • .... ..... . ... . .... -··· . .. 7 ”·....
· .
:
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
＇。
’. ·
...
.
,
. . .
··.
.
,
'
'
·
. .
.
⑤
.,,
e 吨，
…
φ
….
.
4 …·
•l •
•
'
'
'
'
'
’ ·
•' ·． ι ＇ ' . > ' ' ' ' ' <
…..令.
..
.、’.
•
.、．．”•
;
.
'
.
· .
:
•
I
'
e
;
•••• ~
'
•
＇、＇
'
• :·
'
'
.
••…
'
'
e
＇。
＇心， e
'
.
.
.
’”,...,
斗＇ '
•
.
· .圃，．．．．”、，..
· .
;. ·•····· ... .: ......、－·卜钮，.. .... .:
．．．．叮．．、．，． ψ. •
，．．．．。．．．”
•• :
•
.
.
.
·．。
-
·-
.
:
.
.昏’＂
;.
、．自.
（异.
合龟，
'
•
.
- ·-
,
.
..
. •
.
,
e
.’飞
·
…
. .
'
.
.
.
'
.:
’- c , . . . . . . . . .
. '
?
…
'
.
9
e 吨’＜
'
· .
'…..…
. . . ... . .. .
. . '. .'
, : , : , : · .
-· .
...
.
. .
. .
)
•
•
~
、俨…4”－、
•I
－·」
“
'
'
.
.
'
号令，．、
‘
’
.'
.
剑，＇
• • <
I
圃，
.
i
'
.. '
,;
.·
:
.
..
宁
•
:
'
'
:
.
., '
.
.
'
.
-
.
.
'
.
•
•
.
4
I
••
.
I
· .
..,.
…• t
.
l
'
.
、
'
’奋、，
C
I
•
... •
'
•品＇ ＇备·•
.
'
·
.. ' .
'
.
…. . .
+
• •
•
•
,.
•
•
'
•
，..甲.
'
'
.
1'
a
，、，··号，，
,.
'
;
.?~,.
•
.
· .
•
•
.
.
γ
；牛．．、
'
,.
'
·<
'
.
•.
.
-:-
• '
•
• ...
.
.
.
•
.
. .
.
二
. ；、＇
'
”
.、
’
.
'
'
.。
:
'
•
...
.
.
· .
'
,
4
、
·• .
''
<’·- ' '
·
,
. ' ..
.
.
.
·
－品。，.
.
.胁。＇
.
.
.
:
·
.
·
.
· .
'
＇鸣，
1
、•！
1
'
，）、，，也。，
'
、，．．‘.
、
.
，.‘。二
. . .
·
.
’ ·
.
.
.
'
.
.
. ,
于··争、卜”‘弓’：
~
. . ...…‘号，＇
，、.，
' -
、
,.
'
·．。
,
i
.,.
'
.、＇
'
'
..”.
令、令，
笔
，.辛：－
. .
7
．，
＇…唔
•I.~
l•
、
4
’＇
。
'
•
2 - 125
( Chapter 2 - Orthographic projecti。ns I
且♀工E豆
2 - 126
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial drawings J
CHAPTER 3
PICTORIAL DRAWINGS
CHAPTER OUTLINE
3.1) PICT。RIALS I NTR。D UCTION ..............…….........….........……….........….........………............... 2
3.2) PICT。RIAL TYPES.….......…….........…….........….........……….........….........……….........….......... 4
3.3) AXONOMETRIC PROJECTIONS .............................….................................…........................ 5
3.3 1) Types of axonomet『ic pictorials .. ... ........ ........ ........ ......…·…-…·…-…·…-…·…. •.• 5
3.4）。BLIQUE PROJECTIONS .................…........................…..................…........................…........ 8
3.4 1) Types of oblique pictorials . .. . ... . .. ... .. .. ... . .. ... .. .. ... . .. ... .. .. ... . .. ... .. .. ... . 8
3.5) PERSPECTIVE PROJECTION S .......................................................................….................. 11
3.5 1) Types of perspective p「ojections . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . 11
3.6) VISUALIZATION .......................…..................…........…......................…...................…........... 12
3.7) DRAWING ISOMETRIC PICTORIALS ................................................……..............……........ 14
3 7 1) Drawing linear features in an isometric pictorial .... ................................................... 15
3.7.2) Drawing circles and radii in an isomet『ic picto『ial ............................................................ 18
3.7 3) Drawing cylinders in an isometric picto『ial. .. ...... ............................................ 22
3.8) DRAWING CABINET OBLIQUE PICT。RIALS ...............….......….......….......…..................... 27
3.8 1) Drawing features of a cabinet oblique pictorial ... ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ .... ... 27
3.9) APPLYING WHAT WE HAV E LEARNED .............….........................….........…..................... 35
PICTORIAL DRAWINGS QUESTIONS .................….................…................................................ 39
PICTORIAL DRAWINGS PR。BLEM S …·………. .. .. . .…·……. .. . ..……··……. .. . ..……………··…”. . .. .. . 刷
3-1
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
CHAPTER SUMMARY
In this chapter you will learn about pictorial drawings and how to draw them. A pictorial
drawing is a representation of an o战ject created in two dimensions, which appears three
dimensional. Pictorials are very helpful when trying to interpret a complex part print or when you
are trying to communicate design ideas to an audience that is unfamiliar with orthographic
projections. By the end of this chapter you will be able to recognize the di疗erent types of pictorials
and be able to sketch isometric and oblique pictorials based on an orthographic projection of the
part.
3.1) PICT。RIALS INTRODUCTI。N
Pictorials are pseudo three-dimensional drawings. That is, they are drawings of
an object created in two dimensions that look three dimensional. Pictorials are very useful
when trying to communicate design ideas to an audience that may be u nfamilia 「 with
orthographic projections. Being able to efficiently and e仔ectively create a pictorial sketch
will enable you to get you『 idea across to you 「 design team quickly and with less possibility
of misinterpretation (see Figure 3.1-1 ). A pictorial of a part is often included on a detailed
drawing to help with the visualization of the part (see Figure 3.1-2). Pictorials are also
used to illustrate how pa 同s fit together in an exploded assembly drawing (see
Figure 3.1-3).
·.
,
,
唱，．，咱i--””
， ’
『..
.
,
.
,
, ,
,
,;
,
嗖 a
,
,
,
,
-
Figure 3.1-1 : Pictorial sketches of design ideas
3-2
•
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
R.50
Pictorial
-L--4一－~
:-•-
•__ __[
’?…i---r-
2.00
」二－ 2.75
3.50
1.50
¢.so
1.00 「
.75
R.50
--•-
__l
1.50
土一
Figure 3.1-2: Pictorial representation added to a detailed drawing
3 -3
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
Figure 3.1-3: Exploded assembly drawing
3.2) PICTORIAL TYPES
There a「e th 「ee basic types of pictorial drawings: axonometric, oblique, and
perspective. These three pictorial types di何er in their relationship between the object and
the point of sight. Before computer assisted drawing, the two most commonly used
pictorials were isometric and oblique (see Figure 3.2斗）. Notice that they both look three
dimensional, but their orientations are di何erent. They are both useful techniques. You
will find yourself choosing one or the other method depending on your part geometry. The
procedure for creating isometric and cabinet oblique pictorials will be discussed in detail.
Most computer drawing and modeling packages are set up to create pictorial drawings.
Some programs let you choose the type of pictorial, however, many others create the
pictorial based on your current model view which rarely coincides with one of the th 「ee
types of pictorials mentioned.
The pictorial types discussed in this book and how they are constructed are in
accordance with the ASME - Y14.3 standard.
3-4
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Isometric Pictorial
Oblique Pictorial
Figure 3.2-1: Common pictorial types
3.3) AXON。METRIC PROJECTIONS
An axonometric projection is one in which the projectors are perpendicular to the
plane of projection and parallel to each other as shown in Figure 3.3-1 . All the principle
edges are drawn on or parallel to the axonometric axes. On the real object , the principle
edges are 90° apart and lie on or parallel to the x-y-z coordinate system. In order to
produce the illusion of a three-dimensional object, the axonometric axes are not 90° apart.
To the eye, circular features represented in an axonometric pictorial look perfectly circular.
However, if you look closely, circular features such as holes, cylinders, and radii are drawn
as ellipses as shown in Figure 3.3-1 and 3.3-2.
There are three types of axonometric projections: isometric , dimetric, and
trimetric . Each type has a di仔erent axonometric axes configuration as shown in Figure
3.3-2. The type of axonometric pr叫ection used should be chosen based on which type
will give the most accurate description of the object.
3.3.1) Types of axonometric pictorials
Isometric p ictorials are drawn in a coordinate system where one axis is vertical
and the other two are 30 degrees above the horizontal as shown in Figure 3.3-2. The
height of the object is drawn along the vertical axis and the width and depth are drawn
along the axes that are at a 30 degree angle from the horizontal. Isometric pictorials are
drawn at a uniform scale. The most realistic looking scale is 80°/o. Linear dimensions
along or parallel to the isometric axes are to S臼le. Features at an angle to the axes are
not to scale.
Dimetric pictorials are drawn in a coordinate system where one axis is vertical
and the other are equal and may vary between O and 45 degrees above the horizontal as
shown in Figure 3.3-2. If the angle becomes 30 degrees, it is identified as an isometri c
pictorial. The height of the object is drawn along the vertical axis and the width and depth
are drawn along angled axes. The scaling of a dimetric pictorial is equal along the angled
axes and may be di何erent on the vertical axis. Features at an angle to the dimetric axes
are not to scale.
3-5
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
Trimetric pictorials are drawn in a coordinate system where one axis is vertical
and the other axes may vary in angle above the horizontal as shown in Figure 3.3-2. The
varying axis angles are not equal to each other and may not be zero degrees. If the angle
becomes equal, it is identified as a dimetric pictorial. The sum of the two angles of the
non-vertical axes may not exceed 90 degrees. The height of the object is drawn along
the vertical axis and the width and depth are drawn along angled axes. Each axis may
use a di仔eren t scale. Features at an angle to the trimetric axes are not to scale.
P「ojectors are pe「pend icular to the
projection plane and parallel to each other.
－：：＇.：工：：：：：二：：二二－－…· －
一 －，． ．．．．－··
..- --
,
. .. .
4
。
·二：:t::::_.
一 －．
,
一 －－．．，－，－一 －ι
－副， ι，－－
’
. ’ , .. . .
··-··-··---
.....
.. ’ .. . .
d
Projection plane
Principle edges are 90。 apart
on the physical object.
Axonometric Projection
Figure 3.3-1: Axonometric projection
3-6
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Isometric
飞＼
/’
Drawn to scale
Dimetric
Tri met「ic
Same scale
/
$、、
6、、
_.,,,
Di仔ere nt scale on each axis
。 ＝ variable (not 0。）
。 ＝ varies between 0。 － 45°, (not 30。）
中 ＝ variable (not 0°)
0 ＋中 三 goo
Figure 3.3-2: Axonometric projection types
3-7
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
Exercise 3.3-1 : Axonometric oictoria! identification
Identify what type of axonometric pictorial is used to represent the following object.
3.4) OBLIQUE PROJECT！。 NS
An oblique projection is one in which the projectors are not perpendicula『 to the
plane of projection but are parallel to each othe『 as shown in Figure 3.4-1 . All the principle
edges a「e drawn on or parallel to the oblique axes. On the real object, the principle edges
are 90° apart and lie on or pa『allel to the x-y-z coordinate system. Oblique pictorials are
drawn in a coordinate system where two of the axes make a 90 degree angle with each
other. Only one of the axes is at an angle from the horizontal. The angle of this axis may
range between O and 90 deg 「ees ; however, the most commonly used angle is 45 degrees.
There are three types of oblique pictorials: cavalier, cabinet, and general. Each
type is created by drawing the height in a vertical axis, the width along the horizontal axis
and the depth along the axes that is at an ang l e 付om the horizontal. The features drawn
on the axes that are parallel to the pr叫ection plane (i.e . vertical and horizontal axes) are
drawn at full scale and t阳e shape. The linear features drawn on the angled axis may be
full scale (cavalier projection) or may be drawn foresho同ened. The most common, is a
half scale 臼binet projection. The cabinet projection approach looks more rea listic (see
Figure 3.4-2).
3.4.1) Types of oblique p ictorials
A cavalier projection is an oblique projection where all features drawn parallel to
the oblique pictorial axes are drawn full scale. A cabinet projection is an oblique
projection where all features drawn on the angled axis are drawn at half s臼le. A general
oblique projection is where all features drawn on the angled axis are drawn at scale but
not at full or half scale. Figure 3.4-3 shows an example of each type of oblique pictorial.
3-8
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Projectors 旦旦l perpendicular
projecti叫ane but
.. ＼／川eparallel
to each
－
‘
JPAVVO
‘‘
‘‘
‘‘
、
‘‘
、
.
、
、
.
、
、
品
l
l
‘
‘‘
飞 电＝＝＝
‘..
‘!--
叫
‘‘
i
‘
.
‘‘
‘‘‘
‘l
‘‘
‘
R
it
‘‘
‘‘
‘
、
、
‘
‘．
‘
‘‘ ‘
.
‘
··uhh,._
．·
、
、
‘- ‘
、
‘
1··
vi- ‘
1
‘.
.‘
、
-
回缸
‘‘
、
l
i
－
‘
、
‘‘
‘
.‘‘
甲
i l·
·v
甲
‘
、
、
i· 川、，
由
‘
、
甲
I
. ‘.‘
‘
‘‘ ‘
.‘ ‘‘
‘. ‘
‘
‘
‘‘
i
1
‘
‘
.‘
‘‘
othe『－
‘AVV·
‘
、
.. .
‘‘
‘
、
a「e
｝ 、
‘
、
l
i 、‘
、
‘－ v
.
‘‘
‘叫
Projection plane
Oblique Projection
Figure 3.4-1: Oblique proj ection
3-9
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
Cavalier Oblique Projection
Cabinet Oblique Projection
Half scale
True size
General Oblique Projection
Scaled (not 仙II or half)
J_-9QO
T『ue size
Figure 3.4-2: Oblique pictorial types
3 - 10
( Ch aple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
3.5) PERSPECTIVE PROJECTIONS
A perspective projection is one in which the projectors are not parallel, instead they
converge to a point of sight as shown in Figure 3.5-1. That means that edges that are
parallel on the real object will not necessa 「i ly be parallel in a perspective proj ection. There
a『e three types of perspective projections: one-point, two-point, and three-point.
一. .…－··－－··－…
,.. . . -··
”·- -…
...,,-··
...... __.. -
，．
-~#·~一.·
一 ，．·二 ， ，－
，， － 一 ．·
.·’
Projection plane
Perspective Projection
Figure 3.5-1: Perspective projection
3.5.1) Types of perspectiv e projecti。ns
A one-point perspective projection is created by placing two of the principle
axes of the object parallel to the proj ection plane. The remaining axis is perpendicular to
the projection plane. In a one-point perspective, the height and width of the object are
shown vertically and horizontally, and the depth axis will converge to a single vanishing
point (see Figure 3.5-2).
A two-point perspective projection is created by placing one of the principle
axes of the object parallel to the projection plane. This is usually the vertical axis. The
other two axes are inclined to the projection plane. The height is shown vertically and the
width and depth axes each converge to thei『 own vanishing point.
A three-point perspective projectio n is created by placing all three principle axes
neither parallel nor perpendicular to the projection plane. The height, width, and depth
axes will each converge to thei『 own vanishing point. Figure 3.5-2 shows examples of
each type of perspective projection.
3 - 11
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
,
一 ..
．… 二
,
. .,.,
..
.’
One-point perspective
. . ..
a
. .
雹
. ..
‘,
..
• ..
.
-·
’·
一 ··’
一 ．，· 二
,, ’
, ,
.
、
..
.”
一 ， ，－
•
－·罚’
·.
,
,
. ..
’‘
”·‘
..
.
,
,
,’
,·
.
,,
.
.
....
>
Two-point perspective
,
Three-point perspective
Figure 3.5-2: Perspective projection types
3.6) VISUALIZATION
With solid modeling becoming the main method of constructing part prin怡，
teaching visualization skills has been deemphasized. Visualization is the ability to picture
in your mind how a 3D part woul d look as a 2D orthographic projection and visa-versa.
Being able to visualize a part is important for two reasons. First, if you C「eate a part print
from a solid model, it is impo阳nt that you 臼n inspect the computer generated drawing
and be able to determine whether or not the CAD program created a technically correct
orthographic proj ection. Second, if you are given a part print you should have the skills to
turn that drawing into a solid modeL
3 - 12
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Exercise 3.6-1 : Pictorial matchina
Based on the orthographic projection shown, circle the pictorial that represents the
true shape of the object?
•--------
I l
’
3 - 13
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
3. 7) DRAWING ISOMETRIC PICTORIALS
Isometric pictorials are drawn in a coordinate system where the axes are 60。 apa『t
as shown in Figure 3.7- 1. The height of th e object is drawn along the vertical axis and the
width and depth are drawn along the axes that are at a 30 degree angle from the
horizontal. The linear features on or parallel to these three axes are drawn at 80°/o of full
scale to represent t阳e size. However, isometric pictorials may be drawn at any scale as
long as the scale is uniform on all axes. Note that even though round features such as
holes appear to the eye as being perfectly circu la『， they are really ellipses (see
Figure 3.7-2).
Length= 80% 。f full scale
I
50•
（
λ
50•
飞＜.
1,,.
.•
t ':>, oeP'
Isometric axes
Figure 3.7-1: Isometric pictorial axes
Holes and radii
appear as ellipses
30。
Figure 3.7-2: Isometric pictorial
3 - 14
A
J3
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
3. 7 .1 ) Drawing linear features in an isometric pictorial
The steps used to draw an isometric pictorial depend on the method of its creation.
For example, you may use pencil and paper to sketch an isometric pictorial, or a computer
drawing and/or solid modeling package such as AutoCAD® or SOLIDWORKS®. If you are
sketching an isometric pictorial, it is best to start with a box that contains or frames in your
part. When using a 2-D drawing package, it is best to start with an isometric grid that will
guide you along the appropriate axes. If you are using a 3-D modeling package, you don’t
have to draw an isometric pictorial at all because it will automatically generate one for you.
The following steps describe a method that may be used to draw an isometric drawing by
hand or with a 2-D drawing package. The object shown in Figure 3.7-3 will be used to
illustrate the steps. Note that, for ease of illustration, the following steps produce a full
scale isometric. A more realistic isometric is one that is drawn at 80°/o of full scale.
_J_
1.50
.so
」 .so
卜 1.50
一上
.so
Figure 3.7-3: Isometric pictorial
3 - 15
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
Step 1) Draw three construction lines that represent the isometric axes (see
Figure 3.7-4).
-
、
.
.
, .
,
,, ,
,
,
, ,
/
, ,
,
\
,,
, ’
‘.
. .,
.,
.
·,,..:.,:
．一
．
－．．
ι．
二，
Figure 3.7-4: Creating an isometric pictorial step 1
Step 2) Draw a box whose sides are parallel to the three axes and whose dimensions
are equal to the maximum height, width and depth dimension of the o同ect (see
Figure 3.7-5).
..
,
,
.. .
.
、
.,
.
‘ ..
,
, ,
,
,,,
···.. :
..,,Jo
甸、
,
． ι
.. .
.. .
、
. ...
‘
咱
. ..
ι
’
.‘ . .
,
.
a
..
.,
、
‘
.
·.
’
•••, , , , , ’
’
. .
’
,
)1
1
,
.
, .
,
，
Le
·．，、
..
.
A
、
·.
.
,,
Ill －
. .
,,,
川”J
.
、
.
.
a
,,
,,
..
~， ~
Figure 3.7-5: Creating an isometric pictorial step 2
3 - 16
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Step 3) Draw the lines of the object that are parallel to the axes. These lines will be
drawn to scale (see Figure 3.7-6).
i.oo
1.
,,
.
,,
lllt
．也
a
..
..
.
t
-So
. .... , ,, , ,
..,
:!
凹咛J
..
.,
,
ι
r
,,
,,
, ,
,
Figure 3.7-6: Creating an isometric pictorial step 3
Step 4) The lines of the object that are not parallel to one of the axes are added by
connecting the ends of existing lines (see Figure 3.7-7). Note that these lines
are not to scale.
.‘ .
、
. ..
. . .... , , ,
. ... .. , ,
、
d
.
.,,
,,
‘二
牛
. ‘-‘·
- ,?·’
.
,
.’ .’ ’
,
,,,
, ,
,
二．
Figure 3.7-7: Creating an isometric pictorial step 4
Step 5) Erase or remove the construction lines.
Step 6) If the drawing is produced in a computer drawing package, it should be scaled
by 80°/o.
3 - 17
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
If you plan to sketch an isometric pictorial by hand, a 30/60 triangle, an isometric
(80o/o) ruler and an isometric ellipse template should be used.
Try Exercise 3. 7-1 and view Video Exercise 3. 7-2
3.7.2) Drawing c ircles and rad ii in an isometric p ic torial
Ci『cular features of an object appea『 as ellipses in an isometric pictorial.
The
object shown in Figure 3.7-8 will be used to illustrate the steps used to create isometric
circular features. Note that, for illustrative purposes, the following steps produce a fu ll
scale isometric.
¢20
_i
<>
40
IT
-
40
20
¢20
¢20
t
40
Figure 3.7-8: Creating ci『cular features
3 - 18
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Exercise 3.7-1 : Isometric oictorial linear features
Create an isomet『ic pictorial of the following object. The grid spacing is 10 mm.
15
50
20
30
100
70
50
60
_l_
20
m
··e
0
e
令
令
－
e·
ee·e·
m
.
.
.. ,,@
?
,
-,,,
,
,
·· .
e
.
.
.
.
...
,,@ ,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
a
,
,
-·
.
,
,
-,.
,
·
J
@
,
.,
,
-·
e
·
..
@@
-,,
-, ,,
,
,,,
@.,
..
-,-,,
·
·
·
·
d
.
,
, .,,
, aa
,
,
,
e
,
.
@-,,
.,,,
.
.
.
,,,
..
. ,,,
,
...
.
..
,
.
,.,
...
@ -.
,.
,
-,
,,
..
,
-,,
-,---,’’
.
.
.
.,
,
e
-,
-..
.
,,,
,
,
,
.
.
’
F
..
.
,.,
“
.@
e
ee
ee
·
·
·
φ
e
i
φ
．
e·
e
eE·E·
ee
令
ee·e·
．，
φ
e
·
e
·
。，，，
。，，，
eee
@
－
ψ
·
·
·
e
·
e
ee
E
·
e
al
－··
令
－
e
p
·
e
·
－
·
e
，，令
eφ
d
’
·
·
··。
e
e·e·
EE
Eee·
d
ee
，
，。”－
－
e
♂｝
’
d
ed
,,.
，
0
ee
e
---,
·
＠
φ
,.,
-- -,, ,,
·
.
?J
，
.
e
,.
.
.
.
··
..
..
..
·
·
,.,
e·e·
-
ee
E
e
-
,-
-
d
e
Ee
e
.
-
EE
．
.
ee
-
aa
e
e
e
-.,,
’
-,,
..
,
．
.
,
ee
eeE·e
dee
e
0
，，．，．，，，
d
e
A
3 - 19
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
Video Exer cise 3.7-2: Beainnina Isometric Pictorial
This video exercise will take you through creating an isometric pictorial based on
the o叫hographic projection shown.
2.00
11
2.50 一__j
1.50
寸 .50
.50
· .
＋唱’ :
,
,
,
,
••
-
. …. ·.
·+ +
,
’
,
.
.
..
’,
.
·’
＠
,
,
’·
,
.
,
,
,
,
,’·’
.,,
..,
.
φ
·,
,
· .
,
,
,
,
·.
.
.
,
”’
,
,
,
,,’
,
,..
.
’·
3 - 20
,
,
,
,
,.
,
,
,
’,
,
·,
,
,
,
.
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Step 1) Draw the linear features of the obj ect using the procedure previously described
(see Figure 3.7-9).
产＼
0
:a-
Figure 3.7-9: Creating circular features step 1
Step 2) For each circular feature, draw a box whose diagonals meet at the center of the
circle and side dimensions are equal to the circle’s diameter (see Figure 3.7-10).
.
,.,,...-
－，
，－
．
，·ι
、．－
··．
·
,.
．．一
．
一、
. ，………咱……….
－．．．
，’二
．．二
．
－··
二 ·’
．ι
，
, .,.}.
. ,.,
,,.,‘.
,a
....
,‘
..
’.,,
, ,.
今，，
a
．、
} . ..
,},
e
.,
.,
e
i
圄
.
i
t
！
、川
v
扒…
介
L
·..,·
.‘-.·’?
· .·
Figure 3. 7-10: Creating ci rcula 「 features step 2
3 - 21
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
Step 3) Draw an ellipse in the box whose major axis is aligned with the long diagonal of
the box. The ellipse touches the box at the midpoint of its sides (see
Figure 3.7-11 ).
...
·’、．
”
·
Figure 3. 7-11 : Creating circular features step 3
Step 4) Erase or remove the construction lines.
Step 5) If the drawing is produced in a 2-D drawing package, it should be scaled by 80°/o.
The same procedure is used to create radii except that the unwanted part of the
ellipse is erased or trimmed. To sketch a more accurate isometric pictorial, an isometric
ellipse template should be used.
3.7.3) Drawing cylinders in an isometric pict。rial
Drawing cylinders in an isometric pictorial is just a matter of drawing two isometric
circles and adding some connecting lines (see Figure 3.7-12).
Step 1) Draw a defining box whose height is equal to the height of the cylinder and whose
width and depth dimensions are equal to the diameter of the cylinder.
Step 2) Draw the diagonals and ellipses in the boxes that define the beginning and end
of the cylinder.
Step 3) Draw two lines that connect the two ellipses. The lines will start and end at the
intersection between the ellipse and the major axis diagonal.
Step 4) Erase all construction lines and any lines that fall behind the cylinder.
Step 5) If the drawing is produced in a computer drawing package, it should be scaled
by 80°/o.
3 - 22
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
..
ι．，．
一
…－…j…··j；飞
Figure 3.7-12: Drawing cylinders
Try Exercise 3. 7-3 and view Video Exercises 3. 7-4 and 3. 7-5.
3 - 23
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
Exer℃ise 3.7-3: !so『netric oictorial circular features
Create an isometric pictorial of the following object. The grid spacing is 10 mm.
φ30
R30
卡－ 50
100
20
“.
:
.
.
....
~
..
,
. ’ . ..
. “
:,
·, …
:
:
:
:·: · . .
.
”
· . . , , ,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
.'
: :
.
.
;,
'.'
”
,·
”
·
.…·,··,··,
.
'
:
”
. . . . ··
·,·.:::
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
. ·'
’ - . . . . , , ,
“
＇，’，’，，，。，。，
.＇ ，
二’
。， ·
: ,·
•, '
:,
:,·
:,
:,·
:,
””’…令.
..
:-:
..
:
..
: .
..
:,
..
:.,
.
:.,
•,
:-
，，，，，。，，，，，
,.
,.
,.
•,
•
•
•
•
..丙
e
..川．
, , , , , , , , , ,
.
.,
.,
.,
.
. , ,
’
· ·
..
. . , , ” ’ ·
.
.
. ·
·
.· . ,
· . . . , , , , , ’
’
,
.
.
.
.
.
.'
.
.
-
-
’。’
令””··“
•
ιn
..
•
•
• •
•
• •
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
..旷
’.
..
.,
.，白．
＇，
φ ＠呻
φ ，，
..
..
..
.'
..
..
..
” ” ·
· . . . . , ,
’·
句句，，，
．．·’．．·’。’。’
.
.
3 - 24
.
...
.
...
-
.
..
.
'
.
.
..
,
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Video Exercise 3.7-4: Beainn ina Isometric Pictorial
This video exercise will take you through creating an isometric picto川al based on
the o同hographic projection shown.
-
1 75
R.50
.75
0 .50
01.50
2.25
02.50
.
. . ' . . . .,
” .
φφφ.
，
．
.
'
.,
' :
.
'
.
.
·
' '. . .
,
,,
e
φ ，
二
,
,
'
,
t ，，
. .. ... … …..
,.
'
. ..
'
,
.
.
'
''
.
.φφe
·.·
'.
φ
..
令.
.
.
.
.
’
.. .
,.
'
.
俨
• • •
.
'
..
•
.
. ..
.
'
..
.. ..
.
..
•
••
,
,,
..
争
.
＇”’”。””
•
'
,.
.
'
•
• ••
. .
' ' . .. . .
•
。’。，今.
，，，
',
.
.令.
” ” ’ .
'
.
, , ’ , , .
,
•
•
.
. , . , . ,. .. .
•
＇
e
.
,
.
•,•
.,
.φφφφφ
•
•
•
, , , , - ’ ·
·’．…，’，飞，. '
.
.
..… .
. ..
.
'
.'
’·．’。’.
..
'.
. .
.. .
. .
. .
. .
'
.
.
•
，，，
.
',
'
,.
•,
•,
.’
•
φφ
.
.
.
.
.
.”·←。：．·，
·”’。’。’
,
. · ” ’
. , , , ,
.
·
。，·，，－－
．．．令…
a
… … ." .
'
'
飞，··，。，…·。..
.
.
.，。.
.
. ..
.
’
.
-
'
白.
.,
..
..
'
•
..
•
@,
..
'
。，。….
. ,,
,,
.
.
.
.
'
'
3 - 25
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
Video Exercise 3.7-5: Intermediate Isometric Pictorial
This video exercise will take you through creating an isometric pictorial based on
the o叫hographic projection shown.
丁四止
0 1.00
＋一一
斗ω
2.25
•
.50
IL
.50
mmllll
-Ill-----
下
一上 .75
0
•
,.
.
'
•
•
'
•• '
0
:
..
•,
'
1 .00
•
.令.
.，，，。··，…
•
.,
..
.,
.,
.
.
，
· ’:
.
.'
.. ' … . .
.:
…··，
今．．
.
'
0
，。今，，．．．－
’
'
.
.
..
，，，·，，今
' 令，，＇
'
'
'
，
，。－
·． 二
.
，
,
．，。，
合，
，
。，.
·，．，句。：，：
，
,
。，
..
...
,•'
'
.
.
.
.
.
. .’。. . . .
.
.
4
. . . ·
，。令’.
ιι
，·
..
…
' .，令，，，：．·
'
'
'
'
'
'
，。
。 二
.
e
..….
’ ·，．，：’.
· ” ·
:
:
。 二
”
．，。，。
T
－寸－
｜一一芋
斗
…
「
-
·．令··，，·，，？
·ι
＇
.
.
.
.
.
.,
,
.
~
.，。，。。，. . .
.
·．．．·，，，。.
.
.
'
.
·．，，令，，·，·
•
•
•
♂
'
.，
，。．·．·．
．··’。’。’。’·
, . . , , ’ , .
.
.•
.
. .,
.;
.
•'
•
"
,
,
.φ
．
.
.
－
,
。。，”·．，
” ” ·
,,,,
。’，.，
,·
,·
. '
.
.
‘ 白’：·
’··．，。.
. ，。’…. .
..
. .
.
. ＇
．，
，
’，
，
。。
。，，．’一·．
.. .
.
·...
.
'.
白，
•＇
ι，
白泸
，，
.
,
,
'
•
，。白，·
』＇
3 - 26
•
,
,
.'
,
.
.
.
e
e
.
.
.令.
．··．…….
' ..
e 也.
.
φ
•
φι，，
” ’
, , ,
'
'.
. .
,
,
•
•
•
.. .
•
,
.
'
.
.令．·
.。，··．
•
'
'
',’.@’.
.
.
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
3.8) DRAWING CABINET OBLIQUE PICT。RIALS
Oblique pictorials are drawn in a coordinate system where only one axis is at an
angle from the horizontal. The angle of this axis may range between O and 90 deg『ees;
however, the most commonly used angle is 45 degrees as shown in Figure 3.8-1. Oblique
pictorials are created by drawing the height in a vertical axis, the width along the horizontal
axis and the depth along the axis that is at an angle from the horizontal. The features
drawn on the plane defined by the vertical and horizontal axes are drawn at full scale and
true shape. The linear features drawn on the angled axis may be full scale (cavalier
projection) or may be drawn foreshortened. The most common, is a half scale cabinet
projection (see Figure 3.8-1 ). Th e 臼bin et proj ection approach looks more realistic.
Half scale
4
人仆
卜45>
Width
Oblique axes
True size
Figure 3.8-1 : Oblique pictorial axes
3.8.1) Drawing features of a cabi net oblique p ictorial
Just as with an isometric pictorial, the steps used to draw an oblique pictorial
depend on the method of its c「eation . The following steps describe a method that may be
used to draw a cabinet oblique pictori al by hand . Most CAD packages are not set up to
draw oblique pictorials. The obj ect shown in Figure 3.8-2 will be used to illustrate the
steps.
3 - 27
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
φ50
al1l
--
-
2.50
3.00
2× ¢ .25
2.00
1.50
. 50 卜
」 1占O 1.25
L
.75
「
Figure 3.8-2: Cabinet oblique pictorial
Step 1) Draw three construction lines that represent the oblique axes (see Figure 3.8-3).
We will use an angle of 45。 for the third axis.
...i.－~45。
Figure 3.8-3: Creating a cabinet oblique pictorial step 1
3 - 28
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Step 2) Draw a box whose sides are parallel to the three axes and whose dimensions
are equal to the maximum height, width and half of the maximum depth
dimension of the object (see Figure 3.8-4).
Full scale
Half scale
Figure 3 .8斗： Creati ng an isometric pictorial step 2
Step 3) Draw the lines of the object that are parallel to the sides of the box (see
Figure 3.8-5).
四
”- - -……---
Features on or parallel to the
shaded plane are drawn full scale.
,'I
Featl』『eson o『 para llel to the
shaded plane are drawn half scale.
Figure 3.8-5: Creating an isometric pictorial step 3
3 - 29
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
Step 4) Add any lines of the obj ect that are not parallel to one of the axes by connecting
the ends of existing lines. Note that these lines are not to scale.
Step 5) Add any circular features. Note that the circular features that are drawn on a
plane that is parallel to the plane created by the height and width axes are true
size and shape. Any ci rcula『 features that are not parallel to these axes are not
true shape (see Figure 3.8-6). The procedure for drawing these circular features
is si mila『 to that of an isometric circular feature except for the scaling of the depth
dimension.
¢ .25
/
·-·o·- -·t－「－－？
.25
.50
Figure 3.8-6: Creating an isometric pictorial step 5
Step 6) Erase or remove the construction lines.
。。
〈二〉
Figure 3.8-7: Creating an isometric pictorial step 6
If you plan to sketch a cabinet oblique pictorial by hand, a 45。 triangle , a half scale
ruler and a 45。 ellipse template should be used.
Try Exercise 3.8-1 and 3.8-2, and watch Video Exercise 3.8-3 and 3.8-4.
3 - 30
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Exercise 3.8-1 : Cabinet obliaue oictorial linear features
Create a cabinet oblique pictorial of the following object. The g『id spacing is
10 mm.
卡；
一一t
1-- 30 •·
100
70
1 - -50 -
60
一上
20
_J_
…
…·
.. ...
. ......
. .
.· ., .... .
.
...
.
' ...
.·
..
, ...
,. ..
. ..
,...
, ..
.. .
.··.
. .
. .
·.···‘.
. .. .
..
·
. . .' . .
. ...
... .
.
.
.
.
.
...
. .. .
..
. . . ..
... . . . ... .
. . ...
...
.,.
... .. .,‘
·
.
•
•
.,. . ' .·
,,
.
.
.,....
--.
·
.、
l
••
•
＇ 合
，
.
＇♂.....
~
I
•
.、.
I
•
, ,
•
•自.
I •
#
.、.
.
.、…．，·．．．、.
.、．．．
、，
，
、．、
．· 、．．，．
．
·
．．、
，·． 、 .
，．，．‘·，·．‘··、．．
-. ... ·
. ...
·e
··e ...
.. ...
.-.
... ·e
...
...
....
‘..
...... -- . .. .
.
.
.
.,
,@.
,@.
......
.. .. ...
..
.. , ....
..
..@@”}.@
..
... ,@ ..
..
.. ,... ..
..
..
....
....
.. ..
,... ......
..
..
..
. .
.
..
,.....
, ..
,.. ..
,
.,.@ ,
.
..
..
, .. ... .
’.. .... .
.
.
. .. ... -··· -.@
... ..
.
.
.
.
争·．
，、，
、
．
φφ
··oo
、，白、
。飞
ee
ee
ee
e
φ
’”。。”··
φ
. . .
ee·e·
•
•
..
•
. . .令 .
. : . .…. .
. . .
.
白
＠
..。”…、．．．。，。，。、．．，．． 、
.叩.
命 0
. . .
e
0
. . . .
.甸.
; ',,,., ........‘...,... ;
··.
. ' ... . . .
－．
:
..'
惆．＠
． ＠＠
白
．＠
．”’…川，.
e
0
川
0
．．．。、......... . ... . ...…...…..、...
e
e·e·
e·e·
、
e
90
＠
e
φ
e
φ
、
e
山
、－··
A
俨’
φ
φ
e
、
白飞＠、｝
‘？，．
、＠．、
白
，
、＠．、
、＠．白、
、
白 ＠”
川
、
4 ．”
俨
白 ＠．，
，
e
－
e
e
。
0
. . .
·e
e
‘@..
..
@@
，。‘
Je
e
每
o·e
，．、．，
、，、．
、，。、
，、，。
、，、．
，、，
·oade
φφ
φφ
ee
．
·ee
．
、，．、
，．、，．
··飞·
每
e
、．，．、
·e
··e
·
，、，
．、
‘。，。‘
·
··
·
e
--
.
。，，．．．…•＂
..
＇＇…，，，；..。”··、．．．
.”’·．．”·． ． ．．．”’…。
. .
. . . .
. . . . :.
. . .
.....…··.....”….....”·.......,.................”·.......”……........................................,…....”……........ "”……··.
·
.. . ... ....
..
. . ... ..' . .
··
‘.·
• ..
. ..
.. ..
, .…
. .,• . …
.. .
..
•. .
..
. .. .
..
' .~
·
.. . .. . . . . .
...
.. . .
.
.
.
. . .' . . . .
.
.
·
.
.
.'
.'
...
. ...... .
..
..
..
..
..
. .
.
.,
.,
......
..'
.. '
. '
. ~.
,. ,.,. .
'
,., ,
,.
,,
”,,
,,, . '.' . ' ' . ' ' ' . ' . ' . '
.
'
.
'
.
. '
‘.....…. '
' .…:·... ,
…..…. !'
:...
... ',
•, . ' . •, . ' . .
. .,. . • . .,. ‘ .'
…
.
.
.
. '
.
.…
……. . .
‘.
.,
.
·'
·
.
.
.
'
·
..
"·
.
.
.
.
·'·
’
.
'
.
,
' . . . .,. .
..
·......... ...... ....... . . ...
; . . . . . . . . … . ' ' i. ' . .:. .,'.. :.. '. .:---:. .:- . ' …
:. . . ;. :- · ·'.- .•
. . . . . . . … . . . . . , , , , , , , , , , . , ..
, ,. ,.
一一一…一一…
l
•,
.
, •
•
• ,.
.飞 －
．φ
～川 .
•
•
•
•.·
e
.、－．
φ
.，
、.
山
，－ 、 eφ ． φ
～
.
.
、
φ
，
、
.、
，•
e
、－‘
..
.，
e
、.
山，－、.
.， φι.
•
,
•
.....φ
I
' •' •
I •
' •'
•
I ’··。，，．、．．，．··．沪、．，．· 。 .
.
..。·：·……．．、．．．．．．．内……·？’··：…内…．．．．．、．．．，．．．．、...
··、.
.，.
，
、.
.叫.
，、
．，．
～，
．，．”川”·．‘．”· 、．．
.... 、.. ..... －~…？·．．、... t
•,
.、··，、，·、，号，．．俨
...、...
、
－，．． ‘e
·：·…飞
.,.
• '.
•
•
.。
e 山.
.；；
、.
÷ ·卜〉斗，．〉：÷·．÷·《·＜·
. ’ 令山，’·．、.
＜· ·斗.
.、．，
、’‘··飞’
.七山.
；.斗， i
3 - 31
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
Exer℃ise 3.8-2: Cabinet obliaue oictorial circular features
Create a cabinet oblique pictorial of the following object. The grid spacing is
10 mm.
φ30
R30
二。
100
30
20
•
'
• ,.
.
'
... .. ... . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..
‘. ., . ·' . ...
.
... ' .'.
' .,. '' .,.....
. '. … . . . ' . .
. . ..…
' ' . . ' ….’··
… , .‘.
. . . . . .. ... . ‘ ’ . .
.'. .,.
... .’·.
‘.‘ ‘‘.. •.•
.'‘.. ‘....‘.
.',' ‘. ... .•..• .
’..‘ .‘.• ..'. . . . . - . . . . . . . ‘
' . . . . . .'.
.
..
.'. .
.
..
..
. .
. .. .
.…
… · ·. . . . . . . . . .
... ..
, , , , , , , , . . .. .. .. ,, , , , , , , , ,
··
,...
,. - - .
,...
- ·
- - ’
- ’
.‘
, ,.
,.
,
--.,-.
.
··· .. ,
... . .,..,
... ‘.‘@@···· .....
,.. ,@ ,
,,,e - ’’
· ·e
-.
··
..
@
..
.
..
..
e
.
.
.,
-.
....
- ,. .
· ·
·
. ‘ . ,. - .,..- .,· ..
.. . . -. , . .
0·9·
.
.... ....
..
.. , .. ......
.
...
e·
·
-.
,
.
.
.
..
..
·· ..
@@ @@ @ @
... -.. ..
..
-··
·
·
‘ ,
, . ,
, @
.,.. ,.
·
…
· . . . . .…… ··. .· ·... . . .... . . . . . ..· . ..……··...
t • •
!….,
f • ..
.'. . .,.
.! . •' • ' . .
…
…
·
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
. . . . . . . .. .
. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . ....
. .
.
... . .
‘
‘
.
.
.
.
.
-.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
‘
.
.
.
.
.
.
'. ,• .'. . ,.
. . .. .‘
.'
,. . . ,. . ' . .
..
.
.
.
.,
.. . ... .
. . . . .. .
. . . ,.. . . .. . ‘,.‘. . . ,.. · · .
.. .. .
-.
..
..
.
. ..’. e e
.
.... . .
‘
.
..
..
.
.
. .,.. · ·
.
. .'. . .
,.. .'. .,. .'. ..,..
.
..
.
~
.
.
'
. . .. .. .. .. . . . . . .
…
…
…
·
............
.........
·
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......…
. .…
.
. .. ., . . . '.…
..
,. :. .; . . ÷ : ÷ . •
:- . i . ... • i .;. . . ; . ,' .,. . :, .;
:- . ,:
:; . •,•
:- • •: ••'
·
..
. .. .
..
. .. .. .. .
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
. .
. .. .. .. .
..
.
· .
. .
..
......
..
. .
..
.、＇
φ
φ
.旷.
φ
φ
＇ φ.
φ
•
'
φ
＇
e
•
旷．旷.
φφ
.、
e
．合．－
e旷、.， .φ ． φ
．
φ· ．．．，．．．、争.
－－
φ
旷
φ
e 、e
e
φ
.’·．、.
.
，令
、
，
φφ
φ
e
‘’
、.
、，合＇
φ
e旷、.
•
•
l
••
, .
.,.
0
~
.、
．．．
．．
．．．
' .. . V
．
φ..
．
．
•
•
•
. φ. •
.
•
‘．
ι伊e
·
．．．
U
e
·
e
.、－，
•
'
•
•
'
．．、
，
．、.
．
．
．
'
'
•
'
．
，－、－
．
'
'
。，
'
'
•
'
。
e
•
'
'
'
.、，、．，、·．．，．、.
．．．．．．．．．
＇ 川 V ‘.. ，‘· ··· ~ · · · · ·· ‘ .... 川 . . υ e J 川
φφ
e 、eφ
.
·．．．．
.、.
•
旷
＇、争·．．·、，’‘..
·．．．．．．。
'
.φ ‘ φ
φ
φ ．φ
－ ，－
φ
‘
φ
、
．． ．， ．．
，
．、－
、
， ．川.. .
．
、．‘
ι‘
．
V ‘．．、． ．．
eφ
， －
，－、－
．．
φν 川
．．
... ‘ ． 、.
φ ，φ
－，－
....
．、.
..
. .
· · ··
·
·、．．
．、，
．
，
．．
、
．．， ．． ‘ ．
e
、，。
ee
e
、 00
φ
、，，－
＠－
·
ee
＠
ee
·
ee
e
e
··
e
·
e
·
e
、
、
、
令
、
． ，
． 、
0
. 、，
ee
e
－－
0
，．
0
a
ee
·e
e
·
e·
e ·o·
eφ
ee
eφ
eφ
ee
φ
φe
ee
． 、．．
”－
e
、－
、
』
voa
、
．
．
－
，
句
’、‘
e
·
· e·
·
φ
，
丽，。，。
，
、
ee
－－
a、0
、 ＠＠．、
eφ
0
．
eo
‘．． ，
白
a
ee
．
’
、＠
，
φφ
φφ
，
、
oe
．
doe
e
e
e
··
ee
e
i
v
－
，
·
－
d
·
，
、 e
φe
ee
e
e
，
ee
，
．
··ee·e
、
，
， ．
e
．‘．．、．， ．． － ．． 、．．
、
，．
ee
‘．，
、
··
vedoe
ee
eee
~
、．
．
，
，
．
. 1•
！、 •
I
－ 、.
.
、
．
、 ．‘
··’··、 .
.
－ ， ．． ‘ .
. 、
．、．，
e
e
e
B
.
，、．，
．
、，
、
φ
φ
e
e
e
．
＠
e
φ
、
、
白
俨
e
..
＠．＠、
e
．
φ
φ
e
、，．
、，．、
，、．，
、，＠、＠
，、．，
．
、
e
．
，
，
．
φ
e
e
e
、。
、
－俨
φ
φ
J
e
、，
白
、．，－
e
、－ ， －． ． ．
，
eee·
e
．
0
e
φ
φ
e
e旷
•、 .
．
e
．
φ
、．
.、•＇
’．
u
．旷 .
·
、．，
．．
！· · ··
，、
．
．
．
• •
e
··γ
‘.
aγ.
'
. ..
.
、
.
.令 γ.，.
eγ.
'
,.
'
’ . ... . ... . .. ...， 令 ，.. . .内 .. ..，令，＂· .. . . 每... ， ….. . ...... .. ’ e ， 令 ，、”. . . .. .... . ...… .， . φ 号，与… . ~
；．飞；
气 .
• •， .
，
每…
γ.
' .
•' •
. γ
.，.
. ..、. . . . .. . .... . .
A
.《
J
·卜.；.
一 ………. . ....………… ， ． · …· ·…… · · 一…… A …………… ……… ………·…… … ，，
3 - 32
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Video Exer℃ise 3.8-3: Beainnina Obliaue Pictorial
This video exercise will take you through creating cabinet oblique pictorial based
on the o同hog raphic projection shown.
1
1
\
/
2 .00 －『』
」
2.50
H• -
1.50 －一』
寸 .50 1--
3.25
句，， ．EEEEEEEE
···
·EEEEEEBEEt
，E
..
,…
丁
1
., . '. . .'. . . •
… … · · . . .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . .
. . ., . …
·' . ... .. . .
' …
. ... . . ' . ' . ' .... . .’.. . . . . .
…
.
' '
. . '
.
' ' ' ' ' . ' … . . . . . . .,. , …
, , ,. ,.
...
•.
.'.
. .‘.‘..‘.. •... .
.
. •..• . . . . . ··~
. . ..• . . . . . ..•......
..
. .
'....
'
... ..
..
.',' e‘...‘.
. . . - . - . .······‘•
. -........
.
.
. ..
…
. .........
. .
.... . ..
-.. .. ’…
, ·.·
.
... .
.. . , . .
. .. ..
.., .. . . ., . .,.. .‘’...,..
. . . .. .- .. . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . .
，·、.
.‘·
＇
φ.
．，
·
、··。、. 矿 •
.、争.
•
' •
•
.飞，．．、.
.
、，
、.
•
·．，·．．．令··．．．‘’…．、
.
•
•
l
••
, .
＇ φ
•• •• V
φ φ
φ ι，
I ' • ' •, ' '
φ
• '
I ' • '
φ
φ.. φ
.,.
•
•
••
‘ ＇•＂ ‘ .
φ
• •• •
a
. . ..‘ e ‘♂
φ
φ •
,., . . . . . .
•泸 ． ． ． ‘ ． ．．．． ． ． ． ． ． ． ．
.
. ..
φ •
•
•
.
.、.
.、
，
.令号，．．
．、.
.’·．、，、．，
.. . φ ＂•＇ ‘..‘.
• • • • • e、 φ . . . φ φ
φ
•• •
•
# •
. . . .. υ
• •
．、
φ
φ
..
臼庐e
尸 φ
• • • , • • φ ，、
φ
、
•
,
.. .， 川
•
•
ι， φ、
.、．．
，、争‘··飞，，、..
.。
二.
'
' . ... .
. . .. ..
. .,. '' .,.....
...
…. .
. .. .
.、··，－、，·、，·，··。、.
。，
＇
ιP φ
φ φ
•• ••
．．．，．
.... ..
. ‘ .. .
.
. ..
.. .
. ..
.
.
,. ,. , .,..
.... .
.， ‘...‘． ．．． ， －． ． ．
• •• e
。
e
、·．．、， ·．、·．，·
、
φ , •
.
ι’
φ
、
φ φ
φ
‘•＂ 川、... φ
φ
E庐E
φ
φ φ
、，． ．． ， ． ． ． 、
． ． ． ．’． ． ．．．’ ． ． ． ． ． ． ． ．，
．． ． ． 、． ． ． ． ， ． ． ． ． ．． ． ．
， ． ． ． 、． ． ． ．，． ．． 、． ． ． ．，． ． ．、． ． ． ．， ． ． ．，． ． ． ．，． ． ． 、． ． ． ． ， ． ． ． ． ． ．．、， ． ． ． 、． ． ． ．
..,
,
''
.
,
‘
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . , . -.. .. ... ,,.
,
. ., . ...,. . ,
.
. .,.
.. . ..,. , .
.
. . . .· . . ., . . . …e…
-.. . .
, . · ·.
. .
. . . . . . .- . .
. .
..
-·． －． ，． ．． ． ． … ． 、 ． ． ． · ． ．．
φ φ
φ ι， φ • • •
•
•
•
φ
φ
φ.. φ
φ
、 · · ． · ． ． ． ．川· ．． ．·· ． ， …… · ．．、 ，－ ． ·． ．．． 、 ＇
.
φ
φ
φ .. 、
• • • • • e、 φ . . . φ φ
..
ι’
ι， φ ．、
φ
φ
..
臼庐、
φ
φ、
·
·
·
•
•
φ、
φ
φ , •
e
•• •
φ、
φ
φ φ
•• ••
ι’
φ ．、
e
φ φ
·
·
φ
臼P
、
φ •
,
·
．
·
,
..、 ． ． ． ，． ． ．．
φ
e
•
、
·
φ
，
ee
φ φ
、
e
φ
. . .. 、． ．． ，’ ·． ．、 ．． ．， ．．．．、． ． ．·． ． ． ．、 ．．． ·． ，．． 、 … . .
，
e ·
φ •
，巾·－
e ·
φ
. ... 、 . . . . ...... . . .
·
•
φ φ
－
0
6
0b
阳
ee
ee
ee
ee
0
＠＠
· － 0
ee
eφ
oae·e·
e
e
．
山
U
、
、
吨’
，
、
0
e·
．
0
e
、．，
． ，
、
，．
，
，
”
，
．、
”
．、
．、
、
－
a
、，
．
·
0
.e
-’
白、 e
· e ···
，
、
-
．
e
e
· ·
e
- ·
e
ee
··
-
ee
e
e
．
··ee
－
－‘
oaeo
e0
e·
e ee
-·
e
ee
e·
·
e
·e
·
-· -e
，、．，，、，－
’
曹
·
、
，．
ee
e·
· ··
·
·
· e·e
·
-’
··
.. -‘...
、
、 0e
、
．＠＠
e·e·
e
e
. · ·e
e6B
or
，臼、．
、，
·
.
、．，．
e
、． ， ．． ‘ －－，· 、
，
..
＠．白飞
－
－，，‘。，‘
、
0
0
φ
，．＠
．白，
‘
－‘e
e
·
· e
eeJeiodo
e
e
’‘…，
、，．
、，．、
，、．，
、，．、。，、
、
ee
φφ
e
，、
e
e
．
，．
-.··
·
e
．
· -
，
. - ..· e
.
·
.
··
-e
φ
e
、
、
0
． φ．
oe
..
· 、··
，、．，
．
e
．，
．
，．
eeeee
ee
.· -e
、，
..
、
奇．
－
e
、． ， ．． · ·
．，
山。飞
e
、
‘
，
-
旷
ea
-
e ·e
··
e
旷
～
白
．、
e
－ ．－
· ··ee
e e
e·
··
e
－
e－－
-
..
·
，
-
·
．
· ·
-
e
n
e
·
.‘
...
· .
.· . · .
. ..
e ... .
.. - ..
· } ..
...
,.··
. ....
e·
.
..
．‘，
ee
. ·
. ... . • ..
，
-
也….，
、
· ·
．，
，、
··
φ
oJohed
·
·， ．
e
e
‘
－
，、
．，。‘。，‘
·
．
．、
·
·
λv
·
e
、，
po
ee
ee
e
·
ee
，
．俨
·
··2
ee
M
、
、。”·
·
···
－
e·
e
···
·
．
····
ω－ OO
a
oaoe
ee
e
·
ee
·
·
··OEe
内。
·
钮，－
·o
·
A
V
.
,. ,- ’ .
.
. ‘ . , . . -.,
.. ·
.
..
.
.
.
.- ,. .
·
.
....
....
-.
.@
· ...
,
.
...
ee
.
.
..
..
..
.
9
9·
.
.. ..
..
.. ..
..‘
@
-- .
·’’
,
, - e ‘.
.
..
..
.
..
-.. -------- . ,‘
----·
..- ·
..
..
.. . . ..
..
,
,
, .
,
-.,...
. · : -2·
… … · · . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .
·.. .. .. . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . .. .... ..
·
3 - 33
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
Video Exercise 3.8-4: Creatina a cabinet obliaue oictorial
This video exercise will take you through creating cabinet oblique pictorial based
on the o同hog raph i c projection shown.
-175
R.50
•
.75
1-
0.50
01 .50
2.25
+
02.50
'
.'.
• .,,.
... .. ... . . .. ..
‘. ., . ·' . . ..
. . ' . ... .
•.
.、＇
.旷.
φφφ
φ
＇ 令.
e
φφ
＇
旷．－旷.
φφ
.
、
e
'.
.. . . . . . . . . . .
. .. ' . '.
.
e旷、.， .φ ． φ
．合－．－．－－
φ.
.、.
φ
旷
e 、e
e
，令
、
，
e
、，.
φφφφφφ
.’·、.
.
、，
、.
＇、争.
•
'
•
•
. .. …
' .,…
., ,. .
. . .,
,,
.、
·
·
' . ' ' . ' ….
..
. . . ..
. .. . ‘ ’ . .
. .‘.‘..‘•,.•'.
. . .
.• ..
.' .
• • ‘ •.
.•.‘..
' ....
• '.
'‘.
... ..
.
.
.',' e‘. .•. .•.•. . ..
.‘
. . . . . . . . . . .. ..
•
l
••
, .
.,.
•
•
•
•
~
•• •• V
•
•
••
•
. φ.
•
•
•
.
•
φ.......
.'.
. ,.
. . . .........
. . . -.....-.‘
. ……··...
，
．、.
φφ
，－、－
..
－ ，－
φ
．．．．、．， ．． － ．． 、．．
，
φ
．、
e
，
．
‘．． ，
．
..…
.
。，
， . .
.. ...， ‘.. ＇‘． －．
、．
‘
．、，
eφ
．
，
， －川 ν
，－ 、 －
‘
.• . 川、．
φ ，φ
．
e
。
．．
、
．．， ．． ‘ ．
φ ～
－ ，－
，，.，
，
，
φ
． 、．．
、 00
、
φ
、，。－
、，。
，
、
』
voa
－－句
e
·
ee
··
，
ee
ee
·e
e
·
e·
、－
、
·
·
·
0
‘
ee
eφ
ee
e
·
E
ee
e·
e
·
e
·
e
·
ee
ee
0
e
－－
、
． ，
e
、
，
＠
、
令
、
·
e
ee
90
，．
－－
0
-
e ee
，
·
．
、
φe
ee
eφ
a
ee
e
e
··
ee
oee
．
ee
e·
-
i
v
·
e
．
、
·
－
·
·
每
e
00
·
eo
ee
ee
、 90
、 。
φe
eφ
ee
ee
’
、
．
·
，
，
，
··ee·e
、
e
、
e
-’
ee
··
-
· ···
-
－，
a
9·
e
e 、eφ
--.’ - ,..- ’
,..- ’·
- .... ‘.‘,
..
. ...-·· , -..-·- · .,.., ,. .
..,
.
,
,
,
,
,,--··
e
,
... .. .. .
@@
.
..
.. .
.....
.
.
.
-..
, , · - - . .,.
,. · ,..- - ,· ·
.‘. .. ·
.. ...
. .
.. .. ,
..
....
.
...
..... ··
,
.
·· ··
e @@
.. ..
..
-··
·
·
‘ ,
, @
... ,.
.
.@, @
·
. ..
..
·-·
·
·
...
. ..
. .
..
..
. ..
. .
...
..-.
. . . .. . ..
...
... .
..
..
..
...
.
-· ·- ,
. .
. . . ,@
.,-. ..
.. . .
.... ,
.
.
. ..... .. ·
.... ..
... ...
...
.
....
.
.. ··
..
..
..
..
..
.. ..
....
.. e·
..
‘..... ..
..
..
..
..
-.
.
-.
.
. ,. . .
.
...
.- .. ·
..
..
..
.
.
.
. .’ .. e
.
.. . ·
..
. .,.. ·
.
. .
..
..
.-.
-}.
’
. --..
. .
.-.
‘@.,@
..
..- ..
.-..
-. . ....
a
..
-. . .
@ .. ...
-· -
e
A
V
－
-
‘
、
，，，，，，，，
、．
ee
，，
．． ．， 川
φφ
‘．’
φ ．φ
，
、
、 ＠＠．、
、．．
.
＇ . φ
，
· ·
..
旷
.、，、．，、·．．，．、.
、＠
·
.、－，
•
····
~
.
， ．
· · ··
ι伊e
.
，．
－－
90e·o
ee
.... . .
··
．。‘
-
．、.
e
．
v
，
‘
. .
' ..
.
.
·．．．．
＇ 川 v ‘．‘· ··· ~ · · · · ·· ‘ •.• . 川 . . υ
I
•
．．、
.φ ‘ φ
.
·＇、，，‘..
·．．．．．．。
'
'
. .. ..
,. ' .,...
' . ' . .
. . .. . .
..
. ..
.’·.
.... ..
. . .. .
.... ..
e旷、.
φ
．
．，。
··
0
e
、，、．，．
．
．
e
e·
e
．
、，
，
e
0
e
e
φ
φ
＠．
e
Be
e
0
、
、
白
俨
e
φ
、
e
e
·
e
．
，＠、＠
e
．、．，．
．＠．＠、
山
v
－ 0
φ
，
、
＆．
，．，．‘
ι
号
，、，．、
e
e
0
e
e
e
e
ω ．
φ
φ
合
＠ ”．
e＠
e
0
＠－．，、，．
句＠
’．
、，、．，
．
φ
φ
．
、
、 0e
，．
e
、．
e
、，＠＠＠
6B
，
e
、．
r
，．＠＠
＠＠
0
，、．
、
，臼、＠
、，
，、．
，
e
0
－‘
0－
，
ae0
白＠
白
．
＠
＠
．
3 - 34
苞－
－
e
B ’．
川
φe
、
e
＠＠
e
e
…丁
．
－奇
俨
－俨．
e
e
－、 0
e
e
e
．
、
目．＠
、
、＠
0
φ
、，、．，
，、，
e·
、．，．
e
、
丽白，．
,@@
a
e
φ
J0
0
φ
φ
、．
‘
’‘@
0
e
e
附
，
，
，＠．
e
． ＠＠，、
φ
φ
φ
e
e
－ ．
e
，
··
、．
neee·e·
e
‘布＠
、
··
u
、，、．－俨
e
＠
－ · ···，．、．，
、
φ
0
－
ge·e
·e
·
．＠
’
e
φ
φ
φ
φ
“ ＠
e
00
9
－
0
．g
0 ＠
．
-..
@
..
,.,
·
合
..
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
3.9) APPLYING WHAT WE HAVE LEARNED
Exercise 3.9-1 : Creatina oictorials 1
Name:
Date:
Create an isometric pictorial and then a cabinet oblique pictorial of the following
object. The grid spacing is 0.25 inches.
2.25
『←－ 1 50 －斗
4.00
－
……川
II
v ι…I
川川
－
＼
土药丁…川……－……－
川门 一旦川 YUI
二
计 .75
「
H一
3 - 35
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
2.25
-
4.00
1 50 -
J
1
-
。75
I-
\\
上
\\
~
J_
.25
.75
丁二＝ ，t .
........
...e··
.. .
. .
..
.
.
.
.
-.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.ee.......... .
. .
..
..
..
..
.e··
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...
. ...
.
.....
e·· ....
..
..
..
..
... e··
...
...
...
...
...
..
.. ...
--...
.....
..
-.
.
.
.
,
,
.
‘,,
..
..
....
...
..
...
...
.. .
‘.
.
.
. . , -a
. -··
.
' ..
•. .
'·· .
, ..........
"· . . . . . . .'· .
.
·‘.. .,.. .. .' . . . . . ·'. .
· . .' . .,. . .' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .,. . . .
' . .,...…
. .
,. .
.…
.. .
, .…
..
, ...
…
…
…
…
…
·‘-··
.’··.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.,…
.·.
..
...
.
.·.
.
· e·.. ,..
’··‘
,
,
,
·
0.......
-·
e·
-‘
··e
··
·
e
e
··
·
··
·
e
·e
··
··
·e
e
···,··
·
·e
e
·,
··e
.....
......
.........
.........
.....
···
...
...
...
....
.......
.. ···· ...’- ..
.. ·-········,
..
....
....
...
...
.
”
, -... ···...e
...
e
·
····...
·e··
.....
·”·······h····...
... ····0···
..
..
..
..
..
......
.......
E .
‘ ,.......
, , ..---·
,·e·,.........
, .......
......
,, ,......
-- .. .
---,....
-- ‘
-···
·
..
.
.........
O
..
...
.
......
.....
.....
.....
-..·
· -e·e·
. .....
...
.,- ··e·e
--...........
..
, e·e·
,
,,
...
..
.,. .,.....
.
...
..
... ..
-..
,
..,..... .... .
......... -..... ..
...
..
,.... --e
.
. ,.. e
..,....
--,, .
--· ·
-. · --- ..
--”······· ..
..
,
..... ----... -or -,- ”·····
..
.,,
..
.. ..
.....
······ - ---.. ..
. ... ,..
..- - ..
..
..
·
.
.
,. . . . .
.. .. .. .
. .
. .
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.·e
..
-·.
.
·
· ·····
· -·
· ... , ...
· .
· ··
· .
’....- , -..
,@.
·
··
e
·
....
.....
·
e
·
-..
...
...
..
·····
@‘.., .. ......
....,.. ··
···
,.....
,... ..
-·
-·
··
----....
..
..
.....
··
..
..,... ......
..
.....
..
..
...
·
·
··...
··
....
··
·
...
·· ·· ··--··
...
··
..
..
..
..
..
.,‘,‘
J ..
J·
J ···
.
,‘,
···
,.. ....
···
··’.
e··
··e
····
--..
.
.
.
··
...
.
e · e ·· e . e ·
e .
·
·e .
. .
.
. ,
‘·．．，．．．． · ．． ．．．． ． ．．．………．． ．． ．．．．、．．．，…··．．．旷…·· ．． ．．、．．．，．．．．、…＇
‘．，－．、
ze
，。
、
．，
..、.
、
.、．、．．·．令’·．、·’.
.’·．，，·、·．，．．．．旷·、·，、，，、.
· ．．、.
。，。‘
，
．·．，，、，、.
、．
·
、．，
ee －－、
、。，
．、
.旷’·．，旷·．、.
e
·e·
，
.... ..，，、·
年－
ee －－，
~
－、
，。、
· ·、.
、
.、…. ，
’·
、
、
，．、．
o
-
‘·
e·e·
E·
、。
，。‘。．，
se
~ .. .. 、…·．．．．、．．．，．．．．、 ． ．．、………． ．．． 、…·．．．．．．．．，．．．．
eg
－ Ee －－’
..
f' • •
'
• • •.
• .、..
i.
.
.、··．··、争．
.、··．．，，，、，、合’·．、．、..飞．．，．．、．，．．．．，．
0
ee
－
－－
ee···e
、
、－
，
eeee
·e’·
、
、
、
，－
、
ee
，白
合
’
ee
ee
··
ee
e e－－．、
e·e
o·e·
e·e·
－，。
．、
、
--
e
e
φ
．
．
．
．
e·
e
· e
e
φ
φ
φ
φ
e
φ
－ e ．，
φ
e
、
．
eee·
，
－－
e，
e
φ
e
，．、，号、，
、，、，
，、，
．，、，、
、．，、．，．、
。，
、
．
、，－
φ
、
dee
、
、 ee －－
e
e
ee
e
e··e
·
、
ee
、＠，＠－‘，、
e
....、．．．· ． ．．．．．．．，－．．．
、
－．
φE
φ
．＠、．＠，、，
、，
J
e
、
····
‘，、，
．
φ
φ
φ
e
3 - 36
e
’
a
．
e
．
A
φ
．
φ
φ
．
．
e
、－扩
φ
．
F ．‘、．
、．白，．、
J
、．－
φ
e
·
·······ee
，，、，，、，、
，
0
-
ee
、
。。
白
·
e
· e· －．、
e
、
e
合‘．＠，．－‘
e
φ
e
φ
eze
ea
、
、
、
、
e
ee
、
···6···
e
‘胃．＠
o·
e
ι
．。，。。
－
－
．
e
、．
e
、 ·····d··
－
e·e·
e
ee
· ． ． ．，… － · ．－．．…·－ · ．．． ．－·· ． ·－ …· － ．． ·－ － · ’…··．．－旷· · － ． · ．． － ．、… ’ ·．．．、．．． ·． ·· －－ ．．··．．．．、．．．·． －． ．、－．．，…．、 · ·－‘··．．、 ...
e
、
、
e ’’
ee
e·
e
e
e
··
e·e·e
ee
ee
－－
·
i
．
．＠．＠．、＠
φ
气 ··ee
φ
s
oes
e·e
eze
ea
－－
eee
－－
”．．．
909
、
ee
e·o·
·
e
e
··
‘咱＠
e
eeφ
、
e·e·
、
、
、
’’
oe
0、
o·
0
－
“
·
e
．
e
oeo·
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Exercise 3.9-2: Creatina oictorials 2
Name:
Date:
Create an isometric pictorial and then a cabinet oblique pictorial of the following
object. The grid spacing is 1O mm.
R35
FJ
『
咛 a『
-- ..
-
~~
尸了1
。120
伤。
L」 020
亨1 0
60
一门 」
L
30
(15)
15
、－ －－
「」倒一｜
』阳」
.. .
. .
....~ . . ,;
.-..
.
.
. .:
.. .
.,..
. •.
：令 ，
．·
‘. . .
...
..
.. : ‘ :
.
',..•' '•. .
•.. '
.
,•
.. '
. . ·. .•'
.
. .•'
. .. . ·..
’‘. . ＇
ν.
" . ...·•· .. . . • . . ; , . . . .• .
. 口
产
e a二
γν
：
.
.
.
．
、、＇
.
飞. .
..
＇二
3
’·” .
'.
”
T
. .. . . . ... .
..
. ...
’‘ . . ..
.
. .
.. '
、
·
.
. . .. . ... .. . .... …
’ • • • • ·• :•
. .. ．、. .
' .. .…” . ‘.. ’ .
'
• ••
.
.'
.....
'
.二·
．’正
· ＂·
.•··· . "
..· · ’.. . .
;.•. .
、
！
可· ·－· ·
’· ． ·
：． ·～＝，· ”。＂.
’＂ .
.' .. . ..、. . :
. . . .... .. ..... ·川、，“了
.
.. .‘ e . • • •
•
• .
.
.
.
'
.
. .
. ... . '
. .. . ...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
‘.
．
．
.. . . . . .
. . . .. -:· . .; . .. 、·．了.. . ，，。、
.. .
.. . .. .. . 飞... . . ，
.
. . . .. .
. .
...
. ' .. .‘
·. . · . … ..
. ..
'
;, ·.'• .’
.:
写：
也气
: ,:
－、；
.. .. . ·. .
’ •, ·
.": . ‘. .• ·. :
' 自.
.； ’。
…
. . . ’
...,
.. . . .... ... ... .’.
', . · . . . .. .,' .•, ,,·
•. ,•'. . . .'•, ..· .. . . · . ....
... ’ . . ．，、·．
:...
.、· ‘ ·
“
.. .
.....
.. .. ． .. .. . ．
"
. ... ．·．．、·
.' … .
.... ．． :：
．
．
．· ． ．
. . .. . . ‘ . . .、··： ．
‘
.. '
..
'’.
.
.
'
.τe e
、. ..
'
.，
今 ＂.
。 ·飞．
． ·
.
... . ...... ........
... ....
. .. .’.... . . . . . .
.......
. .
..... ...
. ...
. ;
.
.
..
.
..
..
.' .
. ..
...
.. .
..
..
,
.·
”’。‘
•，
.”
．
、. .
＂‘ ， 。.
..
.
"
. 」：
. .
...
.
.
' .
.
.. •
.
.. :
：
φ ..
：’，．＠
．飞
;•, .
＇•，
‘. '
. .
:
. . ，
. ； ..
.. ‘ .
. 、， ..
‘
..
·.
.
.
。，，、。：·
．、、
·，.：：今. .
:
.~
J
'. '
.. . 二 0
.
.
.
•
、
.. .
．二二 ·
.
•
..
I
＇川
、 .
".
d
二 .
. ＂.
气，．．
’‘
二’、
二”
’
＂ .
'
；，
．．飞＠＠，．． －飞；‘：
＠矿，白.
.、，.
..
..··
;, :.
.. . :
.
.
.
. ·~ . .
. .. .
. . .
'
.
.
:
•
'
•
: •
.
’
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
．·’‘：·柯：．．．·
·儿’～·飞·’·．
．
’‘’·’～＇
•
．．·令 . .
. .
,...
. .勺，.
...•...
.…-·
.. . . ..
•,, .
...
... '
.、
. .. .
...::
.‘
.
.
.
.
.
..‘ · .
'
.‘
@
．
‘’
“··
·．．
• ． .. ·、 -.
• ·
• ． . . ·．
.•· ．·• . .• •. .,, ..•·．
·.
.
.·
·..
·
.
.·
·.•
. . •. .
' •I
. . ..
．·． ．·．
·ζ.
·
·
.
·
···
.γ
d
飞.
.气
. 白白。
0．·
，
。。
．
：
．
白’..
'4
·－·．也
？ 白”、
0年
白二
.
令
令
自．
年， e
. .
二‘二
eφ
二
、，
二
，φ
．
，“，、。‘”每..
.
..
－
．
.
φ．
．－． ．
一
。
、t.
.
.
.
’
二二
甸.
.
·、
＇
二
.
二
.
．二
、，.
.‘·．，
.
二，
，．．
.也
？：
.
·
.'
．一
.
. 二 ．··
. 川’.
. . . ..飞….
.
．”··
.
．？
.
＠
．白.
‘
．·
令
‘·．．
.一.
白．．
’.
二
白
牛
＠
．
、
φ.
.
φ.
．
.φ.
φ.
．·
．
．
二·‘
··
. ’。
二
‘’
.
．·
.φeι
••
•
•
•
.φ
•
＇.
.
，、. ...飞. ...
．号
令 ．
.….
...、
．
．．． ．．、＇
一
.
, I ． ．．．、 ．自．． ‘ ……．
．、.
＼，.＇、．．．”‘··．
3 - 37
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
R35
’-r444
-
~~
哩:1
020
!i:!10
L」 020
亨10
60
__..;- - 1 」
L
30
’
l 5)
15
‘--
」附」
」倒→
.… .
' ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‘ . ,
·.· .
. . . .....
.@.@... .@...@.@.@...@...@..@.@@..@
. . .. ,•, .. ,
.. . ,
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
........
.
......
.·
.
‘.
.
.·
.
'
.
.
.
.
•
.
.
. .. .. .
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
. .. .. .
. . .. .
... ....................
.
’. . .· . .
'. . ' .. ... . ...’. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. .
. . . .
. .
'
. . . .
. .
.. .. .. .. .. .
..
.. .
..
.. .
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
..
' . . ‘. .· . '.. .· . .
..
. ....
. . . . . ... ... ..... . ........ . ..... .
…
‘·’. .. …
... ' . . . … … . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
…
. .. . .. .
. ..
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. ....
. .
. .. .. .
. .
. .. . . .. . ..
· . . . .. .
.’
,
,
,
,
,
········PE ’
···
,
.....
.... ..
....
--.....
.....
.....
.......
.... .... .... ‘.,.. ....
....., .
.....
.... .............. .....
....
..,
..
··
‘.......
,.
,...
,
,
,
,
...
...
..
...... .
..
... ....
... ..
·
,
,
,
......
.... r·
--- --··
3
,..
·-, ., ...
..
..
..
.” .....
.,. . . .
.......
e ....
..... .... ..
..... ..... , .. ” .. ...
.... · ...
..
--, ..
.........
. ,‘ .
·e·e
,‘..
... ... .
...
... . ... ‘,.‘,
,... ,.‘, ..
.,
.....
.. ..
..
..
‘...
,‘
.... ...
,
... ,.. @
,.
e
..
..
..
.
.. . '
· . ’ · · - - ..... - . ’ .…
- . - ·..... ’ ··,
‘· ’…’-.
. ... . . . … ' . …
.
…
…
…………. ' . .
.. . ....... .. .
' .....
. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‘·,
·,. .... ... ..- . .... .
..
, .
.@.
. ...
. .
.. ..
.. ..
rγγJ e
．
eφ
．
’．
俨 e
．．．
．
.、.
‘.
• • eγ.
•• • •
t • •
.…’…
牛今牛．
.、－＠．．－．、..‘－－，．．
l • •
.φ
•• e
．
ιP
，
斗b
．‘－．
…、…．．．．
今
－．＠、.
φ
...、.
．． φι，－ φ
＇
.ιP
•
•
.φ.
•
• • •
.、合 eφ. •
.φ. '
•••
．．．．．
.、咛－斗＇
‘．
.γ
牛‘
．～
．．
..、－，．．、．．－．－、－．．－ ι，＠．、．－－，．
•
•
•
•
.ιP
e 、合 φι.
.
’
eι＇
.、.，
.、..·、φ
．，
·．．．，….. . ....…·· ．． ．．、…· ．． ．．、．． ．、． ．．，… ·· ．．．．、… · ．．．． ． ．．．·．．．．、… · ．．．．．．．．，．．．．、．．．，．．．．、．．．，．．．．、…·．．．，．．．．·．．．．、…·．．．．、．．．．，．．．．
t •
' •
•• e
e
飞.
＇
φ.
•
eφ.
e
•
•
aφ. •
•
•
•
• •
• •
•
..‘..穹．－、
....，…· · ．．．．、… · ．．．．、… · ．．．．、．．． 、 ．．．，…· · ．．．．、…………， ....、…·．．．．．．．．·．．．．、…＇ ....、．．．，．．．．、…·．．．旷…......、…·．．．．、．．．，．．．．
..飞．． φ
，－－． φ
’.
.’－ φ
－ φ 、
φ
.
•
•
•
• •
•
• •
•
•
•
.、．．‘．－飞．．
‘．．＠，．．．．’．．．．、．＠． ． ．．＠．、．．＠’．．＠．、．．．‘................... . .............、．．．．．．．．＠．．．，＠．．．、．．．，．．．．、．．．．．．．．、…·．．．．．．．．，．．．．、........、．．．，．．．．
.。
..、．
· ．．、．．
、· ·’…．’。
．．．，．．、．
·
．，．、·’·．、..
ee
争
、．、
、
、
6
－－
··e·e
甸
－
，。
、．
、，
，·～
，、．，、
、
－－，、．，．、
，．‘，
90
、 eee·
句．白、白♂＠．臼、
、，。‘，
0
e
oe
，、
，
、．
、
φφφ
00
e
wee－－·’
．句··
，。
、．
－
e
·e
e·
e
·
ee
、．，．
o·e
，，飞
、
、．，。
．，。
Fee
e
·“ ·······0··
，．每
啕．、，．、，
，、。，‘
，．、
EF
－－·、
，．、．，
、，
♂飞
，、
，．、
，
E
e
、
e
飞··
、
、
每···
，宁、
萨 ee －－· ···P·····r·、
·，
·ee－－
、
.、 e
'
J
.、．·．．，．、．．、，．·
··········e·e·
、
，。．、，
、
．‘。
··、．··，．…，．…， U
每
ee
、
、
、 ee
’
、
崎
····e·o
90
每
、
、
、
飞 ee－－崎
‘
e·e·
目
e
..、．．…，．．…，··、.
...、．‘··’…．、.
.，叫··，·、··，·．·，．··，叫·，．‘”、．
..，，令 ，、．．令’·．、．，宁、．．、··．．，，、．，．．，．·
9
..、…．… ．，…
‘.
.吁
φ. • . .
•
'
.旷
、··，叫··，，、··，．．
一.. . .. … A … A …－一－一…、－一 － 一
3 - 38
．旷吨”
、··．
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
PICTORIAL DRAWINGS QUESTI。NS
Name:
Date:
Q3-1 ) A pictorial drawing is a two-dimensional rendering of a part, but the drawing still
looks
. (Fill in the blank)
Q3-2) Pictori als help us ... (Circle all that apply.)
a) be expressive.
b) visualize a pa时 or assembly.
c) communicate ideas.
Q3-3) A pictorial may be included on a detailed drawing. (true, false)
Q3-4) List the th『ee di仔erent types of axonometric projections?
Q3-5) List the three di仔erent types of oblique projections?
Q3-6) List the three di仔erent types of perspective projections?
Q3-7) Why is developing the ability to sketch pictorials by hand important?
3 - 39
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
Q3-8) Two of the isometric axes are drawn .... degrees above the horizontal.
a)
b)
c)
d)
10
15
30
45
Q3-9) Two of the oblique pictorial axes are drawn horizontally and vertically. The other
axis is most commonly drawn .... degrees above the horizontal.
a)
b)
c)
d)
10
15
30
45
Q3-10) An isometric pictori al looks more realistic if it is drawn at a/an .. percent scale.
a)
b)
c)
d)
30
50
80
90
Q3-11) Circular features in a pictorial are drawn as
3 -40
Fill in the blank.
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
PICTORIAL DRAWINGS PR。BLEMS
Name:
Date:
P3-1) Match the correct pictorial to the o同hographic projection.
φ
I
!’
3 - 41
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
且♀工E豆
3 - 42
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Name:
Date:
P3-2) Match the correct pictorial to the o同hographic projection.
3 - 43
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
且♀工E豆
3 - 44
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Name:
Date:
P3-3) Match the correct pictorial to the o同hographic projection.
I' I
I !i
@
1
3 - 45
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
且♀工E豆
3 - 46
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Name:
Date:
P3-4) Draw a fu ll scale isometric pictorial and a cabinet oblique pictorial by hand or in a
drawing package per instructions. The grid spacing is 0.25 inch.
\
.25
.
.75
·r ·r 'i
一
2.50
3.00
’
3.25
_J_
1.50
了
.50
:: r
3 - 47
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
'
.' ..
'.
......
..... . .…. .
..... . ....
.....
• ...
•. ..' .
. ..
.. ..
. ....
·.. .
..
.
.
. .
..
..
. .
. .
- .. .
. .. .
... .
.. .. .
‘ .
..
.
.
..
..
..
.-.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
.. .. ..‘.• .-. .. .,, ..... , . . . . . .
,. ' -. . ..'
,
,
·
.
’.
· -. …
..’ …
·’‘·
-.
. .
-.-.
..
... .
-.
... .
.
.
...
- ..
·
.
.
·
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
…
· · .. … · . . . ... …
…
…. . .-·.
;
... . ....
.
.
..
…
…
-.
. .
..
- .
..
. ..
- .. .
..
..
· .. …
....
. .·
. ·. .
. .. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ••. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
',
’.
' ....”.
'. .
. .' ..
…
. . . . ... .
. .’ ....
. . . . . . . . . . ...
.'
·
. .…
. .. . …
. .' . …
.. ..
..
…
…
…
.
.
…
…
…
.
.
.
. ...... ., .... ,
‘
...
'
· . . .
.
.
.
.
. . ‘ ”..... .. .......……………….........
·
.· .' .
........ .
'. ..
.•, ...
'. ..' .
'.' .
. .
'
…
…
.
.
.
…
'
'
.
.. . . . . . . . . . .
. . .. .. . . . .
' ...
•, .
..
.. .
..
·. .. . .. .. . .
.
. . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . . . .
’
………··....‘….··........ . .·... . ” ’………· . .. ”·..
' ' ,'…. '…-=· .. : ........ : '
·.... : ...·.... ;…·’…,,:,,,,:,
:.,,,:,,,.,
·.... :.. ' :
…
.
.
…
…
…
.
.
.
…
.
'
· . .. . .
. . .. .. ...
.
..... .
.
.. ....
. ”....
. . .. ... ...……,.’·.
.' .. ..
. . …
.…-~
. . .. ..
. .. .·
.
.•
.
.
.
. . · .
.
.., … · ..
.... . z ………· . …··
.....
...
..
…'
' .' '' .. .. ' '' '' •'' '' .. ' '' '' ..'
'' …
‘
'.' .
'' .
..' . ...” ..' . ..''• .''
.
.' .
... .... ...' ...
..'•. . ....' .
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . .…
. . . . .
. .. .. .
…. . .
.. .
'' ... ... ... .
. . .. ..
.
‘·.·....·.,…. ’ . ...... .. ' ...... ' . .
…
…
· ·... .
. .. .
..
..
..
..
..
..
. .. ...
..
. .. .
. .. .
·. ..
. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
…
· . .. . . . . . . . .… …
. ... . · . ...
、，
.令….
.
.
，．
＇‘． ，， φ ． φ
φ ’‘．－．
．
φφ♂．‘，
I
•
－
，，， φ ，．鸟’
Iφφ ．．．‘...、.
•
‘…旷…·· ．．．．旷 ·· ．．．－… ·．．． ． ·．．．．．．．‘.........
ι－－－， φφ ，、，，，，、－、 φφ
.φ
、， φ ．、
4，
、
、....
－
，，， φ ．
、，， φ 飞，
..φ ．．、，、..
. ...…· · ． ．．．．． ．．，··． ．、·．．·． ．．，．．．． ，·－·．、 ·．．，· ．．．、..... .... 『··－ ，、.... ....
.. ..、...
，＇、
－
φ..
.... 、·－·’· ·－ －
，…、．．．． …··．… ·．…·．…· ，…·．… ·，…·．…·．…·．… . ＇…·．… ·、… ·．，…．… ·．…· 、…·， …、… ·．， …·．…. ，…，…·．…·‘…·，．．．‘ …. ，，…、…·．
‘…. . …......…··－…－……－ －－ …·．·· ．， ··－－… ··－－－··． －－－．． ，．·．．．．、 －－－ …·－，．．．’ －－－． 、...
·:··
•
• •••
'
.,.
• •••••
•
•
.‘毛
‘． φφ ，’φφφ ．． ．－’ ’、 φ φφ ． φφ ．．、．’．． φφφφ、 φ. ... ’..， ， φφφ ．．．．．、－’－．－ φφφ 、 ＇
I ,
e
. .. .、 .........、·．．、－ ．． ，．．．．，’－ · ．、 －－· ·．．．．、 ··－ ， － ，．
....伞，.
.…、.
•夸 A φφφ ． ．．．｛．夸．， φφφφ 、．．’，’ φφ ．、 φφ ． ，．．． ι，、．． φ 、 φφ .. 、－－－ ，夸． φφ ．‘ φ ． φ ， ...... φφφ ， φ ． φ ． ．
、．．．旷.. . . .. .. ... …·．． ．．．．．． · ．．．．．．．．·．．．，…··．．．．’·’………·’·．．．、．．．·．．．－－．．． ，．． ．．、．．．，．．．．、．．．．．．．．、．．．、........... ＂、＂
·．叫.
.
.自·
·．．
．．．．
． ·．
．
．．
. .. . 、．．．，． ．．
句… ·，，．．．．司－． ．．．“
．．
．
.
．．
．．，、．．．．．．，、．．．，、，．．．．、‘…·’·、
，．．、，．．
‘ … ..…… …… ........… ……… － ．．．． ．．．． ． ．． ．·－…… … ω ．． ． ． ．．． ．．．．．．… ·－… …… －…. . .. ......
.。，．
，。.
.、
、.
.
..、，.... •，、，－··、，．….
＇ ’ ．．．、....
··！….. .… 2 …·飞 .. .
.
…、．，
...伞、．．．、...
、··，、.
.飞...
....飞．．
ε
．．．
9
.
今毡··
....
.
”
.
..，。.
~
u
令…
飞
＇
．．，．、.... •＇号，、..，、．．．．．、、. ...，、，．．·、，.
。.
·
．．
t
•p•
•
自.
I
••••
t
.. ,.
I
.自
•••••
I
··．…
•••、，，
.....宁
、
，..、
6
..’·．、．…·．
，·
．
·．…．
．· ·．…· ，·．· ·，…．
．
…．…
．·． …、白，．…·．·
，
、 ．．．，
.
….
、． ．．． 、、
、·， …、··，
..…、，、··、.
··．． ，、·’ ··
．…·．户，· ．…·、，
毡’…
．‘ ·．． 沪、…．
. . .....… ·．．．．，… ··－ ………· ·－－ …·．．．．， ··－… …··－… －－－ …· ’…．、 －… ．．．．，．．．． ’－－－． 、．．．，…．、 .. .... ...、．． ．、··－ ’… ·ι· ．． ．． 、 －… ．．．．、 ··－， － ， －
.,.. .
.... '
‘ .... . ' .... . .
3 -48
.,.
... •'
..... .,.
' ..... .
.‘飞.
.. ’·
......
....
.
·、. .....，、...，、
.….
.
...飞.
.
..
.
J．．．．、‘..... ，、，． ．、，.
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Name:
Date:
P3-5) Draw a fu ll scale isometric pictorial and a cabinet oblique pictorial by hand or in a
drawing package per instructions. The grid spacing is 10 mm.
唱一一一－ 50 一一一一叫
100
40
40 一寸
寸 10
50
丁
L
10
飞，
‘
. .
.
.··
,.
．、
.
‘ g’
，。
.
:'
."
.·
.
II
.
.
. .
飞，、
.
· .·
'
. ."
•
•, ‘,
a
B
. ‘·
,
飞
‘。
·、
.·
.
·.
‘
，。
,:
.
‘
.φ
.
. .. φ
．． 今
.
.φ.
’··
..
,.
·
.•
电·
.
·.
.
。＇ ' •
,
‘
,
"
’、
．、
.
·、．·
. ' . . ' . . ” . . .. ' . . .. , . - . . ..
. ...
. . , .. . - '
..‘
,.
.
..
.
..
’.
...@ .
.. .
.. . '• . .. . . . . . . . . ,·. . . . ... ,· . ..
:
.
.
·’ "
"
.
r、
,
;,
,·
，、
.
.
.·.
·.·
.
.
·.
ε‘
•
.
.· .
·. . .
、··
’J
·.
,
.
,
,·
.·
.,
、
、
..
.
. .
.
、，
,
·. .
.
”
‘ ‘: .
,
‘
2、·
.·
.· ,., ..-..
.
。
’
·:
,
.
..
,
,
•
.·
.
·: .:
.·
.
．．、
,
. ·.
· ..
,
·、
,, ,
''
.
·. .
·,
．『．·
’
·.
．、
·-·
、·
、
-
·..·
.,:
,
,.
飞r
‘ 二
.
...
,
,'
,..
..·
、
..
,·
.
··.
'
.. . .
.
..
,
、
.,
,
，、
.
..
·.
.
．
.
. ..
φ
.-.
··.
=
.
飞
‘.
3
·
, .·
、
+
‘.
e
、
.·
.
.
e
.
．
·. ·.
.
.
,
φ
..
.
「
．、 .
.
''
•.
.
.
. ‘·.’ ·.
.
,.
•
.…
.·
·’
、
,
·.
.·
·..
..
'
@
.
.@ .
' ” . . ·. . ·
·.
‘．白
．
白
＠＠
3 - 49
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
'
.' .. .
.
. -.
.
.
..
..
.
.
.- ..
、，
－
.….
.' .
.…. . . . .... . ...…..... . …. .
..… .
-… . .
.. .
...
. ..- ..
. ....
· .. .
...
.
.
.
..
‘.
.
.
..
..
..- .
.
..
.
. .
.
.
.
. .
.- ... .
..
. .
. .
. ..- . ..
..
.. .
.- .
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . - . -' . . . .' . - . . ‘ . , . . . . . ....
. . ..’ ...….
. ' ………
· ·. ... .
．，，，．φ
.苞. •
'
＇
•
‘ · ·自··．· ．．．．．．
＇‘，，． φ ＇
.
，， φ
....τ.
'
’
ι－
．， φφ ，、， ，，， ι』
.、’‘....宁
…．．． ， ．．．．．．．．‘·’…·．．．．．．．．．… a ••• ,
．，
．
、
－、 φφ
、.
＇ ..、，.
....、 .
· ·
·...
..。、 …． ．．．．．．． ， ．．．。、 ．．．’.... 、＂
＇’ φφ
.. ...、．．． 、．．
、
，， φ 飞，
－
＇、··、.
. .. . . .
．．．．，．．
．、．．， ··．．、． ，· ·．
' ..…
'…·.…. … … … …
. …
. . . . ·.·
. ' .
' .
. . . .-·
.. ..
. .·
. …
. .
.. .
·
.
.… .
... . ...…-· ·’. .., .
.... ., .
.···’,• . ,•... . . ..…. :
. . ...
…
…
·
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. ... .
. ... ..
…
· . . . . •.
'.....
.....
·'· .
· .
... .
·
. . . . . ·'.
. . ,;. . . . . . . . .,...... ... ’.....
…
.‘. .. •.' . .· ..' .. .
..
.
.
' ... ' .. ' ........ ' .. ' ...... ..' ... .'' .. ,...
,
. .. .
.'
·. ..
. . …
...
.. …
... .
. . ... .
…
…
..
…
. .
. .. .
…. . .. .. …
. .. ..
‘ .... . ' .... .
...
……
，…、…·．…·．…·．…·．…· ，…·．…· ，….. .
‘…··．、
.
:
•
•
·:··
•
... φ . ...... ...
咱.
..... .. .
，。
............
.、
•••••
•
•
.,.
•
•
.. 号，、.... ...，、 e …...
...
今 ·． ．”
·
＇…·．…·、…·．，…．…·．…·、… ＇ I ＂• ‘…·．，…·．….，…，…·．…·‘… ·，．．．‘ .... ＇…·、…·．
••••••
•
•
···弘
，
、合．，．、．．．．、。、.
•
.夸夸， .... 、...
.
.. .剑
’
····
··
．．．．
···’
自
· ·…．
．
....、 ．． ．．
．． ．．
，－． ． ·
－
，
，，．
，、.
－、 ．．． 、... ..........、 －．． ι． ．．．． 、．． － ，． ．．．
”… ·，，… · －－． ． ．
．．·．
.’·．．．．．·．．，．、．．．．．．
，
．
. .. . .. ... ’·．，，、每每 令 、 ... .、．．． ， 夸夸 令， 、 ...
＇、.........、． ．．． ，． － ．．、...
…
.、，．．、
...…
... . 每 ..， 、 ． ．． ’ .... .. ... . ...
.. 、....
．．
.....句
．．
、．．． ，、
．“
.
．
．
，．．．．、‘－．．．，、，．．、，．．
. . .... …… …·．． ．．．．． ．．．…· － ．．．．崎… － ．．．．， ．．．． ． ． ．．．．…… …… …… …… …－… ……－ …… …………… ……·．．．． ． ．． ．．．．．．， ．．．．．．．．． ． ． ．．．
' ' .... …
. ' ' ·
' .
. .
' .' . .' .
…. . . . .' .
. .
. .' .
' .
' . .' . . . . .
…
·
.' .
. ..
·. .
... .. .•., . ..
. . .. •,. .. .. . . . . . . . . . ...... ., . . . . . . .
.”…… … · . . . . . . . . . .
.... . ....” · ... . . ” ·.... . .... . . ... . ..
' ' ,'….'…<…: ........ : '
: ...·.…:
.. …':• ..
:,,,-:,,,.,
·.... :.. ' :
…
…. . . . . . . .
·.. …
. . . . .' .' .' .
… · . .
.
.' .. .
.….
.. .. . . ... ... ..' ... ... .. . . . . . . . . .
. .. .
..
. .. .
. .. .
..
..
. .. .. .
.
.
. .. .
.
.
.
..
.‘
..
..
. .
. .
..
. .
..
. .
. ... .
. ..
. .
..
. ..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . -. - . ‘ . - . - . -‘ . . - . . . -.. .- . . . - . .
，。
.
...
飞.
··
、
＇
.. 、 －’.... •，
. ’．．．．、.. ... ...
·····~
·
· · ·
·
·· · ·‘
.... 、 ＇
·
·················
‘， ，， Jφφφ ......•. ，， φ ． φφ －．．．，，． ，， φφ•.φ. ......• ， φφφ ． φ －－．‘4，，， φ ． ． φφφ，，
，
‘·
φ ‘ φ ．．
．·．．．．·．
’
，
φφ ．－
$φφ ’－’
··．． ，
·．· ．．，
．
φφ ．．．’．
，－··、
，
、.
：… J伞 … 2 …·飞 .. .
,:
＇………·
、
·
·····
··
．． ………
．
φφ ．、．‘， φ ．－ φ
、． …·．
、
rφ ．．、
。
，
，
、 ．．．，
..、．，．．．．．．． 、＇ I
咱…·．．
....、....伞
，
3 - 50
，今….
. ..…－
·
．． ，．
、.
6φ... 二e
..
..
、·． ．．．、
＇飞...
• • •、．，．， ．．．．户
，
－
、
.
.
、
~ ....、‘ .
.
ε
．．．
．
’·．
..
.·
6
、．－、，
.
.
.
、， …
．．．．．、．，‘.
...... #
•
e ， ι.... •. ， φφ ， φ . . ..
..…
.
φ
.
.. .. .
.
. .....
..
. .. .
..
..
..
.
·
··．，．
，．
‘
.φ φφ、 e •
， φ ．．．、
.
.... 二.
、 . .. ’
. .. . 飞．
． ．．．…··，
.
. ..
.
. ..
、合．，．、．．．．、
.
、··，、－·．
…·令．．．．．．．．．
＇ …·也.
.
．，
..，，， φ ，、 φφ φ .....• ..φφ ， φφφe 、－－， ， ， ，， －、 φφeι，．－－－、 φφ φ 、 φφ. .• ..ι.. i
…… · ．．．’·．
.
…、
....、．．．、...
.
..
.
.
.
.•,•......
.... . .
. ..
.
.. .......,.....’
.
. .. .. .
..
..
.
..
..
..
. .
. .
. .. .
..
,. .
.
.
.
.
.
..
'
..
'
.
..
..
..
. .
..
. .…
. . .·
. ..
..
. .
..
. .. .. .
... .
. ...
…
.
.
.. … .... .. .' .... . ... .
.' .. .
. … .' .
.... ...
......
.... .
‘
....
'…. . '
..... ,
...、
•，
•
.、
．．
.... ，、
毡
’
，，
、．．．
， ．．、
飞.
．
.
’·．、
··
，，．
.龟
.
,..
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Name:
Date:
P3-6) Draw a fu ll scale isometric pictorial and a cabinet oblique pictorial by hand or in a
drawing package per instructions. The grid spacing is 0.25 inch.
I
」
2.00
」
1 75
1.25
1.00
.75
3.00
ζd
.50
1
T a’III－ 。，‘
」
- ”-
1
1
-
.75
J
3 - 51
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
'
.' ..
'.
......
..... . .…. .
..... . ....
.....
• ...
•. ..' .
. ..
.. ..
. ....
·.. .
..
.
.
. .
..
..
. .
. .
- .. .
. .. .
... .
.. .. .
‘ .
..
.
.
..
..
..
.-.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
.. .. ..‘.• .-. .. .,, ..... , . . . . . .
,. ' -. . ..'
,
,
·
.
’.
· -. …
..’ …
·’‘·
-.
. .
-.-.
..
... .
-.
... .
.
.
...
- ..
·
.
.
·
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
…
· · .. … · . . . ... …
…
…. . .-·.
;
... . ....
.
.
..
…
…
-.
. .
..
- .
..
. ..
- .. .
..
..
· .. …
....
. .·
. ·. .
. .. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ••. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
',
’.
' ....”.
'. .
. .' ..
…
. . . . ... .
. .’ ....
. . . . . . . . . . ...
.'
·
. .…
. .. . …
. .' . …
.. ..
..
…
…
…
.
.
…
…
…
.
.
.
. ...... ., .... ,
‘
...
'
· . . .
.
.
.
.
. . ‘ ”..... .. .......……………….........
·
.· .' .
........ .
'. ..
.•, ...
'. ..' .
'.' .
. .
'
…
…
.
.
.
…
'
'
.
.. . . . . . . . . . .
. . .. .. . . . .
' ...
•, .
..
.. .
..
·. .. . .. .. . .
.
. . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . . . .
’
………··....‘….··........ . .·... . ” ’………· . .. ”·..
' ' ,'…. '…-=· .. : ........ : '
·.... : ...·.... ;…·’…,,:,,,,:,
:.,,,:,,,.,
·.... :.. ' :
…
.
.
…
…
…
.
.
.
…
.
'
· . .. . .
. . .. .. ...
.
..... .
.
.. ....
. ”....
. . .. ... ...……,.’·.
.' .. ..
. . …
.…-~
. . .. ..
. .. .·
.
.•
.
.
.
. . · .
.
.., … · ..
.... . z ………· . …··
.....
...
..
…'
' .' '' .. .. ' '' '' •'' '' .. ' '' '' ..'
'' …
‘
'.' .
'' .
..' . ...” ..' . ..''• .''
.
.' .
... .... ...' ...
..'•. . ....' .
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . .…
. . . . .
. .. .. .
…. . .
.. .
'' ... ... ... .
. . .. ..
.
‘·.·....·.,…. ’ . ...... .. ' ...... ' . .
…
…
· ·... .
. .. .
..
..
..
..
..
..
. .. ...
..
. .. .
. .. .
·. ..
. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
…
· . .. . . . . . . . .… …
. ... . · . ...
、，
.令….
.
.
，．
＇‘． ，， φ ． φ
φ ’‘．－．
．
φφ♂．‘，
I
•
－
，，， φ ，．鸟’
Iφφ ．．．‘...、.
•
‘…旷…·· ．．．．旷 ·· ．．．－… ·．．． ． ·．．．．．．．‘.........
ι－－－， φφ ，、，，，，、－、 φφ
.φ
、， φ ．、
4，
、
、....
－
，，， φ ．
、，， φ 飞，
..φ ．．、，、..
. ...…· · ． ．．．．． ．．，··． ．、·．．·． ．．，．．．． ，·－·．、 ·．．，· ．．．、..... .... 『··－ ，、.... ....
.. ..、...
，＇、
－
φ..
.... 、·－·’· ·－ －
，…、．．．． …··．… ·．…·．…· ，…·．… ·，…·．…·．…·．… . ＇…·．… ·、… ·．，…．… ·．…· 、…·， …、… ·．， …·．…. ，…，…·．…·‘…·，．．．‘ …. ，，…、…·．
‘…. . …......…··－…－……－ －－ …·．·· ．， ··－－… ··－－－··． －－－．． ，．·．．．．、 －－－ …·－，．．．’ －－－． 、...
·:··
•
• •••
'
.,.
• •••••
•
•
.‘毛
‘． φφ ，’φφφ ．． ．－’ ’、 φ φφ ． φφ ．．、．’．． φφφφ、 φ. ... ’..， ， φφφ ．．．．．、－’－．－ φφφ 、 ＇
I ,
e
. .. .、 .........、·．．、－ ．． ，．．．．，’－ · ．、 －－· ·．．．．、 ··－ ， － ，．
....伞，.
.…、.
•夸 A φφφ ． ．．．｛．夸．， φφφφ 、．．’，’ φφ ．、 φφ ． ，．．． ι，、．． φ 、 φφ .. 、－－－ ，夸． φφ ．‘ φ ． φ ， ...... φφφ ， φ ． φ ． ．
、．．．旷.. . . .. .. ... …·．． ．．．．．． · ．．．．．．．．·．．．，…··．．．．’·’………·’·．．．、．．．·．．．－－．．． ，．． ．．、．．．，．．．．、．．．．．．．．、．．．、........... ＂、＂
·．叫.
.
.自·
·．．
．．．．
． ·．
．
．．
. .. . 、．．．，． ．．
句… ·，，．．．．司－． ．．．“
．．
．
.
．．
．．，、．．．．．．，、．．．，、，．．．．、‘…·’·、
，．．、，．．
‘ … ..…… …… ........… ……… － ．．．． ．．．． ． ．． ．·－…… … ω ．． ． ． ．．． ．．．．．．… ·－… …… －…. . .. ......
.。，．
，。.
.、
、.
.
..、，.... •，、，－··、，．….
＇ ’ ．．．、....
··！….. .… 2 …·飞 .. .
.
…、．，
...伞、．．．、...
、··，、.
.飞...
....飞．．
ε
．．．
9
.
今毡··
....
.
”
.
..，。.
~
u
令…
飞
＇
．．，．、.... •＇号，、..，、．．．．．、、. ...，、，．．·、，.
。.
·
．．
t
•p•
•
自.
I
••••
t
.. ,.
I
.自
•••••
I
··．…
•••、，，
.....宁
、
，..、
6
..’·．、．…·．
，·
．
·．…．
．· ·．…· ，·．· ·，…．
．
…．…
．·． …、白，．…·．·
，
、 ．．．，
.
….
、． ．．． 、、
、·， …、··，
..…、，、··、.
··．． ，、·’ ··
．…·．户，· ．…·、，
毡’…
．‘ ·．． 沪、…．
. . .....… ·．．．．，… ··－ ………· ·－－ …·．．．．， ··－… …··－… －－－ …· ’…．、 －… ．．．．，．．．． ’－－－． 、．．．，…．、 .. .... ...、．． ．、··－ ’… ·ι· ．． ．． 、 －… ．．．．、 ··－， － ， －
.,.. .
.... '
‘ .... . ' .... . .
3 - 52
.,.
... •'
..... .,.
' ..... .
.‘飞.
.. ’·
......
....
.
·、. .....，、...，、
.….
.
...飞.
.
..
.
J．．．．、‘..... ，、，． ．、，.
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Name:
Date:
P3-7) Draw a full scale isometri c pictorial and a cabinet oblique pictorial by hand or in
a drawing package per instructions. The grid spacing is 10 mm.
/
/
/
/
50
40
30
100
20
75
卡··－
10
［←－so一「
、寸
----------- …-----
50
30
」
’1
.
.
.,
.·
.·
.
.
． ιe
。，
2飞
.
·. ·
. ‘ . . ·.
·,
·,
、 ．·
.
·.
.
.·
·,
’
..
.
‘
'..
. .·
'.
.
.
.
., .
．、
"
‘.
.
.·
、
.
． 、
,
.
‘
.,
.·.
·.·
·.
.
z、
.·
四
、，·
．．．
．
．
＇
-.
.
、
.
·‘.
.·
．．
φ．
. .
".
.’:
•
•
•
'
,
..:
. , ·.
•
..
••
.·
.:‘.
•
.
.
.
.·
"
.
..'
,
.·..
. ·.
．、
、，
。
、
·.
。
、
.
,
,
. ‘
τ，．
,:
、’
.'.
.·
，。：…川
－．
．
合φ － ‘
－－
．‘
．φ φφ
－－．
．．
‘
. ..’．． 川 川川．－川........川 ． ． ． ，… ． －川 ．－ ． ‘，.......... ...
‘．．．川川．．川 U 、－． ． ． 川 .
.,
"
".
.
ι、
-. ••
••
.
·,
．、
..
.....
。’
,
、
’
.·
.· .
,
J、
，。
.·
..
.
"
.
·.
·.
.
..
、
•
’、
'.
..
.·
、
.·
"
,
..
也
事雹
.
.·
、．
‘
·,
.
.·
.
.
.‘
..‘
φ
.
.·.
..
.
.
,
、。
.
飞J
‘二
.
.‘.
.‘ .
.
.·
.
。‘：
、
、
.
·.‘
,
·、：
,
、
,
。
’,
”
"
’
..
一·
’
.·
‘
、
飞，
.·
.
•,
.
,
．、
"
、
、
·.
. .·
..
,
..
.
.. .
·’。
..
,
,
,
,,
。、
、
.
@
e
、
‘
令
、 e
．
.
.
.
．
＠
伞，
. ··.
,,
、
.
.
‘＇
......
－ ．． ．
φ
、‘
．－－．－．，
，
φ
．．
．
＇川 ． ． ． ． ． ． ． 川．．川－． ． ．．． ． －．－川 ．
·.
．
．φ
-....... ..
．．
．，
．．． ．． 叫 ． ． － ． ‘．川． ． ． ‘.. ..
3 - 53
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
'
.' .. .
. … .' .
.. … .... . ..….
..... . ….
....
‘’ .…..
•.... .' ...
.' . .
..' . .
• ' .. …
,
, ... .
'…
.. . '
,... . .,' . .'
... .·
'' .
' ..
. .
·
.
. .
.
.
. .
.
.. ..... ..' .. .
.
…
…
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
…
…
·.. . . … .'
. . ...
'
... '
..
..…·’... ' '
,....
" ' ....
. .… - ‘ -…
...
.. .
. .,- .. .
‘.
..
.
..
.. .. .
.
‘
,.........
,‘ .........
'‘
' .. .
* * ,' • • ' - .
·
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
…
· . . … . . . . .- …
…
……·..
•'
.···’,• . ,•... . . ...... :
. . ...
·· .
. .‘ .. .
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . •.'.... .
. . . . . . . . . . . . ·'·.
' ..
' ....
·'· .
‘. ...•'... ...........
·
.· .
. .,,.…...
. . .
.
. . . . . . . .. .,.
..
. .
... .. .. .. .
..
. .
. .,......
,... ..... .,...
· ·.·····
” ..... . ..
'. . .. .... .’ .
......
, .
. . . . . . . . . . . . ...
.'
·
..
…
…
.
.
'
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
'
.
.
.
.
.
…
…
·... …
. .
‘….
. .. '
…
·
· . . ·
.
.
....
·....‘.
‘ .........,... .. ...
.
. ..………
.
. . ...... .... …
’
.
.
.
'
.
.
…
.
.
.
.
…
.
.
.
…
.
.
.
.
.
·
.
.. ... ... .. ... . . . ....
' ... ..
....
.. .. .•,.. …
. .. .
. . .. .. .. •,.
…
…
. .' .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
· · ........ . . . · …·....··.
... .
.... . .... . .·. ...
·....
. . . .…· ·
' ' ,'….'…<…: ' ..·.. ..
: ...·.…;., ·....... ..,:, ·!… ….
. .·... •'•
' .·.... :
':
…
.
.
.
.
.
.
…
…
.
.
.
…
.
.
.
.
.
.. . .
.. .”. .
. .-.…
. .. .. ...
.
..... .
.
.’ ....
... . . .
.....…
. . …
.. , . ’ ·.
.· . .·
....-~
.
.
·..
…
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
· ..
.
.' … … … . . .... .
..... . ….
.....
.
. . '' ..'•. . .' ' ...' ”
. .'. .' ' '
'•'• ,' ' ,. . ·'' ' ' .•' ' . ' ' ,' . .'
‘' .…
.' .
..' .…
.’·
....
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
…
. .
..
…
'
' .
'.
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.. .
. .
.
.
. ..' .. .
.
.' .
.'
. . …
…. . .… ..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. '
.
‘ · . ·....·. . …. ’ . .... .. ' ...... '
.
.
.
..
. ..
.
.' .... . .
..
.
.
.‘. . ..
.
. ......
. ...... .......’
.
...
.
.
.
..
. .
..
..
. .
. .'~
. ..'• ' ••.
.
..
. .. .. .‘..
....
, ..
... ......· .
'.....
,.
.
.
,'
,•
... .… …
· . ... . . ...
....... .........…··.........·-··-…·...’…-·.........··--…. .,
...φ
，
．‘．每.
....τ...
、
’.
.. 、.
....争钮
..…·
、 .
、
‘ . .. 旷 …·· ．．．．“ ....... ..… ， ....... . . ..... .... . . ...... .. . .…·． ．，·· ．．、＂
， ． ．．．．．．．． ．．．．．．． ．．．．．．． ．．．．．． 冒........ .
、
．．．．、
•
•
.,..
•
•
••,••
., .
•
•
•
•••• •
.. ..吨，..... ...
‘ ．． ．旷．．． ． ．．． ． 臼M· , ' ' . ' . ' • • • •
••
,
,
•
'
.
•
··弘·
',I ' ' ' ,, • •
••
•
'
•
• • • • •• •
φ
'
••
－
I
' ' ' ' ,, • •
~ ...’ ·．．．、.
＊、．． ．．，．．．‘ ．．．．．’．．．、．．．．．
. ...、 · · － 、 －… …·’…．、 … ·．．．．、 ··－ ’··－
•
...…
.，每.. ... 、 ． ．． ， ，，．．、 ... . ...，吨，．．号’ .... 、...
．
.
•
....、，、··、.
....、 ．．．，． ．．．、＂ ... …．、 ．． ．、.... ....
.... ... ..、．．． ．．， ．．．．．． ．．．．． ． ． 、．．．．， ．．．‘•
.,.
、
#
＇ ..、，… .
‘. ....... …...… ··．． ．．．．．． ．· － · · －－· ·‘…·’… －… ··－…… －－．． ，．’…．、 －－·· ，··－．．． ’－－．． 、….， . .. .、 ...
'
、
. ... 、 ... .’. ...、，号 令 、 ...
，
，
、.
... ， ，号 令， 、 .. . ’·．．．、 ...
＇‘ ．．． ι』 ι－． ． ． ． ．．．．． ．． ，． ．． ．、．．．． ．．． ι旷ι－ ．．． ， ．．．． 、－ －． ． ，． ．．．、 － ．．旷．．．．、 ．． ．、... ... .. ~ .. ..、...
φφφ
φ
－．．
．
... . .叫..
’－…－句…．．，．．．．司－．．．．“
.。
.
.
a
．．．．
’ …．．，．……．． ，
.......、 … ……… …
…… ·ω ．． ．
、．．．．．．
，、 ．．． ，、
，．．．、
‘
． ．．． ．．．．． ． …·－… …… －． ．．． ． ． ．．．．．．．．，． ．．． ．． ． ．． ．
－．．．．，、，．．、，．．
．．． ．‘.... . .. ..
.。
...、＇
、.
. 、
，.... •，
：…’·．．．、 …·’….
、， －··、，．…，，
；
J
…飞… 5 …，：..
．
…、，、··，
. .. 、＇
. . ..飞＂
. .. . ～．．
，。
、
.
ε ．．．．
’销合... ~
e 毡··
．
．·．每
飞
….
..令⑤
＇φ ．·
、
、...
、
．．．．、
、
...号，
、
．
．
，．．飞
9
·
．．
t
. , ••
•
I
•••
自
I
··．
·1 ，’..…，... 、.
.. . ’·．
··
..…·、
、． …·．
..、，． ． ．．．．．
r ... 、
．
6
，、 ．．． ，、．
．
….
．． ．、
、．， ．．．、＇
．
．
..…、，、··、.
、
I
·．．． ，、·’ ··
'
毡’··
, • • • •、＇
....、 ’ － …· ·－…· ’－－． ． 、 ．．．， … ．、 . .... . ...、·· －、－… …·’…．、 …· ．．．．、．．．’ － －－
•
.,..
•
‘ .... .
3 - 54
• •••
, .
' .... . .
.,.
... ..
• •••
'
' ..... .
.‘毛.
..
1.
• • • •
•
• • • • •
.….
、， .....，、... ，、
.
....飞.
，．．．、‘..... ，、
.
. .
，．．、，.
.
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Name:
Date:
P3-8) Draw a full scale isometric pictorial and a cabinet oblique pictorial by hand or in a
drawing package per instructions. The grid spacing is 0.25 inch.
R. 75
11 「 ＋ L li
巨型 50
-
2.00 」
」
-
1
巳i
.50
γ－
.50
I
I
I
一＿ L 牛 」 一 一
I_
臼.50
R.75
. -· ·
·~ . ... . . ... …
. ..
.. . .- .
. , ” · . ’. . . - - -.
.
'
'
‘
.
. . ‘. .
.,
..
’
.. . @.
.
. .‘ '
'
. .
.
.
;.,
',
,,,
... ·' · .· . . .
..
..
:.
.:
. .. ：
目；’，
: .. .
.o．
..
:
'
..
”
’
. . .
.…
…
·. · . . ·’ …
.，’·. ’．．．飞
..
.
.. ·..
..
..
…
．·．”
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.. . . ’
. .
.
.
.
,
,
. .
.
'. .
'.
.. . .
. . . .… .
.
. . ' …
-. · .
.
. .. . ... . . . . .. .. .. ... . . . ' ' …
..
·． 。 .
，． .
·’ .
，， .
一
·
’
。’
.
.
'
♂
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
,,
’
.+
.• , ‘ ,
.• . . .
'
' ..
.' . . .'. .
.
. ’ ·· ” 。 .
.. ..
. 。
.： ．．
' ． ·．
' • •‘• ： • ． ． ·．
. ： ． • • ： . .-. ． ． • •• ·’ . • .
. ·’. -:.
. φ，. •
,, •
·' . . • • ••
• •
• •
•• •
’
.
.
.’.
' . ..
.
…
,' . .' .
.. . .'
' .·. .
' . .'
'.'
.. . .
..,
. .·. ...
.‘' ·
·” ．
． · ．
’。 .
. . . . 、·
．。‘. .
:
.
..
. ,•
,.
.。.
.'·"
’. .
:
二’
·”：… .
..
.
..
.
。
‘…
’．
…
1，。 ，
：，
：
‘
e ….
... ·..
.. . ... .• . ‘.
,:
..
..
..
. .
”
…
.
.
.
.
.
'
.
' .
..
.
..
.
.
..
.
..
. .. .. .
.
. . . .'
”
”
‘·
·
·. . ·
. ’·
·.
.… . .
...
. .
...
.
.
.
.
'
.
.. . .…
'' ...
. ..‘
·
·.
·
·
‘
…
.
.
.
'
.
.
.
'
.
.
.
’
..
- ·
· ·. . . .
..
' ' . .… .
' '
.. ’’ …
.. . . . .
..
..
. .. … ·
·
·
.
…
. . . . . . ' ' . ‘ . . . .. . . . . . . . -· . .’ . . . · . .. · . . . .. .
.
. .. .
.
. '. .
. •,
',
,. ·
“
••
•
''
••
• •
•
.
…
..
…
..
.
. ..
.
"
·'
'
.
.
'
.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
'
,
·.
• , • . •
.·’ ·. · .. ·. ·. ·, ·. . ·. .· ·-.' ·.
.. . …
.
'
' '
'
' '
.. ..
.
..
. ..
..
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
..
.‘
'
. '
.'
' • •
•• •
•
• •
• •
• •
• •
.
‘.
.
..
.
．
－
目
·．
。，
·
．·
．·
：
．． ·：：
．
·
:•
•:
.
..,
·＂，句 ’
，，•
;,
.;
.
:- .
.:
:‘
:
·
·
.
. ‘…
· . .
.
.
…
…
.
.
：
·． ·令 ， .
•,'
.- · . , '
•, .
;. .
·.
：。 .
:
.
..
.
.
.
• .
.• •• .
•
•
•'
. ••
'
•
. .
• .
•. •
. .
• .
. ••
. .
••
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
'
‘
.
.
.
. .
. . . . . ., . . .
.. .
.. . . .
.
.
.. . .
... .
. ..
…
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
‘• ,.• • •.’
'
•. ,
•
.
•
• ,
• .
•
•
•
•. •
• .•
•
•
•
•• • .• • •
•
•• • •
• ••
•
•
••
.~
.
.‘.
..
. . .. ‘ . . .
. ..
. . . . .. ,,. . ,,
. . . .. . . .
.. .
.
.. . . .
.
….….
.. .. .
.. :
. . . .. . . . .
…
.
.··.
…
·
·.
…
…
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
…
.
... '.
. .…
..
.
..
..
.
. ·
. ...
' .
…
…
·
.' . .
.
.
'
.
.
.
. ..
.. . .. . ..
… . : . . .. . . 了 .. . .. . . ... . 飞， . . . . . " .…‘…
' .•,.,•... .. ”. .....·..... .. ..·......‘ .. ... .. . . . . 飞………＂
..同： . . . . . . 飞 。 ‘ · · － ． ． ． ． ． ． ． ．
令
· .
．．．．，．．
φ ＠＠ ．
－
．
．
’
· '
·,
．
．
，，
－
φ
.： ，
.
，
＠
白 .
e
旷．
·’ ．
，
‘
t
: ,
，
φ’
·
．，
·．．·
． ，，
，
一
．
＠，
．．丁
．
‘
．＠
•
，
。
，
－ ．．
＠
．．
•
...
、
•
.
.
白
e
．
＠
.
.
，． －
•
．
＠
－ ＠
•
.二
＠
•
．－
一 ，.
目
.
·．－
··．．
•
•
•
•
？． －
•
－．
。’
·
－．
•
，－
•
＠
•
• ,
．－，
．
．
、，
．＠
．
·
． ·令
‘．
＠
．‘，
•
. . 二
o ‘’
…
每
．
.
'
•
．
．
．
．
＠
．．
•
．
e
•
．－
町
＇
•
ι
.
.
二
．
．
．，＠．＠
＠ φ
.
．－
二
、
φ.
． ‘
，•，、，
•
二
，、
－
令
．
.
一
.
.
··
、－
.
… ．·
．．
· .
．
··
。
． …·
＇
‘、．
.φ
－
．．－
. 目
＠ －＠
二
．－
．
－＠．
．‘
＠
．
．
＠＠
，
e
. .
、
.
白
．．
二
.
’·
φ
．
•
，
二
．．
•
•
•
•
.
•
φ
.
＠
．
每．，
’号
. 二．
.
＠．
e
.
目.
‘．
＠＠－
•
.φ
.
.
．．．．．．．．、
＠
’
，俨
一二 ．
品，
·”
．
二
.’
…
二 .
四
e
，．伊
二
，
•
． 。
.
•
俨.
．．
＠
•
’·’
…
..φ
.
.
二 φ.
.町’.
•
'
•
•
•
-
＇
．
．
. ..
，
φ.
．、 ，
一
• ♂
•
•
•
，
. .. 町
－．．
…
. 二
．
＠
•
……．··
.
＠＠
、.
－ ．．．．号。－
…
φ.
．
•
’町
‘，
．
．
~
.
•
φ
．
．目
，，
'. .
·’
e
•
．
．。.
.、－ ＠．
',
φ
．．
•
． φ.
牛
．
．
‘.
令 .
．
φ
φ
－
•
.』
'
.
. ε
，
'
？
φ
． ．
＠
．
．
．
白
．
.
.φφ
e
.目
.
、
．
－
一
、
. .
φ .
一
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
. φ
．
令
．
·．
.
e
、．
0
，
，·’‘
·．
二
回
。
．、
。.
3 - 55
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
'
.' .. .
. … .' .
.. … .... . ..….
..... . ….
....
‘’ .…..
•.... .' ...
.' . .
..' . .
• ' .. …
,
, ... .
'…
.. . '
,... . .,' . .'
... .·
'' .
' ..
. .
·
.
. .
.
.
. .
.
.. ..... ..' .. .
.
…
…
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
…
…
·.. . . … .'
. . ...
'
... '
..
..…·’... ' '
,....
" ' ....
. .… - ‘ -…
...
.. .
. .,- .. .
‘.
..
.
..
.. .. .
.
‘
,.........
,‘ .........
'‘
' .. .
* * ,' • • ' - .
·
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
…
· . . … . . . . .- …
…
……·..
•'
.···’,• . ,•... . . ...... :
. . ...
·· .
. .‘ .. .
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . •.'.... .
. . . . . . . . . . . . ·'·.
' ..
' ....
·'· .
‘. ...•'... ...........
·
.· .
. .,,.…...
. . .
.
. . . . . . . .. .,.
..
. .
... .. .. .. .
..
. .
. .,......
,... ..... .,...
· ·.·····
” ..... . ..
'. . .. .... .’ .
......
, .
. . . . . . . . . . . . ...
.'
·
..
…
…
.
.
'
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
'
.
.
.
.
.
…
…
·... …
. .
‘….
. .. '
…
·
· . . ·
.
.
....
·....‘.
‘ .........,... .. ...
.
. ..………
.
. . ...... .... …
’
.
.
.
'
.
.
…
.
.
.
.
…
.
.
.
…
.
.
.
.
.
·
.
.. ... ... .. ... . . . ....
' ... ..
....
.. .. .•,.. …
. .. .
. . .. .. .. •,.
…
…
. .' .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
· · ........ . . . · …·....··.
... .
.... . .... . .·. ...
·....
. . . .…· ·
' ' ,'….'…<…: ' ..·.. ..
: ...·.…;., ·....... ..,:, ·!… ….
. .·... •'•
' .·.... :
':
…
.
.
.
.
.
.
…
…
.
.
.
…
.
.
.
.
.
.. . .
.. .”. .
. .-.…
. .. .. ...
.
..... .
.
.’ ....
... . . .
.....…
. . …
.. , . ’ ·.
.· . .·
....-~
.
.
·..
…
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
· ..
.
.' … … … . . .... .
..... . ….
.....
.
. . '' ..'•. . .' ' ...' ”
. .'. .' ' '
'•'• ,' ' ,. . ·'' ' ' .•' ' . ' ' ,' . .'
‘' .…
.' .
..' .…
.’·
....
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
…
. .
..
…
'
' .
'.
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.. .
. .
.
.
. ..' .. .
.
.' .
.'
. . …
…. . .… ..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. '
.
‘ · . ·....·. . …. ’ . .... .. ' ...... '
.
.
.
..
. ..
.
.' .... . .
..
.
.
.‘. . ..
.
. ......
. ...... .......’
.
...
.
.
.
..
. .
..
..
. .
. .'~
. ..'• ' ••.
.
..
. .. .. .‘..
....
, ..
... ......· .
'.....
,.
.
.
,'
,•
... .… …
· . ... . . ...
....... .........…··.........·-··-…·...’…-·.........··--…. .,
...φ
，
．‘．每.
....τ...
、
’.
.. 、.
....争钮
..…·
、 .
、
‘ . .. 旷 …·· ．．．．“ ....... ..… ， ....... . . ..... .... . . ...... .. . .…·． ．，·· ．．、＂
， ． ．．．．．．．． ．．．．．．． ．．．．．．． ．．．．．． 冒........ .
、
．．．．、
•
•
.,..
•
•
••,••
., .
•
•
•
•••• •
.. ..吨，..... ...
‘ ．． ．旷．．． ． ．．． ． 臼M· , ' ' . ' . ' • • • •
••
,
,
•
'
.
•
··弘·
',I ' ' ' ,, • •
••
•
'
•
• • • • •• •
φ
'
••
－
I
' ' ' ' ,, • •
~ ...’ ·．．．、.
＊、．． ．．，．．．‘ ．．．．．’．．．、．．．．．
. ...、 · · － 、 －… …·’…．、 … ·．．．．、 ··－ ’··－
•
...…
.，每.. ... 、 ． ．． ， ，，．．、 ... . ...，吨，．．号’ .... 、...
．
.
•
....、，、··、.
....、 ．．．，． ．．．、＂ ... …．、 ．． ．、.... ....
.... ... ..、．．． ．．， ．．．．．． ．．．．． ． ． 、．．．．， ．．．‘•
.,.
、
#
＇ ..、，… .
‘. ....... …...… ··．． ．．．．．． ．· － · · －－· ·‘…·’… －… ··－…… －－．． ，．’…．、 －－·· ，··－．．． ’－－．． 、….， . .. .、 ...
'
、
. ... 、 ... .’. ...、，号 令 、 ...
，
，
、.
... ， ，号 令， 、 .. . ’·．．．、 ...
＇‘ ．．． ι』 ι－． ． ． ． ．．．．． ．． ，． ．． ．、．．．． ．．． ι旷ι－ ．．． ， ．．．． 、－ －． ． ，． ．．．、 － ．．旷．．．．、 ．． ．、... ... .. ~ .. ..、...
φφφ
φ
－．．
．
... . .叫..
’－…－句…．．，．．．．司－．．．．“
.。
.
.
a
．．．．
’ …．．，．……．． ，
.......、 … ……… …
…… ·ω ．． ．
、．．．．．．
，、 ．．． ，、
，．．．、
‘
． ．．． ．．．．． ． …·－… …… －． ．．． ． ． ．．．．．．．．，． ．．． ．． ． ．． ．
－．．．．，、，．．、，．．
．．． ．‘.... . .. ..
.。
...、＇
、.
. 、
，.... •，
：…’·．．．、 …·’….
、， －··、，．…，，
；
J
…飞… 5 …，：..
．
…、，、··，
. .. 、＇
. . ..飞＂
. .. . ～．．
，。
、
.
ε ．．．．
’销合... ~
e 毡··
．
．·．每
飞
….
..令⑤
＇φ ．·
、
、...
、
．．．．、
、
...号，
、
．
．
，．．飞
9
·
．．
t
. , ••
•
I
•••
自
I
··．
·1 ，’..…，... 、.
.. . ’·．
··
..…·、
、． …·．
..、，． ． ．．．．．
r ... 、
．
6
，、 ．．． ，、．
．
….
．． ．、
、．， ．．．、＇
．
．
..…、，、··、.
、
I
·．．． ，、·’ ··
'
毡’··
, • • • •、＇
....、 ’ － …· ·－…· ’－－． ． 、 ．．．， … ．、 . .... . ...、·· －、－… …·’…．、 …· ．．．．、．．．’ － －－
•
.,..
•
‘ .... .
3 - 56
• •••
, .
' .... . .
.,.
... ..
• •••
'
' ..... .
.‘毛.
..
1.
• • • •
•
• • • • •
.….
、， .....，、... ，、
.
....飞.
，．．．、‘..... ，、
.
. .
，．．、，.
.
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
Name:
Date:
P3-9) Draw a fu ll scale isometric pictorial and a cabinet oblique pictorial by hand or in a
drawing package per instructions. The grid spacing is 10 mm.
（盯
30
60
「｜
¢20
」
¢ 10
叮。
10
μ 上一
」 10 」
R20
」 10 」
. ..... .. . .－.、. ··'. .
.’气. .
"· . . .•－.：‘：严ε
.
.…．·、．…严’二…..－.…”、：…沪’．…·’”…··
..
.. ’ · . , · . · ’ . .
•. .
• •• ...
，、，气’.＿，.，.
.
,.,
'
气，＇.忧，乞丸”’乞，，
"
"
. .‘.
.. .‘
.’，，·．．．．，．．，．·、．·．，．，，·．‘’．．，－．‘.
.
'
·．二.
9
：如
、.
.. ...
φ.
.、．
. ..
·．·’可.
0
.，、，、．·．．，’‘··．、合’··’‘白’…户
f
代
.
＂飞归．·κ
.
＂飞～.
.ι·
．，．令，·‘．？‘，·、．·二
·．…．·’…．．·．．··．，。，．．．
•
•
e
，、
eφ.
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
,.• . .、。，．、．、.
.
..
...，、·．。，….. .. .•. . . ... . ：‘．，·．、. .. J、· . ..，，、、，，．· ．
·沪、，.队.
.
_
,.,_.
”
.
.
'.)I
r::
"
..;
.•
.
.. .
..
·．·，’·，·、’‘．··，·．·．·．、，·．··．、．·
11'.
..,
二.‘〈～.
·'
......
,'.
.
-:
·-·
.
,.;’,
”、‘、．．·’··，、．··，’·．··”·‘·．．、.
.
. •
.. .
·：．旷.
·-:
••. .
. .,·.
，：飞.
·,:
. ...
.－ ‘． ·、令，、....
... ....
．、飞’‘’“.
. .,. .,..
.”～·．．，．．、．·．·
’ ‘一; ，‘..
: ...
..；＿，”、．·、＇·
...氏、‘’二ν
。’‘；“、：、。‘.，·
·" . ..
..
. :~ ... .卢.
•
•• •
.二
．…、·．．户，….
.‘二
.
..
．、八”’吧··．·．
~.
. .. ·'.、、．。’.•
．·．
· ‘
J ～.
. '
.
.. . ..•. . .. ..‘’．．、··
. .,‘.
.@’‘‘
• . ..、．：．
,.:
f 飞俨r」．，．、，．．， 、 、
.- .、 a e ..‘
.. 、‘．，，．－白
－飞，
·＇飞
..‘．牛
φ，．．．．．．．、二
.
•. .
. . .•
.’‘－ φ.
a
．，
－.，‘
ν
－－
”
F‘”，..’自.
.·、《”、、一
.‘.
..
. • .‘. .
.
.‘. ·
. .
‘..
.
.•
. •
...‘.
. ..
…
·
.
·
. · .
.,
.气，：
...
;.
. ＜、，
•..:
：－，.：‘’了，...
...,
· ‘ ‘ .·,..、‘，，
＠．
φ．．‘.
.
.
.
.，
φ.
.
.
.•
.. .
• •'
•. .
.. .
. . ‘ . .•
'• .
•. ，•、. .
' .
•.
.、.
.•
•• . . .
、，．，、J、.
. . .•
.•.
··'··
•. .
·＇气．二.
.’，、．‘..‘.
• ..,
.• ...，φ．、：〉』•. ..
.
.
.
’
‘
.
.
’
.
..
.
.、.
..，，、‘．，，．、‘ φ ，、 e
.
‘
.
.
,
.
.
. .,·...:.•
·' .
... 二
·＇飞，‘”飞.
'.
.、孔、·＂
.，，、‘
. ..
，，．，、．．’．‘．．．．，，‘吗.
.；飞·＂
.
.• .
•.
:’. .
.”·、，..
..J • .，‘二.，、.
.
.. .
·＇’…’、二，、·．··．·．：
........
.，..、.
.
冉、《．．，·．，、
J
J 二
·ζ
，、‘二
．，飞。，
··、－··．－··’.. . .
..、· 一’，
．·、年，. .
. . ‘. .
·.- - ” . . . .. .、自 .,.4
号·、‘ 二 ’.. . .
.. .
.、伞 －”
.
·”..
.
.
.
.
'..
•
.
.
.
.
.
.、·
．，’·．·’．·、，·、.
.
.
•
.
. ......、·
·’‘·’、．，，·．·．·’·．，…、 ．·’..
..，、··’. .
.
.ι ’，、·．·’·、．，·．
·．、J
'
J、，飞‘
νv
、J
＂只
，气
ν
．
.•
.
.
.‘.
.’ e、.
.• . .•• .’，..、－．．，．．．．，．、．
φ.
.’，．‘．＠，．令．
.
..
川
二践
：λ
. －之
...
’3
沪、．
;.
’－，．、．．‘..
. .. • ，飞•
.•. .、，.
. ..,• ' ••.
..•. ' .、．·．．，·．·”·、…．．．，，、．．
令，．，’＼♂·、…，. ~·
·－’‘υ.
''-"
.
－·飞，飞
e
f ～． 、.
.• e .,• 、、.
.• .
J严·．
J ’..
.
1
• •.
. ..‘,.
.• .,• ·、
·' ..• .
. . 、 ·、．·’
.
φ..
.
’
'
＇’＂.，、
B~
，
‘，：
'
"
－艺..
：’白
.•
.
-?.
.
.
.
.,· . .
. .•
.. ‘ ‘ . , · ..
.
.
.
. •
.
'.
. ：＜‘、二、二，－：·
·＇《．巾 ，龟，，．．．，了
－〉、自．呼：
·：.－－：·
·'<:
· ·.亿气 ，，··
> .合
: .•飞合”.•
. 、二， .
.• . • .‘．，，．
·”飞.
. u ”.• •, ... ..、. 一’ .
.、一 . .,
·
·’…
· ·-飞....• ..
.
•
·、合
飞一
....
、二
••
. . ..•.
.• .
. •
. ..
.
、 ··．悦’、. ,··
. .,.•..
.、、＇
···岖
＇•，”。，. ·.，，。俨飞、，..
··ν·
.•
w
、. " ..‘执 .•
. 二
..
.•. . . ' .••. • .,· ·, .‘‘.,•
... . •'
.•
.•
.
.、 φ，，. .
.，、＠ φ．，．、. .•
•.. .•• .、. .，、.
. .，、．．’．‘－
－ ．，
. .
＂、...
.，、飞L
A ，φ．〈．
λ、.• ·
...
~..
;
e
，，、，..、．‘
.•
. . • ·’、、自合，·、．
••
.·
·’·.
·、·
－，、－
•
•
’.
. .
. .
• ’ · . .- .
@-.…. .俨.
.
.
.•
.
.
.•.
•
.
.
.
.←、，， ι.
.
.～－＠…－、－，‘－．，．＠、．，「.
.•
..
.'
·、•＇
.
.
.。、、． ，…’. •
.:~.
‘ ,.
.. •
.、。，.. ••
‘,··’.
· . · · ’ . . ‘ , . .. . ... . .. . ••• .…’可．·‘、
‘。
‘”．·、.，，•
. 飞”” 、 ，、“、 J’. . . ...
... . .’、V
飞 J’. . .. . .，、 ，
•
.
,•
'
-.
.
.
'
.·‘
.，、．…－，·．，．，‘－．．．，、，．·’
, . . . ..、，， ． . .. ．．．．、.
.’
. ..
…
.•
e
…’‘
.
. .
.
. .
. .
.
a
‘…..· .
,: －·．··、．．．、。ι
.：“·、气．”.
• . ·，·，··．、··．·，·，．．．
"·
.
.，二．·‘·.，.
.”.
.•
.川
W
”．·哈
、－．．，．‘。，－
，，
·、.. ..
.，、·．．？！、·，，．‘。，－，
。”.
·<
,-.’,•:
,:
!·<
,
.-.
•'·
,:
··- : ”· .，。.
. .’…’·、．··．，、··’·’··．．．，，‘．．，…．．，。‘’。、·．．．，、．，。，．、． ．，，、‘. . . .‘·
·
:•
·.，·.川
·
凡’二，·〉．
·．
－．
‘·.
.．··飞.，
’ ... .’.. . ...、．··．．，、.
...‘·．．，··‘．·．，、‘。，．．
.
•
•
'
‘
、‘”.
，~叭”川
：s.
~二
. .
..
. ”. .
. )·, .. • I(:
, ..此
.
..s . …
．：“。” λ叫““”。“. . . •.••: .. ，”。二、－ •:.. .... ,_“. . . . ....... . . . . ...、.，： • • • .叫，、• •• •• ' •-r·' •• ' ·:,,_,• ....”、’－.：：• •••• •: ,,:“.... ·:~- ’…....,
'
3’·．·，，二
•
•
.ι
.
.....
、，、·
．、，，.
－．，．．ι
.
.:u
It二
.....
.吨，．．－
．
，ι
．？
．，．·、、，．．．，·．··．．·．．
川、．．、，．．、．－．，、。‘…
『.
.，、.
..，、
．
．－．，
•
.、.
.
.可.
••
•
•
．·’？、
V二「··－·.
e
，、
.二
a
牛
uι
．，．牛
.今
.
e
•
-·
…一、飞－
•
•
•
二
•
••
－－.， ι
e
•
r
•
.’．．，。甲、.
..
ι.
•
•
"
.二.
•
．·
.，
•
ι.
•
岖
•
· -· .、咀，
• ..
•. ,
.,.,.
•
e 正．、＿，
•
'
•
气二
，飞，he
·’.
.、
φ，
..号、
.
ι.. .
.，、咀，
•，；川’“
, ._
飞
.户．
….
一
户，
、
e一
F 、．·、，·．／产．飞..
e
町、·
••
.牛
.二··’.
ι．．～·♂.
每 二 ．
．·‘， ～
•
.、.
B
. •
•
.，·飞.
’．·飞’.
．，．田．‘“，
••
.、.，•
·-
、.
、，.
,•
•
.，、.
ι
•
•
.
e牛
，·飞－，
.二～’·，
••
•
e
＠，‘．－，．．、.
二，
•
.、‘.
••
•
•
。 二．
、·
.. 、，，·．
•
.、.
3 - 57
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
'
.' .. .
. … .' .
.. … .... . ..….
..... . ….
....
‘’ .…..
•.... .' ...
.' . .
..' . .
• ' .. …
,
, ... .
'…
.. . '
,... . .,' . .'
... .·
'' .
' ..
. .
·
.
. .
.
.
. .
.
.. ..... ..' .. .
.
…
…
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
…
…
·.. . . … .'
. . ...
'
... '
..
..…·’... ' '
,....
" ' ....
. .… - ‘ -…
...
.. .
. .,- .. .
‘.
..
.
..
.. .. .
.
‘
,.........
,‘ .........
'‘
' .. .
* * ,' • • ' - .
·
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
…
· . . … . . . . .- …
…
……·..
•'
.···’,• . ,•... . . ...... :
. . ...
·· .
. .‘ .. .
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . •.'.... .
. . . . . . . . . . . . ·'·.
' ..
' ....
·'· .
‘. ...•'... ...........
·
.· .
. .,,.…...
. . .
.
. . . . . . . .. .,.
..
. .
... .. .. .. .
..
. .
. .,......
,... ..... .,...
· ·.·····
” ..... . ..
'. . .. .... .’ .
......
, .
. . . . . . . . . . . . ...
.'
·
..
…
…
.
.
'
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
'
.
.
.
.
.
…
…
·... …
. .
‘….
. .. '
…
·
· . . ·
.
.
....
·....‘.
‘ .........,... .. ...
.
. ..………
.
. . ...... .... …
’
.
.
.
'
.
.
…
.
.
.
.
…
.
.
.
…
.
.
.
.
.
·
.
.. ... ... .. ... . . . ....
' ... ..
....
.. .. .•,.. …
. .. .
. . .. .. .. •,.
…
…
. .' .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
· · ........ . . . · …·....··.
... .
.... . .... . .·. ...
·....
. . . .…· ·
' ' ,'….'…<…: ' ..·.. ..
: ...·.…;., ·....... ..,:, ·!… ….
. .·... •'•
' .·.... :
':
…
.
.
.
.
.
.
…
…
.
.
.
…
.
.
.
.
.
.. . .
.. .”. .
. .-.…
. .. .. ...
.
..... .
.
.’ ....
... . . .
.....…
. . …
.. , . ’ ·.
.· . .·
....-~
.
.
·..
…
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
· ..
.
.' … … … . . .... .
..... . ….
.....
.
. . '' ..'•. . .' ' ...' ”
. .'. .' ' '
'•'• ,' ' ,. . ·'' ' ' .•' ' . ' ' ,' . .'
‘' .…
.' .
..' .…
.’·
....
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
…
. .
..
…
'
' .
'.
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.. .
. .
.
.
. ..' .. .
.
.' .
.'
. . …
…. . .… ..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. '
.
‘ · . ·....·. . …. ’ . .... .. ' ...... '
.
.
.
..
. ..
.
.' .... . .
..
.
.
.‘. . ..
.
. ......
. ...... .......’
.
...
.
.
.
..
. .
..
..
. .
. .'~
. ..'• ' ••.
.
..
. .. .. .‘..
....
, ..
... ......· .
'.....
,.
.
.
,'
,•
... .… …
· . ... . . ...
....... .........…··.........·-··-…·...’…-·.........··--…. .,
...φ
，
．‘．每.
....τ...
、
’.
.. 、.
....争钮
..…·
、 .
、
‘ . .. 旷 …·· ．．．．“ ....... ..… ， ....... . . ..... .... . . ...... .. . .…·． ．，·· ．．、＂
， ． ．．．．．．．． ．．．．．．． ．．．．．．． ．．．．．． 冒........ .
、
．．．．、
•
•
.,..
•
•
••,••
., .
•
•
•
•••• •
.. ..吨，..... ...
‘ ．． ．旷．．． ． ．．． ． 臼M· , ' ' . ' . ' • • • •
••
,
,
•
'
.
•
··弘·
',I ' ' ' ,, • •
••
•
'
•
• • • • •• •
φ
'
••
－
I
' ' ' ' ,, • •
~ ...’ ·．．．、.
＊、．． ．．，．．．‘ ．．．．．’．．．、．．．．．
. ...、 · · － 、 －… …·’…．、 … ·．．．．、 ··－ ’··－
•
...…
.，每.. ... 、 ． ．． ， ，，．．、 ... . ...，吨，．．号’ .... 、...
．
.
•
....、，、··、.
....、 ．．．，． ．．．、＂ ... …．、 ．． ．、.... ....
.... ... ..、．．． ．．， ．．．．．． ．．．．． ． ． 、．．．．， ．．．‘•
.,.
、
#
＇ ..、，… .
‘. ....... …...… ··．． ．．．．．． ．· － · · －－· ·‘…·’… －… ··－…… －－．． ，．’…．、 －－·· ，··－．．． ’－－．． 、….， . .. .、 ...
'
、
. ... 、 ... .’. ...、，号 令 、 ...
，
，
、.
... ， ，号 令， 、 .. . ’·．．．、 ...
＇‘ ．．． ι』 ι－． ． ． ． ．．．．． ．． ，． ．． ．、．．．． ．．． ι旷ι－ ．．． ， ．．．． 、－ －． ． ，． ．．．、 － ．．旷．．．．、 ．． ．、... ... .. ~ .. ..、...
φφφ
φ
－．．
．
... . .叫..
’－…－句…．．，．．．．司－．．．．“
.。
.
.
a
．．．．
’ …．．，．……．． ，
.......、 … ……… …
…… ·ω ．． ．
、．．．．．．
，、 ．．． ，、
，．．．、
‘
． ．．． ．．．．． ． …·－… …… －． ．．． ． ． ．．．．．．．．，． ．．． ．． ． ．． ．
－．．．．，、，．．、，．．
．．． ．‘.... . .. ..
.。
...、＇
、.
. 、
，.... •，
：…’·．．．、 …·’….
、， －··、，．…，，
；
J
…飞… 5 …，：..
．
…、，、··，
. .. 、＇
. . ..飞＂
. .. . ～．．
，。
、
.
ε ．．．．
’销合... ~
e 毡··
．
．·．每
飞
….
..令⑤
＇φ ．·
、
、...
、
．．．．、
、
...号，
、
．
．
，．．飞
9
·
．．
t
. , ••
•
I
•••
自
I
··．
·1 ，’..…，... 、.
.. . ’·．
··
..…·、
、． …·．
..、，． ． ．．．．．
r ... 、
．
6
，、 ．．． ，、．
．
….
．． ．、
、．， ．．．、＇
．
．
..…、，、··、.
、
I
·．．． ，、·’ ··
'
毡’··
, • • • •、＇
....、 ’ － …· ·－…· ’－－． ． 、 ．．．， … ．、 . .... . ...、·· －、－… …·’…．、 …· ．．．．、．．．’ － －－
•
.,..
•
‘ .... .
3 - 58
• •••
, .
' .... . .
.,.
... ..
• •••
'
' ..... .
.‘毛.
..
1.
• • • •
•
• • • • •
.….
、， .....，、... ，、
.
....飞.
，．．．、‘..... ，、
.
. .
，．．、，.
.
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
P3-10) Draw an isometric and cabinet oblique pictorial drawing of the following object.
－
I
I
I
u l
2X 0 .50
一
R.50
2.00
」 .50 I•
2.50
3.00
「 .50
乒 er.so
2.00
L一
I
I
I
I
I
I
.50
I
I
I
「一
3 - 59
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
P3-11) Draw an isometric and cabinet oblique pictorial drawing of the following object.
φ50
I , I
I ' I
I , I
I ' I
2.50
3.00
2Xφ25
2.00
1.50
_ , .50
「 .50 「
」
！
1.00
L
1.25
.75
3 - 60
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
P3-12) Draw an isometric and cabinet oblique pictorial drawing of the following object.
2X 0 20
2XR
25
L
75
+
20
卜伽「←臼
200
100
160
020
到「
r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
45
I I
I I
20
! 1 ! 11111 1
3 - 61
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
P3-13) Draw an isometric and cabinet oblique pictorial drawing of the following object.
0100
L」臼200
亨 1 25
~ －圄幽幽帽”
｝－－ 「
L 一－一
0350
「 －－－
~ - - - t- －」
125
－唱叫
3 - 62
75
SI 命-E]-
200
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
P3-14) Draw an isometric and cabinet oblique pictorial drawing of the following object.
230
4X075
叫二
01 40
0350
l
/
\
「←－－－－－－－
/
1
寸
\
\
」
寸7
/
\
\\
/
0450
臼200 －一· －
-’-……·-…··
/
4X90'
SI命d
3 - 63
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
P3-15) Draw an isometric and 臼binet oblique pictorial drawing of the following o同ect.
Include all hidden lines.
\
0 .50
由」
！
2.50
2X R.75
← 1.50 斗
3.50
7.00
一上
.75
3 - 64
－te息o，
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
SP3-1 ) Draw a full scale isometric pictorial and a cabinet oblique pictorial by hand or in a
drawing package. The answer to this problem is in the Independent Leaming content.
.75
止 1.00
.75 斗
/
1.00
.25 卜
.so 寸
_J_
.62
.25
.
••
:·.
”
、
’·.
.,
~
棍、
’”
、a
H
.
：、
•
.
‘白
,-.
、－·，
...
’‘
、，·’「··、矗－· ..『…··，
..•• ,· ＞且＇ ,. ·,••: ·•.•
’,.. …
' .-~ .
吨俨...～－’·．凰－－－·’ . .,”,
..
.‘
’
、』.
咱电、．
’
.:•
’t
.
,
『
• .·一·．
~-··。’‘－
.• 二.
•.
. ’"
· - · . ” , c'.
二、
•
司..
• •
..
•
'• ••·’ l矗 ·
‘
“ ·、．
•.
• ..
,
,’'
－粤，’、．”：· ...，』·、’吨‘－.」～－’ .··川－ ＂”口’.户
’” 、－
]
i•：』t•
‘
F
,<
•••
••J’
•• .
同
4
、，
『‘
• ,
• " ' · ’ - ·‘可
矗
.. • •
• •
，飞.
;.•·
..且，...
，叮呀. •
•• ,. . •• ,·’· . : - , ’ ’ <
，’飞，”.
.
/
”
.
,”,•..
.· ”
.’,’‘,”.’‘.
, , ，.‘』•.
，、．飞
,...
,. •
_;u
：可.
',’':,,•
'•-•
＇＂＇：吨：冉’且..
.，、
,
X
•.,
·,
. •• ' ••’
矗也
,•"
＋．牛－”
,’.
- . ·.’ ，咱…•＇＂‘·『毗．·．，
3
且 ：
.,
.”’‘·．阿、~
• ..
,
、
也•，
"•
‘,•'
’ . . ••
、＇·、r唱，＇唱，··圃‘－．，·．咱‘
. •.：，ι..
.:-<
..· ·.～．飞’－’·：
阿·
时·.‘， ••‘晶，－，、
』 ，.
-,.,,:
•...一i
•
4
·,• •
Aa
h
Fζv
a
‘
μ，
四
民
..
，、
,a
’‘
'
民
’吃
,
..
·，．矗
'
•
“
”.’
.
..
”‘.·、
」··
,
、
<
’
,
,
、
，，，赋
、
“
....
,
2
.. ,.,.··.
”’飞，
. ’,· .... ,.
建
, ”
,
.,.
,·
、
,
、畹
、
、〈
,’ ,
‘:．啕．晶.
．’.』，．,,..
.
· · . ‘ .’ ‘.
··. +
-’』 .句“
.,
•
4
•
，叭，〈，
’气
. ..
:w.
’.
.., f 、，…，e飞
盹
、令
•.
，「..‘..
”;
••
、
“
’'
、
’‘
’‘
I
'"'‘
'
!’<
. ..
.
•..‘•
'..
”
….. -
二到
-
，•”·。..
由
“
-
.
-
-
,..,
田
旷
-
.•
,·
·
]
－一一
，每
孕号
’
3 - 65
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
'
.' .. .
. … .' .
.. … .... . ..….
..... . ….
....
‘’ .…..
•.... .' ...
.' . .
..' . .
• ' .. …
,
, ... .
'…
.. . '
,... . .,' . .'
... .·
'' .
' ..
. .
·
.
. .
.
.
. .
.
.. ..... ..' .. .
.
…
…
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
…
…
·.. . . … .'
. . ...
'
... '
..
..…·’... ' '
,....
" ' ....
. .… - ‘ -…
...
.. .
. .,- .. .
‘.
..
.
..
.. .. .
.
‘
,.........
,‘ .........
'‘
' .. .
* * ,' • • ' - .
·
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
…
· . . … . . . . .- …
…
……·..
•'
.···’,• . ,•... . . ...... :
. . ...
·· .
. .‘ .. .
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . •.'.... .
. . . . . . . . . . . . ·'·.
' ..
' ....
·'· .
‘. ...•'... ...........
·
.· .
. .,,.…...
. . .
.
. . . . . . . .. .,.
..
. .
... .. .. .. .
..
. .
. .,......
,... ..... .,...
· ·.·····
” ..... . ..
'. . .. .... .’ .
......
, .
. . . . . . . . . . . . ...
.'
·
..
…
…
.
.
'
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
'
.
.
.
.
.
…
…
·... …
. .
‘….
. .. '
…
·
· . . ·
.
.
....
·....‘.
‘ .........,... .. ...
.
. ..………
.
. . ...... .... …
’
.
.
.
'
.
.
…
.
.
.
.
…
.
.
.
…
.
.
.
.
.
·
.
.. ... ... .. ... . . . ....
' ... ..
....
.. .. .•,.. …
. .. .
. . .. .. .. •,.
…
…
. .' .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
· · ........ . . . · …·....··.
... .
.... . .... . .·. ...
·....
. . . .…· ·
' ' ,'….'…<…: ' ..·.. ..
: ...·.…;., ·....... ..,:, ·!… ….
. .·... •'•
' .·.... :
':
…
.
.
.
.
.
.
…
…
.
.
.
…
.
.
.
.
.
.. . .
.. .”. .
. .-.…
. .. .. ...
.
..... .
.
.’ ....
... . . .
.....…
. . …
.. , . ’ ·.
.· . .·
....-~
.
.
·..
…
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
· ..
.
.' … … … . . .... .
..... . ….
.....
.
. . '' ..'•. . .' ' ...' ”
. .'. .' ' '
'•'• ,' ' ,. . ·'' ' ' .•' ' . ' ' ,' . .'
‘' .…
.' .
..' .…
.’·
....
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
…
. .
..
…
'
' .
'.
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.. .
. .
.
.
. ..' .. .
.
.' .
.'
. . …
…. . .… ..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. '
.
‘ · . ·....·. . …. ’ . .... .. ' ...... '
.
.
.
..
. ..
.
.' .... . .
..
.
.
.‘. . ..
.
. ......
. ...... .......’
.
...
.
.
.
..
. .
..
..
. .
. .'~
. ..'• ' ••.
.
..
. .. .. .‘..
....
, ..
... ......· .
'.....
,.
.
.
,'
,•
... .… …
· . ... . . ...
....... .........…··.........·-··-…·...’…-·.........··--…. .,
...φ
，
．‘．每.
....τ...
、
’.
.. 、.
....争钮
..…·
、 .
、
‘ . .. 旷 …·· ．．．．“ ....... ..… ， ....... . . ..... .... . . ...... .. . .…·． ．，·· ．．、＂
， ． ．．．．．．．． ．．．．．．． ．．．．．．． ．．．．．． 冒........ .
、
．．．．、
•
•
.,..
•
•
••,••
., .
•
•
•
•••• •
.. ..吨，..... ...
‘ ．． ．旷．．． ． ．．． ． 臼M· , ' ' . ' . ' • • • •
••
,
,
•
'
.
•
··弘·
',I ' ' ' ,, • •
••
•
'
•
• • • • •• •
φ
'
••
－
I
' ' ' ' ,, • •
~ ...’ ·．．．、.
＊、．． ．．，．．．‘ ．．．．．’．．．、．．．．．
. ...、 · · － 、 －… …·’…．、 … ·．．．．、 ··－ ’··－
•
...…
.，每.. ... 、 ． ．． ， ，，．．、 ... . ...，吨，．．号’ .... 、...
．
.
•
....、，、··、.
....、 ．．．，． ．．．、＂ ... …．、 ．． ．、.... ....
.... ... ..、．．． ．．， ．．．．．． ．．．．． ． ． 、．．．．， ．．．‘•
.,.
、
#
＇ ..、，… .
‘. ....... …...… ··．． ．．．．．． ．· － · · －－· ·‘…·’… －… ··－…… －－．． ，．’…．、 －－·· ，··－．．． ’－－．． 、….， . .. .、 ...
'
、
. ... 、 ... .’. ...、，号 令 、 ...
，
，
、.
... ， ，号 令， 、 .. . ’·．．．、 ...
＇‘ ．．． ι』 ι－． ． ． ． ．．．．． ．． ，． ．． ．、．．．． ．．． ι旷ι－ ．．． ， ．．．． 、－ －． ． ，． ．．．、 － ．．旷．．．．、 ．． ．、... ... .. ~ .. ..、...
φφφ
φ
－．．
．
... . .叫..
’－…－句…．．，．．．．司－．．．．“
.。
.
.
a
．．．．
’ …．．，．……．． ，
.......、 … ……… …
…… ·ω ．． ．
、．．．．．．
，、 ．．． ，、
，．．．、
‘
． ．．． ．．．．． ． …·－… …… －． ．．． ． ． ．．．．．．．．，． ．．． ．． ． ．． ．
－．．．．，、，．．、，．．
．．． ．‘.... . .. ..
.。
...、＇
、.
. 、
，.... •，
：…’·．．．、 …·’….
、， －··、，．…，，
；
J
…飞… 5 …，：..
．
…、，、··，
. .. 、＇
. . ..飞＂
. .. . ～．．
，。
、
.
ε ．．．．
’销合... ~
e 毡··
．
．·．每
飞
….
..令⑤
＇φ ．·
、
、...
、
．．．．、
、
...号，
、
．
．
，．．飞
9
·
．．
t
. , ••
•
I
•••
自
I
··．
·1 ，’..…，... 、.
.. . ’·．
··
..…·、
、． …·．
..、，． ． ．．．．．
r ... 、
．
6
，、 ．．． ，、．
．
….
．． ．、
、．， ．．．、＇
．
．
..…、，、··、.
、
I
·．．． ，、·’ ··
'
毡’··
, • • • •、＇
....、 ’ － …· ·－…· ’－－． ． 、 ．．．， … ．、 . .... . ...、·· －、－… …·’…．、 …· ．．．．、．．．’ － －－
•
.,..
•
‘ .... .
3 - 66
• •••
, .
' .... . .
.,.
... ..
• •••
'
' ..... .
.‘毛.
..
1.
• • • •
•
• • • • •
.….
、， .....，、... ，、
.
....飞.
，．．．、‘..... ，、
.
. .
，．．、，.
.
( Chaple『 3 - Pictorial d『awings J
SP3-2) Draw a full scale isometric pictorial and a cabinet oblique pictorial by hand or in a
drawing package. The answer to this problem is in the Independent Leaming content.
200
50
12
----- -
”.. . ..
”.....
------
”.....
回………………………·
φ 400
¢200
电严·
•
.,.,;’+,‘
M
·"
，、，‘，．．二：.’‘ ，：＿
.·「：.
· ” , · … # . ··, ,-:
-...飞 a~_..
咱，，，＇· ·······’、
l ，’．··，．”’. ,·· •• ·"' • • ." ..’,.... ,·咽.. "' . •
.......『••，’，
V
、．’·，‘·’、‘i’吨’，··．丁.... •• '· .•• ,
• • ••
;
，矗．－·．‘吨，，：，·，－ －…
" ..
.…
•.w
…
H唁’..
·电.
·－，飞＋ι圃. ..』．·．，·..·’ i、...『. •
•••,.. .飞』·．“＇
•,v···
'•we·
··.v …••. •·＂＇’．－』.. ,..「 ，＇
:·w··
• ,•:, .• . .•‘ ••-’‘
··. ·．．’唱..,... :..、：－·：－ ·. ’u ,‘·.,...·.· ，『…·，飞·’’，·．·＝· ‘’·.· ‘’，···，、，．，．「 ·．、． .·. ．’，气.• •..、， •• ．，．’．、．，·．．· ,·-..，，、..电：：：」 ．”·．·ν气·，．． ,..··，．，飞圃，b’·．．
:’.’..矗：： ••‘. ，咽’
-‘ ” • ·.
, /...
·"··’‘. •• ·•. ..’,:.. ..晶，·毡’：：. ....唱•：.. ....,~,-·’• ,, ••• . … .乍，..
•
.’．··．．‘『，，『·．·，’··' ..‘. • •• •• .• ••• . ” .
’川． ;..‘〈：．～．．．飞噜p ..吨‘／： _:,.’· .>.<: 、a：···「 •• 、 ·俨 』，..•：.，「． ．，”．、h，飞－ +「 , ，气··、，• • .;. ~,.· ~-’.• ‘
~..』 …弛.,:· .~. ,,· ’,, . . ‘ ,’·:· •.: :. 喝‘～．』．飞.：』 •川川·： •••
民.
.，肿，’”，·．－…、，
P
＇：，吨．··，川，’‘，，.
.’霉r
，也：·
••••
••
...」.，.•
•.".
＇•’，”·时...、， 』．·晶，'
•
... .•,”’
•• ” ..• . . .·’·队，晶－
•
＇’·晶·．，．’·．’
' ’、 ·
’
••• '..
..，、－ ’
…
•
....· :.•••’.
·：也，矗’…..
• .’..
···,..、.＿.， •
.矗i、，.. -·
.v,
· . ‘ ” .
•• '• '•间~－：，、v，，『，．．··．．·’．‘
••
• •• '•’,+’. ,·· • l’哩. . .
,…
.• , '•＇·归·
·' •• ,
...
；国、，·.气…庐－，、·’.. ，：’’，也·：
..，唱，.. '
'1•'
. . 、·－. •• '’·.-‘·‘.·+·
’.-·..
.-·,,·.’、， i’’－·‘
·．矗·．’••• ••• .....
•• • '•, •• ·’·－喃喃「，·－
'•
•• •' •••
'•,.
…:-,
”'•;,‘·, 制·． 吨咽，．’．·． '• • ~..•• ’ ‘+·’. ．．晶，·． .·. 咱． 时．喃喃
…_.,._
，吨， :-·•• 制，….•.
’，·”、·、．·，，、．· ·．·’．·－·．‘.，··…
－．、·： -.. .：－、，.... ••••• ，·、·：••, ’‘‘· •．·嘈．
现：．…. •• ·-,:. •..、..
:. . . . ‘ " ' ·
• •
.-- ..之··‘.
•
.、＞＜
•
”··..·’.
• .『··＂…
.., , · . ’ . > - . .
.电．．’咱，. ••.
／吨.
..,
..’气：：
；：，攻，．届. ·,.’．…·飞..…
p ～庐·,·
P、·，．，，·．··‘，；
；.，咽＇
·--,;•• ·、..
• －，··、国R •
··，.’．、，··
'• ...，己’‘. • •
'•.
•’‘、.＿.蝠，. . . , ,
,.
• ...、．·－·”. •
.咱4‘，·．＋．’矗，’·、H‘．．．••• ：’‘，’·．－四.－·
：·，』，.
'•, ，，.－·’·．·－．、．
「J飞.·
·：·，、．．，·，‘..，‘．－·
H同. .. •
•. ,.
矗“…·’‘··．·’...…‘，’·，．’··、，’. • ••
.”......…唱、．·．‘．．…，…·．噜，”，·’．·．·‘.，. . ···,..．…·，气.
• .气·…．‘，，－·，，飞. ......”
气，
－川、a: ’. _··-..., ...’….:<'‘.·….·:-··:’. .··’...,·,..‘,,··’ .:· ··.…．‘唱’F、．·．咽i 户’··．’，，： .’. :‘··.·..…-’,….·,,.,·,.,·,·,,,+.….·,
..·‘甸，，＋·．….·
＇•『···＇＇….
..…·,<·
..、，. :: 飞. _.-,;-·…>
’‘.·...
• ••,
：•
吨’·．．’‘.·…•..’‘·’·．．唱、I、··．，·’r『．···．雪·’..
•• •
...;
•.--..
...’ ‘·.
，•、J‘·．·’飞’..
,,•‘,.’. · ·
，： ’咽，，··、，－＜＇ '• ·:· ··: .••• ，飞’.＜、／ ,: .飞.＿.：·，四.:: .-· -:· :,-_ .• ＞”：．··且·．’...•,’;w; ·•......』，：·＜『．』4 ,.•' • ·-. . ‘’，、－－：· • _ ; : •．．飞4忡.. • ..咽．，飞.• ·-’··,．～.··、，凰，咽．” h·,.. ’‘. · . .
．·龟
h” ’·-”’‘--+’.-· •• .. •• ，•，”，.....’．』咽. ,..··· • ' • ’ . . •,. ..”，气 r
” •• :
••
•
…,’.
-' •• '
.• .民”..矗，·．’. •
,• .且，．’•
’,<.. ..’．、i ，，咽－···‘，、iι·－ ...’...·.’.. ,...户．’•••；：」．··』．，．，．“
－·‘·• •－.喃．’·＂·‘’”．·．、·__....”＞飞，：.、＞、句..’·…．’飞．·‘’·．‘．．·．’i’ ．”.•”、.. ••••：：’矗 ·：，『，.. . •.‘：·胃.，’－－‘，．．．·”，：：：··”：.：’..….，：－·，』－，，．”·：晶．’...叫”－’·．咱…孔..”·晶…..
-:··'·' :.’. 忡 『·’－，’
·.;
”….,’..
, .. . .，.飞.
…• .
..
,.. ••
.、．’川..
-~<.
• •-..
,,.
；.，·咽’·．···．·，，．『4句，晶’』．．，，..、，幅，·＇、吨·旷”..
•• •”
，咱，，·．『＜’．．．”，··．．·‘·.ρ··’：··『．．·＋··．，‘，.：：· •'· .•.- .• .•”咽．’，’
F、．·咱·．’.：、.，，.： ”：....，咽.
• ......，、．·，．·’．··．，·：·‘啕 ·．·、”、”··”.，•』.，. •• .’.,
.• •••. ••
:.-,’. .,., ’'•….•
•
.•.圈．，．·‘··．．川·’•. ·’气..’. • • ..,’•. • ..”'· ..『·．、．·，电·.
··－二
. .『·咱‘，..
且：· 咽．…’·：，
…
·＇.晶•， .•,’‘... :·.:.’．、•： ... •••.- ·、 a．．、，、．四…..
..、气’··， .•'
,’
’•: ，、t唱、．国J
’‘－’·：： '·,....：···叫.＞」：： ,..，晶－：：’＿..， ·:· • ·... ·：晶＂，. ., •• : .:,…··.,,’:·:’,·”:,,
..’ aι·飞J ’：：＇＇ -:·· ·.、·．、J’’ •
,:.
"·
…
..
H
噜
•
•
••
,
••
吨哩
,
’
’·.~.
..
••
..
、．
->
...,’
e
一
,
．尺
.
•
••
.
•.
•
•• •
.
.. •••
•••
,• •
．·．．．··，－．·．二’‘
'•• • •• .• • ....,:“:.
.‘、
".
.汁：，.
• ，.＂.，户，：“....
··:
• •• •.., '
·"·
··"'
.,..
.目二·，曰J
‘.，.’.•
•. ••
••.•• •
;,,
·:,.-··
• .、..· · ‘ , · . : ·
-.,..
.,.
：罔．畸a ’
A喝：.
"'
• 7.… , , , . · . ,,
..• • ，.，··、·．·．”·’，圃，．’，‘，.‘.. •• • •••,-· •.、·＋飞..…．·，，·晶．·、..·，’’．·．．·．·．汀.··’. .…·，·．·．’‘咽·．．·．．’．·．气a，矗.. 舍a·’
．飞
...
b
a
••• .-
a
a
•
d
E
,-<
d
a
•
•
.i·:·
R
..『...
，·、e
••
"··
••
.、.
a
圈：：•••::
「
··．，，，
•..…
.…
'·’-·.
..., ·,.. •」』.：’‘
.••
. －，吨··.’·．·· ·,··.,..‘- ．…．‘．，』’喃·，喃’』．， ,:·:‘·’,••• .·’‘...喃，喃·’．，．． -,.,L咀飞·－…，··－－．，
-·:‘．－，，晶 ••• " ·’’ •• >’
-’.• ＇…．．．．·．风•. .... ••• ···" • ／胃...
..•• •·．噜‘ ’...
气、＇•
圃’且：
••" ••
•
•• 句剖”r
··"··
.』.. ••
•• ＂咽，．
• •
• ••
.:--:
.，’也．·．川·．”、.
··＇飞.
..咽
a
．剖．吨’1，‘…．··，‘.
:-:
·.‘. v.
.：、．国、、· ..，．·＋＋，，．、『….－~‘••......‘.
.,•• • •
•a ••;‘:
•• ••唱’··.
；肿＇、， .
.•
吨．．’··．·’，
ι.
•.且‘
.,
” -•‘
.‘•••..可』‘＜
·电·，
·．’．、．， .
• .，嘈旷．』
·‘ , ··.
．’、时’喻．
•.’·+\.
．「『＇飞．·
•...、..p、．·司．
·.
、＜
….
…
.
J‘
’‘
恒’
·’ ·咱”·．
’·. .··.
,
且’，，
··,.- .••
·,．，、·”也．·．，·’…－....._..
.••• -·
•••，电·：
幅”，.
•• ：··
、’－ ...．．－．－‘ F、．，.－·，．唱．·
.
••
..... • .•••
•••••
.·’·.··.,
-..
..,‘.·· - ’，.，晶 ：.…
－、... ’R ,‘’ ’、·. +·’ .’:…
‘…．……咽＂’－．’
" ,,,:: ，·，气·－ ....飞·
.”·
>
，．·．．·．．·，··．．．．‘＇；，嘈--. ’ . · ,><”
..‘..,,·..’..,·.
’..
,•
,.
I
••
、飞，：· ，盹．·．儿 ·:_ ~ ·飞ρ ’：、，：·俨－’＇.＂拽·，＜： :: .： ·、吧叹’·＇：•••·‘.:,…
..’．」·－． .·..,…,:
:.: ~ ·’．旷· 斥’ ·~>’::,…>·
．．，’：旷：·～：·＿ ':~~.:. ·:... ．旷，·．！． ． ,.:/'~:: :. :.-:· 、.•..’＇I：严 ·，．、. “-~:. ：：~凡.：：. 〈今ι·．：·，、仁·飞·...’·‘•.、·川．，: . 、， •
••
~·
" -..,.
I
• , ’ . '·• '
·．户·
－’
牛气牛
.…’
•，，，‘．，，’飞
'
·．…一
•－
·ιh
矶～
-· ’‘.
•• •••
•
•
’•‘ · ,
.”飞”、飞
－
,.,. . ‘
• ’飞‘”·
‘'．．．，．．，咱..,: .....咱:."c‘ .. ' .......，噜咽，飞＇. ......‘，.句庐，…
4…＋．．．，．．、”........ ：‘，飞·：••••••••..:'.•••••噜····．’，毛： •••••••• - .......”··－－冉冉～，．．＋．．．，，，二： ........艇，飞，....... ,...........:·.’....:.:.-•• ~：’C，飞，，．．，．．＋··圃，～......... ，，二： .......’:·-····.’
3 - 67
( Chapter 3 - Pictorial d用wings J
'
.' ..
'.
......
..... . .…. .
..... . ....
.....
• ...
•. ..' .
. ..
.. ..
. ....
·.. .
..
.
.
. .
..
..
. .
. .
- .. .
. .. .
... .
.. .. .
‘ .
..
.
.
..
..
..
.-.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
.. .. ..‘.• .-. .. .,, ..... , . . . . . .
,. ' -. . ..'
,
,
·
.
’.
· -. …
..’ …
·’‘·
-.
. .
-.-.
..
... .
-.
... .
.
.
...
- ..
·
.
.
·
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
…
· · .. … · . . . ... …
…
…. . .-·.
;
... . ....
.
.
..
…
…
-.
. .
..
- .
..
. ..
- .. .
..
..
· .. …
....
. .·
. ·. .
. .. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ••. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
',
’.
' ....”.
'. .
. .' ..
…
. . . . ... .
. .’ ....
. . . . . . . . . . ...
.'
·
. .…
. .. . …
. .' . …
.. ..
..
…
…
…
.
.
…
…
…
.
.
.
. ...... ., .... ,
‘
...
'
· . . .
.
.
.
.
. . ‘ ”..... .. .......……………….........
·
.· .' .
........ .
'. ..
.•, ...
'. ..' .
'.' .
. .
'
…
…
.
.
.
…
'
'
.
.. . . . . . . . . . .
. . .. .. . . . .
' ...
•, .
..
.. .
..
·. .. . .. .. . .
.
. . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . . . .
’
………··....‘….··........ . .·... . ” ’………· . .. ”·..
' ' ,'…. '…-=· .. : ........ : '
·.... : ...·.... ;…·’…,,:,,,,:,
:.,,,:,,,.,
·.... :.. ' :
…
.
.
…
…
…
.
.
.
…
.
'
· . .. . .
. . .. .. ...
.
..... .
.
.. ....
. ”....
. . .. ... ...……,.’·.
.' .. ..
. . …
.…-~
. . .. ..
. .. .·
.
.•
.
.
.
. . · .
.
.., … · ..
.... . z ………· . …··
.....
...
..
…'
' .' '' .. .. ' '' '' •'' '' .. ' '' '' ..'
'' …
‘
'.' .
'' .
..' . ...” ..' . ..''• .''
.
.' .
... .... ...' ...
..'•. . ....' .
·
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . .…
. . . . .
. .. .. .
…. . .
.. .
'' ... ... ... .
. . .. ..
.
‘·.·....·.,…. ’ . ...... .. ' ...... ' . .
…
…
· ·... .
. .. .
..
..
..
..
..
..
. .. ...
..
. .. .
. .. .
·. ..
. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
…
· . .. . . . . . . . .… …
. ... . · . ...
、，
.令….
.
.
，．
＇‘． ，， φ ． φ
φ ’‘．－．
．
φφ♂．‘，
I
•
－
，，， φ ，．鸟’
Iφφ ．．．‘...、.
•
‘…旷…·· ．．．．旷 ·· ．．．－… ·．．． ． ·．．．．．．．‘.........
ι－－－， φφ ，、，，，，、－、 φφ
.φ
、， φ ．、
4，
、
、....
－
，，， φ ．
、，， φ 飞，
..φ ．．、，、..
. ...…· · ． ．．．．． ．．，··． ．、·．．·． ．．，．．．． ，·－·．、 ·．．，· ．．．、..... .... 『··－ ，、.... ....
.. ..、...
，＇、
－
φ..
.... 、·－·’· ·－ －
，…、．．．． …··．… ·．…·．…· ，…·．… ·，…·．…·．…·．… . ＇…·．… ·、… ·．，…．… ·．…· 、…·， …、… ·．， …·．…. ，…，…·．…·‘…·，．．．‘ …. ，，…、…·．
‘…. . …......…··－…－……－ －－ …·．·· ．， ··－－… ··－－－··． －－－．． ，．·．．．．、 －－－ …·－，．．．’ －－－． 、...
·:··
•
• •••
'
.,.
• •••••
•
•
.‘毛
‘． φφ ，’φφφ ．． ．－’ ’、 φ φφ ． φφ ．．、．’．． φφφφ、 φ. ... ’..， ， φφφ ．．．．．、－’－．－ φφφ 、 ＇
I ,
e
. .. .、 .........、·．．、－ ．． ，．．．．，’－ · ．、 －－· ·．．．．、 ··－ ， － ，．
....伞，.
.…、.
•夸 A φφφ ． ．．．｛．夸．， φφφφ 、．．’，’ φφ ．、 φφ ． ，．．． ι，、．． φ 、 φφ .. 、－－－ ，夸． φφ ．‘ φ ． φ ， ...... φφφ ， φ ． φ ． ．
、．．．旷.. . . .. .. ... …·．． ．．．．．． · ．．．．．．．．·．．．，…··．．．．’·’………·’·．．．、．．．·．．．－－．．． ，．． ．．、．．．，．．．．、．．．．．．．．、．．．、........... ＂、＂
·．叫.
.
.自·
·．．
．．．．
． ·．
．
．．
. .. . 、．．．，． ．．
句… ·，，．．．．司－． ．．．“
．．
．
.
．．
．．，、．．．．．．，、．．．，、，．．．．、‘…·’·、
，．．、，．．
‘ … ..…… …… ........… ……… － ．．．． ．．．． ． ．． ．·－…… … ω ．． ． ． ．．． ．．．．．．… ·－… …… －…. . .. ......
.。，．
，。.
.、
、.
.
..、，.... •，、，－··、，．….
＇ ’ ．．．、....
··！….. .… 2 …·飞 .. .
.
…、．，
...伞、．．．、...
、··，、.
.飞...
....飞．．
ε
．．．
9
.
今毡··
....
.
”
.
..，。.
~
u
令…
飞
＇
．．，．、.... •＇号，、..，、．．．．．、、. ...，、，．．·、，.
。.
·
．．
t
•p•
•
自.
I
••••
t
.. ,.
I
.自
•••••
I
··．…
•••、，，
.....宁
、
，..、
6
..’·．、．…·．
，·
．
·．…．
．· ·．…· ，·．· ·，…．
．
…．…
．·． …、白，．…·．·
，
、 ．．．，
.
….
、． ．．． 、、
、·， …、··，
..…、，、··、.
··．． ，、·’ ··
．…·．户，· ．…·、，
毡’…
．‘ ·．． 沪、…．
. . .....… ·．．．．，… ··－ ………· ·－－ …·．．．．， ··－… …··－… －－－ …· ’…．、 －… ．．．．，．．．． ’－－－． 、．．．，…．、 .. .... ...、．． ．、··－ ’… ·ι· ．． ．． 、 －… ．．．．、 ··－， － ， －
.,.. .
.... '
‘ .... . ' .... . .
3 - 68
.,.
... •'
..... .,.
' ..... .
.‘飞.
.. ’·
......
....
.
·、. .....，、...，、
.….
.
...飞.
.
..
.
J．．．．、‘..... ，、，． ．、，.
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
CHAPTER4
DIMENSIONING
CHAPTER OUTLINE
4 .1) DETAILED DRAWINGS …··…··…··…··…··…··…··…··……..................................….................….... 2
4 .2) LEARNING T。 DI MENS ION ..….........…….........…….........……..................…...............…........... 2
4 .3) DIMENSI。N APPEARANCE ........….........…..................….........…….........…·…........................ 3
4.3 1) Lines Used in Dimensioning ............................................................................. 3
4.3 2) Types of Dimensions . . . . ... . . . . .. .. ... . .... . . .. ... . .. . .. ... .. .. ... .. .... . . . 4
4.3 3) Arrowheads , le吐ering , and symbols. . . . .. ... .. .. ... . .. ... . .. . .. ... .. .. ... . .. . . . . 5
4 .4) FEATURE D IMENSIONS ...........…..................…...........................….........…............................ 6
4.4 1) Drawing Notes . . . . . . . .. ... . .. . .. .. . .. ... .. .. ... . .. ... . .. . .. ....... ...... .... 20
4 .5) DIMENSI。NING RULES .................….......................................…..............................……...... 20
4.5.1) Dimension placement, spacing and readability ............................................................. 20
4.5 2) Over/Unde「 d imensioned parts . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . .. ... . .. . .. ... .. .. ... .. .... . . . 26
4.5 3) Manufact川ng . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. . .. . . . .. .. . . .. . .. .. . . .. . .. . . . .. . .. . . . .. . .. . .. . .. .. . . .. . 30
4.5 4) Functional dimensioning ................................................................................. 35
4.5 5) Tolerancing .......................................................................................... 44
4 .6) APPLYING WHAT WE HAV E LEARNED .....................….........….........….............................49
DI MEN SI。NING QU ESTI。N S ...........……........................….........…….........……............................ 53
DI MEN SI。NING PROBLEMS ..........................…..................….........…….........……....................... 57
4-1
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
CHAPTER SUMMARY
In this chapter you will learn how to dimension an orthographic projection using proper
dimensioning techniques. This may seem like a simple task; howeveκ dimensioning a part is not
as easy as inserting the sizes used to draw the part. Dimensions a疗·ect how a part is manufactured.
A small change 的 how an object is dimensioned may produce a part that will not pass inspection.
The type and placement of the dimensions and the dimension text is highly controlled by ASME
standards (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) . By the end of this chapter, you will be able
to dimension a moderately complex part using proper dimensioning techniques. Dimensioning
complex/production parts requires the knowledge of x-y coordinate tolerancing and GD& T
(Geometric Dimensioning & Tolerancing). Tolerancing is covered in another chapter.
4.1) DETAILED DRAWINGS
In addition to the shape description of an object given by an orthographic
projection, engineering drawings must also give a complete size description using
dimensions. This enables the object to be manufactured. An orthographic projection,
complete with all the dimensions and specifications needed to manufacture the
object is called a detailed drawing. Figure 4. 1-1 shows a simple example of a detailed
drawing.
1.50
.75
1.25
.50
1.00
¢ .40
~ 40
.25 土一
T一
Figure 4.1-1: Detailed drawing
4.2) LEARNING T。 DIMENSION
Dimensioning a part correctly entails conformance to many rules. It is very
tempting to dimension an object using the measurements needed to draw the part. But,
these are not necessa『i ly the dimensions required to manufactu『e it. Generally accepted
dimensioning standards should be used when dimensioning any object. In basic terms,
dimensions should be given in a clear and concise manner and should include all the
information needed to produce and inspect the part exactly as intended by the designer.
There should be no need to measure the size of a feature directly from the drawing.
4 -2
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning)
The dimensioning standards presented in this chapter are in accordance with the
ASME Y 14.5-2009 standard. This standard was created to establish a uniform way of
dimensioning an engineering drawing. This also minimizes errors that could occur while
reading or interpreting an engineering drawing. When a drawing conforms to the standard ,
it is noted in the tolerance block as shown in Figure 4.2-1 . Other common sense practices
will also be presented.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DIM ARE IN INCHES
TOL ON ANGLE ± .XX0
2 PL ± .XX 3 PL ±×X×
INTERPRET D MAND TOL PER
ASME Y14.5 - 2009
THIRDANGL唁 PROJECTION
Figure 4 .2-1: ASME Y 14.5 - 2009 designation
4.3) DIMENSION APPEARANCE
4 .3.1) L ines Used in Dimensioning
Dimensions require the use of dimension, extension and leader lines. All lines
used i n dimensioning are drawn thin so t hat t he print reader does not confuse them
with v is ible lines. Thin lines should be drawn at approximately 0.016 inch (0.3 mm).
Figure 4.3-1 illustrates the different features of a dimension and Figure 4.3-2 illustrates
di仔e rent leader line configurations.
•
•
-
Dimension line: A dimension line is a thin solid line terminated by arrowheads, which
indicates the direction and e汉tent of a dimension. A number is placed near the
midpoint to specify the featur毡’s size.
Extension line: An extension line is a thin solid line that extends from a point on the
drawing to which the dimension 陀fers. There should be a visible gap betw四n the
exte n唱ion line and the object, and long extension lines should be av。ided.
L豆豆豆豆1.!i且阜： A leader line is a straight inclined thin solid line that is usually terminated
by an arrowhead. It is used to direct a dimension, note, symbol, item number, or pa『t
number to the intended featu re on a drawing. Leader lines should not be drawn
vertical or horizontal, except for a short ho川zonta l portion extending to the first or last
letter of the note. The horizontal part should not underline the note and may be omitted
entirely. Leader lines may be terminated by an arrow if it ends on the outline of an
object or without an arrow head or with a dot (¢ 1.5 mm, minimum) if it ends within the
outline of an object (see Figure 4.3-2). You should avoid creating long leaders,
crossing leaders, or leaders that are parallel to featu『es on the drawing .
4-3
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
Feature Size 「
Arrowheads 「＼
口
30
「卢；工：1:ne
/
Dimension_Lin二
Figure 4 .3-1: Features of a dimension
「 ¢30
R2
Medium Knurl
or
Medium Knurl
Figure 4.3-2: Leader line configurations
4.3.2) Types of Dimensions
Dimensions are given in the form of linear distances, angles, and notes.
•
•
Linear dist.:inces: A linear dimension is used to give the distance between two points.
They are usually arranged horizontally or vertically, but may also be aligned with a
pa『ti cular feature of the part.
A旦旦豆豆 An angu la『 dimensi on is used to give the angle between two surfaces or
features of a pa『t
且♀单豆 Notes are used to dimension diameters, radii, chamfers, threads, and other
featu 「es that cannot be dimensioned by the other two methods. Notes can be local
(i.e. applies to one featu『e ), or general (i.e. applies to the whole drawing).
4 -4
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Exercise 4 .3-1 : Dimension aooearance
Identify the dimension types and line types used in the following drawing.
「一一
Dimension type?
|
「一一
30
Dimension type?
一~
Di响ension type?
Dimension type?,
I
I
、 NOTE: ALL FILLETS AND ROUNDS
SR UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
4.3.3) Arrowheads, lettering, and symbols
丁」
The length and width ratio of an arrowhead should be 3 to 1 and the width should
be proportional to the line thickness. A single style of arrowhead should be used
throughout the drawing . Arrowheads are drawn between the extension lines if possible.
If space is limited, they may be drawn on the outside. Figure 4.3-3 shows the most
common arrowhead configurations.
Lettering shot』 Id be legible, easy to read , and uniform throughout the drawing.
Upper case letters should be used for all lettering unless a lower case is required. The
minimum lettering height is 0.12 inch (3 mm).
10
ll
-EJ
T
>
’|
Figure 4 .3-3: Arrowhead and feature size placement.
4-5
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
Dimensioning symbols replace text and are used to minimize language
barriers. Many companies produce parts all over the worl d. A print made in the U.S.A.
may have to be read in several different countri es. The goal of using dimensioning
symbols is to eliminate the need for language translation. Table 4.3-4 shows some
commonly used dimensioning symbols. These symbols will be used and explained
throughout the chapter.
Teri町I
Symbol
Diameter
Spherical diameter
¢
s¢
Radius
Term
Depth I Deep
Symbol
~
Dimension not to scale
1♀
R
Square (Shape)
口
Spherical radius
SR
A「C length
Reference dimension
(8)
Conical Taper
Counterbore I Spotface
L」
Slope
Countersink
\ /
Symmetry
4×
Number of olaces
，民
5
卜～飞
or
-
Table 4.3-4: Dimensioning symbols
4.4) FEATURE DIMENSIONS
The following section illustrates the standard ways common features are
dimensioned .
a) A circle is dimensioned by its diameter and an a「c by its radius using a leader line and
a note or linear dimension. Diameter dimensions of solid parts, such as a cylinder, is
given as a li nea『 dime n sion . A diameter dimension is preceded by the symbol ψ’，
and a radial dimension is preceded by the symbol "R”. On older drawings you may
see the abbreviation "DIA” placed after a diameter dimension and the abbreviation “ R”
following a radial dimension. Figure 4.4-1 illustrates the diameter and radius
dimensions.
4-6
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
R5
+
j伽「
¢10
一一
Diameter of hole
Diameter of solid pa民
Radius
Figure 4 .4-1: Diameter and radius dimensions
b) The depth （亨） of a blind hole is specified under the hole ’s diameter dimension and is
the depth of the full diameter from the surface of the object. Figure 4 .4-2 illustrates
how a dimension for a blind hole (i.e. a hole that does not pass completely through
the object) is given.
Depth= 15
¢10
l"15
-=t•
Figure 4 .4-2: Dimensioning a blind hole.
c) If a hole goes completely through the feature and it is not clearly shown on the drawing,
the abbreviation "THRU ” follows the dimension.
4-7
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
d) If a dimension is given to the center of a radius, a small cross is drawn at the center.
Where the center location of the radius is unimportant, the drawing must clearly show
that the arc location is controlled by other dimensioned features such as tangent
SU 『faces. Figure 4.4-3 shows several d i仔erent radius configu rations.
R30
R30
mL
L
上一
Figure 4.4-3: Dimensioning radial features.
e) A complete sphere is dimensioned by its diameter and an incomplete sphere by its
radius. A spherical d i amete『 is indicated by using the symbol 飞¢” a nd a spheri臼l
radius by the symbol "SR”
Figure 4.4-4 illustrates the spherical diameter and
spheri臼I radius dimensions.
s¢4o
SR30
Spherical Diameter
Spherical Radius
Figure 4.4-4 : Dimensioning spherical featu『es .
4 -8
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Exercise 4.4-1 : Feature dimensions 1
Indicate the size of the following features using appropriate featu re dimensions and
symbols.
Dimension the
diameter of the hole.
Dimension the radius.
+
Dimension the blind hole.
---,-.
-=t•
Draw the hole ’s side view.
¢10 -THRU
Dimension the sphe『e and the rod with a spherical end.
------+
4-9
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
。”oles are dimensioned by giving th ei『 diameter and location in the circular view.
Cylinders are dimensioned by giving th ei『 diameter and length in the rectangular view,
and are located in the circular view. By giving the diameter of a cylinder in the
rectangular view, it is less likely to be confused with a hole.
Try Exercise 4.4-2
g) Repetitive featu res or dimensions are specified by using the symbol “ X ” along with the
number of times the feature is repeated. There is no space between the number of
times the feature is repeated and the “ X” symbol, however, there is a space between
the symbol 呀’ and the dimension (i.e. 8× ¢ 10).
h) Equally spaced features are specified by giving the number of spaces followed by the
repeated feature symbol “ X”, a space, and then the dimension value of the space as
shown in Figure 4.4-5. The total distance may be given in parentheses after the
dimension and one spacing may be dimensioned and given as a reference value.
(15)
10X 15 (=150)
6X 15。（＝90°)
Figure 4.4-5: Equally spaced features
Try Exercise 4.4-3
4 - 10
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Exercise 4 .4-2: Circular and rectanaular views
Below is shown the front and top view of a part. Consider the hole and cylinder
features of the part when answering the following questions.
Which view is considered the circular view and which is considered the
rectangular view?
Looking at just the top view, can you tell the difference between the hole and
the cylinder?
Why do we dimension the diameter of the cylinder in the rectangular view?
¢20
20
40
20
50
70
「 ¢120 1
-
「却」
mL
4 - 11
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
Exercise 4.4-3: Feature dimensions 2
Fill in the repeated pattern dimension if there are a total of 11 holes all equally
spaced.
(15)
i)
If the center of a radius is outside the drawing o「 interferes with another view, the
dimension lines a『e foreshortened. In this 臼白， a false center and jogged dimensions
are used to give the size and location from the false center as shown in Figure 4.4-6 .
The false cente『 is indicated by a small cross.
14」
R98
Jogged Dimension
~ FalseC阴阳｜
Figure 4.4-6: Jogged radius
4 - 12
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
j)
Solid parts that have rounded ends are dimensioned by giving their overall dimensions
(see Figure 4 .4-7). If the ends are pa同ially rounded, the rad ii are also given. For fully
rounded ends, the radii are indicated but the value is not given. This is because the
width of the part is two times the radius.
2XR
34
40
2X R7·
＋一一－一一＋ 斗－ 10
＋－一一－＋－←
．一t
10
一寸
Partiallv rounded ends
Fullv rounded ends
Figure 4.4-7: Rounded ends
k) Slots are dimensioned by giving their overall dimensions or by giving the overall width
and the distance between centers as shown in Figure 4.4-8. The radii are indicated
but the value is not given. This is because the width of the slot is two times the rad ius.
40
2XR
＋一一一一一＋ 卡斗
10
3。一－一『
2XR
＋一一一一－＋
10
Figu『e 4 .4-8: Slots
4 - 13
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
Exercise 4.4-4: Feature dimensions 3
Indicate the size of the following features using appropriate featu re dimensions and
symbols.
Dimension these solid parts.
+----------+
Dimension this slot.
+----------+
＋一－一－ ＋
I)
The length of an arc is dimensioned using the a『c length symbol as shown in
Figure 4 .4-9.
／飞－－....39
Figure 4 .4-9: Arc length
4 - 14
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
m) If a pa『t is symmetric, dimensions on one side of the center line of symmetry may only
be given. The center line of symmetry is indicated by using the symbol “÷” or “＝气
On older drawings you might see the symbol “飞’ used instead.
illustrates the use of the symmetry symbol.
Figure 4.4-10
30
R40
20
、
¢10
30
20
.
10
S川t叩
v
＋
」
symbol
』 18
Figure 4.4-10: Center line of symmetry.
4 - 15
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
n) Counterbored holes are specified by giving the diameter （φ） of the drill (and depth if
appropriate), the diameter (¢ ) of the counterbore (L」）， and the depth （亨） of the
counterbore in a note as shown in Figure 4.4-11. If the thickness of the material below
the counterbore is sig ni fi臼时， th i s thickness rather than the counterbore depth is given.
Drill
diameter
Counte「bore
symbol
Counterbo「e
diameter
Counterbore
depth
」－ 40一」
¢10
L」 ¢20
25
40
Figure 4 .4-11: Counterbored holes.
Aoolication Question 4.4-1
What is the purpose of a counterbored hole? (See Figure 4 .4- 11)
4 - 16
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
o)
Spo仔aced
holes are similar to counterbored holes. The di仔erence is that the
machining operation occurs on a curved surface. Therefore, the depth of the
counterbore drill is not given in the note. It must be specified in the rectangular view
as shown in Figure 4.4-12.
¢10
] ¢20
f
Figure 4.4-12: Spotfaced holes.
的 Cou ntersunk holes are specified by giving the diameter (¢ ) of the drill (and depth if
appropriate), the diameter (¢ ) of the countersink (V
countersink in a note as shown in Figure 4.4-13.
), and the angle of the
Drill
Drill
坐四
Countersink
angle
Countersink
symbol
Countersink
diameter
Figure 4.4-13: Countersunk holes.
4 - 17
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
Aoolication Question 4.4-2
What is the purpose of a counte『su nk hole? (See Figure 4 .4-14)
q) Chamfers are dimensioned by a linear dimension and an ang怡， or by two linear
dimensions. A note may be used to specify 45 degree chamfers because the linear
value applies in either direction (see Figure 4.4-14). Notice that there is a space
between the 'X ’ symbol and the linear dimension. The space is inserted so that it is
not confused with a repeated feature.
2 X45 。
or
2×2
Space
Figure 4.4-14 : Chamfers.
Aoolication Question 4.4-3
What is the purpose of a chamfer? (See Figure 4.4-14)
4 - 18
3「
二＞5。
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Exercise 4.4-5: Feature di『nensions 4
Fill in the feature size if
• drill= 10 mm
• counterbore drill and max. countersink dia. = 20 mm
• countersink angle = 90°
• counterbore depth = 12 mm
• blind hole depth = 25 mm
• chamfer size is 2 mm and angle is 45°
4 - 19
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
4.4.1) Drawing N。tes
Drawing notes give additional information that is used to complement conventional
dimensions.
Drawing notes provide information that clarify the manufacturing
requirements for the part. They cover information such as treatments and finishes among
other manufacturing processes. A note may also be used to give blanket dimensions,
such as the size of all rounds and fi llets on a casting or a blanket tolerance. Notes may
apply to the entire drawing or to a specific area. A general note applies to the entire
drawing. A local note is positioned near and points to the specified a「ea to which it applies.
A general note area is identified with the heading “ NOTE :” . Listed below are a few
examples of general drawing notes.
NOTE: ALL FILLETS AND ROUNDS 3 MM UNLESS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
NOTE: REMOVE BURRS AND BREAK SHARP EDGES.
NOTE: APPLICABLE STANDARDS: ASME Y14.5-2009,
ASME Y14.41-2003.
4.5) DIMENSIONING RULES
The ASME Y14.5M - 2009 standard specifies 16 fundamental rules. Th e 阳les
that are relevant to interpreting basic to intermediate engineering drawing dimensions are
explained below. Note that these 阳l es are not necessarily given in the same order as
listed in the standard.
4.5.1) Dimensi。n placement, spacing and readability
Rule 1) Dimensions should be arranged for maximum readability.
Dimensio ns should be easy to read and minimize the possibility for
conflicting interpretations and should be placed in such a way as to enhance the
communicatio n of your design. Dimensions should be given clearly and in an organized
fashion. They should not be crowded or hard to read.
The following are guidelines that govern the logical and practi臼I arrangement of
dimensions to insure maximum legibility:
a) The spacing between dimension lines should be uniform throughout the drawing. The
space between the fi rst dimension line and the part should be at least 10 mm; the
space between subsequent dimensions should be at least 6 mm. However, the above
spacing is only intended as a guide.
b) Do not dimension inside an object or have the dimension line touch the object
unless clearness is gained.
c) Dimensio n text should be horizontal which means that it is read 付om the bottom of
the drawing.
4 - 20
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning)
d) Dimension text should not cross dimension, extension or visible lines.
e) Dimension lines should not cross extension lines or other dimension lines. To avoid
this, sh o『ter dimensions should be placed before longer ones. Extension lines can
cross other extension lines or visible lines. However, this should be minimized. Where
extension lines c「oss other lines, the extension lines are not broken. If an extension
line crosses an arrowhead or is near an arrowhead , a break in the extension line is
permitted.
Try Exercise 4.5-1.
f)
Extension lines and cente叫i nes should not connect between views.
g) Leader lines should be straight, not curved, and point to the center of the arc or circle
at an angle between 30。－60。. The leaders should float up or, in other words, lead from
the arrow up to the text.
Try Exercise 4. 5-2.
h) Dimensions should be grouped whenever possible.
i)
Dimensions should be placed between views, unless clearness is promoted by placing
some outside.
j)
Dimensions shot』 Id be attached to the view where the shape is shown best.
的
Do not dimension hidden lines.
Try Exercises 4.5-3
4 - 21
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
Exercise 4 .5-1: Soacina and readabilitv 1
Consider the incorrectly dimensioned object shown. There are 5 types of
dimensioning mistakes. List them and then dimension the obj ect correctly.
、，，、，，、，，
1
23
4)
5)
60
50
10 「
30
。
("')
25
10
4 - 22
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Exercise 4.5-2: Soacina and readabilitv 2
Consider the incorrectly dimensioned object shown. There are 4 types of
dimensioning mistakes. List them and then dimension the object correctly.
3)
4)
2)
1.00
1.50
¢ .62
「明」
.751
「 .50
1.50
.50
4 - 23
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
Exercise 4.5-3: Di『nension o!ace『nent
Consider the incorrectly dimensioned object shown. There are 6 types of
dimensioning mistakes. List them and then dimension the object correctly.
1)))
456
)))
23
丁」
60
¢20
sL
45
「「
L
「
_j_
4 - 24
10
「
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
4 - 25
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
4.5.2 ）。ver/ Under dimensioned parts
Rule 2) Your part should be completely d imensioned, but not over defined.
Dimensions should not be duplicated or the same information given in two different
ways. It is not allowable for the print reader to measure directly from the drawing. The
standard does list a few exceptions, but none a『e relevant here.
Exercise 4.5-4: Missina dimensions
Find and draw the missing dimensions. There are three.
’一
2.40
’- 1 -
3.60
3.20
••- 1 6 0 -
一上
.80
4 - 26
1.20
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Exercise 4.5-5: Duolic ate d imensions
ω
」「
Find the duplicate dimensions and cross out the ones that you feel should be
omitted.
60
L
200
260
200
135
「40
60
一一↓
-’’
T
1nuU
<
65
165
1 UU
< <
-·
EE
4 - 27
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
Rule 4) The use 。f reference (duplicated) dimension sh。uld be minimized. If a
reference dimension is used, the size value is placed within parentheses (e.g . (10) ).
Duplicate dimensions may cause needless trouble. If a change is made to one
dimension , the reference dimension may be overlooked causing confusion. If the
reference dimension and the dimension it references do not match, the reference
dimension should be ignored.
Exer℃ise 4.5-6: Reference dimensions
Match the refe『ence dimension with the dimension it references. Are there any
inconsistencies?
2X ¢.25
上
T
.62
1.75
•
1.25
(¢.31)
.25
2.25
¢.50
.75
(.62)
.50
.50
4 - 28
.75
t l
+ F
ttttll
!
rttt
t』
(15）下
-•l t
T+
t Ill
ttt·
tt
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Rule 4) Features drawn at 90。 to each 。ther (e.g. two center lines, a corner) are
assumed to be 90。 if no angle dimension is given. The angle tolerances in this case
are controlled by the drawing’ s block tolerance.
Exer℃ise 4.5-7: Di『nensionina
Dimension the following object.
4 - 29
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
4.5.3) Manufacturing
Rule 5) Don’ t specify manufacturing processes with your dimension. For example,
words such as "DRILL ”, “ REAM ”, and “ PUNCH ” should not be placed with the feature
size. On old prints, you may see a hole dimension specified as “ .12 DRILL” This
dimension specifies a manufacturing process. The dimension should read 切.12” The
exception is when the process is essential to the definition of the engineering
requirements.
Rule 6) Parts identified by gage 。r code numbers are dimensioned using their
actual decimal size. The gage or code numbe『 may be shown in parenthesis next to
the dimension. Sometimes you may encounter a drawing that specifies standard drills,
broaches, and the like by a number or le忧er.
Rule 7) All dimensions are applicable at 20。C unless otherwise specified. If the
material has a high thermal expansion coefficient, compensations may be made.
Rule 8) Part sizes pri。r to processing may be specified on a drawing. In general,
final part dimensions are specified on a drawing, however, non-mandato『y processing
dimensions may also be present. These dimensions are identified using the note
"NONMANDATORY (MFG DATA)” Non-mandatory processing dimensions specify
part sizes prior to processing such as finishing the part or part shrinkage.
Your choice of dimensions will directly influence the method used to manufactu re
a pa『t. However, your choice of dimens ions should depend on the function and the
mating relationship of the part, and then on manufacturing. Leaming the topics in this
section and the upcoming sections will guide you when choosing your dimension units,
decimal places and the dimension’ s sta『ting point. Even though dimensions influence how
the part is made, the manufacturing process is not speci fi创ly stated on the drawing.
Listed are a few examples of how dimension placement and dimension text influence how
the part gets manufactured .
./ Increasing the number of decimal places (e.g. 1.00 goes to 1.000) will increase the
cost of manufacturing. Some manufacturing processes are not as accurate as
other processes (e.g. cast.的g is not very accurate, grinding is more accurate).
More accurate processes are generally more expensive .
./ Identifying a datum featu re (i.e. a surface from which most dimensions originate)
will influence the surfaces used in the manufacturing process. This topic is
covered in section 4 .5.4 .
./ Dimension placement also influences error build up. This is how much error is
allowed during the manufacturing process. This topic is covered in section 4.5.5.
4 - 30
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning)
a) On drawings where all the dimensions are given either in millimeters o「 inch es ,
individual identification of the units is not necessary. However, the drawing should
contain a note stating UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL DIMENSIONS ARE
IN MILLIMETERS (or INCHES). If some inch dimensions are used on a millimeter
drawing or visa versa, the abbreviations IN or mm shall follow the dimension value.
b) Metric dimensions a「e given in ‘ mm’ and typically given to O or 1 decimal place (e .g.
10, 10.2). When the dimension is less than a millimeter, a zero should precede the
decimal point (e.g. 0 .5).
c) English dimensions are given in 'inches ’ and typically given to 2 decimal places
(e.g. 1.25). A zero is not shown before the decimal point for values less than one inch
(e.g .. 75).
There is no such thing as an "exact ” measurement. The more accurate a
d imension is, the more expensive it is to manufacture. To cut costs it is necessary to
round o仔 fraction al dimensions. If , for example, we a『e rounding o何 to the second decimal
place and the third decimal place number is less than 5, we truncate after the second
decimal place. If the number in the third decimal place is greater than 5, we round up and
increase the second decimal place number by 1. If the number is exactly 5, whether or
not we round up depends on if the second decimal place number is odd or even. If it is
odd, we round up and if it is even, it is kept the same.
E ,cercise 4.5-8: Di『nens ion accuracv
Consider the fig ure shown below.
Does the arrow indicate an inc「easi ng or decreasing accuracy?
Write down the range in which the dimension values are allowed to vary.
「1 「
「1 「
(a)
(b)
1 . 000 士，001
(c)
4 - 31
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
E1eercise 4.5-9 : Roundina off
Round o仔 the following 付actions to two decimal places according to the rules
stated above.
•
(5/32) .1562 •
(5/16) .3125
4 - 32
•
(3/8) .375 •
(1/8) .125
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
E:cercise 4 .5-10: Advanced dimensio nina
Consider the incorrectly dimensioned object shown. There are 7 types of
dimensioning mistakes. List them and then dimension the object correctly.
)))
、，，、，，、，，、．，
Rd
1
肉。？’
23
4
φ10
¢ 15 C’ BORE
10 DEEP
一
川衍」
¢12 - 2 PLACES
T20
i「
2X3X45°
20
105
90
70
50
一-j 10
I_LRS
¢30
φ15 「＼
l寸
T ...
I I I
ill_
I
I
I
I.: )
I
I
I.: )
I
140
30
R15
4 - 33
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
叮」
i「
20
105
50
RS
‘ －／.二
I
¢ 1s ~ I
l 寸 T T""
I I I
UL
R15
4 - 34
I
I
I..: )
I
I
I I
I..: )
140
30
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
4.5.4) Functional d imensioning
Rule 9) Dimensions imply function. When read ing a print, the dimensions give you
clues to the part’s function and mating relationships. Figu『e 4.5-1 shows examples of
this.
2X ¢ .25
上
E
T
w
i
.62
斗
Feature size not
originating f「om the
common surface
implies that the size
is impo『tant.
1.75
2.25
.75
¢.50
Dimensioning
between holes
implies a mating
feature (e.g. holes
lining up with pins.)
.25
Dimensions originating
电～～飞『 from a common side of the
part implying that the
surface is i mpo『tant.
It is possibly a mating
surface.
.50
.50
可？
-IIl
ttt
.50
.75
「丁
Figure 4 .5-1 : Dimensions imply function
Choose your dimensions based on the function of your pa同. In general,
dimensions should originate from a datum feature. However, if the distance between two
features is criti倒 ， it will not originate from the datum feature. Datum features will be
covered in more detail in the next paragraph. Figure 4.5-2 shows an assembly where two
parts are aligned using pins. Notice that the surface of the HUB that touches the BASE is
designated as datum feature A. In general, all the dimensions originate 付om datum
4 - 35
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
featu 「es .
Without seeing the assembly, we can determine the importance of surfaces
based on which su 『faces a『e chosen to be the datum features. If a dimension does not
originate from a datum feature it means that the distance between the two features is
important. For example, the HUB center extrusion and the pin holes must match the
distances between the BASE center hole and the pin holes. Therefore, this distance is
given as opposed to the distance from the datum feature. Note that the HUB is not
completely dimensioned in this figure. This figu re is used for illustrative purposes only.
/HUB
BASE
These distances must align with mating pa「t
That’s why they don ’t originate from the datum feature.
3.00
.75
1.00
2.00
2 .50
This surface mates
with another part.
This makes it a
good datum feature.
1.88
u
「
’”
/
Ill
f
Figure 4 .5-2: Dimensions indicate function
4 - 36
’
II
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning)
Consider three mutually perpend icula 「 datum planes as shown in Figure 4.5-3.
These planes a『e imaginary and theoretically exact. Now, consider a part that touches all
three datum planes. The surfaces of the part that touch the datum planes are called datum
features. Most of the time, features on a part are located with respect to these features.
A datum feature is a functionally important surface. Datum features on a drawing are
identified by a datum featu re symbol as shown in Figure 4.5-4. A le忧er is used to identify
and di仔erentiate between the datum features. If no datum feature symbols a「e given,
datums may be identified by the use of dimensions. Usually, datum features are the origin
of all the dimensions.
吃~
Third Datum Plane~
-
Second Datum Plane
First Datum Plane
Figure 4.5-3: Datums and datum featu res.
Datum feature selection is based on the function of the pa同. When selecting
datum featu res, think of the part as a component of an assembly. Functionally important
SU 『faces and features should be selected as datum features. For example, to ensure
proper assembly, mating surfaces should be used as datum featu res. A datum feature
should be big enough to permit its use in manufacturing the part. If the function of the pa『t
is not known, take all possible measures to determine its function before dimensioning the
pa『t In the process of learning proper dimensioning techniques, it may be necessary to
make an educated guess as to the function of the part.
4 - 37
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
Datum feature
symbol
Notice that the dimensions
originate 什om the
datum features.
+
Datum feature
symbol \
260
135
200
寸40
60
T
--
1nunU
ED
1 nu
l
占
1
65
-
o
’
E
伶。
一一-1-
、、、 Datum feature
symbol
F igure 4.5-4: D imensio ning using dall』m features.
4 - 38
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Exercise 4.5-11 : Dimension choice
Consider the incorrectly dimensioned object shown. There are 6 types of
dimensioning mistakes. List them and then dimension the object correctly.
456
)))
、，，、，，、，，
1
23
0.750
0.750
「 1 .000
「 1 .500 「
1/2 DRILL
f
1.500
l_ -----0.500
「
------
---------…-
4 - 39
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
Video Exercise 4.5-12: Beainnina Dimensionina
This video exercise will take you th『ough dimensioning the following objects using
proper dimensioning techniques.
ttttti
l
←－－…··－··国
4 -40
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Video Exercise 4.5-13: Intermediate Dimensionina
This video exercise will take you through dimensioning the following objects using
proper dimensioning techniques.
⑦
-EB-
I
I
I
I
I
I
...L －－－－－.丁－.－
4 - 41
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
Video Exercise 4.5-14: Advanced Dimensionina 1
This video exercise will take you th『ough dimensioning the following objects using
proper dimensioning techniques.
θ ｜
A川 ·
tt
--
」
l
「 li
吁
忐
L
，，－、
，，’
。
、、
,' 11飞’飞
飞＼μ ／
、、
4 -42
1
1
，”
、牛，，
。
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Video Exercise 4.5-15: Advanced Dimensionina 2
This video exercise will take you through dimensioning the following objects using
proper dimensioning techniques.
+----------------+
引了
引了
引了
4 - 43
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
4.5.5) Toleranc ing
Rule 10) Every dimension is t。leranced . A toleranced dimension is not a single
value, but states the maximum and minimum size that a feature may be and still function
correctly. Dimensions that are not toleranced a『e called basic dimensions. These
dimensions are used to locate and dimension features to their theoretically exact
location. Basic dimensions are identified by placing them in a box.
Rule 11) All dimensions and tolerances apply t。 the n。n-def，。rmed part (i.e. the
free state condition).
Tolerances may be explicitly stated or covered by the block tolerance. If a
dimension is not explicitly stated and there is no block tolerance, the tolerance is implied
and depends on the number of decimal places in the dimension value. The exceptions
are basic dimensions, reference dimensions, maximum/minimum dimensions, and stock
sizes. A basic dimension provides a nominal location or size from which permissible
variations are established by geometric tolerances (GD& T) which is not covered in this
chapter. Figure 4.5-5 illustrates a few di仔erent examples of explicit and implied
tolerances, and basic dimensions.
Try Exercise 4.5-11
4-44
2
ODHv’F-
11
POTtE
E
AH
-
DATE
o D
-- M
R －阴
.25 was φ.53
F4
10
9
阳 －R
ZONE
。－
RPEWs N-H
- - ? - -nu na R PT ON
户U
Explicitly stated
tolerances 、
8
7
6
5
仨」
主
4
3
2012/06/1 2
UvEL
工
E
0.251
6X ,,i
(2)
"'0.249
。
←＼回 ／ Basicd…
02.62
¢ 1.38 +0.002
lι
」
咱－
川C『
OA·ω
ωu
『。
－
mw
ω300ω
’
『
G
UJ
运Z
UJ
03.50
~
。
/
、
…\
u.
not have an explicitly
stated tolerance are
covered by the block
\
。
\
→ ← .12 飞
Dimen日。ns that d。
联
x
I
j
l
-0.001
。
、、
、、－
υ
υ
ρPPROWLS
UNLESS OTHER＇叭nsE SPECIFIED
DIM ARE IN INCHES
2010/07/23
3 Pl 主 .001
I NτERPRET DIM AND TOL PER
CHECKED
KJT
201 （川7/26 ,
ASME Y14.5 • 2009
ENG刷ιER
RPM
2010/07/27
CAGE CO口E
A
SCALE
-
DONOτSCALE DRAWING
4
5
6
7
WG N O
-
numu
-- M
∞白
日
3
SIZE
PROPELLER SHAFT COUPLI NG
DRIVING DISC
q》 国
2
. --
∞
口
.j:,.
1 OSTFtEE
···· E E E
AL·LOVE R
」－
E
$--E3
<
非
口、
FINISH
－工工工：二二三二』 TITLE
例，‘
．
内
υ ·
阳IATERIAL
THIRD ANGLE PR队JECTION
OVERLAND
REV
A
<I'.
Sof 10
9
10
11
{
02ω
s l o－
302ω5 35由
豆。『
2PL 主.0 5
PRT
DRAFT iR
TC到L ON ANGLE 主2 '
国
DATE
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
Exercise 4.5-16: Tolerances
Identify which dimensions have explicitly stated tolerances, which are covered
by the block tolerance, which dimensions are implied, and which are basic
dimensions.
R15
5
¢10.0
20
19
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DIMARE IN MM
TOL ON ANGLE ± .2。
1 PL± 0.1
INTERPRET DIM AND TOL PER
ASME Y14 .5 - 2009
4 -46
5
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning)
Figure 4.5-6 shows two d i何erent styles of dimensioning. One is called Continuous
Dimensioning, the other Datum Dimensioning. Continuous dimensioning has the
disadvantage of accumulating error. It is preferable to use datum dimensioning to
reduce error buildup.
Consider the part shown in Figure 4.5-6. It is dimensioned using both continuous
and datum dimensioning. The implied tolerance of all the dimensions is on the first
decimal place. If we look at the continuous dimensioning case, the actual dimensions are
x.e, where O.e is the error associated with each dimension. Adding up the individual
dimensions, we get an overall dimension of 3x + 3气O.e). The overall dimension for the
datum dimensioning case is 3x + O.e. As this example shows, continuous dimensioning
accumulates error.
Another advantage for the use of datum dimensioning is the fact that many
manufacturing machines are programmed using a datum or origin. Therefore, it makes it
easier for the machinist to program the machine if datum dimensioning is used.
」：1
X
X
寸
Continuous Dimensioning
(Error buildup)
Datum Dimensioning
(No error buildup)
x .e + x.e + x.e = 3x.3e
Figure 4.5-6: Error buildup.
4 - 47
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
且♀工E豆
4 -48
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
4.6) APPLYING WHAT WE HAVE LEARNED
Exercise 4.6-1 : Dimensionina 1
Date:
Name:
Dimension the following object using proper dimensioning techniques. Did we
need to draw the right side view?
,,
- -
AV 『，
/
//
<
俨－－－－－
a.
』－＋－－－－
－ －_
_____
:::J
』＿
的
.l.
〉、
.,__ 罢
的
Z二
•
-
4 - 49
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
Exercise 4.6-2: Dimensionina 2
Name:
Date:
Dimension the following object using proper dimensioning techniques.
。
a.
::J
Cl)
〉、
.,__ 罢
由
正二
•
4 - 50
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Exercise 4.6-3: Dimensionina 3
Name:
Date:
Dimension the following object using proper dimensioning techniques.
的
正＝
•
---
--
4 - 51
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
Exercise 4.6-4: Dimensionina 4
Name:
Date:
Dimension the following object using proper dimensioning techniques.
-
-
4 - 52
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
DIMENSIONING QUESTIONS
Name:
Date:
Di『nen sion aooearance
Q4-1 ) A detailed drawing is an 。此hographic projection with ... (Ci『cl e all that apply.)
a)
b)
c)
d)
dimensions.
notes.
manufacturing specifications.
everything necessary to manufacture and inspect the part as intended by the
designer.
Q4-2) Dimensions generally take the form of ... (Circle all that apply.)
a)
b)
c)
d)
linear dimensions.
extension lines.
angular dimensions.
notes.
Q4-3) Dimension and extension lines a「e thin so that they will not be mistaken for .. . lines.
a) visible
b) hidden
c) center
d) cu忧ing plane
Q4-4) Which line type does not ever have arrowheads? (dimension, extension, leader)
Q4-5) Leader lines should not be ... (Circle all that apply.)
a)
b)
c)
d)
horizontal.
straight.
curved .
vertical.
Q4-6) Le忧ering should measure ... on the printed drawing.
a)
b)
c)
d)
2 mm
3 mm
4 mm
5 mm
Q4-7) All dimension text should be ..
a) vertical
b) horizontal
c) lower 臼se
d) bold
4 - 53
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
Dimensionina and locatina features
Q4-8) What is this symbol ？ 亨
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
repeated feature
depth
counterbore
countersink
symmetry
Q4-9) What is this symbol? V
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
repeated feature
depth
counterbore
countersink
symmetry
Q4-10) What is this symbol ？ 毛二 or =
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
repeated feature
depth
counterbore
countersink
symmetry
Q4-11 )× is the symbol used for repeated features. What else is this symbol used for?
a)
b)
c)
d)
chamfer
concentricity
counterbore
symmetry
Q4-12) A reference dimension is given within .. .
a)
b)
c)
d)
brackets.
double quotes.
parentheses.
single quotes.
Q4-1 3) Is the following dimension a repeated featu re dimension or a chamfer dimension?
2X45。
4 - 54
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning)
Q4-14) Dimensioning hidden lines under some circumstances is allowed. (true, fa lse)
Q4-15) Is a complete circle such as a hole dimensioned by its diameter or radius?
Q4-16) A
is located in the circular view. (Circle all that apply.)
a) hole
b) cylinder
Q4-17) The diameter of a
is given in the circular view. (Circle all that apply.)
a) hole
b) cylinder
Q4-18) Write the dimension text for 3 repeated holes with a diameter of 10 mm and a 2
mm chamfer dimension with equal sides.
Q4-19) Write the dimension text for a 1/2 inch blind hole that is 1 inch deep.
Q4-20) Write the dimension text for a counterbore that has a 1/4 inch drill and a 1/2 in
counterbore that is 1/2 inch deep.
Q4-21) Write the dimension text for a countersink that has a 10 mm drill and a
countersink that has a maximum diameter of 20 mm with a 90 degree angle.
4 - 55
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
Dimensionina/manl』facturina
Q4-22) What unit of measure is most commonly used on English drawing?
Q4-23) What unit of measure is most commonly used on metric drawing?
Q4-24) How many zero’ s to the right of the decimal does two thousandths of an inch
have?
Q4-25) Datum dimensioning is preferred over continuous dimensions because it ...
a)
b)
c)
d)
reduces dimensioning time.
reduces error build up.
increases calculation time.
increases set up time.
Q4-26) A SU巾ce of the part that touches the datum plane is 创led a ...
a)
b)
c)
d)
datum.
simulated datum.
baseline.
datum featu re .
Q4-27) Non-critical inch dimensions usually have ... decimal places.
a)
b)
c)
d)
O
1
2
3
Q4-28) Non-critical mm dimensions usually have .. . decimal places. (Circle all that
apply.)
a)
b)
c)
d)
O
1
2
3
Q4-29) (Continuous, Datum) dimensioning is preferred to minimize error build up.
(Ci『cl e the appropri ate answer.)
4 - 56
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
DIMENSION ING PROBLEMS
Name:
Date:
P4-1 ) Answer questions about the following drawing.
a) How many linear dimensions?
b) How many diameter dimensions?
c) How many notes-leader line dimensions?
d) On the drawing, identify the three datums.
e) If you were inspecting the thickness of this pa 同 and fi nd that it measures
0.254 in, would it pass inspection?
f)
If you were inspecting the height of this pa『t and find that it measures 1.009 in,
would it pass inspection?
2.75
2.19
- -1
.56
2X 0.50
.50
4 - 57
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
且♀工E豆
4 - 58
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning)
Name:
Date:
P4-2) Answer questions about the following drawing.
a) How many linear dimensions?
b) How many diameter dimensions?
c) How many a n gula 「 dimensi ons?
d) How many notes-leader line dimensions?
e) On the drawing, identify the three datums.
f)
What does 寸HRU" mean?
g) If you were inspecting the overall thickness of this pa『t and find that it measures
1.002 in, would it pass inspection?
h) If you were inspecting the diameter of the two big holes and find that the right
hole measures 0.6255 in, would it pass inspection?
i)
Circle the explicitly stated toleranced dimensions.
2 75
225 －唱叫
自 1 /4 ·四 UNC -38
’.00
亨.62
。由 X 0.03
.19 X 45•
‘四
．由
¢0·四2
0 500
2X ¢ 0.626
"' 0.625
丁w
¢ 0.1678 -THRU
3.00
0 .1675
2，回
－，
2.00 下
斗目
.部
’ 36 －叫
2.19
4 - 59
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
且♀工E豆
4 - 60
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Name:
Date:
P4-3) Answer the following questions related to the figure.
a) Drill d i amete「＝
b) Counterbore diameter=
c) Counterbore depth =
φ.25
uφ5
亨. 62
P4-4) Answer the following questions related to the figure.
a) Drill d i amete「＝
b)
D川H depth=
c) Countersink maximum diameter=
d) Countersink angle =
¢5
亨15
〉伽 0 X 83°
4 - 61
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
且♀工E豆
4 - 62
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
P4-5) The following object is dimensioned incorrectly. Identify the incorrect dimensions
and list all mistakes associated with them. Then, dimension the object correctly using
proper dimensioning techniques. There are five mistakes.
2.00
.62
1.50
、‘，，，、
4l
IF
叫4qdA
Ed
1.00
叶
.6
1.50
、．，，、，，，、，，，
2.00
¢.75
4 - 63
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
且♀工E豆
4 - 64
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Name:
Date:
P4-6) The following object is dimensioned incorrectly. Identify the incorrect dimensions
and list all mistakes associated with them. Then, dimension the obj ect correctly using
proper dimensioning techniques. There are four mistakes.
¢20
¢10 「＼》'I
约寸
20
2)
3)
5→ 」
4)
25
35 「
」l
4 - 65
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
且♀工E豆
4 - 66
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Name:
Date:
P4-7) The following object is dimensioned incorrectly. Identify the incorrect dimensions
and list all mistakes associated with them. Then, dimension the object correctly using
proper dimensioning techniques. There are six mistakes.
」
.25
---if
I I
. .
2)
3)
4)
5)
2. 00」
6)
「」。。
2.50
1 . 50 「
.50 DIA 一＼
.25
丁
1.00
」
1.00」
I I
f
.25
' L
」 .50
r------
4 - 67
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
且♀工E豆
4 - 68
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Name:
Date:
P4-8) The following object is dimensioned incorrectly. Identify the incorrect dimensions
and list all mistakes associated with them. Then, dimension the object correctly using
proper dimensioning techniques. There are four mistakes.
))))
1234
「
’
1.0 00
.
四7
叩－
L
「
寸
3.000
.500
1.000 」
.
hlω
」
上一
.
l
4 - 69
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
且♀工E豆
4 - 70
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Name:
Date:
P4-9) The following object is dimensioned incorrectly. Identify the incorrect dimensions
and list all mistakes associated with them. Then, dimension the object correctly using
proper dimensioning techniques. There are five mistakes.
¢20
I
」 10 I
1)
2)
30
」
3)
4)
5)
30
50
1 5「
10
_lJ
L
10
「
4 - 71
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
且♀工E豆
4 - 72
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Name:
Date:
P4-10) Completely dimension the objects shown (by hand) using proper dimensioning
techniques. Wherever a numerical dimension value is required, place anχUse
dimensioning symbols where necessary.
口
E亚
－「 －－一· 寸－
4 - 73
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
且♀工E豆
4 - 74
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Name:
Date:
P4-1 1) Completely dimension the objects shown (by hand) using proper dimensioning
techniques. Wherever a n u me『ical dimension value is required , place anγUse
dimensioning symbols where necessary.
EEE
’⑦
「－…气、
：
－、
．、
t
、
4 - 75
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
且♀工E豆
4 - 76
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Name:
Date:
P4-1 2) Completely dimension the objects shown (by hand) using proper dimensioning
techniques. Wherever a numerical dimension value is required, place an 'x'. Use
dimensioning symbols where necessary.
------’-------’-----,--------
-
-
-
。。
今
I , I
4 - 77
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
且♀工E豆
4 - 78
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
Name:
Date:
P4-1 3) Completely dimension the objects shown (by hand) using proper dimensioning
techniques. Wherever a numerical dimension value is required, place an 'x'. Use
dimensioning symbols where necessary.
｜ ｜｜ ｜ φ ）
－十－
＋ 一，
－$－十－⑦－
- ----;- -
”
I
I
,
I
』γ－，－－于d
! I !
、也i
』俨牛，J
I ;!
’I ,' II
4 - 79
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
且♀工E豆
4 - 80
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning)
P4-14) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown.
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
-""
电产
~ ~- oo
P4-15) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown.
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
，问
J
1
’4f 1 AJ
nAF
a
>
\
4 - 81
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
P4-16) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown .
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
’司
、，
5
...
v
朵“
、
、〈
1
·So
z.oO
V
_50
4 - 82
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
P4-17) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown.
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
、、
、、、、
－、、
、、 二牛
、、－、、
、、气
、、、、 －
一、、 牛
、、 二
、、、、 、、
＼
‘、＼气
、、、、、
气
、飞、
·So 、＼
、、 二
－气
、、、
、、
、、
、、
h、
气气
、飞＼
气气
、
、飞、
气、
气、
气、....1
／在人
卜、｜
义
/
、、
气 、、气 、
、、
1 -Oo
民＼
3-so
P4-18) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown.
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
得善，
·〈司D
,,,?
d
，问
J
nJUF
da
F
4P
f
J
, ><
/
在~
' ·Oo
4 - 83
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
P4-19) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown .
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
『
「－
L
φ 0 . 5
P4-20) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
pa『t shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown.
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
队时
.
RMV
SRV
dV
／什
／
s
bxuv
AHw
J
_<::,
":,
.-
<::,<>
A、－
. .骂，
ι5Z
5.00
5Z
4-84
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
P4-21) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown .
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
咱
阳
、巍
、J、
1 AU
. Au
队”
1“
1 RHV
AU
号呜〉
d ’-
n
,,
AUAV
可Oo
,,
－电
<:,<:,
、－
C函
’"'
’飞，－
4 - 85
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
P4-22) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown .
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
-G胁
’宫、
tr
~严、
帝’
‘三如
毛？
3s
A
HU
飞〈
--
AHU
n
J
UF
<!()
Ss
4 - 86
AMV
-
f
nHV
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning)
P4-23) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown .
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
¢1.00
J子fo
.75
, .so
3.00
-------i
4.00
2.25
飞~
4 - 87
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
P4-24) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown.
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
、〈
1nu
4(\
<1
、‘，F
的v
，，，飞
4句
J
3’
puav
S
auO
r
- ae
10
Ql<a
164-i
16s)
4 - 88
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
P4-25) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown.
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
专3
4』
....
．也
、
户
’手一
4、
‘二，
1、
飞 Oo
.
龟啡
、J
1
P4-26) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown.
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
’
。33
‘、
。。
气
队”、
1 eAVAU
第 loo
aγ
，
，问J
1
4 - 89
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
P4-27) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown .
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
4~
,.__--<:'
,,
...:::,
<:>
φ＝，
<I,,
d
』
,,
A忿
a缸
7，
’”
ntF J
/
司:s
ζ马／
吃s.
0
4 - 90
..,:,,.. ,
/-o
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
P4-28) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown.
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
¢.50
nγ
，
M
V
卜 U叫
·So
A
Hν
aa
r
h
nJV
J
队、
uv
1
AHν
f
f wAHV
气J飞
AHUV
A
H
V
4 - 91
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
P4-29) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown.
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
¢6i
l)s
n1
1
1 ’
11<
69
7s
”n
d
11
<
,
a
-
apaD
1So
<31
<3a
1。＇：）
-
cs;,飞牙尹
予~~
，例
J
<
U
j8
4 - 92
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
P4-30) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown .
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
~，，，哩，
，按τ♂:f)
」，〉
吗
φ静
’－，S)
F
等~'b
／／艾
a、.t:fl
、电乒
\-\
骨、
O
AVAP
au
dFou
4 - 93
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
P4-31) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown .
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
hw
- hu
AU
~任三龟
’价 1气~
岱2
' ·Oo
／， 、’ 4‘
’3
龟，
‘民
i ·<lo
、－
－－
、r
h
bAW
~
5.00
.
F
问d
111.s()
昼。
、，
队时
.
4 - 94
6·o0
tn
J
nu
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
P4-32) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown.
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
斗、
怂
Co
-":>
,_')..
k
气 ·’
。二」可
吨，
<::,<>
’::,
吨，
气，－
":>.
h、
’飞，·
<::,<::,
h、·
<:S’毛
鸟、－
-
aγ岛，
ntF
ν
’’e
AU
nHv
4、J
nurnv
-
r
”ν
1 nuv
.
－吕a
, d3
s
R
anv
4 - 95
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
P4-33) Using a CAD package, draw the necessary views and completely dimension the
part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the 3-D dimensions shown.
Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
1
hHU
气〈
、心’
问均古
巴
飞／
白
31J
iO
(),4
1J, 1J,
h忖 、
;A-/
nuLU
UN
、uv
‘ hU
4 - 96
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
SP4-1) Completely dimension the objects shown (by hand) using proper dimensioning
techniques. Wherever a numerical dimension value is required, place an 'x'. Use
dimensioning symbols where necessary. The answer to this problem is given in the
Independent Leaming Content.
IT]
I I I
I I I
: I:
:I:
-$
←＋令
, |
＠一－－－e
「，，
,t··.
’’
Lr
, ttJ
UMV
ι Tτ
! 哼·I
”’
I I I
4 - 97
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
SP4-2) Using a CAD package (or sketching by hand), draw the necessary views and
completely dimension the part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the
3-D dimensions shown. Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
The answer to this problem is given in the Independent Learning Content.
川 3匀 1oO
. .·
. .·
,
•
l
t
•
~』－·§·哩
ι
，毒，·去·
8 ”“『，．
4 - 98
[ Chapter 4 - Dimensi。ning )
SP4-3) Using a CAD package (or sketching by hand), draw the necessary views and
completely dimension the part shown. Do not base your 2-D dimension placement on the
3-D dimensions shown. Use proper dimensioning techniques to dimension your object.
The answer to this problem is given in the Independent Learning Content.
aH
V
，
句，，
《υ
J‘俨
何
5
J
1
p
a
“
ff. ¢ 1.00
A
υ
5
树
a
n
吧￥，
-e-
吨？
3.00
4 - 99
( Chapter 4 - Oimensi。ning J
且♀工E豆
4 - 100
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
CHAPTER 5
SECTIONING
CHAPτER OUTLINE
5.1) SECTIONAL VIEWS.........................….................….........................….........…......................... 2
5.1 1) C『eating a section view . . . .. . . . . .. ... .. .. ... . .. ... . .. . . . .. . . .. .. . . . .. . . .. .. . . . . 2
5.1 2) Lines used in sectional views . .. . .. . . .. .. . . . .. . . .. .. ... . .. . . . .. ... . .. ... .. .. ... . . 5
5.1 3) Rules of sectioning . . . . . .. . . .. ... .. .. ... . .. ... .. .. ... . .. . . .. .. . . . .. . . .. .. .. . . 6
5.2) BASIC SECTI。N S ..............………..................………….........…·…........…….........….................... 7
5.2 1) Full section ........ … ……··................…·…-…·…-…·…-…. •• •. ….• •. … …… ...... 7
5.2 2) Half section .....................…·…-…·…-…·…-…. •• •. ….• •. ….• •. ….• •. ...... ……….. 7
5.2 3) 0仔set section .....................……··……··…- …… ….• •. ….• •. ….. •. .••.•. •.•.•. •.•. •. 9
5.3) ADVANCED S E CTI。NS ..........................…...........................…...........................…............... 14
h
h
5.3 1) Aligned section ...................................................................................... 14
5.3 2) Rib and web sections ...................................................……··……··……··…… 15
5.3 3) Broken section . . . . .. . . ... . .. ... .. .. ... . ...... . .. ... . .. ... .. .. ... .. .. ... . ... . . 16
5.3 4) Removed section . . .. .... . . .. . .. .. . . .. . .... .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. .. .... . . .... 16
5.3 5) Revolved section .. . . . . .. ... . .. ... .. .. ... . ...... . .. ... . .. ... .. .. ... .. .. ... . .. ... . . . . 17
5.3 6) Non-sectioned pa白. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . .. .. . . 17
5.3 7) Thin sections. . . .. . . . . . . . . . ... .. . ... .. .... . . .. .. . .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. ......... 17
5.4) APPLYING WHAT WE HAV E LEARNED ........…·……......……··……….......…·…………….......... 22
SECTIONING QUESTI。NS ......................................…..................…...........................……........... 26
SECTIONING PR。B LEMS ........................................................……..................…........................ 29
5-1
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
CHAPTER SUMMARY
In this chapter you will learn how to create various types of sectional views. Sectional
views allow you to see inside an object. Using a sectional view within an orthographic projection
can be very useful for parts that have complex interior geometry. By the end of this chapter, you
will be able to create several different types of sectional views. γou will also be able to choose
which type of section is the most appropriate for a given part.
5.1) SECTIONAL VIEWS
A sectional view or section looks inside an object. Sections are used to clarify the
interior construction of a part that cannot be clearly described by hidden lines in exterior
views. It is a cut away view of an o同ect. Often, objects are more complex and interesting
on the inside than on the outside. By taking an imagina叩 cut through the object and
removing a portion, the inside features may be seen more clearly. For example, a
geode is a rock that is very plain and featureless on the outside, but cut into it and you get
an array of beautiful crystals.
5.1.1) Creating a section view
To produce a section view, the pa 同 i s cut using an imaginary cutting plane. The
portion of the part that is between the observer and the cutting plane is mentally disca「ded
exposing the interior construction as shown in Figure 5.1-1 .
A sectional view should be proj ected perpendicular to the cutting plane and
conform to the standard arrangement of views. If there is more than one section, they
should be labeled with capital letters such as A, B or C. These letters are placed near the
arrows of the cutting plane line. The sectional view is then labeled with the corresponding
letter (e.g. SECTION A-A) as shown in Figure 5.1-2. Le抗ers that should not be used to
label sections are I, 0 , Q , S ,× and Z. These letters are often used for other purposes and
may lead to misinterpretation.
5-2
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
n「
州u
川υ
U
户
“n nuv
aonHouw
Cut Material
Figure 5.1-1: Creating a section view.
5-3
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
Notice how the cut
material is shown
SECTION A-A
Section View Label
...’
.. .’ ’
.. . .
,,............ ..
..
. .
.. .
..’ .
‘‘… ·... .
..
··
.
.
. ..
.
. . . - 一·
……..……
..-一一
- .....
.
.. .. .- - ..·........
.. .
.
.
. --,. .
..
.. .
.
.
.. · .
.
·....
L _ _.
』
A f
． ．．．． ． ．
…、
．
． ．．．．』
~
『……
、，
No创ce how the
cutting plane
is represented
Figure 5.1-2: Sectional view.
5 -4
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning)
5.1.2) Lines used in secti。nal views
•
Cuttino Plane Line
A cutting plane line is used to show where the object is being cut and
represents the edge view of the cutting plane. Arrows are placed at the ends of the cutting
plane line to indicate the direction of sight. The arrows point to the po叫ion of the object
that is kept. Cu忧ing plane lines are thick (0.6 to 0.8 mm) and take precedence over
centerlines. Figure 5.1-3 shows the two different types of cutting plane lines that a「e used
on prints and Figure 5.1-2 illustrates its use.
一一
一一
Used for long distances
一一一一一一一一一一一一
Used for short distances
Figure 5.1-3: Cutting plane lines.
•
Section Lines
Section lines are used to indicate where the cutting plane cuts the material
(see Figure 5.1-2). Cut material is that which makes contact with the cutting plane.
Section lines have the following properties:
--J
--I
--J
Section lines are thin lines (0.3 mm).
Section line symbols (i.e. line type and spacing) a『e chosen according to the material
from which the object is made. Figure 5. 1-4 shows some of the more commonly used
section line symbols.
Section lines a「e drawn at a 45。 ang l e to the horizontal unless there is some advantage
in using a di仔erent angle.
5-5
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
Cast Iron
General Use
all materials
Steel
Brass, Bronze,
Copper
•
••
．
．
.
,.• •.. .…:..\
:. . ·., ”
.·.· ..-· ·...
伞
’·.,· .
…
a 、二 ， a
... - ’
Rubber, Plastic,
and Electrical
Insulation
// ///7 ///// /
// // ////// //
/ / / / ///// ///
/ // ////// ///
// / ////// ///
// // ///// ///
/ // ////// ///
/// ////// ///
/ // /////// //
/ // ////// ///
Marble, Slate,
Glass，创1d
Porcelain
,
4
Concrete
-
Zinc and Lead
------------------- -- --- -- -- --
__., ,--,
,......, ,......, - - ~’
L 产J 严J ,......, ,......,
Cork, Felt,
Fabric, Leather
缸1d fiber
Magnesium
缸id Aluminum
Figure 5.1-4 : Section line symbols.
5.1 .3) Rules of sectioning
Rule 1. A section lined area is always completely bounded by a visible outline.
Rule 2 . The section lines in all sectioned areas should be parallel. Section lines shown
in opposite directions indicate a di何erent pa『t
Rule 3. All the visible edges behind the cu忧ing plane should be shown.
Rule 4 . Hidden features should be omi忧ed in all areas of a section view. Exceptions
include th『eads and broken out sections.
5-6
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning)
5.2) BASIC SECTIONS
Many types of sectioning techniques are available to use. The type chosen
depends on the situation and what information needs to be conveyed.
5.2.1) Full secti。n
To create a full section, the cutting plane passes fully through the object. The half
of the object that is between the observer and the cutting plane is mentally removed. This
exposes the cut surface and the interior featu res of the remaining portion. Full sections
are used in many cases to avoid having to dimension hidden lines as shown in
Figure 5.2- 1.
4tttltT
「
汀’部
、
、
-,
_...
「－
Incorrect
Correct
Figure 5.2-1: Full section.
5.2.2) Half section
A half section has the advantage of exposing the interior of one half of an obj ect
while retaining the exterior of the other half. Half sections are used mainly for symmetric,
nearly symmetric objects or assembly drawings. The half section is obtained by passing
two cutting planes through the object, at right angles to each other, such that the
intersection of the two planes coincides with the axis of symmetry. Therefore , only a
qua 同er of the object is mentally removed. On the sectional view, a centerline is used to
separate the sectioned and unsectioned halves. Hidden lines should not be shown on
either half. Figure 5.2-2 shows an example of a half section.
5-7
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
／’？气、
•I
－ι－
.，..，.....＿
、飞
一←4一←卡 -l飞
、.......，
I
、、、 J
T ’ ·'
t
A center line
divides the
halves.
This arrow may
be left o仔．
No hidden
lines on this
half.
Figu『e 5.2-2: Half section.
5-8
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning)
5.2.3） 。何set sect io n
An o仔set section is produced by bending the cu忧ing plane to show featu res that
don’ t lie in the same plane. The section is drawn as if the o仔sets in the cutting plane were
in one plane. Figure 5.2-3 shows an o仔set section.
L
--
-----•
Figure 5.2-3: Offset section.
Try Exercises 5.2-1 to 5.2-2 and watch Video Exercises 5.2-3 and 5.2-4
5-9
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
Exercise 5.2-1: Tvoes of section views
Identify the type of section view used and the material that the part is made of.
Ll－－｝剑，令l_t
4…－叮
’
..
Type of section:
Type of section:
Mate时al :
Material:
日 j 例 j
Type of section:
Material:
5 - 10
j 杉才
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Exercise 5.2-2: Full section
Given the top and right side views, sketch the front view as a full section. The
material used is steel.
「 T
I
I I
］3 的－A而言的 王←
m
骨－－
T-
-
!|
5 - 11
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
Video Exercise 5.2-3: Full Section
The following video exercise will take you through creating a fu ll section of the
objects shown .
..
.
.
,,,,,,,
.
….
…"…
0 ......... ,, .......... .
” . . . , . ..
'
........,
,
.,
@.
@.
lJJ
JT
.,
,
.
「 」l
－－、
- --••
LF
l
φe •
φ
..
•
..
．．．＝．．．
,,
,
. '.
,.
.
．、．
.
.,
·
. ... . .
5 - 12
•
－
-- -
」lLl 」 l
u’
卜y｜
←
K
’
.
.,
.
. .. .
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Video Exercise 5.2-4: Half Sectio n
The following video exercise will take you through creating a half section of the
objects shown .
／
/
，，
---r--_
”，”
,,.
I
I
I
.,
1I
亏、
．
·‘、、
I
、牛．、
i
// /,
I
’
， ．ι 『、
、＼
-
,,,.- _..I.飞、、、飞
/. /
I ＂、
飞飞
1/
I
＇＼、＼ I
I I
I
飞 I
I I
·..
,- 1- 1 -1- －」----I- 」－
11
I\
I
11
I I
飞飞
I I
I I
' ＼、＇＼..
/
/
I
.,.~-,
I
. .,
＼飞、＼」／／／／
、、、、、 l
J ’
/ I
、＼『寸－’／ /
II
/ ,/
、、
..
.龟‘、．
- ” ,’
-””
、、、 －
I
、、－…· －－··’”’，，’
、、『
I
.-.....................
－－ 二二3
．．． φ..
... φeφ
... .φ
」
「」lI
．
－「
-
φ
.
．
.
．． ．， ιP φφφφ
φ ‘
____ :)
5 - 13
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
5.3) ADVANCED SECTI。NS
5.3.1) Aligned secti。n
In order to include angled elements in a section, the cutting plane may be bent so
that it passes through those features. The plane and features are then revolved, according
to the convention of revolution, into the original plane.
。
Convention of Revolution: Features are revolved into the projection plane, usually a
vertical or horizontal plane, and then projected. The purpose of this is to show a t阳e
distance from a center or to show features that would otherwise not be seen.
Figure 5.3-1 shows an aligned section employing the convention of revolution.
..
||||
／兴＼
\
义
••••• • :: .•• •
：：；二：：：.；·i：＂.：·~：＇.·：·： i::/
: :::::::::
Figure 5.3-1: Aligned section.
5 - 14
:~
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning)
5.3.2) Rib and w eb sec t ions
To avoid a false impression of thickness and solidity, ribs and webs and other
similar features are not sectioned even though the cutting plane passes along the center
plane of the rib or web. However, if the cu悦ing plane passes crosswise through the rib or
web, the member is shown in section as indicated in Figure 5.3-2.
SECTION B-B
A
B
B
厂
~
A
SECTION A-A
Figure 5.3-2: Rib and web sections.
5 - 15
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
5.3.3) Broken section
Sometimes only a portion of the obj ect needs to be sectioned to show a single
feature of the part. In this 臼se, the sectional a『ea is bound on one side by a break line.
Hidden lines a「e shown in the unsectioned a「ea of a broken section. Figure 5.3-3 shows
an example of a broken section.
n
r－－－－－－－－－一－－－ι－－－－－－－－－
A、－寸
』d
L＿＿＿＿＿＿吨，－」
-------r-----------
Figure 5.3-3: Broken section.
5.3.4) Rem。ved section
A removed section is one that is not in direct projection of the view containing the
cutting plane (Figure 5.3-4). Removed sections should be labeled (e.g. SECTION A-A)
according to the letters placed at the ends of the cutting plane line. They should be
arranged in alphabetical order from left to right. Frequently, removed sections are drawn
to an enla 「ged scale, which is indicated beneath the section title.
A
B
C
...............................
-{i)-一
View not in
projection path
A
SECTION A-A
SCALE 3:2
B
C
SECTION 8-8
SCALE 3:2
SECTION C-C
SCALE 3:2
IEach removed section is labeled I
Figure 5.3-4: Removed section.
5 - 16
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning)
5.3.5) Rev olved section
The cross sectional shape of a bar, a 「m , spoke or other elongated obj ects may be
shown in the longitudinal view by means of a revolved section. The visible lines adjacent
to a revolved section may be broken out if desired. The super imposition of the revolved
section requi『es the removal of all original lines covered by the section as shown in
Figure 5.3-5. The true shape of a revolved section should be retained after the revolution
regard less of the direction of the lines in the view.
Figure 5.3-5: Revolved section.
5.3.6) Non-sectioned parts
It is common practice to show standard parts like nuts, bolts, rivets, shafts and
screws 'in the round' or un-sectioned. This is done because they have no internal features.
Other non-sectioned parts include bearings, gear teeth, dowe怡， and pins.
5.3.7) Thin se cti。ns
For extremely thin parts of less than 4 mm thickness, such as sheet metal,
washers, and gaskets, section lines a『e ineffective; the『efore , the pa『ts should be shown
in solid black or without section lines.
Try Exercises 5.3-1 through 5.3-3 and watch Video Exercise 5.3-4
5 - 17
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
Exercise 5.3-1: Advanced Sectio ns
Identify the type of section used and the material that the part is made of.
-i
Type of section:
Material:
Material:
c
『唱国d
___,
A
「有卫
8
4唱田」
「
33
A
「力斗一
Type of section:
B
C
Type of section:
Material:
SECTION A-A
SECTION B-B
SECTION C-C
Type of section:
Material:
5 - 18
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Exercise 5.3-2: Alianed section
Given the front and unrevolved right side views, sketch the right side view as an
aligned section using the conventions of revolution. The material is cast iron.
〉〉旦〉℃＠〉－。
C〉
D＠』
II
I
F，」．．－
C
。
噜圃，
C
C
00909·
O ”
·-
C
百。 c
Q) (.) .Q
ωφ 笃
···joie
-g£ 言
里 o,>
旨）.三 巴
~骂 a
00
、
．3
。 2KA
m
w
〉〉
gz
←
骨－－－
’
Q.)
a
..
’
ei
、
.‘
-、
、。
....··!
‘,
ojil
--
i
5 - 19
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
Exercise 5.3-3: Section techniaues
•
•
•
What features are not clearly shown in the drawing?
What type of section would be most effective for this part?
Draw the section view(s). The part is made of steel.
Section type(s):
内口
h口
同U
口
5 - 20
队
p?'
)
@
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Video Exercise 5.3-4: Alianed Section
The following video exercise will take you through creating an aligned section of
the object shown.
~-~\
＼
/
＼＼
/
1
\
/
\
/
/
、7
什 1λf
u
\
－r
－…
u
r
，
飞川
\
γ
卜 u
l
J
\
..
气
、
/
、
/
、
、
/
、
/
飞
/
.. . .
.
. . ..
…-. · .
, · , · · . . ., ·
. .
.
.
.
.
,
,
............,.,…
· . . ·....-…………·
....”….................”……………..................…··.......……………·..............................
•
.
•
•
.
φ
．．
5 - 21
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 - 22
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
5.4) APPLYING WHAT WE HAVE LEARNED
Exercise 5.4-1 : Half section
Name:
Date:
Given the front and right side views, sketch the top view as a full section and
create a half sectioned front view. The material is brass.
l ＿由
…·
.
A兰的三←
。 32K何
4阜－－－
.
.·
、
埠？’．
....
」’
1
‘
ldT
、
5 - 23
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
Exercise 5.4-2: 0何set section
Name:
Date:
Given the front and top views, sketch the three missing section views in their
appropriate places. The material is cast iron.
·
U uzo－
」
FU
ω的
· Z
国国
O－
FOω的
－
C2的－A而言的－
z←
•
· 飞
《，
ZO－
LU
FM的
广←←
γ卜
1
〈 厂’－
4且
国厂
l'
－一一
国
飞
It
－－－二＝』，－
U厂
-=i.:- - -
•
飞：＝
i:-_·_
－ －』
+
5 - 24
.)
__
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Exercise 5.4-3: Section techniaues 3
Name:
•
Date:
Draw the section view. The part is made of cast iron.
Section type(s):
.
.
.. - . . . .
. ，
·.
每...、
..
，
咱
飞
卢．
，
、
.,
,
.
．
,
.
. . . .φ...φ
二
二
．
.
.
、
－ ·－＇‘－ φ －
‘．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．
．．．．
．．．．
φ．．．
川．“．“
“.
• •••••
• •.φ.. - .. 、
•••• •••• ••• •••• ••• • •••• •-•••••,
5 - 25
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 - 26
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
SECTIONING QUESTIONS
Name:
Date:
Q5-1 ) The purpose of a section view is to see what is on the
a)
b)
c)
d)
of a pa『t
outside
inside
backside
otherside
Q5-2) A cutting plane line indicates where the pa『t is being ...
a)
b)
c)
d)
viewed .
cut.
rotated .
drawn.
Q5-3) Are the arrows at the end of a cutting plane line pointing to the pa内 of the o同ect
that is being removed or viewed?
Q5-4) Section lines are used to indicate .. (Circle all that apply.)
a)
b)
c)
d)
cut material.
line of sight.
type of material.
size of the pa同
Q5-5) A fu ll section removes one
of the object.
a) half
b) qua内er
c) thi『d
Q5-6) A half section removes one
of the object.
a) half
b) qua内er
c) thi『d
Q5-7) Is it permissible to show hidden lines on some p。而on of a half section? (yes, no)
Q5-8) Is it permissible to show hidden lines on some portion of a broken section? (yes,
no)
5 - 27
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
Q5-9) The sectioned and non-sectioned halves of a half section are separated by a
line.
a) visible
b) hidden
c) cu忧i ng plane
d) center
QS-10) The convention of revolution is used when creating a (an) ...
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
full section
half section
o仔set section
aligned section
revolved section
QS-11) The convention of revolution is used when creating an aligned section so that the
angled featu res may be shown ...
a)
b)
c)
d)
at an angle.
aligned with the feature.
true size.
at a s臼led size.
QS-12) A
section is always labeled (for instance SECTION A-A).
QS-13) Which type of section view is usually shown at an enlarged scale?
a) Full
b) 0仔set
c) Aligned
d) Removed
5 - 28
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
SECTIONING PR。BLEMS
Name:
Date:
PS-1 ) Answer the following question regarding the section view shown.
Type of section?
What material is the part made of?
In the view that shows the cutting plane line, circle the section of the part that is being
viewed .
Does this part contain counterbores or countersinks?
-
--
--
-
5 - 29
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 - 30
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Name:
Date:
PS-2) Answer the following question regarding the section view shown.
What two sectioning techniques are used?
What material is the part made of?
In the view that shows the cutting plane line, circle the section of the part that is being
viewed.
-
5 - 31
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 - 32
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Name:
Date:
PS-3) Circle the correct section views out of the three possibilities. One for each cutting
plane.
-,
L_._
...,..
A
.
a
--'
5 - 33
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 - 34
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Name:
Date:
PS-4) Circle the correct section view out of the three possibilities.
Would a half section been effective in this case? (Yes, no)
Why?
⑥
@
@
tt
eeLresets
llI
」『－
τ
’ -T T---------Tt4
-----S&
TIllE
’
- - -E
E
e
J
.’ @
自，
－＠「
'------
「－，－－－－，－－－，－－1
－
ttt
’
t
I I I
t
于4、r
~·「r
I I I
_____..,
,
’
I I I
I I I
「
5 - 35
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 - 36
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Name:
Date:
PS-5) Circle the correct section view out of the three possibilities.
What type of sectioning technique is being used?
5 - 37
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 - 38
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Name:
Date:
PS-6) Circle the correct section view out of the two possibilities for both section A-A and
section B-B.
zo－←uuω
<
<
ZOFUUω
<
<
∞
－－－－－·喻’
’’
’’
------'’
∞
∞
。
zo－←
υωω
zo－
LFUωω
∞
∞
f＝~：：仨
－h← γ
<
co _J
5 - 39
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
NOTES:
5 -40
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Name:
Date:
PS-7) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the part is Steel.
飞rγν
PS-8) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the part is Aluminum.
1, I
｜
γ－ ＋
干i
5 - 41
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 -42
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Name:
Date:
PS-9) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the pa『t is Rubber.
－－－－－－」－』－－－－－－－－－－－「－－
.
•
－．． ．．
．．．．．．．． ．． ．．
••
•
.、合、
· . .
．．． ．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．、．．．． ． ．．． ．、． ．．．．．．．．．．．．
PS-10) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the part is B「ass.
I \ ___\
’ -
••
/
• .
.....、………·．．．
5 - 43
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 - 44
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Name:
Date:
PS-1 1) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the part is Aluminum.
-,
天⑥－－
卜－ ，
I
I
j
I. -
•
l
I
I
I
』－
• _ _J
r
·’
PS-1 2) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the pa『t is Cast Iron.
ee
令令令
I
I
『、、、
＼
I I I
I
飞飞＇
令
eeee·e·
e
－令
eee
日七二
e令
- ,,
/
－
『
/
ed
、、
E 令合’
、
/
－ e，今
\
eeee
/
\
I
I
令
/
/
月 川仁二
\
－一『－·－＇－
飞
飞
、
，令。今
I/
eeee
－－＋－、、、 ＼
/ / I 飞、＼ ＼
/T气＼飞飞 飞
/
令 E 令 ··eee
I
I
I
/
~
e－－－
φ· 、 ee
l
、＼、
一’－－『ι
／，，卢
/
eoe
－－
5 - 45
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 -46
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Name:
Date:
PS-13) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the part is Cast Iron.
← －－－－－－「l
. ‘
、
,
· . ,
,,
「－－－一｜
-•-
、
「－－－－ 寸 －－－－
- -•-
1-1
L ____
..l ___ _
才
」－－－－｜
,
•-------
PS-14) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the part is B「ass.
5 - 47
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 -48
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Name:
Date:
PS-15) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the part is Rubber.
,
－
,
@@@
－？牛．
@
、….
． φ ‘ ． －－
..
.匈
..
，
-
e
,
PS-16) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the part is Steel.
l
」
可
l
L
ll
r
Il
」斗－1- r」
5 - 49
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 - 50
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Name:
Date:
PS-17) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the part is Steel.
A
A
SECTION A-A
B
l
－一」
l」 l
」
I I
l」 l
l
lJl l t lL1
J L
l I? l 71
SECTION B-B
B
PS-18) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the part is Aluminum.
A
· 气
－
”。：“
「 ll
-lll
ll
M川
T
q FV
。
E』
B
…
0
>
A
4．：－
•ULr
F
I
T
γ
O
→寸忖山
Il
ll
「L
－－
i！叶「
Lll
J
。U
M川
「V
证
O RU
dr
<+•
Ill
O
「「
t
t
d
’
「
E
U
TE
J川川 hIH
ln l
t’t』
．…。…
…
SECTION C-C
A4
C
5 - 51
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 - 52
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Name:
Date:
PS-19) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the part is Cast Iron.
B
「：
A
SECTION B-B
. ..
..
--
．
e
.
ee
。，－
? 0
e
e
....
ι
白、
＠eφ－e
吨
.‘
5
－
a
ι
－
de
．e
e
,@
…
e
. ,..
. .
.. . ,
φ
·
，
,
. --
B
t
」
A
ll
」
SECTION A-A
5 - 53
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 - 54
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Name:
Date:
「，
D
B
「，
PS-20) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the part is Steel.
「
@··|
A
l_
命
-
s
l
SECTION 8 8
c
SECTION CJ.D
SECTION C-C
SECTIONA·A
PS-21) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the part is Cast Iron.
A
B
II
II
11
11
「－－－ 一
..－－－－－叫
--‘
.
斗
’·.
…....
.
I•I
．、
SECTION A-A
S ECτION 8 ·8
A
5 - 55
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 - 56
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Name:
Date:
PS-22) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the part is Steel.
...
‘ ’ .
．··令
．． · ♂.
‘.
.
.
.
•
.
φ
.
．＠二
．
'·
..,•..
,. . - .
•'
.
, ............ ,
.飞 ＇
.....、..
'
.
、－
.
.
…..…-...,--,………… .
.·
·
,
·, ,
,
'
SECTION A-A
SECTION B-B
A
「B
'
..
SECTION C-C
「c
,r---
/1
－十十－
、，L
----- +- .,
－
」」
－－：.卡二二E王＿：i:.:.=
t
A
I
I
C
PS-23) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the pa『t is Aluminum.
Rib
5 - 57
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 - 58
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Name:
Date:
PS-24) Sketch an aligned section view using the conventions of revolution. The
unsectioned right side view is shown true shape. The material of the part is Cast Iron.
•
•
eι、
F二3
.
'
.、
φe
•
·...
----
.
..‘. .
仨主
:
千二斗
t二3
., ;
PS-25) Sketch an aligned section view using the conventions of revolution. The
unsectioned right side view is shown true shape. The material of the pa『t is Cast Iron.
-
Aligned section
using the conventions
of revolution.
Unrevolved
view
5 - 59
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
且♀工E豆
5 - 60
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning)
PS-26) Draw the following object converting the front view into an o仔set section. It is not
necessary to include the dimensions. The material of the part is Steel.
2X 0 .50
仨三三2
」2-5
1.50
3.00
民》
1
自a’lll’ 72
. 75
1.00
－唱，I
1.00
1-
｜＋一－ 2 .50 一一，叫
5.00
6.00
1 50
.25 X .25
同一
1.00
L 」－－－－－← J
1.00
5 - 61
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
PS-27) Draw the following object converting the front view into an o仔set section. Capture
as many features as possible. Draw the appropriate cutting plane line. It is not necessary
to include the dimensions. The material of the part is Aluminum.
V
2× 025
050 X84•
125
025
2XR
土一
+
50
+
50
38
138
188
512
550
_j_
III
: 1: I
III
100
一下
SI命d
5 - 62
62
175
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
PS-28) Draw the following object conve同ing the front view into an o仔set section. Capture
as many features as possible. Draw the appropriate cutting plane line. It is not necessary
to include the dimensions. The material of the part is Plastic.
0 .56
V
01.00
0.50
0.88 X 82°
2× R.50
R1.00
1.25
.50
一－1
75
I『一
叫一－ 2 .00 －『』
4.50
5.75
R .25
2.50
_J_
I
I
γ7;
.75
5 - 63
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
PS-29) Draw all three views of the following object converting the front view into a full
section. Draw the appropriate cutting plane line. It is not necessary to include the
dimensions. The material of the pa『t is Steel.
0.50
」」 01 .00
FROM BOTIOM
亨 .25
, - 0 .50
2.50
1.25
－，叶
1 ‘00
I『一
4.50
5.50
3.75
2.00
1.75 -
I I I
「 L-...1. ,
』－ r 十 γ－－－
I I I
T 」
2.00
1.00
.75
了一
5 - 64
I I I
「
•--+,
.
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
PS-30) Draw the following object converting the front view into a full section. Draw the
appropriate cutting plane line. It is not necessary to include the dimensions. The material
of the part is Cast Iron.
050
L」 02.00
亨，75
·~ I fir
~
J乙忐 ~\_
\\.
I
//
2XR
了什 ｜
i
-t_+.J一 I
.7s
•I’ 1：。
3.00 －一一---0叶 .50
4.00
同－一－ 0250 －一『F
』－－－.－＋『－－－ ..J
I I I
I
:
I I I
.50
NOTE: A LL ROUNDS AND FILLETS .12 R
5 - 65
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
PS-31) Draw the following object conve『ting the front view into an o仔set section. Capture
as many features as possible. Draw the appropriate cutting plane line. It is not necessary
to include the dimensions. The material of the part is Steel.
(
10
L」 0 19
2X010,
w 10
飞
川＼ 1
！ 、
10
24
52
4i3
＋（＋）一
...M---...
||
飞飞飞n1
_J~
+) - I
!-(+
10
104 」
52
110
43
167
029 I一
14
I
I
I
I
I I I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
100
5 - 66
I I
t
』
19
38
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
PS-32) Draw the following object conve同ing the front view into an o仔set section. Capture
as many features as possible. Draw the appropriate cutting plane line. It is not necessary
to include the dimensions. The material of the part is Cast Iron.
( .56
V0.88 X82。
4X 0 .25
一L
1.00
.50
k
>l
.50
1.00
2.00
2.00
2.50
斗
2.50
3.50
嚼，－ 150 一－，叫
2.50
- 1 .50
2.00
、
、＿＿ ... _.,.”
I
I
1.25
.75
I I I
I I I
.25
NOTE: ALL FILLETS AND ROUNDS R.12
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
5 - 67
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
PS-33) Draw the following object converting the front view into a full section. It is not
necessary to include the dimensions. The material of the part is Cast Iron.
上圭
2X 0.75
-
-
.88
1.12
丰T
1.00
1.25
。25
3.25
4.25
4.50
- 2.75 -
illL
干
.75
1
」
NOTE: ALL F ILLETS AND ROUNDS R. 12
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
5 - 68
1
半
寸
ll
」
Ll－
11
厂l
「－ IL
+
「lIL
「
「
- - - - - - - - - lll- - - - - - - - - - --- - - - - - - +11
- - - - -- - - 4il
2.00
竹，‘
ll」lI
ll
--
nu
phd
·
-BEBEE
--
-’
’
E
E
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
Draw the following object converting the 付ont view into a full section. It is not
necessary to include the dimensions. The material of the part is Cast Iron.
P S-3 4)
2X 45。
0 .50
1.25
2 .50
2X R.75
－叫
1 50
3 .00
3.50
7.00
Ill
IIIJ
－
l
川
J
?
」｜
l
」ν＿＿
111
l__\L J_l_
2.00
ll
75
NOTE: ALL FILLETS AND ROUN DS R.12
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
5- 69
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
PS-35) Draw the following object converting the front view into a full section. It is not
necessary to include the dimensions. The material of the part is Plastic.
03
S015
S010
ws
S08
－－十－
22
23
03
升 斗5 「
t
2X05
17
08
05
w 14
5 - 70
SI
仨二｝
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
PS-36) Draw the following object conve同ing the right side view into a half section. Draw
the appropriate cutting plane line. It is not necessary to include the dimensions. The
material of the part is Brass.
050
L」 0200
亨 75
-1
「
0 300
L
＼平
\
飞
\
/
/
/
/
\
、、
0 250
- - ------
－－－」
,/
、、
0 100
/
\
\
-- -- -- --
1二二／
广响
SI 份吁
275
PS-37) Draw the following object converting the right side view into a half section. It is
not necessary to include the dimensions. The material of the part is Steel.
』一－ 230 一一叫
4X075
叫－1
0140
0350
\
/
、
/
’-------
F
0450
4X90'
\
'\ "'--- λ /
飞～~
/
,
臼200
L
--< -
• - - ---- -
」－
SI。G
5 - 71
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
PS-38) Draw the following object conve『ting the right side view into a half section. It is
not necessary to include the dimensions. The material of the part is Aluminum.
0 100
L..10200
平1 25
11
「taTILt
0400
0250
」
－『』I
SIφd
100
- -0250
- -
•
225
250
PS-39) Draw the following object converting the right side view into a half section. Draw
the appropriate cutting plane line. It is not necessary to include the dimensions. The
materi al of the part is Steel.
0 100
L」0200
市 1 25
－寸
L __ _
「－－－
－」
125
-
5 - 72
1
75
I唱’一
SIφd
l『－ 200
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
PS-40) Draw the fol lowing object conve叫ing the left side view into a half section. Draw
the appropriate cutting plane line. It is not necessary to include the dimensions. The
material of the part is Steel.
0 1.00
2X L」 0 1 .75
亨 .38
、
、
、、
川门忖什
、
、
、
、
、
~之、、
、
、
飞
、
I
\
02 .00
臼3 .50
0 4.00
I
t
f
J
飞
I
\
飞
、
飞
飞
、
、
/
、
J
/
、、
、
、
‘同 、
F
J
J
/
I
/
、
、
/
/
/
、
、
、
、
、
、
『
－ 卢 ←
,,
, ,
/
,,
-
」
-
.75
•
1.00
''
I
. 12
1- -
币 。62
1 75 一－－1
5 - 73
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
PS-41) Draw the following object conve『ting the right side view into a half section. It is
not necessary to include the dimensions. The material of the part is Aluminum.
3 25
－’－ 2.团
6X0.38
同一－
2.00
寸
i
l
75
,_
@
∞
剧
lmmI
由3.钊
l
-8XR.19
7一叫
一
一
PS-42) Draw the following object converting the right side view into an aligned section
using the conventions of revolution. Draw the appropriate cutting plane line. It is not
necessary to include the dimensions. The material of the part is Cast iron.
3X10
咱－ 3× 5
020
L」 040
~ 15
3X R10
、‘、
tl
‘ ，‘
. ’,1
,,
tlf
/
5 - 74
0 140
F民
( Chapter 5: Secti。ning )
SP5-1) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the part is Steel. The
answer to this problem is given in the Independent Learning Content.
-
J中1
I
I
z
…、 t
ι」－－
I
-
__,’’「－－－
SECTION B-B
B
Oee －
e
·-
6
。
’’EON A 4
EL
户LV
na
－（~＇，L一
、 』’
,-------,
...- ”, d···
tt
” F
yttt
tEE
’’’
SP5-2) Sketch the sectional view as indicated. The material of the part is Rubber. The
answer to this problem is given in the Independent learn的g Content.
....
_
_
..1,.
..
5 - 75
( Chapter 5: Sectioning J
SPS-3) Draw the fol lowing object conve『ting the right side view into an aligned section
using the conventions of revolution. Draw the appropriate cutting plane line. It is not
necessary to include the dimensions. The material of the pa『t is Steel. The answer to this
problem is given in the Independent Learning Content.
55
同一20
0 30
2 X 0 16
/
\
R8
5 - 76
L
ω
臼1 00
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques )
CHAPTER 6
ADVANCED DRAWING TECHNIQUES
CHAPTER OUTLINE
6.1) ADVANCED VIEW TECHNIQUES.…........................…................….........…........….................. 2
6.1 1) Removed and revolved orthographic views . .. ... ............................... ................... . 2
6.1 2) Detail views .. .. ... ... ............. ...... ... . .. ... ......…·…- ….• •. ……· ......…·…. •.• . • 2
6.1 3) Partial views . .. ... ......…·…-….•• •. ……· ........ ......….•• •. ….• •. …………·…·…. •.• . • 2
6.1 4) Auxiliary views . . .. .. ... . .. ... . .. . . .. .. .. ... . .... . . .. ... . .. . .. ... .. .. ... .. .... . . . 7
6.1 5) Related pa白. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
6.2) ADVANCED PART TECHNIQUES .................…...........................….........….......................... 14
6.2 1) Cast and molded pa由. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . 14
6.2 2) Welded pa白. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . 21
ADVANCED DRAWING TECHNIQUES QUESTI。NS ……. ..... ..... ..... .. ... .…………. .. ... .…... ..... ..... . 23
ADVANCED DRAWING TECHNIQUES PROBLEMS .................…….........………........……........... 25
6-1
( Chapter 6: Advanced d阳wing techniques J
CHAPTER SUMMARY
In this chapter you will learn about views that are created using advanced drawing
techniques. These views include removed and revolved views, detail views, partial views, and
auxiliary views. γou will also learn how to read orthographic projections of cast parts.
6.1) ADVANCED V IEW TECHNIQUES
Several drawing techniques will be described that enhance the standard views.
These techniques a『e used when a feature of the part cannot be completely described
using the six principal views. They may also be used to show the feature more clearly
even if it is completely described in the standard views.
6.1 .1) Rem。ved and revolved orthographic views
In some instances, the size and l o臼tion of an o巾og raph ic view (e.g. top, right
side) interferes with other components of the drawing. In these instances the view may
be removed 付om its normal aligned position. The view may also be rotated and scaled.
When a removed or rotated view is used, view indicators with letter identifications are used
to indicate from where the view was taken and its line of sight. Figure 6.1-1 shows an
example of a removed O『thograph i c view and Figure 6.1-2 shows an example of a
removed view that has been rotated. Removed and rotated views are labeled with th ei『
view identification and scale. Rotated views a「e also labeled with their angle of rotation.
6.1 .2) Detail v iews
If a part has intricate features that are small relative to the rest of the part, a detail
view may be used to clarify these features. A detail view is usually shown at an increased
scale. The detail view is identified by using a le忧er that matches the letter given by the
circle indicating where the detail is being taken 付om. Figure 6.1-3 shows an example of
a detail view.
6.1 .3) Partial v iews
Partial views are used to show only pertinent features. They are used instead of
drawing the complete view when the complete view does not add any new information.
Many times drawing the complete view in these situations does not increase clearness.
Figure 6.1-4 shows and example of a partial orthographic view and Figu『e 6.1-5 shows an
example of a pa叫al auxiliary view.
6-2
2
4
3
6
REWs o MH- T’ nvRv’
- -T o-N E - - F EnuE CR P
- -
REV
M川－
ZONE
8
7
户、M
工
5
9
10
DATE
APPROVED
11
Q
UV
E
工
。
。
嘻～～～ Removed view
LL
LL
UJ
VIEW A-A ~
SCALE I : I
U』
二J View identification and sea le
A －叶「
。
。
也－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－
(.)
A
由
DATE
APPROVALS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DIM ARE IN INCHES
τOL ON ANGLE 主 .2·
2 PL•.0 5 3PL 主。001
INTERPRET DIM ANO T口L PER
ASME Y14.S. 2009
PRT
DRAFTER
2010/07/23
2010/07/26 TITLE
2010/07/27
C例ECKED
ENGINEER
-’
υ
EGE
国
REMOVED VI EW
，儿也AτERI AL
1020 STEEL
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
$-E3
<
。》
(,)
FINISH
2
3
副ZE
ALLOVER
5
6
l5wG丽6
面EV
A
303200
SCALE
T亏语言
7
8
<
3 of 5
1:2
口0 NOT SCALE DRAWING
4
E画画EC05E
9
10
11
『回〉且〈ω2日且且吕 主 3
｛OEBO
REE gg －
由同
00·
？开刀。 3 。〈OS。22。03℃立－
20C
『
n 〈－
O〈〈
φ
3
2
5
4
FU
9
10
DATE
APPROVED
11
cuT OnnY
- -, F- -
工
\
。
~•
A
v9
忡阳V
A
E 飞
4i
IIFhmHM
u..
<>
内H
内H
ωM
俑咄
wmht na
Um
卫GC『
OO－－－
MU刀。〈。－
〈。22
O血
n 〈－
O〈〈
。。『ω百万－
,
u..
REV
｜仁歼 ·再干·再干·有1 I ←一
1iu
s
H川－
。
ZONE
8
REW nv
Tnu GU R o-N PE』
工
7
6
M川－
品
GQ
AU
一
• ..
UJ
一
U』
一
-·
。
。
υ
υ
∞
APPROVALS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DIM ARE IN INCHES
TOl ON ANGLE t .2 °
DATE
DRAFTER
KAO
2010/07/23
2PL 主.05 3 PL 主001
CHECKED
KJT
2010/07/26
INTERPRET DIM AND TOL PER
ASME Y14.5 • 2009
ENGINEER
RPM
2010/07/27
EGE
TITLE
∞
REVOLVED
MATE 阳AL
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
$-e司
<(
2
3
FINISH
1020 SτEEL
SIZE
ALLOVER
A
303200
SCALE
SHEET
5
6
REV
7
8
<
1 of 1
1: 1
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
4
口WGNO
CAGE CODE
9
10
11
问ω
。『
｛
AUE
h由E
u 〈2 日且且 E 亘 3由市口
225coz
。》
2
5
4
3
REV
9
10
DATE
APPROVED
11
M川－
R Ws1nV H POT’-ORY
N- - - E T -nu C CD T
OP T
U H
E 士酌
ZONE
8
7
E』
工
6
工
。
。
.80
平『
u.
玄而
--.
u.
35.50
w
42.50
37.50
2X ¢ 3.00
2X 7.00
2.eo
|||•
2 PL 主 05 3PL 主.00 1
CHECK ED
INTERPRET DIM AND TOL PER
ASME Y14.5 • 2009
ENGINEER
u
M
2015/07/23
RPM
201 5/07/27
EGE
2015/07/26 TITLE
∞
CONNECTING ROD
MATE R I，也
1060 ALUMINUM
THIRD ANGLE PRO.吐ECT ION
$-El
<
。》
口、
FINISH
2
3
SIZE
CAGE CODE
DWG NO
B
ALLOVER
303200
5
6
5 Df 10
1:8
7
<I:
SHEET
SCALE
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
4
REV
8
9
10
11
｛OEB O『回 〉且〈ω2日 且且吕主 3由 同
REE gg －
DRAFTER
e
DATE
APPROVALS
TOLONANGLE 主2'
∞
-
w
e du
。
DETAIL A
SCALE I : 4
Detail
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
口IM ARE IN INCHES
2
向
a
u
·- mML
n2ae
W 缸
/
aα
A句
VA
2X Rl.00
D 阳
2X I X 45。
A
w
∞
。
。
内，4
oo－－ωuogω
－－
S O〈〈
EGC
「
2X2X 45°
-I 7.00
1
2
3
5
4
6
-
REV
9
10
DATE
APPROVED
11
M川－
ZONE
8
RE s1o MH cu’t OR’v
E - - - - - F -nu POCR PT N·
E』
工
7
WT
ω
0>
工
。
。
ir-1广书
一的
T
呐－
00·4·ι
…可ω「－s －〈－
O〈〈
OC『
LL
LL
t』
UJ
／叫 view
。
。
..
。
(.)
APPROVALS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DIM ARE IN INCHES
TOL ON ANGLE t .:z+
2PL 主.05 3 PL t.001
INTERPRET OIM AND TOL PER
ASME Y14.5 - 20C用
∞
DRAFTER
KAP
CHECKED
KJT
ENGINEER
RPM
DATE
2010/07/23
2010/07/26 TITLE
2010/07/27
ACME
∞
COUPLING
MAτERIAL
Cl
τHIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
$-E司
<
1
2
3
SIZE
FINISH
CAGEC百DE
A
205
SCALE
5
6
A
SHEET
1 :1
DONOτSCALE DRAWING
4
百EV
DWGNO
7
8
9
10
4:
1 of 11
11
问
。ω
『h
由 E 〈2 日且且 E 亘 3
｛
AUE
u
225coz
由市口
。》
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques)
6.1 .4) Aux iliary v iew s
Primary views include the six views described in the Orthographic Projections
chapter (i.e. front, top, right side, bo忧om , left side, rea r). These views are created by
projecting the pa时 onto the primary planes. The planes making up the glass box.
Auxiliary v iews are created by projecting the part onto a plane that is at an angle to one
of the primary planes as shown in Figure 6.1-5. Note that the hidden lines in this figu re
are omitted for clari ty.
Auxiliary views are used to show the true shape of features that are not parallel to
any of the principle planes of projection. In Figure 6.1-6, the counter bored hole is not
shown true shape in either the top or ri ght side views. An auxiliary view is needed to show
the counter bore true size. Auxiliary views are aligned with the angled features from which
they are projected. Partial auxiliary views are often used to shown only a particular feature
that is not described in the principle views.
6.1 .5) Related parts
If the relationship between the pa付 bei ng drawn and another pa付（i.e. related pa同）
of the assembly is important, the related part may be shown on the detailed drawing as
shown in Figure 6.1-7. The related part is drawn by outlining the part using the phantom
line type. The line weight of the phantom line should be thin.
Try Exercises 6.1-1 and 6.1-2 and watch Video Exercise 6.1-3.
6-7
( Chapter 6: Advanced d阳wing techniques J
hF
2u
自v
~,
n川
r mau
hF
Figure 6.1-5: Auxiliary view projection
6-8
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques )
Primary view
,-‘r
,
--
tti、，Jλ ，， A
t
’Lvttkith
,
,,
”,,’
P时maryview
P「imary view
Figure 6.1-6: Auxiliary views
6-9
5
4
。
RET sl o MH cu’t OR’v
nu POCR T
PT -N· - - - - F --
R EV
9
10
11
DATE
APPROVED
M川－
ZONE
8
7
俨E
工
6
工
。
”’
'''
”’
|’
t
”
u.
u.
w
ι
-
””
””也
－HG
00·4·刀
u。y
u。。ω℃
2
－
－ C『
ω
问
1
w
\/
。
:___/
。
。
'\.
υ
APPR。VALS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DIM A民E IN INCHES
TOLON AN GLE 主 r
∞
3 PL 主.00 1
INTERPRET DIM AND TOL PER
ASME Y14 ,5 • 20(国
2 PL 金.05
DATE
EGE
口RAFTER
KAP
201 5/07/23
CHECKED
KJT
2015/07/26 TITLE
ENGINEER
KAP
2015/07/27
国
title
MATERIAL
1045 STEEL
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
$-E3
<(
1
2
3
苟言E
CAGE<:百DE
4
SCALE
5
6
A
SHEET
1 :1
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
4
百EV
DWGNO
A
FINISH
7
8
9
10
<(
2 of 10
11
问ω
。『
｛
AUE
h由E
u 〈2 日且且 E 亘 3由市口
225coz
3
2
WT
ω
。 ’40
1
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques)
Exercise 6.1-1: ldentifvina v iews
1.
2.
3.
4.
Identify the principle views.
Identify the auxiliary view.
Identify the partial views.
Identify the detail view.
始川U
年I
号？
i.'::'.:'.:'.:'.:'4亨、
∞
俨
∞
φ~~
®
0吕
6 - 11
( Chapter 6: Advanced d阳wing techniques J
E 1Cercise 6.1-2: Auxiliarv view
Draw the auxiliary view for this object.
So
树也、川
~~~＼i＇~ ,
1斗。
'!So
11°
、
、
、、
、
l
I
/
, / /
vr
/
e /
J /
φ
）
r
e/
/
/
/
/
/
U
- 一二←－－／－,.L一－－…气
J
ae
/ F
-
/
6 - 12
,, /
/
/
/
/
I
I
I
I
·
」
J
I /~
I/
_J_
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques)
Video Exercise 6.1-3: Auxiliarv views
This video exercise takes you through creating the auxiliary views for the following
object.
.
.
@
、
•
.电－
@.
ez
-
i
!-@.
.
、
.
e
e
.,
...
d
、
‘
、
白
i
e
、
..
,
.
.
,
,
－、
’ @
-,-.
@,
,.
、．
、
-
,
6 - 13
( Chapter 6: Advanced d阳wing techniques J
6.2) ADVANCED PART TECHNIQUES
There are several types of parts that required special drawing symbols. For
example, cast pa『ts use surface texture symbols and welded parts use weld symbols. We
will take a look at cast and molded parts in this section.
6.2.1) Cast and molded parts
In order to fu lly appreciate the drawing elements of a casting or molded part, it
helps to have a basic understanding of the processes used to make these parts. Cast
and molded parts are similar in the sense that the parts are made by pouring or injecting
a melted substance into a cavity and allowing the substance to solidify. In the case of
castings, the material is usually a metal and it is poured into the mold. In the case of
molded parts, the material is usually a polymer and it is injected into the mold. Cast and
molded parts are most often used when the part needed is too complex to economically
make using another method. Figure 6.2-1 and 6.2-2 show the different components of a
casting system. Before we look at a drawing of a cast or molded part, let’ s go over some
defi nitions.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Casting: A process were by a part is produced by the solid ifi臼tion of a material
in a mold. The solid part produced by this process is also called the casting.
Mo ld: A form made of sand, metal, or other material. The melted material is
poured or injected into the mold and allowed to solidify.
Pa同ing line: A line on the drawing that represents the mating surfaces of the
mold.
Draft: The taper given to a pa『t so that it 臼n be extracted from the mold.
Fi llet radius: A concaved radius on the part connecting two surfaces.
Corner radius : A convex radius on the pa『t connecting two surfaces.
In the tangible wo川d , there are several features that allow you to immediately
identify a 臼sti ng . Figure 6.2-3 shows a casting of a bottle opener. Notice the following
features. Cast and molded parts will often have a ridge where the pa『ting line was located.
Most sand casted metal parts have slightly rough surfaces from contact with the sand.
The smooth surfaces on the casting have been machined after the completed casting
process. A cast part will have both fillet and corner radii. These radii are placed in the
design to avoid sharp corners which lead to stress concentrations (i.e. an increase
possibility for pa『t failu『e under load). Also, castings will have su『faces that are angled
(i.e. drafted). Drafts allow the part to be extracted from the mold. These drafts proceed
from the pa同ing plane (i.e . the plane where the two halves of the mold meet) outward or
inward depending on the drawing specifications. The most common material used for
castings is cast iron. Cast iron is a relatively brittle material, therefore, you will often see
supporting ribs and webs to help increase the part’s strength.
6 - 14
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques )
Casting ～～～飞
Mold
也｝
Pa「ting plane
Mold
Casting ～～～飞
二三乌
Figure 6.2-1 : Casting components - exploded view
6 - 15
( Chapter 6: Advanced d阳wing techniques J
p。u ri ng cup
Riser
Cope
Pa时ing plane
Core
Drag
Gate system· Casting
圄嗣－『
h飞“同』
.
i
－－「
!
_J
·卡E主岳·．
L，，扣””F
Casting
Pourin~ue_
Parting line
SECTION A -A
Figure 6.2-2: Casting components
6 - 16
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques)
Phvsical bottle ooener
…
/Ro
ce
, Machined su 『face
P 「e-machined castina model
Fillet
Corner
Parting line
。『aft
(angled surface)
，u
、
户LU
户LU
, 2u e
MIll
2u KHnHeAUCJUU n
Machined castina model
Machined surfaces
-
Figure 6.2-3: Bottle opener
6 - 17
( Chapter 6: Advanced d阳wing techniques J
In this text we will focus on the end item drawing. That means the drawing that
shows the part after it has been 臼st and machined (i.e. in its fina l state). Here is a list of
featu 「es and concepts that you should keep in mind when reading a casting drawing. See
Figure 6.2-6 for illustrations of these concepts. Note that the drawing shown in Figure
6.2-6 may not be complete. It is just used for illustration purposes.
• The radius of fillets and corners a『e not dimensioned individually, but specified
in a note on the drawing as shown below.
• Di『nensions are 『neasured to the 町1old lines. This means that if a dimension
goes between a fillet or corner radius, the dimension is measuring from the
theoretical sharp corner created by the two meeting surfaces.
• A surface texture value is specified for all machined surfaces.
• The die closure tolerance is eithe『 specified in a note or applied directly to the
dimension.
• The pa同ing line (i.e. where the mold halves meet) is i nd i臼ted with a phantom line
and the parting line symbol.
6.2.1.1) Surface texture symbol
Surface textu『e symbols are used to indicate surfaces of a casting that will be
machined after the casting process. Figure 6.2-4 shows the three basic configurations of
the surface texture symbol and Figu『e 6.2-6 shows there use. Figure 6.2-5 shows a
SU 『face texture symbol with roughness specifications. Getting into what each specification
means is beyond the scope of this text. Further information may be obtain in the
Machinery’s handbook.
\/
飞j
父j
The surface may
be produced by
any method
Material removal
required
Material removal
p rohibited
Figure 6.2-4: Surface texture symbols
6 - 18
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques )
Maximum waviness height \
1 Maximum waviness spacing
Roughness avera e values ＼飞
，
\‘
B-C
Machining allowance ，‘了 A
; o~ Roughness sampling length
『 F\/E 唔一－ Laysymb。｜
且扭曲
63~
...1..
Figure 6.2-5: Surface texture symbols specifications
6 - 19
｛OZE理由主〈
。 ’NO
1.89
R.50
R4.18
ω2日且且 E 亘 3
.15
φ .50
4.55
A
一一一一一一
古S
。 15
R.75
5.40
6岱
Surface texture
symbol
.13
.13 －「
D目AIL 8
SCALE 2: I
.13
.16
却
丁
咱G
川C
－『
00·N
ou∞。三。。
－
ω〈〈
－0
303『0巳『
3
225coz
由市口
一－
.25
.13
SECTI。N A-A
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
1. DRAWING PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME Y14.8-2009
2. DIMENSI。N AND TOιERANCES EXCLUDE DRAFT. DRAFT. -DFT
3. FILLETS RADII R.10.
4. CORNER RADII R.10
5. DRAFT ANGLES 5。 MAX.
6. DIE CLOSER ALLOWANCE ! .01
Parting line
symbol
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques)
6.2.2) Welded pa 由
Welding joins pieces of metal by heating the surfaces to the point of melting using
a blowtorch, electric arc, or othe『 means . Sometimes a filler rod is used to add material
to the weld joint. Welding is a permanent means of assembly. Therefore, welded parts
are considered a single part and not an assembly. Weld information is given on the
detailed drawing using weld symbols. Figure 6.2-7 shows examples of some common
weld symbols.
There are many types of welds and weld symbols. Covering all of these symbols
is beyond the scope of this book. For detailed information, refer to the Machinery’S
Handbook. The goal of this section is to introduce you to how welds are ind i臼ted on
drawings. This will allow you to recognize these symbols as welds so that you can look
up their exact meaning.
6 - 21
( Chapter 6: Advanced d阳wing techniques J
8
旦出L旦到a
leg = 8 mm (other side)
12
旦出1旦到g
6
leg= 6 mm (arrow side)
leg= 12 mm (other side)
旦监L旦到g
leg = 6 mm (all around)
6
V-<lroove weld
Arrow side
Snuare-aroove weld
Arrow side
Bevel-aroove weld
both side
。
5这
Figure 6.2-7: We ld symbol examples
6 - 22
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques )
ADVANCED DRAWING TECHNIQUES QUESTIONS
Name:
Date:
Q6-1 ) These type of views are not in the projection path. (Circle all that apply)
a)
b)
c)
d)
Removed
Revolved
Detail
Auxiliary
Q6-2) These type of views may be scaled. (Circle all that apply)
a)
b)
c)
d)
Removed
Revolved
Detail
Auxiliary
Q6-3) This type of view is created using a plane that is not parallel to one of the principal
planes.
a)
b)
c)
d)
Removed
Revolved
Detail
Auxiliary
Q6-4) This type of view, for clarity, does not show everything.
a) Removed
b) Revolved
c) Pa同i al
d) Related
Q6-5) This type of part is shown in phantom lines.
臼加创怡
，
，
阳山川州MM
·
AU4
自LW2uau
，
、 EF 、 ，
、，，、
auhU内
bAU
ARPR
-tAU
ned
Q6-6) Drawings of 臼stings use these two types of symbols. (Circle two choices)
a)
b)
c)
d)
Parting line
Weld
Surface texture
Draft
6 - 23
( Chapter 6: Advanced d阳wing techniques J
Q6-7) Weld symbols indicate the side of the weld by placing the weld symbol ...
a) above or below the line.
b) to the right or left of the line.
c) in bold or ital i臼．
6 - 24
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques )
ADVANCED DRAWING TECHNIQUES PROBLEMS
Name:
Date:
P6-1 ) Sketch in a complete auxiliary view in the space indicated.
于t111
且
...
「 Il11
r-』
【川U
l…
i
6 - 25
( Chapter 6: Advanced d阳wing techniques J
且♀工E豆
6 - 26
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques )
Name:
Date:
P6-2) Sketch in a complete auxiliary view in the space indicated.
. ·.
.
.
.
·
.
.
.
. .
.. ·
.
.
·
.’ ,
. ·.
,
.·
-
-
.
,
//
///
//
//
//
//
//
//
/
/
-\
~
6 - 27
( Chapter 6: Advanced d阳wing techniques J
且♀工E豆
6 - 28
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques )
Name:
Date:
←
」／
＼／
＼／
＼「
P6-3) Finish the two incomplete auxiliary views.
L←
ιr ＋
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
ι
/
/
/
/
/
/
6 - 29
( Chapter 6: Advanced d阳wing techniques J
且♀工E豆
6 - 30
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques )
P6-4) Create an 。此h ograph ic projection of the following object. Draw an auxiliary view
that shows the angled surface true shape. Use partial views where appropriate.
("\\)
c:,
<,:,
~
X‘
∞－
4「
℃民
<"::>
c:,
、 （＂＼＼）
《亡， －
’＇＼／＇、
’”J AHV
1
c:,
。3
A
,o
••
毛主～～～／it .
·So
c:::i
々＂：＞
h、 －
·So
s.oo
,o
6 - 31
( Chapter 6: Advanced d阳wing techniques J
P6-5) Create an 。此hograph ic projection of the following object. Draw an auxiliary view
that shows the angled surface t阳e shape. Use partial views where appropriate.
2×
φ10
2×
R15
25
<s
ν二
is
：〉λ
、3、
,>
d>
‘二〉
6 - 32
ζ〉
、2
、1二
、f
0
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques)
P6-6) Create an o同hograph ic projection of the following object. Draw two auxiliary views
that show the angled features true shape. Use pa『tial views where appropriate.
<<
:So
，、
，、，
<»
h、
、民
伽』
导
h、
1 S•
’
1
才6
6 - 33
( Chapter 6: Advanced d阳wing techniques J
P6-7) Create an 。此hograph ic projection of the following object. Draw an auxiliary view
that shows the angled feature true shape. Use pa『tial views where appropriate.
、〈
、‘
u
AU
AU
由￥
- AUAU
-
P6-8) Create an 。此hograph ic projection of the following object. Draw an auxiliary view
that shows the angled surface true shape. Use partial views where appropriate.
慧、．、、
’－－－、、－
田，、， 、
世·＂－＂
＼气
1 20·
... 2 ..
~
τ一一
各
6 - 34
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques )
｜
一
P6-9) Create an o同h ograph ic projection of the following object. Draw an auxiliary view
that shows the angled surface true shape. Use partial views where appropriate.
悄l
一
3.76
Sh 。、v this surtace true shape
13°
一.62 「
50
35•
1-
I咽’一
2.12
6 - 35
( Chapter 6: Advanced d阳wing techniques J
P6-10) Create an o同hographic projection of the following object. Draw an auxiliary view
that shows the angled surface t阳e shape. Use partial views where appropriate.
127
31
40
21
I
\
0 16
/
, , ,
｜ ｜斗 24
40。
＼才／~
＼ 飞／
,
I I
36
I 1/f
./\
,,
21 1-
\ /
2X 0 16
48
.. .
ll.
·, I
＼＼、
γ
L
I
飞＼＼
、
72
广寸 i
17
7J
P6-11) C「eate an 。此hographic projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views. Place surface roughness symbols on all finished surfaces. Note that all fillets and
rounds are R3 unless otherwise specified .
φ 25
φ1 5
100
φ40
φ 25
户／
6 - 36
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques)
P6-12) C「eate an o同hographic projection of the following object. Draw the three standa「d
views. Place su 『face roughness symbols on all finished su 『faces .
1
hHU
气〈
、心’
问均E
S
飞／
白
(),4
ii
h忖 、
_A.A-/
AULU
UN
、uv
‘ hU
6 - 37
( Chapter 6: Advanced d阳wing techniques J
P6-13) C「eate an 。此hographic projection of the following object. Draw the three standard
views. Place surface roughness symbols on all finished su 『faces .
4X
φ0.3 8
φ1
¢ 0. 63
1τ［
0.2
0.88
1 . 75
3
0.2
『 4
R 2. 5
5.5
6.88
7.5
. 12 TYP
「 φ 1 : 75 「
1 • 26
3 ι
了一｜
NOTE: ALL FILLETS AND ROUNDS
R0.125 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
6 - 38
T
1 • 75
[ Chapter 6: Advanced drawing t田hniques )
P6-14) C「eate an o同hographic projection of the following object. Draw the three standa「d
views. Place su 『face roughness symbols on all finished surfaces.
R 84
4X
¢ 19
1 47 「
ι¢二七」32门
¢ 38
¢ 38
一！”
卡~
L
nm
I j I
19
TYP
I j I
:I
一
2s
l
101
L斗
213
NOTE : ALL FILLEτS AND ROUNDS R3
UNιESS OTHERWI SE SPECIFIED
6 - 39
( Chapter 6: Advanced d阳wing techniques J
且♀工E豆
6 - 40
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
CHAPTER 7
TOLERANCING
CHAPTER OUTLINE
7.1) T。LERANCING AND INTERCHANGEABILITY .............................….................................. 2
7.2) TOLERANCING STANDARDS. …............................................................................…......... 2
7.3) TOLERANCE TYPES .......................................................................................................... 2
7.4) SHAFT-HOLE ASSEMBLY ................................................................................................. 4
7.5) INCH TOLERANCES .…..................................................................................….................. 4
7 .5.1) Types of fits.. .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 6
7.5.2) ANSI standard limits and fits (English) ...... ................................................................. .. 7
7 .6) METRIC TOLERANCES ......................................................................................…........... 10
7.6.1) ANSI standard limits and fits (Metri c) .... ................................................................ .... 11
7 .6.2) Tolerance designation . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. 11
7.6.3) Basic hole and basic shaft systems .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. .. 13
7.7) SELECTING TOLERANCES .............................…...........................…............................... 14
7.8) TOLERANCE ACCUMULATI。N ....................................................................................... 15
7.9) FORMATTING TOLERANCES .......................................................................................... 17
7.9.1) Met『i c tole『ances ... ... ... ... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ... ... 17
7.9.2) Inch tole『ances .. …. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
7.10) APPLYING WHAT WE HAVE LEARNED .........................….................….................….... 20
TOLERANCING QUESTIONS .................................................................................................. 27
TOLERANCING PROBLEMS ...................................…...........................…............................... 31
7-1
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
CHAPTER SUMMARY
In this chapter you wi/1 /eam about tolerancing and how important this technique is to mass
production. Tolerancing enables an eng的eer to design interchangeable or replacement parts. If a
feature ’s size is toleranced, it is allowed to vary within a range of values or limits. It is no longer
controlled by a single size. By the end of this chapter, you will be able to apply tolerances to a
basic dimension and calculate a feature ’s limits.
7 .1) TOLERANCING AND INTERCHANGEABILITY
Tolerancing is dimensioning for interchangeability. An interchangeable part
is a part that possesses functional and physi臼l characteristics equivalent in performan臼
to another part for which it is intended to replace. When dimensioning an interchangeable
part, the dimension is not a single value but a range of values that the part must fall within.
Interchangeability is achieved by imposing tolerances or limits on a dimension. A
tolerance is the total amount of dimensional variation permitted. In other words, it is
the d i仔erence between the maximum and minimum size of the feature. Tolerancing
enables similar parts to be near enough alike so that any one of them will fit properly into
the assembly. For example, you would like to replace your mountain bike’ s seat post with
a seat post that contains a shock absorber. You expect that all seat posts designed for
mountain bikes will be interchangeable.
Tolerancing and interchangeability are an essential part of mass production.
Tolerances are necessa叩 because it is impossible to manufacture parts without
some variation. A key component of mass production is the ability to buy replacement
pa 巾 that are interchangeable or 臼n substitute for the pa 「t being replaced.
Tolerancing gives us the means of specifying dimensions with whatever degree of
accuracy we may require for our design to work prope叫y We would like to choose a
tolerance that is not unnecessarily accurate or excessively inaccurate. Choosing the
co付ect tolerance for a particular application depends on the design intent (i.e . the end
use) of the pa代 cost, how it is manufactured, and experience.
7 .2) TOLERANCING STANDARDS
Standards are needed to establish dimensional limits for parts that are to be
interchangeable. Standards make it possible for parts to be manufactured at d i何eren t
times and in different places with the assurance that they will meet assembly
requirements. The two most common standards agencies are the American National
Standards Institute (ANSI) and the lntemational Standa 叫S Organization (ISO). The ANSI
standards are now being compiled and distributed by the Ameri臼n Society of Mechanical
Engineers (ASME). The information contained in this chapter is based on the following
standards: ASME Y14.5 - 2009, USAS B4.1 - 1967 (R2004), and A NSI B4.2 - 1978
(R2004 ).
7 .3) TOLERANCE TYPES
Tolerancing on an engineering drawing may be desc川bing two very different forms
of dimensional variation. The type of tolerancing that will be discussed in this chapter may
be referred to as s但ndard toleranc的g or x-y coordinate toleranc的g This type of
tolerancing is used to control position and size. The other type of tolerancing is called
geometric dimension的g and toleranc的g (i.e. GD&T). This type of tolerancing controls
7-2
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
things such as form (i.e. feature shape), location, and position. Geometric dimensioning
and tolerancing is beyond the scope of this book.
Toleranced dimensions may be presented using three general m ethods. The
methods presented in this chapter include limit dimensions, plus-minus tolerances, and
page or block tolerances.
•
•
•
Limit Dimensions: Limits are the maximum and minimum size that a part can obtain
and still function prope时y. For example, the diameter of a shaft may vary between
.999 inch and 1.001 inches. On a drawing, you would see this dimension specified as
the limit tolerance 币ho响n in Figure 7 .3-1. Notice that the upper limit is placed above
the lower limit in the stacked version. W hen both limits are placed on one line, the
lower limit precedeι the upper limit. Limit dimensions provide the blueprint reader with
the limits of allo1,11able variation without any calculation. It eliminates potential
calculation mistakes.
Plus-Minus Tol era『ices: Plus-minus tolerances give a basic size and the variation that
can occur around that basic size. On a c rawing, a plus-m的us tolerance dimension
would look like that shown in Figu 陀 7 . 3-1. When the positive and negative variations
are the same, it is r创＇e rred to as an equal bilateral tolerance. When they are not the
same, the specifi臼tion is called an unequal bilateral and when one of the va阳n臼S is
zero, the tolerance is unilateral. The type of tolerance chosen depends on the direction
in which variation is most detrimental. Plus-minus tolerances are convenient because
a design may be initially drawn and dimensioned using basic sizes. As the design
progresses, toleran臼s may be added.
Paae or Block Toleranc坦S A block tolerance is a general note that applies to all
dimensions that are not covered by some other tolerancing type. The format of a block
tolerance is shown in Figure 7 .3-1. Block tolerances are placed in the tolerance block
to the left of the title block and above the projection block. Block tolerances a陀 used
fo r two reasons. First, they act as a default tolerance for any dimensions that may
have been overlooked when tolerances were assigned. Second, they are often used
to quickly tolerance non-criti臼l dimensions.
or
¢.999 -
1 .0叫
,
+ nunU
nunu
-
4，呵，
ι
I¢1 ；；自
d1
Plus-minus tolerance
Limit tolerance
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DIM ARE IN INCHES
TOL ON ANGLE ± .XX0
2 PL ±.×× 3 PL 士 . XXX
INTERPRET DIM AND TOL PER
ASME Y14.5 - XXXX
Block tolera n 臼
Figure 7.3-1: Toleran臼 methods
7-3
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
7 .4) SHAFT-HOLE ASSEMBLY
In the intervening sections, a simple shaft and hole assembly will be used to
illustrate different concepts and definitions. Figure 7 .4-1 shows a shaft that is designed to
fit into a hole. Both the shaft and the hole are allowed to vary between a maximum and
minimum diameter.
·T
-’
a
’
A
A
寸
“
KH<
-A
一
‘
户
」
UV
。”
ShHe aHH
I
AU
S kHau
t
Dll 晶1
nut
T
·-
Figure 7.4-1: Shaft and hole assembly.
7.5) INCH TOLERANCES
Consider a simple shaft and hole assembly, like that shown in Figure 7.5斗 ， when
reading the following definitions relating to tolerancing in inches. Both the diameter of the
shaft and hole a「e allowed to vary between a maximum and minimum value.
-
L皿且主； The limits are the maximum and minimum size that the pa 同 is allowed to be.
•
Basic Size: The basic size is the size from which the limits are calculated . It is
common for both the hole and the shaft and is usually the value of the closest fraction.
•
工副阜且且豆豆 The tolerance is the total amount a specific dimension is permi悦ed to vary.
•
Maximum Mate时al Condition (MMC): The MMC is the size of the part when it consists
of the most mate时al.
•
Least Material Condition (LMC): The LMC is the size of the part when it consists of
the least material.
7-4
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
•
Maximum Clearance: The maximum clearance is the maximum amount of space that
臼n exist between the hole and the shaft. Don ’ t let the word clearance fool you. The
maximum clearance may be positive (a spa臼） or negati四（no space). The maximum
clearance is calculated by using the follo咄ng equation:
Max. Clearance = LMCho1e - LMCsha由
•
Minimum Clearance (Allowance): The minimum clearance is the minimum amount of
space that can exist between the hole and the shaft. Don’t let the word clearance fool
you. The minimum clearance may be positive (a space) or negative (no spa臼）. The
minimum clearance is calculated by using the following equation:
Min . Clearance = MMCho1e - MMCshatt
L一
一」
¢ .50
.49
¢ ::;
I
Figure 7.5-1: Toleranced shaft and hole pair (English).
Exercise 7 .5-1 : Inch tolerance definitions
Referring to Figure 7 .5-1 , fill in the following table.
Shaft
Hole
Limits
Basic Size
Tolerance
MMC
LMC
Max. Clearance
Min. Clearance
(Allowance)
7-5
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
7 .5.1) Types of fits
Within the set of inch tolerances, there are four major types of fits. W ithin each f it
there are several degrees or classes. The type of fit and class that you choose to
implement depends on the function of your design. The major catego川es of fits a隐：
clearance， 的terference, transition, and line. Table 7 . 5斗 lists and defines each of the four
types of f its.
Type of Fit
Clearance Fit
Interference Fit
Transition Fit
Line Fit
Definition
The internal member (shaft) fits into the
extemal member (hole) and always leaves a
soace or clearance between the oarts.
The internal member is larger than the
extemal member such that there is always
an actual interference of metal.
The f it might result in either a clearance or
interference fit condition.
The limits of size are specified such that a
clearance or surface contact mav result.
When it exists
Min. Clear> O
Max. Clear 三 O
Min. Clear< O
Max. Clear > O
Min. Clear = O
Max. Clear >O
Table 7.5-1: Types of fits.
Exercise 7 .5-2: Tvoes of fits
From everyday life, list some examples of clearance and inte斤erence fits.
Fit
Clearance
Interference
7-6
Exam oles
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
Exercise 7.5-3: Determinina fit tv oe
Determine the basic size and type of fit given the limits for the shaft and hole.
Shaft Limits
1.498 - 1.500
.751 - .755
.373 - .378
.247 - .250
Hole Limits
1.503 - 1.505
.747 - .750
.371 - .375
.250 - .255
Basic Size
Tvoe of Fit
7 .5.2) ANSI standard l imits and fits ( English)
The following fit types and classes are in accordance with the USAS B4 .1-1967
(R2004) standard.
•
Runnina or Slidina Clearance Fits (RC)
Running and sliding cleara n臼 fits are intended to provide running pe斤orma n ce
with suitable lubri cation. Table 7.5-2 lists the d i仔erent classes of 阳n n ing and sliding
clearance fits and their design uses.
•
Locational Fits (LC LT LN)
Locational fits are intended to determine only the location of the mating parts. They
are divided into three groups: clearance fits (LC), transition fits (LT), and inte巾陀nee fits
(LN). Table 7.5-3 lists the different classes of lo臼tion al fits and their design uses.
•
FN: For℃e Fits:
Force fits provide a constant bore pressure th 「oughout the range of sizes. The
classes are categorized from FN 1 to FN5. Table 7.5-4 lists the d肝erent classes of force
f its and their design uses.
7-7
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
Class of Fit
RC9-RC8
Descriotion
Loose running fit
RC?
Free running fit
RC6-RC5
Medium running fit
RC4
Close running fit
RC3
Precision 阳nn i ng fit
RC2
Sliding fit
RC1
Close Sliding fit
Desian use
Used with material such as cold rolled
shafting and tubing made to commercial
tolerances.
Used where accuracy is not essential, or
where larae temoerature variations occur.
Used on accurate machinery with higher
surfa臼 speeds where accurate location and
minimum play is desired.
Used on accurate machinery with moderate
surfa臼 speeds where accurate location and
minimum play is desired.
This is the closest fit, which can be expected
to run freely. Intended for slow speeds. Not
suitable for appreciable temperature
chanaes.
Used for accurate location. Parts will move
and turn easily but are not intended to run
freely. Parts may seize with small
temoerature chanaes.
Used for accurate location of pa白 that must
be assembled without oerceotible olav.
Table 7 .5-2: Running and sliding clearance fit classes.
Class of Fit
LC
Description
Locational
clearance fit
LT
Locational
transition fit
LN
Locational
interferen 臼 fit
Design use
Intended for parts that are normally stationary, but
which can be freely assembled or disassembled.
They 阳n from snug fits (pa时s requiring accuracy
of location), through the medium clearance fits
(pa付s where freedom of assembly is i mpo同ant).
The classes a「e 臼tegorized from LC1 being the
tiahtest fit to LC11 beina the loosest.
Used where accuracy of lo臼tion is important, but
a small amount of clearance or interference is
pe门nissibl e. The classes are 臼tego付出d from
LT1 to LT6.
Used where accuracy of lo臼tion is of prime
importance, and for pa 同s requiring rigidity and
alignment with no special requirements for bore
pressure. The classes are 臼teg。但ed from LN1
to LN3.
Table 7.5-3: Locational fit classes.
7-8
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
Class of Fit
FN1
Descriotion
Light drive f it
FN2
Medium drive fit
FN3
Heavy drive fit
FN4 - FN5
Force fit
Desian use
This fit produces a light assembly pressure and
a more or less oermanent assembly.
Suitable for ordinary steel parts or for shrink fits
on light sections. About the tightest fit that can
be used with hiah-qrade cast iron .
Suitable for heavier steel parts or for shrin k f it in
付1ed ium sections.
Suitable for pa巾 that 臼n be heavily stressed, or
for shrink fits where the heavy pressing for臼S
required are imoractical.
Table 7 .5-4: Force fit classes.
Exercise 7.5-4: Limits and fits
Given a basic size of .50 inches and a fit of RC8, calculate the limits for both
the hole and the shaft. Use the ANSI limits and f it tables given in the Appendix
A.
Shaft:
Hole:
7-9
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
7 .6) METRIC T。LE RANCES
Consider a simple shaft and hole assembly, like that shown in Figure 7.6-1, when
reading the following definitions relating to tolerancing in millimeters. The dimensions of
both are shown in Figure 7.6-1. Both the diameter of the shaft and hole are allowed to
vary between a maximum and minimum value.
L一
¢~: f
一」
¢?;
I
Figure 7.6-1: Tole ra n臼d shaft and hole pair (metric).
•
Basic Size: The basic size is the size from which the limits are calculated.
•
工副阜且且♀豆 The tolerance is the total amount a dimension is permitted to vary.
•
Uooer deviation: The upper deviation is the di怀erence between the basic size and the
permi悦ed maximum size of the part.
UD = I basic size - max size I
．
ιower deviation:
The lower deviation is the di仔eren ce between the basic size and the
minimum permitted size of the part.
LO = I basic size - min size I
•
Fundamental deviation: The fundamental deviation is the closest deviation to the basic
size. To determine the fundamental deviation, compare the upper deviation and the
lower deviation. The fu ndamental deviation is the smaller of the two. A letter in the f it
specif阳tion rep陀sents the fundamental deviation. If the letter is capital, it is referring
to the ho怡’s fundamental deviation and a lower case letter r创ers to the shaft. Refer
to Table 7.6-1 for metric fit designations.
•
Intern ational tolerance arade number {IT#): The IT#’s are a set of tolerances that vary
according to the basic size and provide the same relative level of accuracy within a
given grade. The number in the f it spec汗ication represents the IT#. A smaller number
provides a smaller tolera n 臼．
7 - 10
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
•
Tolerance zone: The fundame ntal deviation in combination with the IT# defines the
tolerance zone. The IT# establishes the magnitude of the tole ran白自ne or the
amount that the d i mension 臼n vary. The fu ndamental deviation establishes the
position of the tolerance zone with respect to the basic size.
Exercise 7.6-1 : Millimeter tolerance definitions
Referring to Figure 7 .6-1 , fill in the following table.
Shaft
Hole
Limits
Basic Size
Tolerance
Uooer deviation
Lower deviation
Fundamental
deviation
Tvoe of fit
7 .6.1) ANSI standard l imits and fits ( Metr ic)
The following fit types are in accordan臼 with the ANSI B4.2 - 1978 (R2004)
standard. Available metric f its and their desc川ptions are summarized in Table 7.6斗
7 .6 .2) Tolerance desig nation
Metric fits are specified using the fundamental deviation {l e忧er) and the IT#. W hen
specifying the fit for the hole, an upper 臼se le忧er is used. A lower case le悦er is used
when specifying the fit for the shaft. As stated before , the IT# establishes the magnitude
of the tolerance zone or the amount that the dimension can vary. The fu ndamental
deviation establishes the position of the tolera n 臼 zon e with respect to the basic size.
7 - 11
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
FIT SYMB。L
Hole
Shaft
Basis
Basis
H11/c1 1
C11/h11
Fit
Description
Loose running
fit
Free running fit
For wide com阿1ercial tolerances or
allowances.
Good for large temperature variations,
high running speeds, or heavy journal
oressures.
For accurate location at moderate speeds
and iournal oressures.
Not intended to run freely, but to move and
turn freely and locate accurately.
For locating stationary pa 巾 but 臼n be
freely assembled and disassembled.
For accurate location.
H9/d9
D9/h9
H8/f7
F8/h7
H7/g6
G7/h6
H7/h6
H7/h6
H7/k6 and
H7/n6
H7/p6
K7/h6 and
N7/h6
P7/h6
H7/s6
S7/h6
Mediu m drive fit
H7/u6
U7/h6
Force fit
Close running
fit
Sliding f it
Locational
clearance fit
Locational
transition fit
Locational
interference fit
For parts requiring rigidity where accuracy
of location is important, but without special
bore pressure requirements.
For ordinary steel parts or shrink fits on
light sections, the tightest fit usable with
cast iron.
Suitable for pa『ts that can be highly
stressed.
Table 7 .6-1: Metric standard fits.
Exercise 7.6-2: Metric fit desianation
Fill in the approp川ate name for the fit component.
/
¢/\
7 - 12
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
7 .6.3) Basic hole and basic shaft systems
Notice that Table 7.6-1 gives two different tol eran臼 designations for each type of
fit. Metric limits and fits are divided into two di何erent systems: the basic hole system and
the basic shaft system. Each system has its own designation.
•
Basic hole svstem: The basic hole system is used when you want the basic size to be
attached to the hole dimension. For example, if a standard d川II , reamer, broach, or
another standard tool is used to produce a hole, you wot』Id want to use the hole
system. In this system, the minimum hole diameter is taken as the basic size.
•
Basic shaft svstem: The basic shaft system is used when you want the basic size to
be attached to the shaft dimension. For example, you would use the shaft system if
you need to tolerance a hole based on the size of a purchased standard drill rod. In
this s子stem , the maximum shaft diameter is taken as the basic size.
Exercise 7.6-3: S:v:stems
Identify the type of fit and the system used to determine the limits of the following
shaft and hole pairs.
Shaft
9.987 - 9.972
60.021 - 60.002
40.000 - 39.984
Hole
10.000 - 10.022
60.000 - 60 .030
39.924 - 39.949
Type of Fit
System
7 - 13
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
Exercise 7.6-4: Metric limits and fits.
Find the limits, tolerance, type of f忧， and type of system for a {2)30 H1 1/c11 fit.
Use the tolerance tables given in Appendix A.
Shaft
Hole
Limits
Tolerance
Svstem
Fit
Find the limits, tolerance, type of fit, and type of system for a {2)30 P7/h6 fit.
Shaft
Hole
Limits
Tolerance
System
Fit
7 .7) SELECTING TOLERANCES
Tolerances will govern the method of ma n ufactu时n g. When tolerances are
reduced, the cost of manufacturing rises very rapidly. Therefore , specify as generous
a tolerance as possible without interfering with the function of the part.
Choosing the most appropriate tolerance depends on many factors. As stated
before it depends on design intent, cost and how the part will be manufactured. Choosing
a tolerance that will allow the part to function properly is the most important consideration.
Things to consider are length of engagement, bea 时ng load, speed, lubrication,
temperature , humidity, and material. Experience also plays a signifi臼nt role.
Table 7.7-1 may be used as a general guide for determining the machining
processes that will under normal conditions, produ臼 work within the tolera n臼 g rades
indicated. As the tolera n臼 grade number decreases the tolerance becomes smaller.
Tolerance grades versus actual tolerances may be found in any Machinery’S Handbook.
7 - 14
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
IT Grades
Mac hinina Ooeration
Laooina & Honina
Cylindrical Grindina
Surface Grindina
Diamond Tumina
Diamond Borina
Broachina
Reamina
Turnina
Borina
Millina
Planina & Shaoina
Drillina
Punchina
Die Casting
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Table 7.7-1: Relation of machining processes to intern ational toleran臼 g rades.
7 .8) TOLERANCE ACCUMULATION
The tolerance between two features of a part depends on the number of controlling
dimensions. A distan 臼 can be controlled by a single dimension or multiple dimensions.
The maximum variation between two features is equal to the sum of the tolerances placed
on the controlling dimensions. As the number of controlling dimensions increases, the
tolerance accumulation increases. Remember, even if the dimension does not have a
stated tolerance, it has an implied tolerance.
7 - 15
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
Instructor Led Exercise 7.8-1 : To lerance accumulation
W hat is the tolerance accumulation for the distance between su 『face A and B
for the three different dimensioning methods?
「 ω 「 20土0.1
30 土 0 .1
20 土0.1
B
A
Tolerance accumulation between surface A and B =
110 土0.1
90 士 0.1
60 士0. 1
性0.1 「
一
一
一
B
A
Tolerance accumulation between surface A and B =
7 - 16
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
川「
90 土 0 . 1
mOnU4l
土
『
A
nU
nu
-
B
A
---
F
70 土 0 . 1
Tolera nce accumu lati。n between surface A and B =
If the accuracy of the distance between surfa臼 A and B is impo阳时， wh i ch
dimensioning method should be used?
7 .9 ) FORMATTING TOLERANCES
The conventions that are presented in this section pe阳in to the number of decimal
places and format of tolerance dimensions and are in accordance with the ASME Y14 .5M
standard.
7 .9 .1) Metric tol eran ces
•
If a toleran臼 is obtained from a standardized fit table, the limits plus the basic size
and tolera n臼 symbol should be given in one of the following th 「ee ways. It is preferred
to use the forms that directly state the limits.
¢ ~8:f祀（¢20 C11)
or
¢ 20 C11
(¢ ~8:f招 ）
0『
¢ 20 C11
7 - 17
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
•
Where a unilateral tolera n 臼 exi sts , a single zero without a plus minus sign is shown.
“
Where a bilateral tolera n 臼 i s used, both the plus and minus values have the same
number of decimal places, using zeros where ne臼ssary.
+0.25
10 -0.10
•
not
飞Q<·2'i:i
19-..-::l):1.
If limit dimensions are used, both values should have the same number of decimal
places, using zeros where necessary.
15.45
15.00
•
or
叫L
•
O
-0.02
A『
40
Oo
+ nu
nU
not
·-,,5鸣4-5·
,J5 . 、
Basic dimensions are considered absolute. When used with a tolerance, the number
of decimal places in the basic dimension does not have to match the number of
decimal pla臼S in the tolerance.
45 士 0.15
not
45.::_o:o土d~i~
7 .9.2) Inch tolerances
•
For unilateral and bilateral tolerances, the basic dimension and the plus and minus
values should be expressed with the same number of decimal places.
FDnUnu
+
nunu
nunu
02
not
.
•
’
If limit dimensions are used, both values should have the same number of decimal
places, using zeros where necessary.
.252
.250
•
RUnu
－
-
not
iτ
nunu
+ nunu
正
44 内
RUnUnu
.s9(t’气。
-.002.
.12
oo
e nvhu
not
·:252/
,2&··· ..
When basic dimensions are used, the number of decimal places should match the
number of decimal places in the tolera n臼．
2 . 000 土0 015
7 - 18
not
?.Jl逛。：O:f5.
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
7.9.3) Anaular tolerances
•
Where angle dimensions are used, both the angle and the plus and minus values have
the same number of decimal pla臼s.
30 . 0°土 2。
not
.3".00主· 2~：
7 - 19
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
且♀工豆豆
7 - 20
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
7 .10) APPLYING WHAT WE HAVE LEARNED
E icercise 7 .10-1: Millina Jack assemblv tolerances
Name:
Date:
Consider the Milling Jack assembly shown. Notice that there are many parts
that fit into or around other parts. Each of these parts are toleranced to ensure
proper fit and function .
V-Anvil
Sliding Screw
Base
Set Screw ‘币”
7 - 21
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
Exercise 7.10-1 Cont.: Mi llina Jack assemblv tolerances
The V-Anvil fits (shaft) into the Sliding Screw (hole) with a RC4 fit. The basic
size is .375 (3/8). Determine the limits for both parts.
•
V - Anvil limits:
•
Sliding Screw limits:
Pa同＃3:
V - Anvil
Part#2: Slidina Screw
’5"
~二气尹
毛F
A<,
＼叫 田
<l< .06
allr,1
f ' 1户
5/8' 1
/
/i
1.11
阿三号
少／
~1 、、 －、 － d”／i
,.as
z.o.o
班j ¢ ·61S 归cs
z.oo
二 ，， －－ 、
，，、、
n
M
V
rL aa
咽，
，
，
’
”ν
错，，，
J
A
/1 F
,,
付‘
J
/
krLV
J
Y
A
俨
JY
j ,
V
』M
V
，、J
7
外‘
J
AW
Y
7 - 22
|| | ||
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
Exercise 7.10-1 Cont.: Mi llina Jack assemblv tolerances
Name:
Date:
The Slid.的g Screw {shaft) fits into the Base (hole) with a RC5 fit. The basic size
is .625 (5/8). Determine the limits for both pa 同s.
•
Sliding Screw limits:
•
Base limits:
Part#1 : Base
7 - 23
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
Exercise 7.10-2: Drill iia tolerances
Name:
Determine the limits for the toleranced features.
7 - 24
Date:
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
Exercise 7.10-3: Over dimensionina
Assuming that the diameter dimensions a「e co付ect, explain why this object is
d阳1en sioned incorrectly.
nunu
+·
nU呵，－
J
句
nununu
2叫； I
1.000
~:8~ •
I
Body
Pin
¢1 . soo 士 . 00 1
¢ . 750土 . 001
7 - 25
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
且♀工豆豆
7 - 26
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
TOLERANCING QUESTI。NS
Name:
Date:
T ::>lerancina
Q7-1) Is it possible to machine a pa同 to an exact size? (yes, no)
Q7-2) A toleran臼 is the maximum amount a part is allowed to
. Fill in the blank.
Q7-3) Circle the three different types of toleran臼s that you may find on a drawing.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Block
Plus-minus
Varying
Limit
Design
Q7-4) A fit that always leaves space between the mating pa同s.
a) clearance
b) inte巾re nee
c) transition
d) line
Q7-5) A fit that sometimes leaves a spa臼 between the mating parts.
a) clearance
b) in te巾rence
c) transition
Q7-6) The fit that never leaves a space between the mating pa同s.
a) clearance
b) in te斤ere nee
c) transition
d) line
Q7-7) This type of dimension has the advantage of providing the print reader with the
allowable variation without any calculation.
a)
b)
c)
d)
limit dimension
block tolera n臼
plus minus dimension
basic dimension
7 - 27
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
Q7-8) This type of tolerancing is convenient because a design may be initially drawn and
dimensioned using basic sizes.
a)
b}
c)
d}
limit dimension
block tolerance
plus minus dimension
basic dimension
Q7-9) This type of tolerancing applies a tolerance to all dimensions not covered by some
other tolerance type.
a)
b)
c)
d}
limit dimension
block tole ran臼
plus minus dimension
basic dimension
Q7-10) W hen specifying a limit dimension, the (lower, upper) limit go first.
Q7－刊 ）
W hen specifying a limit dimension, the (lower, upper) limit go on top.
Inc h tolerances
Q7-12) W hat does the fit designation RC stand for?
Q7-1 3) W hat does the fit designation LT stand for?
Q7-14) W hat does the fit designation FN stand for?
Q7-15) The type of fit that provides running performance with suitable lubrication.
(Choose all that apply}
a) RC
b} LC
c) LT
d} LN
e) FN
7 - 28
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
Q7-16) The type of fit that is intended only to locate mating parts. (Choose all that
apply)
a) RC
b)
c)
d)
e)
LC
LT
LN
FN
Q7-17) The type of fit that provides constant bore pressure. (Choose all that apply)
a) RC
b)
c)
d)
e)
LC
LT
LN
FN
Q7-18) W hat is the closest fit that is intended to run freely (inch)?
Q7-”) W hat is the tightest fit that may be used with cast iron (inch)?
Metric tolerances
Q7-20) W hen designating a metric fit, what does the le忧er represent?
a)
b)
c)
d)
fundamental deviation
international tolerance grade
tolerance zone
upper deviation
Q7-21) W hen designating a metric fit, what does the number represent?
a)
b)
c)
d)
fundamental deviation
intern ational tolerance grade
tolerance zone
upper deviation
Q7-22) When specifying the tolerance zone, does a capital letter represent the fit for the
hole or the shaft?
Q7-23) W hat are the two systems used in the metric tolerance tables?
Q7-24) W hat does the fit designation H11/c1 1 stand for?
7 - 29
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
Q7-25) W hat does the fit designation P7/h6 stand for?
Q7-26) Given the fit designation H1 1/c11 , would the hypothetical fit H切c9 be looser or
tighter?
Q7-27) This type of clearance fit is good for large temperature variations. (Choose all
that apply)
a) H1 1/c11
b) H9/d9
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
HS厅7
H7/g6
C1 1/h11
D9/h9
F8/h7
G7/h6
Q7-28) This type of locational fit is good fo r assemblies that need to be freely
assembled and disassembled. (Choose all that apply)
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
H7/h6
H7/k6
K7/h6
H7/p6
P7/h6
S electina tolerances
Q7-29) What are some of the factors that influences tolerance choice? (Circle all that
apply.)
a)
b)
c)
d)
cost
manufacturing capability
design intent
material
Q7-30) Will tightening a tolerance increase or decrease the cost of manufacturing?
7 - 30
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
TOLERANCING PROBL EMS
Name:
Date:
P7-1) Fill in the given table for the following shaft and hole limits.
Shaft
Limits
Hole
Limits
(a)
.9975
.9963
1.002
1.000
(b)
4.7494
4.7487
4.751
4.750
(c)
.494
.487
.507
.500
(d)
5.0005
4.9995
5.0016
5.0000
Shaft
Limits
Basic Size
Tolerance
MMC
LMC
Max. Clearance
Min. Clearance (Allowance)
Type of Fit (Select one)
(q)
.1256
.1254
.1253
.1250
2.5072
2.5060
2.5018
2.5000
(h)
8.9980
8.9878
9.0018
9.0000
Hole
Hole
Clearance, Transition, Interference, Line
Shaft
Limits
Basic Size
Tolerance
MMC
LMC
Max. Clearance
Min. Clearance (Allowan臼｝
Type of Fit (Select one)
(f)
Clearance, Transition, Interference, Line
Shaft
Limits
Basic Size
Tolerance
MMC
LMC
Max. Clearance
Min. Clearance (Allowan臼｝
Tvoe of Fit (Select one)
(e)
1.2513
1.2507
1.251
1.250
Hole
Clearance, Transition, Interference, Line
7 - 31
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
且♀工豆豆
7 - 32
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
Name:
Date:
P7-2) Find the limits of the shaft and hole for the following basic size - fit combinations.
Basic Size
Fit 1
Fit 2
Fit 3
Fit 4
(a)
.25
RC3
LC2
LT 1
LN2
(b)
.5
RC5
LC?
LT2
LN1
(c)
.75
RC1
LC1 1
LT3
FN1
(d)
RC9
LC6
LT4
FN5
(e)
1.375
RC?
LC1
LT5
LN3
Shaft
I Hole
Shaft
Hole
Shaft
I Hole
Shaft
Hole
Shaft
I Hole
Shaft
Hole
Shaft
I Hole
Shaft
Hole
(f)
(q)
2
RC4
LC9
LT6
FN4
2.125
RC6
LC4
LT3
FN2
Basic Size
Limits
Basic Size
Limits
Basic Size
Limits
Basic Size
Limits
Basic Size
Limits
Basic Size
Limits
Basic Size
Limits
Basic Size
Limits
7 - 33
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
且♀工豆豆
7 - 34
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
Name:
Date:
P7-3) Fill in the given table for the following shaft and hole limits.
Shaft
Limits
Hole
Limits
(a)
5.970
5.940
6.030
6.000
(b)
79.990
79.971
80.030
80.000
(c)
16.029
16.0 18
16.0 18
16.000
Shaft
Limits
Basic size
Tolerance
Uooer Deviation
Lower Deviation
Fundamental Deviation
Svstem (Select one)
Fit (Select one)
(f)
(q)
2.000
1.994
2.012
2.002
30.000
29.987
30.006
29.985
(h)
8.000
7.991
7.978
7.963
Ho le
Ho le
Shaft, Hole
Clearance, Transition, Interference
Shaft
Limits
Basic size
Tolerance
Uooer Deviation
Lower Deviation
Fundamental Deviation
IT Grade
System (Select one)
Fit (Select one)
(e)
120.000
119 .780
120.400
120.180
Shaft Hole
Clearance, Transition, Interference
Shaft
Limits
Basic size
Tolerance
Uooer Deviation
Lower Deviation
Fundamental Deviation
IT Grade
Svstem (Select one)
Fit (Select one)
(d)
25.061
25.048
25.021
25.000
Ho le
Shaft, Hole
Clearance, Transition, Interference
7 - 35
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
且♀工豆豆
7 - 36
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
Name:
Date:
P7-4) Find the limits of the shaft and hole for the following basic size - fit combinations.
(a)
Basic Size
Fit 1
Fit 2
5
H11/c1 1
U7/h6
(b)
10
H7/k6
N7/h6
(c)
12
H7/p6
G7/h6
(d)
16
H7/u6
C1 1/h11
Shaft
I Hole
Shaft
Hole
Shaft
I Hole
Shaft
Hole
Shaft
I Hole
Shaft
Hole
Shaft
I Hole
Shaft
I Hole
(e)
20
H8/f7
S7/h6
(f)
25
H7/n6
H7/h6
(q)
30
H7/s6
K7/h6
Basic Size
Limits
Basic Size
Limits
Basic Size
Limits
Basic Size
Limits
Basic Size
Limits
Basic Size
Limits
Basic Size
Limits
Basic Size
Limits
7 - 37
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
且♀工豆豆
7 - 38
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
P7-5)
Draw the following object including dimensions.
Apply a H7/g6 Sliding
clearance fit to the ¢ 20 hole and shaft. Apply a U7/h6 for臼 fit to th e φ1 0 hole and
shaft. Insert your title block and print.
020
0 10
工；「
2 X 2X 2
-
6m
t
l
E
010
-
25-
1
日
55
33- ,
75
问－30 -
P7-6) Draw and dimension the Drive Pulley using proper dimensioning techniques. This
Drive Pulley is part of the Pulley Assembly given in the Assembly chapter problem section.
Notice that the dimensioned isometric drawing does not always use the correct symbols
or dimensioning techniques.
• Part name = Drive Pulley
• Part No. = 2
• Mate川al = Steel
• Required = 1
P7-7) Draw and dimension the Follower Pulley using proper dimensioning techniques.
This Follower Pulley is part of the Pulley Assembly given in the Assembly chapter problem
section. Notice that the dimensioned isometric drawing does not always use the correct
symbols or dimensioning techniques.
• Part name = Follower Pulley
• Part No. = 3
• Mate川al = Steel
• Required = 1
P7-8) Draw and dimension the Shaft using proper dimensioning techniques. This Shaft
is part of the Pulley Assemb/ygiven in the Assembly chapter problem section. Notice that
the dimensioned isomet时c drawing does not always use the correct symbols or
dimensioning techniques.
• Part name = Shaft
• Part No. = 4
• Mate时al = Hardened Steel
• Required = 1
7 - 39
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
P7-9) Draw and dimension the Bushing using proper dimensioning techniques. This
Bush的g is part of the Pulley Assemb伊 given in the Assembly chapter problem section.
Notice that the dimensioned i somet时c drawing does not always use the co付ect symbols
or dimensioning techniques.
• Part name = Bushing
• Part No. = 5
• Mate川al = Brass
• Required = 1
P7-10) Draw and dimension the V-Anvi/ using proper dimensioning techniques. This VAnvil is part of the Milling Jack given in the Assembly chapter problem section. Notice
that the dimensioned isometric drawing does not always use the co付ect symbols or
dimensioning techniques.
• Part name = V-Anvil
• Part No. = 3
• Mate川al = SAE 1045 - Heat Treat
• Required = 1
7 - 40
[ Chapter 7: Tolerancing J
SP7-1) Fill in the given table for the following shaft and hole limits. The answers to this
problem are given in the Independent learning content.
Limits
Basic Size
Tolerance
MMC
LMC
Max. Clearance
Min. Clearance (Allowan 臼｝
Tvoe of Fit
Shaft
1.2518-1 .2524
Hole
1.2500-1.2510
SP7-2) Find the limits of the shaft and hole for the following basic size - f it combinations.
The answers to this problem are given in the Independent learning content.
Shaft
Hole
.625
Limits
Basic Size
Fits
RC9
LC2
LT3
FN1
SP7『3)
Fill in the given table for the following shaft and hole limits. The answers to this
problem are given in the Independent learning content.
Limits
Basic size
Tolerance
Uooer Deviation
Lower Deviation
Fundamental Deviation
IT Grade
Svstem (hole, shaft)
Fit
Shaft
1.994-2 .000
Hole
1.990-2.000
SP7-4) Find the limits of the shaft and hole for the following basic size - f it combinations.
The answers to this problem are given in the Independent learning content.
Shaft
Basic Size
Fits
H7/ k6
S7/h6
Hole
8
Limits
7 - 41
( Chapter 7: T。lerancing )
且♀工豆豆
7 - 42
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
CHAPTER 8
THREADS AND FASTENERS
CHAPTER OUTLINE
8.1) FASTENERS ...........…….........…….........……..................……..............................….................... 2
8.2) SCREW THREAD DEFINITI。NS .............….........….........….................…............….................. 2
8.3) TYPES OF THREAD ...................…...............................…..........................................…........... 5
8.4) MANUFACTURING SCREW THREADS ...............….................…........................................... 5
8.5) DRAWING SCREW THREADS .................….................…........................…..........…............... 6
8.5 1) Detailed 「ep「esentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . 6
8 5 2) Schematic 『ep『esentation . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . .. . . . .
6
8.5 3) Simplified rep陀sentation . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . 7
8.6) UNIFIED THREADS ....................…........................….........…........….......….........….................. 9
8.6 1) Unified th『ead note . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . 9
8.6 2) Unified th『ead tables . … … · … .. . . … .. . . … .. . . … .. . . … ……… …··… …··… …....…. 11
8.7) METRIC THREADS ..............…..................….............................................…….........…........... 12
h
8.71 ) Met「ic th陀ad note ........… …··… …··… …··… …··… …··… …··… - … .. . . … .. . . ……… 12
8 7 2) Metric thread tables ......… …··… …··… …··… …··… …··… …··… …··… …··… …....…. 14
8.8) DRAWING B。LTS ...............….......….......….......…··…··…··…··…··…··…··…··…··…··…··…··…..... 15
8.9) B。LT AND SCREW CLEARANCES. ….................….................….........................…............. 15
8.10) STANDARD PARTS........…..........................................…..........................................……..... 19
8.10.1) General fastener specifications ....................... ...... ....... ............. .... 19
8.刊） APPLYING WHAT YOU HAVE LEARNED .........…..............................................…............ 21
THREAD AND FASTENER QUESTIONS .....…..........................….......…........................…........... 27
THREAD AND FASTENER PROBLEMS .............................…..................................................... 31
8-1
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
CHAPTER SUMMARY
In this chapter you will learn about fasteners. Fasteners give us the means to assemble
parts and to later disassemble them 厅 necessa厅 Most fasteners have threads; therefore, it is
important to understand thread notation when learning about fasteners. By the end of this chapter,
you will be able to draw and correctly annotate threads on an orthographic projection. You will also
be able to calculate an appropriate bolt or screw clearance hole and generate a standard parts
sheet. This sheet contains information about purchased items.
8.1 ) FASTENERS
Fasteners include items such as bolts, nuts, set screws, washers, keys, and pins,
just to name a few. Fasteners are not a permanent means of assembly, such as welding
or adhesives. They are used in the assembly of machines that, in the future, may need to
be taken apart and serviced. The most common type of fastener is the screw. There are
many types of screws and many types of screw threads or thread forms.
Fasteners and threaded features must be specified on your engineering drawing.
If the fastener is purchased, specifi臼tion s must be given to allow the fastener to be
ordered correctly. All fasteners that are going to be purchased are specified on a standard
pa时s sheet. Information about the type, size and quantity (among other information) is
given. If the fastene『 is to be manufactured, a detailed drawing must be produced. The
majority of this chapter will focus on how to draw and dimension threaded features.
It is important that you understand how to identify and draw threads on a print and
create their respective thread notes. To save time and computer memory, threads are
usually not drawn to look realistic. A thread symbol is used. The different thread symbols
used and how to specify thread notes will be described in this chapter.
8.2) SCREW THREAD DEFINITIONS
Fill in Exercise 8.2-1 as you read through these definitions.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ScrP.w ThrP.ad : A screw thread is a ridge of uniform section in the form of a helix (see
Figure 8.2-1 ).
ExtP.mal Th『主ad : External threads are on the outside of a member. A chamfer on the
end of the screw th 陀ad makes it easie『 to engage the nut. An external thread is cut
usir g a die or lath叶．
Internal Th陀 ad : lnterna threads are on the inside of a member. An internal thread is
cut 」sing a t 3p.
Maior DIA (D): The majo『 diamete『 is the la『gest diameter for both internal and
external threads. Sometimes referred to as the nominal or basic size.
Minor DIA ld): The minor diameter is the sm剑l est diameter.
Pitr.h DIA (dp): Consider a line that cuts across the threads such that the distance on
the line that cuts the thread space equals the distance of the line that cuts the actual
thread . The pitch diameter is the location of this line.
♀阜单L The cr芭st is the top surface of the thread.
Root: The root is the bottom surface of the thread.
呈国ιThe side is the surface between the crest and root.
8-2
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
•
Deoth of thread: The depth of thread is the perpendicular distance between the crest
and the root and is equal to (D-d)/2.
-
E且且fil
•
Anale of Thread <Al: T川e an引l e of thread is the angle between the sides of the threads.
-
2旦皇旦A兰民 The screw axis is the longitudinal centerline.
•
Riaht Handed Thread: Right handed threads advance when turned clockwise (CW).
Threads a『e assumed RH unless specified otherwise.
•
Left Handed Thread: Left handed threads advance when turned counter clockwise
(CCW).
T ,e pitch is the distan臼 from a point on one thread to the corresponding
point on the next th陀εd The pitch is given in inches per threads or millimeters per
thread.
L豆豆豆主
The lead is the distan :e a screw thread advances axially in one turn.
External Threads
Internal Threads
Figure 8.2-1: External and internal threads.
8-3
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
Exercise 8.2-1: Screw thread features
Identify the screw thread features using the preceding definitions as a guide.
Aoolication Question 8.2-1
Name an example of a left handed thread.
8 -4
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
8.3) TYPES OF THREAD
There are many di仔erent types of threads or thread forms available. The th 「ead
form is the shape of the thread . The choice of thread form used for a particular application
depends on length of engagement and load among other factors. Unified and Metric
threads are the most widely us ed thread forms. Table 8.3-1 describes just a few of
the d i何erent thread forms available and their uses.
t
-
.,- m e
hH
Figure
2uAU
uSEauSE
-Ge- e m ucu
nH
自u
BtH 4J
-
aM m
N－
民
唱－ 也
U
』HE nH
川M
T·－
Vt·
EE AUE
Metric screw thread
General use.
Square
Ideal thread for power
transmission.
ACME
Stronger than square thread .
Buttress
Designed to handle heavy
forces in one direction
(e.g. truck jack).
Table 8.3-1: Screw thread examples
8.4) MANUFACTURING SCREW THREADS
Before proceeding with a description of how to draw screw threads, it is helpful to
understand the manufacturing processes used to produce th 「eads.
To cut internal threads, a tap drill hole is drilled first and then the threads a『e cut
using a tap. The tap drill hole is a little bigger than the minor diameter of the mating
external thread to allow engagement. The depth of the tap drill is longer than the length
of the threads to allow the proper amount of threads to be cut as shown in Figure 8.4-1.
There are approximately three useless threads at the end of a normal tap. A bottom tap
has useful threads all the way to the end, but is more expensive than a normal tap. If a
bo忧om tap is used, the tap drill depth is approximately the same as the thread length.
8-5
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
To cut external threads, you start with a shaft the same size as the major diameter.
Then, the threads are cut using a die or on a lathe. For both internal and external threads,
a chamfer is usually cut at the points of engagement to allow easy assembly.
Tap drill
depth
Tap drill ¢
Thread
Length
i
Approximately
3 useless th『eads
Mino『¢
Chamfer
C『eated
by the twist drill point
Figure 8.4-1: Manufacturing screw threads.
8.5) DRAWING SCREW THREADS
There are three methods of representing screw threads on a drawing:
detailed, schematic, and simplified. The screw thread representations and standards
presented in this chapter are in accordance with the ASME Y14.6-2001 standard. The
physical dimension of a pa同icular thread may be obtained in Appendix B.
8.5.1) Detailed representati。n
A detailed representation is a close approximation of the appearance of an actual
screw thread. The form of the thread is simplified by showing the helix structure with
straight lines and the t阳ncated crests and roots as a sharp v ’ similar to that shown in
Figure 8.2-1. This method is comparatively difficult and time consuming.
8.5.2) Sc hematic representation
The schematic representation is nearly as e仔ective as the detailed representation
and is much easier to draw. Staggered lines are used to represent the thread roots and
crests (see Figures 8.5-1 and 8.5-2). This method should not be used for hidden internal
threads or sections of external threads.
8-6
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
Chamfer
m 「「
M ino『¢
Major¢
」－T：~~ri
Figure 8.5-1: Schematic representation of external threads.
Major¢
Tap D「ill¢
Figure 8.5-2: Schematic representation of internal threads.
8.5.3) Simplified representation
In the simplified representation, the screw threads are drawn using visible and
hidden lines to represent the major and minor diameters. Line choice depends on whether
the thread is internal or external and the viewing direction (see Figures 8.5-3 through
8.5-5). Simplified threads are the simplest and fastest to draw. This method should be
used whenever possible.
The major, minor, and tap drill diameters may be looked up in Appendix B. If screw
thread tables are not available for reference, the minor diameter can be approximated as
75o/o of the major diameter.
8-7
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
Chamfer
Minor ¢
Major ¢
」－T：~；ri
Figure 8.5-3: Simplified representation of external threads.
Majo「¢
Tap Drill¢
＼毛古仨／／
甲甲甲甲－白白甲甲－人
Figure 8.5-4: Simplified representation of internal threads.
8-8
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
食Pi tch:\
T：~~ri 「
Tap Drill¢
Major¢
产才：＿－.：＿－＿－，
寸← ＋
飞飞干／
／寸 γ一一 寸
A、－‘守ζL工工工工工
30。
Figure 8 .5-5: Simplified representation of internal threads cut on a blind hole.
8.6) UNIFIED THREADS
After drawing a thread using the proper representation, we need to identify the
th『ead form and size in a thread note. Each type of thread (Unified, Metric, ACME, etc ... )
has its own way of being identified. Unified threads are identified in a thread note by their
major diameter, threads per 的ch, thread form and series, thread class, whether the thread
is external or internal, whether the th 「ead is right or left handed, and the thread depth
(internal only) as shown in Figures 8.6-1 and 8.6-2.
8.6.1) Unified thread note
The list on the following page enumerates all of the components that should be
included in the Unified thread note. The first three components (major diameter, threads
per inch, and thread form and series) should be included in all thread notes and the depth
of thread should be included for all applicable internal thread notes. The other
components are optional and are only used if additional refinement is needed.
8-9
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
1/2 - 13 LINC - 28 - RH
~ .50
1/2 - 13 UNC - 2A - RH
＼毛哇仨／I
Figure 8.6-1: Examples of Unified thread notes
Th re ad form a nd series
T hreads pe r inch
l
「
Externa l/Internal
U川
qd
』」
口u
俨「
M川
川U
TV
au-
A『
呵，ι
－审 U
~
T h read class
RMnU
Rig ht/Left handed
T hread depth
Figure 8.6-2: Unified thread note components
1. Maior Diameter: The m句or diamete『 is the largest diameter for both internal and
external threads.
2. Threads oer Inch: The number of threads per inch is equal to one over the pitch.
3. Thread Form and Series: The thread form is the shape of the thread cut (Unified) and
the th 「ead series is the number of threads per inch for a pa同icular diameter (cοa rse ,
fine, extra fine).
·
监j且♀ UNC stands for Unified National c。arse. Coarse threads are the most
commonly used thread.
·
监j~ UNF stands for Unified National fine . Fine threads are used when high
deg 「·ee of tightness is required.
·
监j~ UNEF stands for Unifi’ed National extra h’ne. Extra fine threads are used
when the length of engagement is limited (e.g. sheet metal).
4 . ThrP.ad Class: The thread class i ndi臼tes the closeness of fit between the two mating
threaded pa白. There are th 陪e thread classes. A thread class of “1 ” i ndi臼tes a
generous tolerance and used when rapid assembly and disassembly is 陀qu i陀d A
thread class of “ 2” is a normal production fit. This fit is assumed if none is stated. A
thread class of "3” is used when high accuracy is required.
8 - 10
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
5. External or Internal Threads: An "A” (external threads) or “ B ” (internal threads) is
placed next to the thread class to indicate whether the threads are external or internal.
6. Riaht handed or left handed thread: Right handed threads are indicated by the symbol
“ RH ” and IE ft handed threads are indicated by the symbol “ LH." Right handed th『eads
are assumed if none is stated.
7. Deoth of th 「·ead: The thread depth is given at the end of the thread note and indicates
the thread depth for internal threads. The stated depth is not the tap drill depth.
Remembe, the tap drill depth is longer than the thread depth.
Exercise 8.6-1 : Unified National thread note comoonents
Identify the d i何erent components of the following Unified National thread note.
1/4 - 20 UNC - 2A - RH
1/4
20
UNC
2
A
RH
8.6.2) Unified thread tables
Standard screw thread tables are available in order to look up the major diameter,
threads per inch, tap drill size, and minor d i amete「 for a particular thread. These th 「ead
tables are given in the ASME B 1.1-2003 standard and are restated in Appendix B.
Exercise 8.6-2: Unified National thread note
Write the thread note for a #10 fine thread.
、
、
..
,
-----------
-
、
-
』．．帽··－··帽··－· 由幽幽幽幽··幽幽由国咀
What are the m句or and minor diameters in inches?
M句or
Minor
8 - 11
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
8. 7) METRIC THREADS
Metric threads are identified , in a thread note, by “ M ” for Metric thread form, the
m司；or diameter followed by a lower case "x' ’ , pitch, tolerance class, whether the thread is
right or left handed, and thread depth (internal only) as shown in Figures 8.7-1 and 8.7-2.
M6 x 1 - 5H6H - LH
亨 10
M6 x 1 - 4g6g
---------
Figure 8.7-1: Examples of Metric thread notes
8. 7 .1) Metric t h read note
The following is a list of components that should be included in a Metric thread
note. The first three components (Metric form, m刮or diameter, and pitch) should be
included in all thread notes and the depth of thread should be included for all applicable
internal thread notes. The other components are optional and are only used if additional
refinement is needed.
1. Metric Form: Placing a n “M” befo「e the major diameter indicates the Metric th 附ad
form.
2. Maior Diameter: This major diameter is the largest diameter for both internal and
extern al.
3. .El!!且主 The pitch is given in millimeters per thread .
8 - 12
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
Internal Thread
Pitch
幽
e 由
m一
’ R
a 四1｜』
·
F 一
句 －－
M ＝比 一
一e …
－
M一
-··t··,
·! e-t ..,
=; E
.. l ↓↓」厂寸 RighU
0 FE d
E
2 -O, m
E”
Crest Tolerance I Minor dia.
Pitch dia. Tolerance
Thread depth
External Thread
Pitch
国
，『
目 国
- -=
m
A’t
-
a ee
m一
．
o ＝ 。 －
F－
句－－
－M 一
M二m一
..
-e--‘
rs d
-m lll
’r
Tolerance class
-
Crest Tolerance I Major dia.
Pitc叫 dia. Tolerance
Figure 8. 7-2: Metric thread note components
4. Tolerance Class: The tolerance class describes the looseness or tightness of fit
between the intern al and external threads. The tolerance class contains both a
tolerance grade given by a number and tolerance position given by a letter. In a th陀ad
note, the pitch diameter tolerance is stated first followed by the crest diameter
tolerance if it is di仔en~nt. The crest diameter tolerance is the tolerance on the major
diameter for an exterr al thread and the tolerance on the minor diameter fo『 an inte门1 al
thread . Tw。 cl asseιof Metric thread fits are generally recognized . For general
purpose, the fit “ 6H/6~ ” should be used. This fit is assumed if none is stated. For a
closer fit, use “6H/5gιg .”
• Tolerance Grade: The tolerance grade is indicated by a number. The smaller the
number the tighter the fit. The number “ 5” indicates good commercial practice.
The number “ 6” is for general purpose threads and is equivalent to the thread class
“ 2 ” used for Unified National threads.
8 - 13
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
•
Tolerance Position: The tolerance position specifies the amount of allowance and
is ind i臼ted by a letter. Upper case letters are used for internal threads and lo明er
case letters for external threads. The letter “ e” is used for large allowances,“9 ”
and 川G” are used for small allo内Nances , and" h” and “H” are used for no allowance.
5. Riaht ha 内ded or left handed thread: Right handed threads are ind i臼ted by the symbol
“ RH ” and left h a叫ded threads a『e indicated by the symbol “ LH." Right handed threads
are assL med if 川on e is stated.
6. Deoth ol thread: The thread depth is given at the end of the th陀ad note and indicates
the th re刮d depth for internal threads, not the tap drill depth.
Exercise 8.7-1: Metric thread note comoonents
Identify the di仔erent components of the following Metric thread notes.
M10 x 1.5-4h6h - RH
M
10
1.5
4h
6h
lnte付， al or External
RH
8 .7 .2 ) M etric t hread tables
Standard screw thread tables are available in order to look up the major diameter,
threads pe『 inch , tap drill size, and minor diameter for a pa『ticular thread. These th 「ead
tables are given in the ASME 81 .13M-2001 stan da『d and are given in Appendix B.
Exercise 8.7-2: Metric thread tables
For a φ16 internal Met阳 thread , what are the two available pitches and the
required tap drill diameter and the corresponding minor diameter for the mating
external thread?
Pitch
Tap drill size
Which has the fi ner thread?
The finer thread is M16 x (
8 - 14
)
Minor DIA
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
Exer℃ise 8.7-2 Cont.: Metric thread tab les
Write the thread note for a 16 mm diameter coarse thread.
8.8) DRAWING BOLTS
Figure 8.8-1 illustrates how to draw bolts. The variable D represents the major or
nominal diameter of the bolt. Nuts are drawn in a similar fashion.
.
,,
斗－tj~~
60。
飞
争电..：
+
飞
、
、合.
.·..
,··'
(2/3)*0
1.5*0
Figure 8.8-1 : Drawing bolts.
8.9) BOLT AND SCREW CLEARANCES
Bolts and sc「ews attach one material with a clearance hole to another material with
a threaded hole. The size of the clearance hole depends on the maj or diameter of the
fastener and the type of fit that is required for the assembly to function properly. Clearance
8 - 15
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
holes can be designed to have a normal, close or loose fit. Table 8.9-1 gives the normal
fit clearances which are illustrated in Figu『e 8.9-1. For detailed information on clearances
for bolts and screws, refer to the ASME B 18.2.8-1999 standard also given in Appendix B.
C
D
Figure 8.9-1: Bolt clearance.
N o『ninal
size (D)
#0 - #4
Inch clearances
screw Clearance
(C)
D + 1/64
#5- 7/16
1/2- 7/8
1 1/8, 1 1/4
1 3/8, 1 1/2
D + 1/32
D + 1/16
D + 3/32
D + 3/32
D + 1/8
hole
Metric clearances
Nominal screw Clearance
(C)
size (D)
M1.6
D + 0 .2
D + 0 .4
M2, M2.5
M4, M5
D + 0 .5
M6
D + 0 .6
D+1
M8, M10
M12- M16
D + 1.5
M20, M24
D+2
M30- M42
D+3
M48
D+4
M56- M90
D+6
M100
D+7
Table 8.9-1: Bolt and screw normal fit clearance holes.
8 - 16
hole
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
Sometimes bolt or screw heads need to be flush with the su 『face. This can be achieved
by using either a counterbore or countersink depending on the fastener’s head shape.
Counterbores are holes that are designed to recess bolt or screw heads below the surface
of a part as shown in Figure 8.9-2. Countersinks are angled holes that are designed to
recess screws with angled heads as shown in Figure 8.9-3. Appendix B gives the
clearance hole diameters illustrated in Figure 8.9-2 and 8.9-3. If screw clearance tables
are not available, typically CH= H + 1/16 (1.5 mm) and C1 = D1 + 1/8 (3 mm).
C1
01
CH
H
Lo」
C
Figure 8.9-2: Counterbore clearances.
C1
「－ 01 一「
Lo」
C
Figure 8.9-3: Countersink clearances.
8 - 17
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
Exer cise 8.9-1 : Fastener tables and c learance ho les
What is the normal fit clearance hole diameter for the following nominal bolt
sizes?
Nominal size
1/4
3/4
Clearance hole
A 5/16 - 18 UNC - Socket Head Cap Screw needs to go through a piece of
metal in order to sc「ew into a plate below. The head of the screw should be
flush with the surface. Fill in the following table for a normal fit clearance hole.
Refer to Appendix B.
Max. H :!ad diameter
Max. H:!iQht of head
ClearancE hole diameter
Cou门terbore diameter
Counte 「'bore depth
An M8x1 .25 Flat Countersunk Head Metric Cap Screw needs to go through a
piece of metal in order to screw into a plate below. The clearance hole needs
to be close and the head needs to go below the surface. What should the
countersink diameter and clearance hole diameter be?
Maio 「 diamete『
Head diameter
Countersink diameter
Clearance hole diameter
8 - 18
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
8.10) STANDARD PARTS
Standard parts include any pa『t that can be bought o仔 the shelf. Standard pa同s do
not need to be drawn. This could include bolts, nuts, washers, keys, etc. Purchasing
information is specified on a standard parts sheet attached to the back of a working drawing
package. Figure 8.10-1 shows an example of a standard parts sheet which lists fou『 di仔erent
items. Keep in mind that the format of the standa 「d parts sheet may change depending on a
company’s policies. The type of information given may depend on how a company identifies
regularly used fasteners. If fasteners are completely identified by a part or identification
number, it may not be necessary to create a standard parts sheet at all. This part information
may be given in the parts list on the assembly drawing. How to create an assembly drawing
and parts list will be discussed in an upcoming chapter. Some of the components of the
standard parts sheet will become clearer after learning about assembly drawings.
8.10.1) General fastener specifications
The information that is usually specified on a standard parts sheet for a general
fastener is listed below.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Thread specification (only if the fastener contains threads)
Head/point style or shape and name of the fastener
Fastener length or size
Fastener series
Material
Special requirements (coatings, fin ishes, specifications to meet)
QTY REQ ’ D (i.e. number required)
8 - 19
1
工
。
FIND
NO
9
10
11
2
QTY
REQ’D
1
1
4
12
3
4
11
SERIES OR
STYLE
MATERIAL
SPECIAL
REQ.
A
P57
SPRING PIN
¢2 OD, 14 LONG
DOUBLE
‘
30C
『O ∞－
QTY REQ'D
How many pa同s a陪
needed in the assembly.
w
...
d用wing.
et.BI t:18ME
The diameter, thickness.
length, thread, etc. 。f the
eARIMO
pa 同
Many companies
have unique identificati。n
numbers that completely
describe the type and
size of the standa叫 pa叫
5120 STEEL
1115 STEEL
<3
’h
filZE
A unique descript。『
I
BRASS
,
同
FIND NO
How the part
is located
。n the assembly
』
10
¢16 OD, ¢ 7.2 ID, 1.7 THICK
MS X 1.25
h
4
SIZE
9
¢s ID, \Z>0.4 WIRE, 12 COILS, 46 LONG
...
40·
8
PART NAME
OR DESCRIPTION
COMPRESSION SPRING
PLAIN WASHER
HEX HEAD CAP SCREW
如
…
6
7
STANDARD PARTS UST
PART OR
IDENTNO
S1781
W56
HS679
『、
u.
5
/
一
MAIERIAL
The material that
the pa叫 is made from.
If it 1s a standard
material, j ust leave it
blank.
SERIES
If a pa同 comes in
different series
(e.g. n。rmal, heavy)
this g。es here.
u.
-
SPECIAL REO.
Inf，。rmation that
goes here would be
any c。atings, finishes,
or treatments.
。
......
ω
。
-
。
ιJ
一
一
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DIMARE IN INC例ES
国
TOLONANGLE 主.2•
…
INTERPRET DIM AND TOL PER
ASME Y14.S- 2009
THI f苍白 ANGLE P肉。JECTI ON
,,.
<
‘、
@
2
’
3
4
2010/07尼3
CHECKED: KJT
2010/07尼6
ENGINEER: RPM
2010/07/27
MATERIAL:
FINISH: •
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
5
EGE
DATE
DRAFTER: KAP
2PL 主.05 3 PL 主∞’
h
APPROVALS
6
7
国
TITLE: CASE
SIZE CAGE CODE DWGNO.
A
SCALE: 8
REV
687
。
I SHEET: 5 OF 5
9
10
11
<
问
。
02ω
u
h『∞42『。ω且ωω2且响ω巳 0203
∞’NO
S卢m『A。ω叶h「Zu3O
{
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
8. 刊） APPLYING WHAT Y。U HAVE LEARNED
Exer℃ise 8.11-1: Millina Jack assemblv fasteners
Name:
Date:
Consider the Milling Jack assembly shown. Notice that there are many parts
that fasten to other pa『ts.
V-Anvil
Pad
Set
(j
Sc… ③ 阳U『ted
Sliding Sc『ew
Base
Set Screw liiiil' .&
Clamp Bolt
8 - 21
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
Ex ercise 8. 忖 －1 Cont.: Millina Jack assemblv fasteners
The Sliding Screw and Clamp Bolt have 5/8 inch thread cut into their bodies.
The Sliding Screw as a fine thread and the Clamp Bolt has a coarse thread.
Write the thread note that would appear on the print for both pa白．
Thread Note (Sliding Screw):
Thread Note (Clamp Bolt):
d沁
q产
，、，＇－，
々二～~
,,s’
rfJ'
1. I j
｜才； l
1 . －斗 ｜
,.aO
－、／
_./
3.ss
z.tZ
|| | | !
J.oo
|| | | !
－ 飞、 I
归c,
¢6Z7
3 ,,
3/
8 - 22
JY
A户
Z
’hu JRf
t
J
F
/ a‘
J
JyV
／＼中／
、
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
Exercise 8.11-1 Cont.: Millina Jack assemblv fasteners
Name:
Date :
The Base has a 1/4 inch course thread drilled and tapped into its body. Write
the thread note that would appear on the print. What is the tap drill size?
Thread Note:
Tap Drill Size:
/
二飞，
也？二
C,,;
rvhH
v
νi／bLV
、ι~ 号F
Ji
u 川ν Jb’
.~佼l创产’
－卜
’
JNA
rU
4
。
nν－’ 7
M川川
、〉
dP
v
.,-t;、
，啕，，.，
f1L’Lvnr
elv”d
向μ
目，
vr、，，AWY
’L
6ιJNrAV
A·odp
123 -
’’
AUnu
dmr
J
’
iHUiMr
n
nnu
4
t
t
3.,0
·6<
中~
~，、
8 - 23
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
Exercise 8.11-1 Cont.: MiUina Jack assemblv fasteners
The Knurled Nut has a 0.190 inch major diameter course thread drilled and
tapped into its body. Write the thread note that would appear on the print.
What is the tap drill size?
Thread Note:
Tap Drill Size:
¢ 1.36
Ah
,兮安
乒
乓b
._,,'?:>’
川tDllJh,
QI ‘呵 h
s ·19
~llv
，（）啡＜：tD
'.
8 - 24
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
Exercise 8.11-2: Drill iia fasteners
Determine the normal fit clearance hole and countersink dimension for the
M12 x 1. 75 courntersunk socket head cap screw.
Clearance hole:
Countersink diameter and angle:
w~
。－『JJJHUQ
φi
缸－－－
8 - 25
工
FIND
NO
4
2
QTY
REQ’。
3
PART OR
IDENTNO
HS512
5
HS790
6
HS679
4
5
6
7
STANDARD PARTS LIST
PART NAME OR DESCRIPTION
8
SIZE
9
10
SERIES OR
STYLE
’1
MATERIAL SPECIAL REQ.
:c
。
。
lL
lJ..
一
-
w
U』
..
』
。
。
-
-
也J
飞2
-
UNLESSOTHE肌响ESPECIFIED
m
DIMARE ININCHES
TOLONANGLE 主.2'
2PL 盒。5 3Pl t 001
INTERP民EγDIM AND TOL PER
AS•旺 Y14.5 · 扭曲
一
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
-$Et
<
1
2
3
4
APPROVALS
EGE
DATE
DRAFTER:
田
TITLE:
CHECKED:
ENGINEER:
MATERIAL: •
FINISH 5
SIZE CAGE CODE
A
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
SCALE· -
7
8
6
REV
DWGNO.
。
687
I SHEET:
9
10
OF
11
<
mHO『n－
”。∞·－
4·NO
E－咱翩翩0胡
．
。＝F UOE－－
3同
0『刷
”..
『 42『。ω且ωω2且响ω巳 0203｝
｛02ω
hu问。∞
∞ ’N白
1
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
THREAD AND FASTENER QUESTIONS
Name:
Date:
Threads and Fasteners
QS-1 ) The maj or diameter is the (smallest, largest) diameter of the thread.
QS-2) The minor diameter is the (smallest, largest) diameter of the thread.
Fill in the blank.
QS-3) The units of pitch are mm or inches per
QS-4) What are the two most common thread forms (i.e. types)?
QS-5) External threads may be cut using a (die, tap).
QS-6) Internal threads may be cut using a (die, tap).
QS-7) A tap drill is used when manufacturing (external , internal) threads.
QS-8) Label the following thread representations as Detailed, Schematic, or Simplified.
---------
’飞
~
、
t、
.. ,.
,
8 - 27
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
QS-9) The schematic thread symbol draws lines at every crest and
blank.
QS-10) The simplified thread symbol uses a
on external threads.
a)
b)
c)
d)
Fill in the
line to represent the minor diameter
visible
hidden
center
phantom
QS-11) How much longer is the tap drill depth than the thread depth when using a taper
tap?
a)
b)
c)
d)
1 times the pitch
2 times the pitch
3 times the pitch
4 times the pitch
QS-12) The tap drill diameter is closest in size to the
a) major
b) minor
c) pitch
Unified national threads
QS-13) 1/4 - 20 UNC. What is 20?
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Major diameter
Pitch
One over the pitch
Thread form
Thread series
QS-14) 1/2 - 13 UNC. What is UN?
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Major diameter
Pitch
One over the pitch
Thread form
Thread series
QS-15) 3/8 - 24 UNF. What is F?
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
8 - 28
Major diameter
Pitch
One over the pitch
Thread form
Thread series
diameter.
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
QS-16) 5/8 - 24 UNEF - 2A - RH. What is 2?
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Right handed threads
Left handed threads
Thread series
Thread class
External threads
Intern al th『eads
QS-17) 1 - 8 UNC - 38 - RH. What is B?
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Right handed threads
Left handed threads
Thread series
Thread class
External threads
Intern al threads
QS-18) 1/2 - 20 UNF - 28 - LH. What is LH?
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Right handed th『eads
Left handed threads
Th『ead seri es
Thread class
Extern al threads
Intern al threads
QB - ”) #10 - 24 UNC. What is #10?
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Major diameter
Pitch
One over the pitch
Thread form
Thread seri es
Metric threads
QS-20) M5 x 0.8. M stands for
?
Fill in the blank.
QS-21) M4 x 0.7. What is 4?
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Major diameter
Pitch
One over the pitch
Thread form
Thread series
Tolerance class
8 - 29
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
QS-22) M12 x 1.25. What is 1.25?
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Major diameter
Pitch
One over the pitch
Th『ead form
Thread series
Tolerance class
QS-23) M6 x 1 - 4h6h - RH. What is 4h6h?
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Major diameter
Pitch
One over the pitch
Thread form
Thread series
Tolerance class
QS-24) Of the two listed threads, circle the one that is the fi ne thread .
M20 X 2.5
M20 X 1.5
Bolt and screw clearances
QS-25) A bolt or screw clearance hole diameter depends on what factors? (Circle all that
apply.)
a)
b)
c)
d)
major diameter
minor diameter
fit
thread depth
Standard oarts s heet
QS-26) A standa 「d pa同s sheet contains enough information about the standard parts so
that they may be ...
a) manufactured
b) drawn
c) pu『ch ased
d) modeled
QS-27) A standard pa同s sheet contains drawings of all purchased pa同s. (True, False)
8 - 30
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
THREAD AND FASTENER PROBLEMS
Name:
Date:
PS-1 ) Write the thread notes for the following external threads. Also, what are the minor
diameter and the pitch? Thread class = 2.
Major ¢
Series
(a)
(b)
(C)
(d)
1/4
7/8
3/4
1/2
Fine
Coa「se
Fine
Coa 「se
(e)
Fine
(f)
(Q)
3/8
5/16
Extra Fine
Coarse
Thread Note
Minor diamete『
Pitch
Thread Note
M i no「 diameter
Pitch
Thread Note
M i no「 diamete『
Pitch
PS刽 Write the thread notes for the following internal threads.
Also, what a『e the tap drill
size and/or diameter and the pitch? Th 「ead class = 3.
Major ¢
Series
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
7/16
1/4
5/8
1%
3/8
1/2
Fine
Coarse
Fine
Coarse
Fine
Extra Fine
(q)
Coarse
Thread Note
Tap drill size and/or diameter
Pitch
Thread Note
Tap drill size and/or diameter
Pitch
Thread Note
Tap drill size and/or diameter
Pitch
8 - 31
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
PS-3) Write the thread notes for the followi ng threads. Also, what is the major diameter
in inches?
Major φ
Series
[ Thread note
I Major diamete『
[ Thread note
I Major diameter
[ Thread note
I Major diameter
8 - 32
(a)
(b)
(C)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(Q)
#0
#2
#5
#6
#8
#10
Fine
Coarse
#4
Fine
Coa 「se
Fine
Fine
Coarse
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
Name:
Date:
PS-4) Write the thread notes for the following external threads. Also, what are the minor
diameter and the number of threads per mm?
Major ¢
Series
{a}
{b}
{C}
{d }
{e}
{f}
{Q}
M3
M4
MB
M24
Coarse
Fine
M12
Fine
M20
Coarse
M10
Coarse
Fine
Coarse
Thread Note
Minor diameter
# of threads per m阿1
Thread Note
Minor diameter
# of threads per mm
Thread Note
Minor diameter
＃。f 1hreads per mm
PS剖 Write the thread notes for the following internal threads. Also, what are the tap drill
size and/or diameter and the number of threads per mm?
Major ¢
Series
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(q)
M1.6
Coarse
M5
M6
M12
M18
M27
Coarse
Coarse
Coa『se
Fine
M22
Fine
Coarse
Thread Note
Tap drill size and/or diameter
＃。f threads per m阿1
Thread Note
Tap drill size and/or diameter
＃。f threads per mm
Thread Note
Tap drill size and/or diameter
＃。f threads per mm
8 - 33
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
且♀工E豆
8 - 34
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
Name:
Date:
PS-6) Fill in the given table for a hex head bolt with the following major diameters.
a
b
M剑or ¢ I 1/4 I 5/16
C
112
d
I 718
e
f
9/16
h
I 3/8 I 7116
Major diamete『
W idt同 a cross flats
Max. width across cοrn ers
Head heiQht
Norn,al clearance hole
Major diameter
W idt同 a cross flats
Max. width across cοrn ers
Head heiQht
Nom,al clearance hole
Major diameter
W idt同 a cross flats
Max. width across cοrn ers
Hφad heiQht
Normal clearance hole
8 - 35
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
PS-7) Fill in the given table for a hexagon (socket) head cap screw with the following
major diameters.
a
b
Major¢ I 1/4 I 5/16
C
d
e
I 112
I 削
I #5
h
I 9/16 I 3/8
I 刑。
Maior diameter
Max. head diameter
Max. head heioht
Normal clearance hole
Counterbore diameter
Counterbore deoth
Maior diameter
Max. head diameter
Max. head heioht
Normal clearance hole
Counterbore diameter
Counterbore depth
PS-8) Fill in the given table for a slotted flat countersunk head cap screw with the
following major diameters.
a)
Major ¢
l (b}
l {c}
l (e
I 1间 I 5116 I 318 I 7116 I 1 尼
Maior diameter
Max. head diameter
Max. head heioht
Normal clearance hole
Counte「sink diameter
Countersink anole
Major diameter
Max. head diameter
Max. head heioht
Normal clearance hole
Countersink diameter
Countersink anole
8 - 36
l {dl
n I {Q } I {h
9116 I 51a I 314
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
Name:
Date:
PS-9) Fill in the given table for a hex head bolt with the following m句or diameters.
a
Major ¢
b
I M5 I M12
d
I M20 I M30
C
e
f
I M36 I M48
h
I M14 I M24
Major diameter
Max. width across 何ats
Max. width across corners
Max. head heiQht
Thread length for a sc「ew
that is shorter than 125 mm
Normal clea『a nce hole
Maior diameter
Max. width across flats
Max. width across corners
Max. head heiQht
Thread length for a sc「ew
that is shorter than 125 mm
Normal clearance hole
PS-10) Fill in the given table for a socket head cap screw with the following maj or
diameters.
a
Major ¢
b
I M1.6 I M2.5
C
I M4
d
I M6
e
h
I M12
M42
Major diameter
Max. head diameter
Max. head heiaht
Normal clearance hole
Counterbore diameter
Counterbore deoth
Maior diameter
Max. head diameter
Max. head heiaht
No门nal clearance hole
Counterbore diameter
Counterbore deoth
8 - 37
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
Name:
Date:
PS －刊 ）
Fill in the given table for a flat countersunk head 臼p screw with the following
major diameters.
句
M nu’ du
y
陆6 陆 陆2 陆 陆 问 惯。 出
Major diameter
Head diameter
Head heiaht
Normal clearance hole
Countersink diameter
Countersink anale
Maior diameter
Head diameter
Head heiaht
Normal clearance hole
Counte「sink diameter
Countersink anale
8 - 38
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
PS-1 2) Draw and dimension theκnurfed Nut using proper dimensioning techniques. This
Knurled Nut is part of the Milling Jack given in the Assemblies chapter problem section.
Notice that the dimensioned isometric drawing does not always use the correct symbols
or dimensioning techniques.
• Part name = Knurled Nut
• Part No.= 4
• Material = SAE 1045- Heat Treat
• Required = 1
PS-1 3) Draw and dimension the Pad using proper dimensioning techniques. This Pad is
pa『t of the Milling Jack given in the Assemblies chapter problem section. Notice that the
dimensioned isometric drawing does not always use the correct symbols or dimensioning
techniques.
• Part name = Pad
• Part No.= 5
• Material = Phosphor Bronze - FAO
• Required = 1
PS-14) Draw and dimension the Clamp Bolt using proper dimensioning techniques. This
Clamp Bolt is part of the Mill的g Jack given in the Assemblies chapter problem section.
Notice that the dimensioned isometric drawing does not always use the correct symbols
or dimensioning techniques.
• Part name = Clamp Bolt
• Part No. = 6
• Material = SAE 1020 - Case Hardened
• Required = 1
PS-15) Draw and dimension the Sliding Screw using proper dimensioning techniques.
This Sliding Screw is part of the Milling Jack given in the Assemblies chapter problem
section. Notice that the dimensioned isometric drawing does not always use the correct
symbols or dimensioning techniques.
• Part name = Sliding Screw
• Part No. = 2
• Material = SAE 1045 - Heat Treat
• Required = 1
8 - 39
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
且♀工E豆
8 - 40
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
SPS-1) Write the thread notes for the following external th 「eads. Also, what a「e the minor
diameter and the pitch? Thread class = 2. The answer to this problem is given in the
Independent Leaming Content.
7/16
Major ¢
Series
Thread Note
Minor diameter
Pitch
Coarse
SPS-2) Write the thread notes for the following internal threads. Also, what are the tap
drill size and/or diameter and the pitch? Thread class = 3. The answer to this problem is
given in the Independent Learning Content.
Major ¢
Series
Thread Note
Tao drill size and/or diameter
Pitch
9/16
Fine
SPS-3) Write the thread notes for the following threads. Also, what is the m刮or diamete『
in inches? The answer to this problem is given in the Independent Learn的g Content.
Major ¢
Series
Thread note
Major diameter
#3
Coarse
SPS-4) Write the thread notes for the following external threads. Also, what are the minor
diameter and the number of threads per mm? The answer to this problem is given in the
Independent Leaming Content.
Major ¢
Series
Thread Note
Minor diameter
# of threads oer mm
M33
Fine
8 - 41
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
SPS-5) Write the th 「ead notes for the following internal threads. Also, what are the tap
drill size and/or diameter and the n umbe『 of threads per mm? The answer to this problem
is given in the Independent Learning Content.
M24
Major ¢
Series
Thread Note
Tao drill size and/or diameter
# of threads per mm
Coarse
SPS-6) Fill in the given table for a hex head bolt with the following major diameters. The
answer to this problem is given in the Independent Learning Content.
3/4
Major φ
Width across flats
Max. width across comers
Head heiaht
Normal clearance hole
SPS-7) Fill in the given table for a hexagon (socket) head cap screw with the following
major diameters. The answer to this problem is given in the Independent Leaming
Content.
Major ¢
Max. head diameter
Max. head heiQht
Normal clearance hole
Counterbore diameter
Counterbore deoth
7/8
SPS-8) Fill in the given table for a slotted flat countersunk head cap screw with the
following m句or diameters. The answer to this problem is given in the Independent
Learning Content.
Major ¢
Max. head diameter
Max. head heiQht
Normal clearance hole
Countersink diameter
Countersink anale
8 -42
[ Chapter 8: Threads and Fasteners )
SPS-9) Fill in the given table for a hex head bolt with the followi ng major diameters. The
answer to this problem is given in the Independent Learning Content.
M8
Major ¢
Max. width across flats
Max. width across comers
Max. head heiaht
Thread length for a screw
that is shorter than 125 mm
Normal clearance hole
SPS-10) Fill in the given table for a socket head cap screw with the following major
diameters. The answer to this problem is given in the Independent Learning Content.
Maj or φ
Max. head diameter
Max. head heiaht
Normal clearance hole
Counterbore diameter
Counterbore deoth
M14
S PS －刊）
Fill in the given table for a flat countersunk head 臼p screw with the following
major diameters. The answer to this problem is given in the Independent Learn的g
Content.
Major ¢
Head diameter
Head heiaht
Normal clearance hole
Countersink diameter
Countersink anale
M20
8 - 43
( Chapter 8: Threads and Fastene陌 l
且♀工E豆
8 - 44
( Chaple『 9: Assembly D『awings )
CHAPTER 9
ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS
CHAPTER OUTLINE
9.1) DEFI NITI。N S ................................…........................……….........……...................………............ 2
9.1 1) Drawing orde『. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
9.2) COMPONENTS OF AN A SSEMBLY DRAWING .................….................…............................ 3
9.2 1) Assembly drawing views ... ........ ...... ... . .. ... ............................... ................... . 3
9.2 3) Part identification .. . . . .. . ... . .. . . .. .. .. ... . .. . . .. .. ... . .. . . ... .. .. ... . .. . . .. . 3
9.2 4) Parts list I bill of mate『i aI . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . 3
9.3) SECTION VIEWS .................................................….................……·….........……....................... 6
9.4) THINGS TO INCLUDE/NOT INCLUDE. …….......….........…........................….........…................ 6
9.4 1) Hidden and center lines .. . ... . . . .. .. .. ... . .. . . .. .. ... . .. . . ... .. .. ... . .. . . .. . 6
9.4 2) Dimensions. . . . . . . . .. . . . . .
. . . . .. .. ... . .. . . . .. . . . .. . .. ... .. .. ... . .. . . .. . 6
9.5) APPLYING WHAT WE HAV E LEARNED .....................….........….................….........……........ 7
A SSEMBLY QUESTIONS ........……....................................….........…….........…….......................... 17
A SSEMBLY PR。BLEMS ...........……….........….........…….........……....................................……...... 19
9-1
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
CHAPTER SUMMARY
In this chapter you will learn how to create an assembly drawing. An assembly drawing is
a drawing of an entire machine with each part located and identified. After each part of a machine
is manufactured, the assembly drawing shows us how to put these parts together. The assembly
drawing together with all the detailed part drawings and the standard parts sheet is called a working
drawing package. By the end of this chapter, you will be able to create a working drawing package
which contains all the information necessary to manufacture a machine or system.
An assembly drawing is a drawing of an entire machine or system with all of
its components located and identified.
9.1) DEFINITIONS
•
Detail Drawina: A detail drawing is a drawing of an individual part, which includes an
orthographic projection with dimensions. One detail/part per sheet.
•
Assemblv Drawina: A n assembly consists of a number of parts that are j oined together
to perform a specific function (e.g. a bicycle). The assembly may be disassembled
without destroying any part of the assembly. An assembly drawing shows the
assembled machine or structu陀 with all of the pa『ts in their fu nctional position.
•
Subassemblv Drawina: A subassembly is two or more parts that form a portion of an
assembly (e.g. the drive train of a bicycle). A subassembly drawing sho响s only one
unit of a la 「ger machine.
•
Workina Drawina Packaae: A typical working drawing package includes an assembly
drawing, detailed drawings, and a sta n da『d pa『ts sheet. The drawing package
contains the specifi臼tion s that will enable the design to be manufactured.
9.1.1) Drawing order
Drawings included in a working drawing package should be presented in the
following order:
1) Assembly drawing (first sheet)
2) Part Number 1
3) Pa同 Numbe r 2
4)
5) Standard pa同s sheet (last sheet)
9-2
( Ch aple『 9: Assembly D『awings)
9.2) COMPONENTS OF AN ASSEMBLY DRAWING
Figure 9.2-1 shows the components of an assembly drawing.
9.2.1) Assembly drawi ng views
Assembly drawings may contain one or more of the standa 「d views (i.e. Front, top,
right-side, left-side, bottom, rea 「） . It may also include specialized views such as section
views or auxiliary views. When deciding which view or views to include you should keep
in mind the purpose of an assembly drawing. The purpose of an assembly drawing is
to show how the pa同s fit together and to suggest the function of the entire unit. Its
purpose is not to describe the shapes of the individual pa『ts. Sometimes only one view is
needed and sometimes it is necessary to draw all three principle views.
9.2.3) Part identification
A part is located and identified by using a circle or balloon containing a find
number and a leader line that points to the corresponding part. A balloon containing
a find number is placed adjacent to the pa同. A leader line, sta同i ng at the b剑loon , points
to the part to which it refers. Balloons identifying di仔eren t pa『ts are placed in orderly
horizontal or vertical rows. The leader lines a『e never allowed to cross and adjacent leader
lines should be as parallel to each other as possible as shown in Figure 9.2-2.
9.2.4) Parts list I bill of material
The parts list is an itemized list of the parts that make up the assembled machine.
A parts list may contain, but is not limited to, the following.
•
•
Find number: The find number links the pa斤S list description of the part to the
b剑loon locating the part on the assembly drawing.
Pa川 number: A part number is an identifier of a pa『ticular part design. It is
con1mon practi臼， but not a requirement, to start the part number with the drawing
number folio明ed by a dash and then a unique number identifying the part. This
unique number usually ma1ches the find number. Standard parts usually do not
contain the drawing number because they are used across designs not just in a
pa同icu la『 design .
Nomenclature o『 dE!SC「iotion : The part name or description.
Number of oa『ts rE!OL ired (QTY REQ’ D): The number of that part used in the
assembly.
• Part material: The material in which the part is made of.
- S坦♀丛主监豆 Th e pre-machined size of the pa同．
·♀~♀血； A 臼ge code is a five position code that identifies companies doing or
wishing to do business with the Federal Government.
- E主且旦旦g且L The wei巨 ht of the fi nished pa凡
•
•
Parts lists are arranged in order of their find number. Find and part numbers are
usually assigned based on the size or importance of the pa『t The parts list is placed
either in the upper left corner of the drawing, with part number 1 at the top, or lower right
corner of the drawing , with part number 1 at the bottom (see Figures 9.2-1 ).
9-3
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
品
9
10
ZEE
飞。
11
工
REV
DATE
DESCRIPTION
工
/
(Ball。。ning)
(!)
。
Views of the assembly
•
u.
U』
J
。
－辛
111
？苦护－
--
「
w
1 ’’十tt
百
u.
「’’’」
OCV 汁。。亘古3。
厉。『 ω2ω 阴阳
－ 0·
20C
『
02
03σqs芝E3
‘’－－－－－－－－－－－」
Part identification
／时阳
。
~
2
3
2
PN239
3/16 x 1/4 PIN
1040 STEEL
2314-2
BOTIOMPLATE
1035 STEEL
1
1
2314- 1
TOP PLATE
1035 STEEL
FIND
NO
QTY
REQ'D
PART OR
IDENTNO
NOMENCLATURE
OR DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL
。
飞：》
PARTS LIST
APPROVALS
国
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
<
DRAFTER: KAP
2010/07/23
CHECKED: KJT
2010/07/26
ENGi川EER:
2010/07/27
RPM
MATERIA L: 1020 STEEL
2
4
5
6
7
REV
DWG NO.
2314
A
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
国
TITLE: INJECTION MOLD
SIZE CAGE CODE
Fl川IS -l: ALL OVER
1
EGE
DATE
SCALE: 1:1
8
0
SHEET: 1 of 4
9
10
11
<
ZOB 亘 3由之
3
n回M
广一一一一一本一一一一一「
L-----------
APPROVED
z$
ZONE
－
REVISION HISTORY
( Chaple『 9: Assembly D『awings )
Balloons are
placed in orderly
horizontal or
vertical rows.
Balloons contain
the 白nd number.
SECTION A-A
Leader lines point to the
part identified by the
corresponding 白nd no.
Leader lines should
not cross and be as
parallel as possible.
Figure 9.2-2: Part identification
9-5
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
9.3) SECTION VIEWS
Since assemblies often have parts fitting into or overlapping other parts, sectioning
can be used to g『eat advantage. When using sectional views in assembly drawings, it is
necessary to distinguish between adjacent pa同s. Section lines in adjacent parts are
drawn in opposing directions. In the largest area, the section lines are drawn at 45。
In the next largest area, the section lines are drawn at 135。 （i n the opposite direction of
the largest area). Section line angles of 30。 and 60。 are used for additional parts. The
distance between the section lines may also be varied to further distinguish
between parts.
Exercise 9.3-1 : Section lines in asse『nblies
The following assembly is sectioned. Draw in the section lines according to the
rules stated above.
9.4) THINGS TO INCLUDE/NOT INCLUDE
The purpose of an assembly drawing is to show how the individual parts fit
together. Therefore, each individual part must be identified. It is not, however, used as a
manufacturing p川nt. Some lines that are included and necessary in the detailed drawing
may be left o何 the assembly drawing to enhance clearness. The assembly drawing should
not look overly cluttered.
9.4.1) H idden and center lines
Hidden and center lines are often not needed. However, they should be used
wherever necessary for clearness. It is left to the judgment of the drafter whether or not
to include hidden lines. A good practice is to include all hidden and center lines at first
and then delete or hide the lines that impair clea 「ness. When a section view is used,
hidden lines should not be used in the sectional view.
9.4.2) D i mensi。ns
As a rule, di mensions are not g iven on assembly drawings. If dimensions are
given, they are limited to some function of the object as a whole.
9-6
( Chaple『 9: Assembly D『awings)
9.5) APPLYING WHAT WE HAVE LEARNED
Exercise 9.5-1 : Workina drawina oackaae
Consider the Clamp shown. Sheets of an incomplete working drawing package
are given in the following pages. Follow the directions and complete the drawing
sheets. Note that the drawing number is 31578.
,
。
。
‘>
9-7
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
Exercise 9.5-1 : Workina drawina oackaae cont.
Part 1: The Base is made of steel.
S's
、和
』。喳～
命f甸、
、／。电、
9-8
( Chaple『 9: Assembly D『awings )
Exercise 9.5-1 : Worki na drawina oackaae cont.
E主且主 The Weight Plate is made of steel.
--
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
飞
; -'o
\
-
\
tu /
中A.5
/
/
/
/
令
最F
10
Part 3: The Pin is made of ha『den ed steel.
~)( "'
><J J
JA
-
Jxr ’
,,
n
JO
E主且丘； The Snap Ring has an inner diameter of 3 mm, an outer diameter of 5 mm,
and a thickness of 1 mm. The snap ring part number is SR67.
9-9
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
且♀工E豆
9 - 10
3
4
5
7
6
8
9
10
11
PARTS UST
工
FIND
NO
QTY
REQ'D
PART OR
IDENT NO
NOMENCLATURE
OR DESCRIPTION
工
MATERIAL
f~ --44»
2ω2
dou
2
1
一
-
mHO『nE曲。 ω－
u－
4u〈〈
－
a＝
。『
。
。
..
』
-
u』F
‘ι
.....
-一
U』
-
-
U』
l 。
-
一
。
。
,-
一
()
DRAFTER:
,-
EGE
DATE
国
TITLE:
CHECKED:
THIRD ANGLE 间飞。JECτI ON
-$-8
<
ω ’44
、
2
3
-
ENGINEER:
MATERIAL: -
SIZE CAGE CODE
A
FINISH: DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
4
5
6
7
DWGNO.
。
I SHEET:
SCALE: 1:1
8
REV
9
10
OF
11
<
－07ω豆理由·〉
M”
W
。s
『 uqoE
－
－
2
z
白ω－
APPROVALS
国
-
。。。＝F
,-
l.-hj Yhj
毛J
。 ω件。
-
』
a
sg
z
ZEE
、
ω ’－
N
2
3
4
5
8
7
6
10
9
11
－
1
:c
ZONE
REV I
DESCRIPTION
DATE
APPROVED
1~~172
:c
2X010.8
一
11.5
。
。
-
- --
u.
←。
唱’
u.
4X RS
..
』
比』
U』
-11-/2X R
l /
•--
一
一
- -- -
。
mHO『nE
u－
4u
〈〈。$
『2
－
曲。 ω－
-
azgz
。
-
.
-- ~~,i 」.f,i
.
。
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
。 IM ARE IN INCHES
国
TOLONANGιE±.2•
2 PL ！.由 3 Pl. 土001
INTERPRET DIMAND TOL PER
ASME Yt4.5 . 20回
THIRD ANGLE PRO,』 ECTION
”..
B
<
』
2
3
<)
30
APPROVALS
-
EGE
国
TITLE:
CHECKED:
-
ENGINEER:
MATERIAL:
FINISH: ALL OVER
SIZE CAGE CODE
A
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
4
~,i
DATE
DRAFTER:
’
1
85
5
6
7
DWG NO.
。
I SHEET:
SCALE: 1:2
8
REV
9
10
OF
11
<
。。。＝F
-
130
z$3ZOB 亘 3由之
REVISION HISTORY
2
3
4
7
6
5
8
9
10
11
REVISION HISTORY
工
ZONE
DESCRIPTION
REV
工
APPROVED
DATE
Zω30u
1
挚··
+|
。
-
。
如··
10
105
u.
mHO『nEmo－
ω·
m
－u〈〈。A
『＝
E
－ RME至
-
"-
115
”..
U』
U』
....
90
-
。
,’
i:
(.)
如··
一寸
毛J
-
UNLESS 。THERWISE SPECIFIED
口IM ARE IN INCHES
TOL ONANGLE 主 2'
血
2PL 主，05 3PL 童，00 1
INTERPRET DIM ANO TOL PER
ASME Y14.5 • 20(均
THIRD Al唱GLE PROJECTION
-
命. －一
<
APPROVALS
DRAFTER:
ω ’‘ω
－
2
3
TITLE:
..
』
ENGINEER:
MATERIAL:
SIZE CAGE CODE
A
FINISH: ALL OVER
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
4
国
CHECKED:
、 品，，
’
EGE
DATE
5
6
7
DWG NO.
。
I SHEET:
SCALE: 1:1
8
REV
9
10
OF
11
<
ono
=
F
－07ω
豆理由·〉
M”
W。
s
『uqoE
－
－
2
z
白ω－
....
。 ω叶。
-
50
2
。
ZEE
2
4
3
5
6
8
7
10
9
”
工
ZONE
REV
DESCRIPTION
DATE
APPROVED
-
。
。
一
一
...
U」
-
-
U』
w
,
一
-
、
－一－一－一－一－一－
」
-
一
/
。
2
-
。
-
、、
mHO『nE
m·
－u〈〈。『
E＝
－ RME至
A
曲。 ω－
-
:,:
-
一
ιJ
一
一
SPECIFIED
OIM ARE IN INC刷ES
U N LESS O＇τH ERWI SE
国
τE》L ON ANGLE 拿 2·
2 PL 主.05 3 Pl ±001
INTERPRET OIMANO τ＇OL PER
-
ASMEY14 5 . 扭曲
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
@
<
、吨J
1
2
3
--
APPROVALS
DRAFTER:
CHECKED:
-
ENGINEER:
阳队，TERIAL:
SIZE CAGE CODE
A
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
4
国
τITLE:
FINISH: ALL OVER
协
EGE
DATE
5
6
7
OWG NO.
。
I SHEET:
SCALE: 1:1
8
REV
9
，。
OF
忖
<
。。。＝F
()
z$3ZOB 亘 3由之
REVISION HISTORY
－
ω ’、－品
吨
3
4
5
7
6
8
10
9
’
1
STANDARD PARTS LIST
工
FIND
NO
PART OR
!DENT NO
QTY
REQ'D
PART NAME OR DESCRIPTION
SIZE
SERI ES OR
STYLE
MATERIAL
SPECIAL REQ.
mHO『nE
moω－
m·
－u〈〈。『A
－＝
E RE
M至
-
:,:
Z ω30u
2
'
。
。
..
』
-
‘
lL
L
-
-
且“
U』
-
一
。
。
2
-
。
也J
DIMARE ININCHES
国
TOLONAN G也E 主.2·
2PL 尘。回 3 凡的。，
,
，，、
ω ’‘m
－
i?1
、4
1
2
3
--
,.
由
TITLE:
CHECKED:
-
ENGINEER:
MATERIAL: -
SIZE CAGE CODE
A
FINISH:
4
-
EGE
DATE
DRAFTER:
INTERPRET DIMAND TOL PER
ASME Y14.5 • 2000
THIRD ANG也E PR血，ECTI ON
〈汇
APPROVALS
5
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
SCALE:
7
8
6
DWGNO.
REV
。
I SHEET:
9
10
OF
刊
<
ono
=
F
－07ω
豆理由·〉
M”
W。
s
『uqoE
－
－
2
z
白ω－
UN LESS 。＞TtlERWISE SPECIFIED
。 ω叶。
-
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
且♀工E豆
9 - 16
( Chaple『 9: Assembly D『awings )
ASSEMBLY QUESTIONS
Name:
Date:
Q9-1 ) The purpose of an assembly drawing is to show how the individual parts
Fill in the blank.
Q9-2) What is always included on a detailed drawing but rarely included on an assembly
drawing?
a)
b)
c)
d)
section lines
hidden lines
center lines
dimensions
Q9剖 This is a place where you 臼n get a quick overall view of all the pa由 th at comprise
an assembly and how many of each are required in the assembly. (Circle all that apply.)
a) pa同s list
b) table of contents
c) standard pa同s sheet
d) bill of materials
Q9-4) Criteria that are used to assign pa同 numbers. (Circle all that apply.)
叫Vor
--
甘阳
M
－ 附－
m∞
PK nHFU
自M
，
、 EF 、 ，
、，，、
auhU内
bAU
e
，
，
Q9-5) Section lines are drawn in opposing directions when there a「e
a)
b)
c)
d)
adjacent pa同s
small pa由
non-sectioned pa 同s
moving parts
Q9-6) The fi rst sheet in a working drawing package is the ... drawing .
a)
b)
c)
d)
part#1
the last pa同
assembly drawing
Standard pa同s sheet
Q9-7) The last sheet in a working drawing package is the ... drawing.
a) pa叶＃ 1
b) the last pa同
c) assembly drawing
d) standard pa同s sheet
9 - 17
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
且♀工E豆
9 - 18
( Chaple『 9: Assembly D『awings)
ASSEMBLY PROBLEMS
P9-1 ) Answer the following questions about the assembly drawing shown.
a) What is the name of the assembly?
b) How many sheets are there in the working drawing package?
c) What is the name of part number 303200 - 4?
d) What is the find number of the BOLT?
e) What type of material is the WEDGE made of?
f)
How many SET SCREWS are used in the assembly?
g) On the assembly, circle the ADJUSTING NUT .
h) On the assembly , circle the HE× NUT .
9 - 19
Nφ’O
2
3
4
5
6
8
7
9
10
11
PARTS LIST
工
QTY
REQ’ D
NOMENCLATURE
OR DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL
303200 • 1
TOOL POST BODY
Cl
1
303200 - 2
WEDGE
1045 STEEL
3
1
303200 • 3
BOLT
1040 SτEEL
4
2
303200 • 4
TOOL POST SCREW
1040 STEEL
303200 • 5
ADJUSTING SCREW
1040 STEEL
6
1
303200 • 6
ADJUSTING SCREW
1020 STEEL
7
1
303200 • 7
SLOTIED WASHER
1020 STEEL
HS4590
HEX NUT
8
9
2
HS35 12
SET SCREW
10
1
W654
WASHER
主
10
8
......
。
「1 ,: :,I [
rI
4
…
－』
1
h
U』
民
......
。
9
u」
w
~－；同二：－＿－＿－：｛＿－＿－＿：二
5
…
-
h
。
0
I
3
…
-
h
υ
。
2
7
6
•…
国
-
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
<
,
2
DATE
DRAFTER: KAP
2015/12/21
CHECKED: HYP
20 15门2/23
ENGINEER: GRW
2015/1 2/01
MATERIAL:
令
,‘
3
FINISH :
•-
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
4
5
EGE
6
7
国
TITLE: TOOL POST
i--
SIZE CAGE CODE
A
，．、
‘、．．，
飞
APPROVALS
DWG NO.
SCALE: 1:2
8
303200
REV
。
SHEET: 1 OF 11
9
10
11
<
ZOB 亘 3由之
2
5
u.
PART OR
IDENT NO
3
。
FIND
NO
028月理由 E$
{
1
( Chaple『 9: Assembly D『awings)
P9-2) Consider the Trolley assembly shown. Sheets of an incomplete working drawing
package are given in the followi ng pages. Complete the working drawing package.
9 - 21
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
TROLLEY WHEEL
1020 STEEL
2REQ’ D
INSTRUMENT BALL BEARING
BORE= ¢ .7
OD = 01.625
THICKNESS = .3125
2 REQ’D
SIDE PLATE
1020 STEEL
2REQ’ D
－飞
2
11/ 16 RETAINING RING
EXTERNAL
C-TYPE
2 REQ'D
AXLE
1045 COLD
DRAWN STEEL
2 REQ'D
KEEPER PLATE
1020 STEEL
2REQ’D
10 - 24 UNC
ROUND HEAD
MACHINE SCREW
LENGTH = .62
4REQ’ D
7/8 • 9 UNC
HEX HEAD BOLT
LENGTH = 8.5
THREAD LENGTH = 2.25
2 REQ’ D
7/8 - 9 UNC
HEX HEAD NUT
2 REQ'D
CROSS HEAD
1020 STEEL
1 REQ' D
＼ζJ
7/8 PLAIN WASHER
TYPE A
NARROW
4REQ ’D
ADJUSTING SHIM
1020 STEEL
2 REQ' D
9 · 22
1
2
3
4
5
7
6
8
9
10
11
PARTS LIST
FIND
NO
QTY
REQ'D
PART OR
IDENTNO
NOMENCLATURE
DR DESCRIPTION
(__/1
1268 - 1
。
u.
w
2
1268 - 2
3
1268 - 3
4
1268 - 4
5
1268 - 5
6
1268 - 6
7
SR482
…
h
T
…
。
7'I
..J.
|\
／｛飞
,__
」
卢
U』
卢
SR482
8
9
HS4590
10
HS3512
11
W654
12
HS9034
队
〉可）＝1
可’4
7
/
I/
•-
(
...
』
w
夕／,
由
,
v
一
-
•-
」
」《丁
J介
//)
/
了l
APPROVALS
...
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
/', r、
<
ω ’Nω
τ飞 ＋，
、、
,,
且
国
T ITLE:
...
』
ENGI NEER:
MATERIAL:
SIZE CAGE CODE
A
FINISH: -
--
。O NOT SCALE DRAWING
DWGNO.
SCALE: 1:4
1268
SHEET:
REV
。
OF
--
2
3
4
()
EGE
CHECKED:
』
…
h
,__
DATE
DRAFTER:
DETAIL A
。
」
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
<(
－07ω豆理由·〉
M”
W。
s
『uqoE
－
－
2
z
白ω－
I-'
如…
。 ω叶。
V
\
I、、
u
。
,__
r
h
如…
。
I
、
MATERIAL
Zω30
主
3
4
5
7
6
8
10
9
11
..
-寸
∞
『 A
φ4.00
"-
。
.44
u』
//
I
φ6.38
φ5.25
w
φ 7.00
w
φ5.90
。
。
()
。
SECTION A-A
3X 120。
UNLESS OTHER＇叭nsE SPECIFIED
DIMARE IN INCHES
国
τ·oLON AN GLE 主 2·
APPROVALS
ORAFTER:
2 pt 士.05 3 Pl. 主∞，
’NTERP供ET DIMANO τ＇OLPER
ASME Y14.5 . 20回
THIRDANGLE PROJECTI。”
<
4
国
TITLE:
CHECKED:
ENGI NEER:
MATERIAL:
SIZE CAGE CODE
FINISH: -
A
。O NOT SCALE DRAWING
2
EGE
DATE
5
6
7
DWG NO.
SCALE: 1:2
8
REV
0
SHEET:
9
10
OF
11
<(
。 ω冲OU
~ l:.:I
z$3Z O B 亘 3由之
。
问·
。
I
－
同← I
Zω30
I
主
ZEE
2
03 芝－20『
OH
ouzo
－
238 『
3Sδ2·
4da
m－
52 〈－
O〈〈
ω3go0－
3
3OSOS－
2GmO呻
O
φ ’N品
1
2
3
4
6
5
8
7
9
10
11
1.88
φ 1. 126
1. 125
寸75「
。
。
2X 10-24 UNC
.
哩，
也ι
U』
.63
9.25
8.00
ω
Zω3 0
:c
工
003 3－
20 月
202－
ouzo
－
22『。
3 6 空。2·
1
ω
2X φ.9 1
。
1.00
1.06
TOL ONANGLE 立 2·
2PLt.05 3PL 立001
INTERPRET DIM AND TCλ PER
ASME Y14.5 . 20回
THIRD ANGιE PROJECT，。”
ω ’NU
<
工一叫
(.)
APPROVALS
DRAFTER:
CHECKED:
ENGINEER:
MATER 队l:
SIZE CAGE CODE
4
5
DWGNO.
REV
0
A
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
2
国
TITLE:
FINISH:
1
EGE
DATE
6
7
SCALE: 1:3
8
SHEET:
9
10
OF
11
<
－07ω豆理由·〉
M”
W
。s
『 uqoE
－2
z
－ ω－
白
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DIMARE IN INCHES
国
。
。 ω叶。
。
2.00
5
8
7
6
10
9
11
。
5.12
2.56
u.
u.
」2.25
w
w
4.50
2.38
。
。
υ
1.00
UNLESS OTHERW陆E SPECIFIED
DIM ARE IN INCHES
国
TC比 ON ANGιE 主 2'
INTERPRET DIM ANDτ＇OLPER
ASME Y14.5. 2009
T> IRD ANGLE PROJECTION
2
~
3
－－－－－咛－
国
TITLE:
CHECKED:
ENGINEER:
MATERIAL:
FINISH:
4
EGE
DATE
DRAFTER:
2PL 主.05 3PL 主.00 1
<(
APPROVALS
00 NOT SCALE DRAWING
5
6
7
SIZE CAGE CODE
DWG NO.
REV
0
A
SCALE: 1:2
8
SHEET:
9
10
OF
11
<(
。 ω冲OU
υ
z$3ZOB 亘 3由之
。
－
工
Zω30
:i::
ZEE
4
3
2＝ 3
g3
s83 刀ESSE －
zogonr583ω202·
－ 300OC3SEQOω2szgos303ω
的5
·
→2000CZO
σ。『oa· 品品。
。5
0 『。『4·
ON·→zon2u
＝。532 ∞「－m －
U可
ω·→20
『
003ω2nuz
ω3
ω2ω
万。o
－ω立ω〈OωSE320『。『2
－．
φ ’N白
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
.,_
...
Zω30
:c
工
』
。
。
3.2 5
...
』
...
』
2 .5 0
仁／
IL.
R.0 6
IL.
/ /
...
』
¢ 1. 242
1.1234
ω
¢ .98 -
,...
-
...
』
」L
.1257
.1 2 50
。
2X .06 X 45 '
i--
』 ¢ .6 1
-
ι
•
¢ .75 11
.7507
ω
...
』
+
。
同－ .25
...
...
』
』
一
一
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIF 眶。
OIMARE IN INCHES
国
TOL ONANGLE 孟2'
2 PL • OS 3PL • DD1
INTERPRET DIM AND TC到L PER
一
ASMEY叫 5. 20回
THIRD ANGιE PR•创ECT，。”
ω ’NU可
。
<
1
2
3
APPROVALS
DRAFTER:
国
TITLE:
C HECKED:
一
ENGINEER:
MATER 队l :
SIZ E CAGE COD E
A
FIN ISH:
•-
DO NOT SCALE D RAWING
4
EGE
DATE
5
6
7
DWGNO.
。
I SHEET:
SCALE: 1:1
8
REV
9
10
OF
11
<
－07ω豆理由·〉
M”
W
。s
『 uqoE
－2
z
－ ω－
白
υ
。 ω叶。
。
3
4
5
6
8
7
10
9
11
Lι
u.
U』
w
。
。
。
u
SPECIFIED
口IM ARE IN INCHES
TOI. ON ANGLE e 2'
υNLESSO再IERWISE
由
’
2PL 立.05 3 PLt.00
INTERPRET DIM ANOτ＇OL PER
ASME Y14.5 - 2009
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
DRAFTER:
TITLE:
ENGIN EER:
2
4
5
6
7
0
SCALE: 1:1
8
REV
SHEET:
9
10
OF
<
．
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
DWG NO.
．
SIZE CAGE CODE
A
FINISH: -
1
国
CHECKED:
MATERIAL:
<
EGE
DATE
APPROVALS
11
z$3Z O B 亘 3由之
。
－
。
。 ω冲OU
:i:
Zω30
工
ZEE
2
。－
ω2S2
＝－
3SOS －
ou－
。口芹〈
－〈
203。－
303 的
53303ω·
2
303835tzE2
·C的。 ω2 2 『。『
303c3020－
ω
σ。－m·
〈ω言。
·cm03033
『3
的0
叫王
φ ’N∞
1
1
2
4
3
7
6
5
8
10
9
3。
11
工
工
一
_ [ .12
。
。
飞3
f币z
g
(1)
~
言
’0町
CY
g
u.
u.
1.75
w
U』
.25
飞 . 25
\\
一
。
一
.88
」止
't'－一－－－Ej;)
。
.31
一
一
ιJ
。
一
一
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DIM ARE IN INCHES
TOI.ONANGLE 主 2·
面
2PL 主 05 3PL 主.001
INTERPRET DIMANOTOL PER
ASME Y14.5 • 2009
THIRD ANGιE PROJECT!。N
一
⑥ E丑
<
区。
"'
足。
2
3
APPROVALS
DRAFTER:
国
TITLE:
一
ENGINEER:
MATERIAL:
SIZE CAGE CODE
A
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
5
6
7
{
豆~理)
巴。
CHECKED:
FINISH: All OVER
4
EGE
DATE
ω而，吨’
。
OWGNO.
。
I SHEE于
SCALE: 1:1
8
REV
9
10
OF
11
<
旱!毡
副主写
‘lil
2
2
3
4
7
6
5
8
9
10
ZEE
φ ’ωo
1
11
STANDARD PARTS LIST
PART OR
IDENTNO
PART NAME OR DESCRIPTION
SIZE I SERIES
I
MATERIAL
。
u.
u.
一
一
U』
w
-
-
。
。
-
-
ιJ
飞：》
-
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DIMARE IN INCHES
国
TOL ONAN GLE 主 2·
2 PL :t.05 3 PL 塞。00’
INTERPRET DIMAND Tot. PER
ASME Y14.5 . 20臼
-
THIRD ANGLE PROJ ECTIO例
<
2
。一
3
APPROVALS
国
TITLE:
CHECKED:
-
ENGINEER:
MATERIAL: •
SIZE CAGE CODE
A
FIN ISH: •
4
EGE
DATE
DRAFTER:
-
5
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
SCALE: -
7
8
6
DWGNO.
REV
。
I SHEET:
9
10
OF
11
哇
。 ω冲OU
。
z$3ZOB 亘 3由之
QTY
REQ’D
－
FIND
NO
Zω30
工
( Chaple『 9: Assembly D『awings )
P9-3) Consider the Drill Jig assembly shown. Sheets of an incomplete working drawing
package are given in the following pages. Follow the directions and complete the sheets.
The Drill Jig dimensions are shown in the exploded assembly shown on the next page.
9 - 31
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
il
仇，斗
句
电，
nl
o」。
①
wi
φi
.v-"";
,t.~4'v
8（＼~♂
。矿
s。
f宫
、2、
守主
9 - 32
4
6
5
8
7
10
9
11
PARTS LIST
J:
FINO
NO
Q TY
REQ'D
PART OR
IDENT NO
NOMENCLATURE
OR DESCRIPTION
J:
MATERIAL
。
。
u..
--
－－φ一－
u..
w
。
。
υ
υ
EGE
DATE
DRAFTER:
NOTE: ASSEMBLE PART 5 BEFORE 4
国
TITLE:
=-
CHECKED:
2
ENGIN EER :
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
SIZE CAGE CODE
A
FIN ISH: -
SI
DO NOT SCAL E DRAWING
2
4
5
6
7
DWGNO.
SCALE: -
8
687
SHEET:
9
10
REV
0
OF
11
<(
2『
JS
ω ’ωω
<(
-02
2
MATERIAL:
－07ω
豆理由·〉
M”
W。
s
『uqoE
－
－
2
z
白ω－
APPROVALS
国
。 ω叶。
w
Zω2dou
3
－
OHO
－立omog－。
ωgn
3
－0ω·4
202·
－u
0033
2 〈－
O〈〈σ
3
030ω℃℃「h。z
。3 －
uω冲Omoot
〕飞
3c3σ0353000「0
330 hu
『ω
冲＝ω
＝－
20csou
－
『2σω＝。。2·2＝－
ω
产 ω2α2
2－
。nr·
2
6
7
9
8
10
..
11
一
「
。
40
。
」
一
t-
tι
Lι
t-
一
240
220
UJ
一
20
UJ
同－
［工
L千
一
。
一
t-
。
•…
υ
υ
1--
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
口IM ARE IN INCHES
国
TOL ONANGLE 主 .2·
IN TERPRE T 口IMAND TC比 PER
CHECKED:
ASME Y14.5 • 2009
THIRD ANGLE PR队J ECTION
ENGINEER :
<
SI
1
2
⑥ E司
3
• ---
MATERIAL:
SIZE CAGE CODE
A
。O NOT SCALE DRAWING
5
国
TITLE:
FINISH: ALL OVER
4
EGE
DATE
DRAFTER:
2 PL t .05 3 PL t .001
一
APPROVALS
6
7
DWGNO.
。
687 • 1
I SHEET:
SCALE: 1:2
8
REV
9
10
OF
11
<(
z$3ZOB 亘 3由之
一
－
工
J:
ZEE
5
03 芝 ω2RM
－
3B
03ω53303 3ω 血。。可ωESω。二20 ∞〉ωm·2＝ －
330220豆。oFω2αω〈
2〈
Oω
『
月
20 『
。＝。〈
。2ω·
2coωE
3〈
0－
4
22ω兰的月
20至昆主－ U可
2 2『g n－
v
u→ ωUE ＝SE320『 H
228E ＝巴NOB『月
3
工 。〈〈王COZEZZO『α。omgog它。三－
sou
－立 。『O
Oωsnu
ug
o lv
。OOB
℃ωω工 203 『
φ ’ω品
2
1
2
3
4
6
5
7
8
9
10
11
3
主
工
←－－－
←－－－
。
。
如·－－－…
十一点
k
←－－－
�－－·
u.
斗歹
←－－－
u.
←－－－
←－－－
w
w
←－－－
←－－－
。
φ
如－－－·
r1-r
廿！
←－－－
υ
。
←－－－
υ
’
』．．．
SI
2
⑥ E司
3
4
DRAFTER:
国
TITLE
‘
.._
：
CHECKED:
ENGINEER:
MATERIAL:
FINISH: ALL OVER
5
EGE
DATE
SIZE CAGE CODE
A
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
SCALE: 1:2
6
8
7
DWG NO.
9
I
687 • 2
SHEET :
10
。
REV
OF
11
<(
H
口Z
Tn
－－
z
·
g
o
..
2白
ω
ω’ωm
<(
APPROVALS
－
33
5
0ωoo
3m
《u
MW”
UNLESS OTHERW陪E SPECIIFIIED
DIMARE IN INCHES
TOLONANGιE 主2'
2PL 主.05 3 PL主.00
INTERPRET DIM AND TC到L PER
ASME Y14.5 • 20拥
THIRDANGLE PROJECTION
国
∞gm
－O。33o刀〉Xz
07ω
.._
→
－ 豆理 由·〉 。『suqoEz－－－
』．．．
－
3
4
6
5
8
7
9
10
ZEE
φ ’ω∞
2
11
•…
1--
。
。
z$
J:
－
工
u.
u..
忡…
t---
w
w
•---
•---
L_J__ ,__i一
,
。
0
』
++•
-
一
υ
h
一
一
-
。
…
h
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIEO
DIMARE IN INCHES
田
TOL ONANGlE 主 2 '
...
INτERPREτ D IM ANDτ＇OLPER
CHECKED:
ASME Y14,5 • 2009
THIRD ANGιE PROJECTION
ENGINEER:
<
SI
1
2
3
1--
SIZE CAGE CODE
A
FINISH: ALL OVER
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
4
5
国
TITLE:
MATERIAL:
( E3
EGE
DATE
DRAFTER:
2PL±.05 3PL 士回M
』
APPROVALS
…
6
7
DWGNO.
。
I SHEET:
SCALE: 1:2
8
REV
9
10
OF
11
<
ZOB 亘 3由之
阳帽，．
3
.,__
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
STANDARD PARTS LI ST
工
FIND
NO
4
QTY
REQ ’D
PART OR
IDENT NO
HS512
5
HS790
6
HS679
PART NAME OR DESCRIPTION
SIZE
SERIES OR
STYLE
MATERIAL
SPECIAL REQ.
工
-
(.'.)
。
”...
一
u.
u.
......
-
w
w
一
i--
。
。
...
如
一
()
一
1--
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DIMARE IN INCHES
国
TOLONANG LE 立 2·
DRAFTER:
2PL 金05 3 Pt. 全.00 1
INTERPRET DIM AND TOL PER
ASME Y14.5 . 2009
THIRDANGLE P民OJ ECT!ON
一
ω ’ωU
可
,
<
、
1
2
φ
,
CHECKED:
i--
ENGI NEER:
MATERIAL: -
SIZE CAGE CODE
A
FINISH: -
,
3
4
国
TITLE:
』
、
EGE
DATE
APPROVALS
5
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
SCALE: •
7
8
6
DWG NO.
REV
687
I SHEET:
9
10
。
OF
11
<
－07ω豆理由·〉
M”
W
。s
『 uqoE
－2
z
－ ω－
白
。
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
且♀工E豆
9 - 38
[ Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings ]
P914 ) 1Create a working drawing pac阳 ge for the following Pulley Assembly. The working
drawing packa,g e shol』Id contai n an assembly drawing , detans of all the parts, and a
standard par吃s sheet. Notice that some of the dimensioned isometric drawings are not
dimensioned using proper dimensioning techniques. When drawing the detailed drawing1s
use proper symbols and dimensioning techniques.
JU
F
’
J IJ
tb V
而H
41
川
An－，bv捕民v
内Vζ J4 ，
F
r
p
nM VEVA db
CV
r
V
p
CU
V
4
3
F巴
-
－
L F
F
m
-
E EV
而Mr
, AV
V
F
。『
F
F
d
P
U
w
F
nv
EL
HV
1 f(
a
Fv
J AF
H
V
drMA
9-39
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
且且毕i
..
nu,
143
--
、，‘、
饥M
、〈
UA1
.
dF
LHE
- dw
o/
nMW
’>
f飞，
地
J喧俨
-,
aF
OAr
az
’
nL’
J宝俨
15
43
11
7,0
7,0
15
内
9 -40
Aυ
1
akr
( Chaple『 9: Assembly D『awings )
且应豆卫山岛
j'
i'
公UV
LM吨
、，，
LM
川，
队U
、。
阳回
’J
7-0
10
¢10
¢i'50
Follower Pullev
!io
It
jO
,o
10
AUV
t
/’
hu啕
、，，
L町
、AV
mu
SRV
AHV
AU
AMY
9 - 41
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
革国且
43
43
JYP
dAr
nLF
且且皿
nυ
问9 /
/ 喝9
’
hU
IJJ
JU
4f
JHr
’
¢'0
9 -42
nυ
也＜s
1
( Chaple『 9: Assembly D『awings)
P9-5) Create a working drawing package for the following Milling Jack. The working
drawing package should contain an assembly drawing, details of all the pa同s, and a
standard parts sheet. Notice that some of the dimensioned isometric drawings a「e not
dimensioned using proper dimensioning techniques. When drawing the detailed drawings
use proper symbols and dimensioning techniques.
旦出皿且毕
V-Anvil
Pad
Set Screw 回3
Knurled Nut
Sliding Screw
Base
Set Screw匾，b
Clamp Bolt
9- 43
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
主） V-ANVIL
SAE 1045 - HEAT TREAT
FAQ
1 REQD
PAD [ E
PHOSPHOR BRONZE
FAQ
1 REQD
~
21 SLIDING SCREW
SAE 1045 - HEAT TREAT
卢卢卢F
1
#10 X 1/4
SLOTTED HEAD
SET SCRE
FLAT POINT
CASE HARDENED
1 REQD
(
’
日EQO
KNURLED NUT
SAE 1045 - HEAT TREAT
1 REQO
m
叩
｝忖
Ii' t 」
7) 5/8 - 11 UNC
HEX NUT
CASE HARDENED
1 REQO
1/4 X 5/8
SLOTTED HEAD
SEτSCREW
FULL D以3 POINT
CASE HARDENED
1 REQD
|!
||
____..( 8 J WASHER
SAE 1020
CASE HARDENED
1 REQO
CLιMP BO口
SAE 1020
CASE HARDENED
1 REQO
9-44
( Chaple『 9: Assembly D『awings )
且每皇
5
’”ν
1
~飞ψ
、、，J
i’’
AFkvv
41JNrrL
KVV
<s恒，
飞念－
I
νrp
卢卢十，
气’
tvp，。 ，
－
，
L
|
dE
-
JHv
，口
附
I
dmrnm
nvυ
_I一
仲RVJA
NHVv
ArnvJH
I
I
／ 」，－－ -
·tv
ft
J
Udctf
L R
rpJ
thv
I
』
nUAUd
I
I
nv!,,,
JF川、
Jdp
<?!v铲〉旷舍
’~
<>:-·
<o~
~
-
,,-
iMr
,
J 一 一 － l. ' I
L
I:'-'>\
I
I’
r吨，，
，。，，
AU
ι二。
<?!v,,,, .-
,
UV
AVJNV
E
1/
列，，
AHV
Aa,
9 - 45
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
Slidina Screw
〈少
4'
句
、
K
＜：；＞
句兰
J二 气，．
＜：：：，
’a
‘
AH’
句，，
，
，νt
JNr
iu
np
1
，
nu
”
，
，
，
，
，hJ
I, －斗
、，4
,.as
’
lI
-｜｜｜｜｜
z.oo
｜｜｜｜｜
,hJ
5
z
6
¢·
A户
JY
dr
，bLV
JY
nJhF
J民「
tJ
，，，，
JXf
句句J
’”ν
1
，，，，
功‘J
9 -46
nnrL
( Chaple『 9: Assembly D『awings )
Y..:h.皿且
俨
hU
、
Lx
叫
、J飞
AU
w
\\
i
y
i
f
/
\
/
J
~-
~'""'
1,.00
.
,,---~
，问
J
’
句句，，
AW,,
A
f aa
V
nMV
E
9 - 47
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
区且血且且！！！
¢ 1·36
AA
....
ζb
~
’二 ’
s是‘
, ,<o
才P
泛b
也．吁
1AU
、
LN
、
9 -48
、
、，，
-
严L
a、
、，、，
LHuw
AE
( Chaple『 9: Assembly D『awings )
E豆豆
AA
/
d
...._<o
>!</
吃p
’
\\
刊~’
『，
’?
.Qg皿且且♀！！
JY户
，向ν
o
dJ
aanD
AU
/
--
,
AF
4J
,,,,,
L
JUJN
V
句，，
.
功，，
1
，、
J
AHν
,,
4
nu
1 AU
9 - 49
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
血革国L
~-
eo<o
f! .,06
9 - 50
( Chaple『 9: Assembly D『awings)
SP9-1) Create a working drawing package for the following L的ear Bearing. The working
drawing package should contain an assembly drawing, details of all the parts, and a
standard pa『ts sheet. Notice that some of the dimensioned isometric drawings a「e not
dimensioned using proper dimensioning techniques. When drawing the detailed drawings
use proper symbols and dimensioning techniques. The answer to this problem is given in
the Independent Learning Content.
9 - 51
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
Pa付＃ 1: Bottom Plate
If you are just studying the basics and have not covered threads
a1d 阳S饱ners， 陀pl a臼 the 12× 10 - 24 UNC dimension with a 1 2xφ19 dimension.
a:,
i'?
、＂（）
b<~ '
...
'~()
""
\
、＂（）
b<~ '
"\)
、－－
9 - 52
( Chaple『 9: Assembly D『awings)
Pa阶＃2: Guide Shaft
If you are just studying the basics and have not covered tolerancing,
ignore the RC4 tolerance. NOTE TO DRAFTER: This part is symmetric and all fillets are
R.12.
,0,
,~..
守
9 - 53
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
Pa付＃3: Too Plate
If you are just studying the basics and have not covered threads and
fasten ers， 陪pla臼 the 16× 10 - 24 UNC dimension with a 16x ¢ .19 dimension.
飞
品、’
/o
9 - 54
( Chaple『 9: Assembly D『awings)
Pa阶#4: Pillow Block If you are just studying the basics and have not covered tolerancing,
ignore the FN 1 tolerance.
。
计
＼
」b
'l /\
、，
｛坠
S)
句
－
%
~--
口
r \)
v
r
U7
户』
’
白
y
／
00·
7
CN·
了一L
。ω·
三
/
-／
n":J
·
俨幽幽
(V
,--
’－
CN，
,..
9- 55
( Chapter 9: Assembly Drawings J
Pa付＃5:
Bearina If you are just studying the basics and have not c。vered tolerancing,
ignore the RC4 and FN1 tolerances.
hHUA
鸣·
n元，
」
ξvh
αωb飞
~~~s
1＜（）。 二λ
9 - 56
AHU
AU
( Appendix A· Limits and Fits )
APPENDIX A
LIMITS AND FITS
APPENDIX 。UTLINE
A.1 ) LIMITS AND FITS (INCH)........................................................................................................ 2
A 1 1) Running or sliding clearance fits . . .. .. .. ... . .. . . .. .. ... . .. . . ... .. .. ... . .. . . .. . 2
A 1 2) Locational clearan但他 ．．．．．．．．．．．… ……·．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．．． ……· … . . •. . ••. •. •.•. ••.•. •.•. • 4
A 1 3) Locational transition fits .. . . . .. .. . .. .. .. .. ... . .. . . .. .. . . . .. . .. ... .. .. ... . .. . . .. . 6
A 1 4) Locational i nte『ference fi ts .... … .• •. ……·......…·… -…. •• •. … .• •. . ••. •. •. . .....…·… . •.• . • 7
A 1 5) Fo『ce and shrink fits . . . . ... . .. . . ... .. .. ... . .. . . . .. .. . .. . .. ... . .. ... . .. . . . 8
A.2) METRIC LIMITS AND FITS ........….........…….........……....................................…...............…... 9
A 2 1) Hole basis clearance fits .......................…. •• •. … .• •. . ••. •. •. . .....…·… - … …. . . 9
A .2.2) Hole basis transition and interference fits .................................................................... 10
A 2 3) Shaft basis clea『ance fits ....................... … .• •. … … …… …·… …. . •• •. … .• •. . •. 11
A 2 3) Shaft basis clea『ance fits . . . . . . . . ... .. . .. . .. . .. ... . .. ... . .. ... .. .. .. . ... . . . 11
A 2 4) Sha自 basis transition and i nte『ference fits ..… … .• •. ……………··… …. . •• •. … ….. 12
h
h
A-1
( Appendix A: Limits and Fits J
A.1) LIMITS AND FITS (INCH)
A.1.1) Running or sliding clearance fits
。
。
Basic hole system. Limits are in thou臼ndths of an inch.
Limits for h le and shaft are appli ed algebrai臼lly to the basic size t。 btain the limits of size for the parts.
Nominal Size
Range Inches
Over
T
-0.12
。
。
0.12
-0.24
0.24
- 0 40
0.40
- 0 71
0.71
-1 19
1.19
-1 97
1.97
- 3 15
3.15
- 4 73
4.7 3
- 7 09
7.09
- 9 85
9.8 5 -12.41
12.41 -15.75
15.75 -19.69
A- 2
Class RC1
Standard Limit s
Hole
Shaft
+0.2
-0.1
-0 .25
+0.2
-0.15
-0.3
+0.25
-0.2
-0 .35
+0.3
-0 .25
-0.45
+0.4
-0.3
-0 .55
+0.4
-0.4
-0.7
+0. 5
-0.4
-0.7
+0.6
-0.5
-0.9
+0.7
-0.6
-1.1
+0.8
-0.6
-1.2
+0.9
-0.8
-1.4
-1.0
+1.0
-1.7
-1.2
+1.0
- 2.0
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
Class RC2
Standard limits
H le
Shaft
+0.25
-0 1
-0 3
+0.3
-0.15
-0.35
+0.4
-0 2
-0.45
+0.4
-0.25
-0.55
+ 0 .5
-0 3
-0 7
+06
.
-0 4
-0 8
+ 0 .7
-0 4
-0 9
+ 0.9
-0 5
-1 1
+1.0
-0 6
-1 3
+1.2
-0 6
-1 4
+1.2
-0 7
-1 6
+1.4
-0 7
-1 7
+1.6
-0 8
-1 8
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
Class RC3
Standard Lim its
H le
Shaft
- 0 3.
+0.4
-0 55
-0.4
+ 0 .5
- 0 7.
- 0 5.
+06
.
-0.9
-0.6
+07
.
-1.0
-0.8
+0.8
-1.3
+1.0
-1.0
-1 6.
+1.2
-1.2
-1.9
+1.4
-1.4
-2.3
+16
.
-1 6.
-2 .6
-2.0
+1.8
-3 .2
-2.5
+2.0
-3.7
-3.0
+ 2.2
-4.4
+ 2.5
-4.0
-5 .6
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
Cla ss RC4
Standard Limits
H le
Shaft
+0.6
-0 3.
-0 7.
+0.7
-0.4
-0.9
+0.9
-0 5.
-1.1
+1.0
-0.6
-1.3
+1.2
-0.8
-1 6.
-1.0
+ 1.6
-2.0
-1.2
+1.8
-2.4
-1.4
+2.2
-2.8
-1 6.
+2.5
-3 .2
-2.0
+2.8
-3.8
-2.2
+3.0
-4.2
-2.5
+3.5
-4.7
-2 .8
+ 4.0
-5 .3
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
( Appendix A · Limits and Fits )
。
N minal Size
Ranqe Inches
。
Over
。
T
-0 12
0.12
-0 24
0.24
- 0.40
0.40
- 0.71
0.71
-1. 19
1. 19
-1.97
1.97
- 3. 15
3.15
- 4.73
4.73
- 7.09
7.09
- 9.85
9.85 -12.41
12.41 -1 5.75
15.75 -19.6 9
Class RCS
Class RCS
Class RC7
Class RCS
C lass RC9
Standard Lim its
Hole
Shaft
+ 0.6
-0 6
-1 0
+ 0.7
- 0.8
-1.3
-1.0
+ 0.9
-1.6
-1.2
+1.0
-1.9
-1.6
+1.2
-2.4
+1.6
-2.0
-3.0
+1.8
-2.5
-3.7
+ 2.2
-3.0
-4.4
+ 2.5
-3.5
- 5.1
+ 2.8
-4.0
- 5.8
+ 3.0
-5.0
- 7.0
+ 3.5
-6.0
- 8.2
-8. 0
+ 4.0
-10 5
Standard limits
Hole
Shaft
+1.0
-0 6
-1 2
+1.2
-0 8
-1 5
-1 0
+1.4
-19
-1 2
+1 .6
-2 2
-1 6
+2.0
-2 8
+2.5
-2 0
-3 6
+3.0
-2 5
-4.3
+3.5
-3 0
-5 2
+4.0
-3 5
-6 0
+4.5
-4.0
-6 8
+5.0
-5 0
‘8 0
+6.0
-6 .0
-9 5
-8 .0
+6.0
-12.0
Standard Limits
Ho le
Shaft
-1.0
+1.0
-1.6
-1.2
+1.2
-1.9
-1.6
+1.4
-2.5
+1.6
-2.0
-3.0
+ 2.0
-2.5
-3.7
+ 2.5
-3.0
-4.6
+3.0
-4.0
-5.8
+3.5
-5.0
-7.2
+ 4. 0
-6.0
-8.5
+ 4.5
-7.0
-9.8
+ 5.0
-8.0
-1
-10 0
+6.0
-1 3 5
-12 0
+6.0
-16 0
Standard Limits
Hole
Shaft
+1.6
- 2.5
- 3.5
+1. 8
- 2.8
- 4.0
+2.2
- 3.0
- 4.4
+2. 8
- 3.5
- 5. 1
-4.5
+3.5
- 6.5
+4.0
- 5.0
- 7.5
+4.5
- 6.0
- 9.0
+5.0
- 7.0
-10 5
+ 6.0
- 8.0
-12 0
-10 0
+7.0
-14 5
-12 0
+8.0
-17 0
-14 0
+9.0
-20.0
-1 6 0
+10.0
-22. 0
Standard Limits
Hole
Shaft
+2.5
-4.0
-5 6
+3.0
-4.5
-6 0
+3.5
-5 0
-7 2
-6.0
+4.0
-8.8
+5 .0
-7 0
-10 .5
-8.0
+ 6.0
12.0
+7.0
-9 0
-13. 5
-10.0
+9.0
-15.0
-12.0
+10.0
-18.0
-15.0
+12.0
-22.0
-18.0
+12.0
-26.0
+14.0
-22.0
-31.0
+16.0
-25.0
-35.0
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
丁。 。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
USAS/ASME B4.1 - 1967 (R2004) Standard. For la『ger diameters, see the standard. ASME/ANSI B18 .3.5M - 1986
(R2002) Sta ndard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permissi on of the American Society fMechanical Engineers. All
rights rese同e d.
A- 3
( Appendix A: Limits and Fits J
A .1.2) L。cati onal clearance fits
Basic hole system. Limits a陪 in thou臼nd由s of an inch.
Limits for h。le and shaft a『e applied algebrai臼lly to the basic size t。。btain the limits of size for the parts.
Nominal Size
Range Inches
Over
T。
- 0.12
。
0.12
- 0.24
0.24
- 040
0.40
- 0 71
0.71
- 1 19
1.19
- 1 97
1.97
- 3 15
3.15
- 4 73
4.73
- 7 09
7.09
- 985
9.85 - 12.41
12.41 - 15.75
15.75 - 19.69
Nominal Size
Range Inches
Over
T。
- 0.12
。
0.12
- 0.24
0.24
- 040
0.40
- 0 71
0.7 1
- 1 19
1.19
- 1 97
1.97
- 3 15
3.15
- 4 73
4.73
- 7 09
7.09
- 9 85
9.85 - 12.41
12.41 - 15.75
15.75 - 19.69
A-4
Class LC1
Standard Limits
Hole
Shaft
+0.25
。
-0.2
。
+0.3
。
-0.2
。
+0.4
。
-0.25
。
+0.4
。
-0.3
。
+0.5
。
-0.4
。
+0.6
。
-0.4
。
+0.7
。
-0.5
。
+0.9
。
-0.6
。
+1.0
。
-0.7
。
+1.2
。
-0.8
。
+1.2
。
-0.9
。
+1.4
。
-1.0
。
+1.6
。
-1.0
。
Class LC2
Standard Limits
H。le
Shaft
+0.4
。
-0.25
。
+0.5
。
-0 3
。
+0.6
。
-04
。
+0.7
。
-04
。
+0.8
。
-0 5
。
+1.0
。
-0 6
。
+1.2
。
-0 7
。
+1.4
。
-0 9
。
+1.6
。
-1
0
。
+1.8
。
-1
2
。
+2.0
。
-1
2
。
+2.2
。
-1
4
。
+2.5
。
-1
6
。
Class LC3
Standard Limits
H。le
Shaft
+0.6
。
。
-0.4
+0.7
。
。
-0.5
+0.9
。
。
-0.6
+1.0
。
。
-0.7
+1.2
。
。
-0.8
+1.6
。
-1.0
。
+1.8
。
-1.2
。
+2.2
。
-1.4
。
+2.5
。
-1.6
。
+2.8
。
-1.8
。
+3.0
。
-2.0
。
+3.5
。
-2.2
。
+4.0
。
-2.5
。
Class LC4
Standard Limits
H。le
Shaft
+1.6
。
-1.0
。
+1.8
。
-1 2
。
+2.2
。
-1.4
。
+2.8
。
-1.6
。
+3.5
。
-2.0
。
+4.0
。
-2.5
。
+4.5
。
-3.0
。
+5.0
。
-3.5
。
+6.0
。
-4.0
。
+7.0
。
-4.5
。
+8.0
。
-5.0
。
+9.0
。
-6.0
。
+10.0
。
-6.0
。
Class LC5
Standard Limits
Hole
Shaft
-0.1
+0.4
-0.35
。
-0.15
+0.5
-0.45
。
-0.2
+0.6
-0.6
。
-0.25
+0.7
-0.65
。
-0.3
+0.8
-0.8
。
+1.0
-0.4
-1.0
。
+1.2
-0.4
-1.1
。
+1.4
-0.5
-1.4
。
-0.6
+1.6
-1.6
。
+1.8
-0.6
-1.8
。
-0.7
+2.0
-1.9
。
-0.7
+2.2
-2.1
。
-0.8
+2.5
-2.4
。
Class LC6
Standard Limits
H。le
Shaft
-0 3
+1.0
-0 9
。
-0 4
+1.2
-1 1
。
-0 5
+1.4
-1 4
。
-0 6
+1.6
-1 6
。
-0 8
+2.0
-2 0
。
-1 0
+2.5
-2 6
。
-1 2
+3.0
-3 0
。
-1 4
+3.5
-3 6
。
+4.0
-1 6
。
-4. 1
+4.5
-2 0
-4.8
。
-2 2
+5.0
-5 2
。
-2
5
+6.0
。
-6.0
-2 8
+6.0
。
-6.8
Class LC?
Standard Limits
H。le
Shaft
+1.6
-0.6
-1.6
。
+1.8
-0.8
-2.0
。
-1.0
+2.2
-2 4
。
-1.2
+2.8
-28
。
-1.6
+3.5
。
-3.6
+4.0
-2.0
。
-4.5
+4.5
-2.5
-5.5
。
-3.0
+5.0
。
-6.5
+6.0
-3.5
-7.5
。
+7.0
-4.0
。
-8.5
-4.5
+8.0
-9.5
。
-5.0
+9.0
-11.0
。
-5.0
+10.0
-11.0
。
Class LCB
Standard Limits
H。le
Shaft
-1.0
+1.6
-2 0
。
-1.2
+1.8
-2 4
。
-1.6
+2.2
-3.0
。
-2.0
+2.8
-3.6
。
-2.5
+3.5
-4.5
。
+4.0
-3.0
-5.5
。
+4.5
-4.0
-7.0
。
-5.0
+5.0
-8.5
。
-6.0
+6.0
-10.0
。
+7.0
-7.0
-1 1.5
。
-7.0
+8.0
-12.0
。
-8.0
+9.0
-14.0
。
-9.0
+10.0
-15.0
。
( Appendix A · Limits and Fits )
Nominal S恒e
Range Inches
Ove『
T
-0.12
。
。
0.12
-0 2. 4
0.24
- 0 40
0.40
- 0 71
0.71
-1 19
1.19
-1 97
1.97
- 3 15
3.15
- 4 73
4.73
- 7 09
7.09
- 9 85
9.85 -12.41
12.41 -15 .75
15.75 -19.69
Class LC9
Standard Limits
H le
Shaft
+2. 5
- 2.5
-4.1
+3.0
- 2.8
-4.6
+3.5
- 3.0
- 5.2
+4. 0
- 3.5
- 6.3
+ 5.0
-4.5
- 8.0
+6.0
- 5.0
-9.0
+7.0
- 6.0
-10 5
+9 .0
-7.0
-12 0
+10.0
- 8.0
-14 0
-10 0
+12 .0
-1 7 0
-12 0
+12 .0
-20.0
-14 0
+14.0
-23.0
-1 6 0
+16.0
-26.0
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
Class LC10
Standard Limits
H le
Shaft
+4.0
-4.0
‘8 0
+5.0
-4.5
-9 5
+6.0
-5 0
-1 1.0
+7.0
-6.0
-13 .0
+8.0
-7 0
-15 .0
+10.0
-8.0
-1 8.0
-10.0
+12.0
-22 .0
-1 1.0
+14.0
-25.0
-12 .0
+16.0
-28.0
-16 .0
+18.0
-34 .0
+20.0
-20.0
-40.0
+22.0
-22 .0
-44 .0
+25.0
-25.0
-50.0
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
Class LC11
Standard Limits
H le
Shaft
-5 .0
+6 .0
-11.0
-6.0
+ 7.0
-13.0
-7 .0
+ 9. 0
-16.0
-8.0
+10.0
-18.0
-10.0
+12.0
-22.0
-12.0
+16.0
-28.0
-14.0
+18.0
-32.0
-16.0
+22.0
-38.0
-18.0
+25.0
-43.0
+28.0
-22.0
-50.0
+30.0
-28.0
-58.0
+35.0
-30.0
-65.0
+40.0
-35.0
-75.0
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
。
USAS/ASME B4.1 - 1967 (R2004) Standard. For la『ger dia meters, see the standard. ASME/ANSI B18.3.5M - 1986
(R2002) Sta ndard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American Society fMec hanical Engineers. All
rights reserved.
。
A- 5
( Appendix A: Limits and Fits J
A .1.3) L。cati onal t ransition fits
Basic hole system. Limits a陪 in thou臼nd由s of an inch.
Limits for h。le and shaft a『e applied algebrai臼lly to the basic size t。。btain the limits of size for the parts.
Nominal Size
Range Inches
Over
T。
- 0.12
。
0.12
- 0.24
0.24
- 040
0.40
0.71
1.19
1.97
3.15
4.73
7.09
- 0 71
- 1 19
- 1 97
- 315
- 4 73
- 7 09
- 985
9.85 - 12.41
12.41 - 15.75
Nominal Size
Range Inches
Over
T。
- 0.12
。
0.12
- 0.24
0.24
- 040
Class LT1
Standard Limits
Hole
Shaft
+0.4
+0.10
-0.10
。
+0.15
+0.5
-0.15
。
+0.6
+0.2
-0.2
。
+0.7
+0.2
-0.2
。
+0.8
+0.25
-0.25
。
+1.0
+0.3
-0.3
。
+1.2
+0.3
-0.3
。
+1.4
+0.4
-0.4
。
+1.6
+0.5
-0.5
。
+1.8
+0.6
-0.6
。
+2.0
+0.6
-0.6
。
+2.2
+0.7
-0.7
。
Class LT2
Standard Limits
H。le
Shaft
+0.6
+0.2
-0 2
。
+0.7
+0.25
-0.25
。
+0.9
+0.3
-0 3
。
+1.0
+0.35
-0.35
。
+1.2
+0.4
-04
。
+1.6
+0.5
-0 5
。
+1.8
+0.6
-0 6
。
+2.2
+0.7
-0 7
。
+2.5
+0.8
-0 8
。
+2.8
+0.9
-0 9
。
+3.0
+1.0
-1 0
。
+3.5
+1.0
-1 0
。
Class LT3
Standard Limits
H。le
Shaft
Class LT4
Standard Limits
Hole
Shaft
Class LT5
Standard Limits
H。le
Shaft
+0.4
+0.5
。
+0.25
+0.5
+0.6
。
+0.3
+0.6
+0.8
+0.4
。
+0.7
+0.9
。
+0.5
+1.1
+0.8
。
+0.6
+1.0
+1.3
。
+0.7
+1.2
+1.5
。
+0.8
+1.4
+1.9
。
+1.0
+1.6
+2.2
。
+1.2
+1.8
+2.6
。
+1.4
+2.0
+2.6
+14
。
+2.2
+3.0
。
+1.6
Class LT6
Standard Limits
Hole
Shaft
-065
+0.4
。
+0.25
+0.5
+0.8
。
+0.3
+1 .0
+0.6
。
+0.4
+1 .2
+0.7
。
+0.5
+1 .4
+0.8
。
+0.6
+1 .7
+1.0
。
+0.7
+1.2
+2.0
。
+0.8
+1.4
+2.4
。
+1 .0
+1.6
+2.8
。
+1 .2
+1.8
+3.2
。
+1 .4
+2.0
+3.4
。
+1 .4
+2.2
+3.8
。
+1 .6
+0.9
。
0.40
- 0 71
+1.0
。
0.71
- 1 19
+1.2
。
1.19
- 1 97
+1.6
。
1.97
- 315
+1.8
。
3.15
- 4 73
+2.2
。
4.73
- 7 09
+2.5
。
7.09
- 9 85
+2.8
。
9.85 - 12.41
+3.0
。
12.41 - 15.75
+3.5
。
+0.7
+0.1
+0.8
+0.1
+0.9
+0.1
+1.1
+0.1
+1.3
+0.1
+1.5
+0.1
+1.7
+0.1
+2.0
+0.2
+2.2
+0.2
+2.4
+0.2
+0.6
。
+0.7
。
+0.8
。
+1.0
。
+1.2
。
+1.4
。
+1.6
。
+1.8
。
+2.0
。
+2.2
。
+0.5
+0.1
+0.5
+0.1
+0.6
+0.1
+0.7
+0.1
+0.8
+0.1
+1 .0
+0.1
+1 .1
+0.1
+1 .4
+0.2
+1 .4
+0.2
+1 .6
+0.2
USAS/ASME B4.1 - 1967 (R2004) Standard. For la『ger diamete陪， see the standard. ASME/ANSI B18.3.5M - 1986
(R2002) Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by penmission of the American S饵，ety of Mechanical Engineers. All
rights reserved.
A-6
( Appendix A· Limits and Fits )
A .1.4) L。cati onal interference fits
Basic hole system. Lim耐s a陪 in thousandths of an inch.
Limits for hole and shaft a『e applied algebr刮目lly to the basic size to obtain the limits of size for the parts.
Nominal S恒e
Range Inches
Over
T。
- 0.12
。
0.12
- 0.24
0.24
- 0 40
0.40
- 0 71
0.71
- 119
1.19
- 1 97
1.97
- 315
3.15
- 4 73
4.73
- 7 09
7.09
- 9 85
9.85 - 12.41
12.41 - 15.75
15.75 - 19.69
Class LN1
Standard Limits
H。le
Shaft
+0.25
+0.45
。
+0.25
+0.3
+0.5
。
+0.3
+0.4
+0.65
。
+0.4
+0.4
+0.8
。
+0.4
+0.5
+1.0
。
+0.5
+1. 1
+0.6
。
+0.6
+0.7
+1.3
。
+0.8
+0.9
+1.6
。
+1.0
+1.0
+1.9
+1.2
。
+1.2
+2.2
+1 4
。
+1.2
+2.3
+1 4
。
+1.4
+2.6
+1.6
。
+1.6
+2.8
+1.8
。
Class LN2
Standard Limits
H。le
Shaft
+0.4
+0.65
。
+0.4
+0.5
+0.8
。
+0.5
+1.0
+0.6
。
+0.6
+0.7
+1.1
。
+0.7
+0.8
+1.3
。
+0.8
+1.0
+1.6
。
+1.0
+1.2
+2.1
。
+1.4
+1.4
+2.5
。
+1.6
+1.6
+2.8
+1.8
。
+1.8
+3.2
。
+2.0
+2.0
+3.4
。
+2.2
+2.2
+3.9
。
+2.5
+4.4
+2.5
。
+2.8
Class LN3
Standard Limits
H。le
Shaft
+0.75
+0.4
。
+0.5
+0.5
+0.9
。
+0.6
+1 .2
+0.6
。
+0.8
+0.7
+1 .4
。
+1 .0
+1 .7
+0.8
。
+1 .2
+1.0
+2.0
。
+1 .4
+1.2
+2.3
。
+1 .6
+1.4
+2.9
。
+2.0
+1.6
+3.5
。
+2.5
+4.2
+1.8
。
+3.0
+4.7
+2.0
。
+3.5
+2.2
+5.9
+4.5
。
+2.5
+6.6
。
+5.0
USAS/ASME 84. 1 - 1967 (R2004) Standard. For la『ger diameters, see the standard. ASME/ANSI B18.3.5M - 1986
(R2002) Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers. All
rights reserved.
A- 7
( Appendix A: Limits and Fits J
A .1.5) Force and shrink fits
Basic hole system. Limits a陪 in thou臼nd由s of an inch.
Limits for h。le and shaft a『e applied algebrai臼lly to the basic size t。。btain the limits of size for the parts.
N。minal S1ze
Class FN1
Class FN2
Class FN3
Class FN4
Class FNS
Standard Limits
Hole
Shaft
+0.25
+0.5
。
+0.3
+0.3
+0.6
。
+0.4
+0.4
+0.75
。
+0.5
+0.4
+0.8
。
+0.5
+0.4
+0.9
。
+0.6
+0.5
+1. 1
。
+0.7
+0.5
+1.2
。
+0.8
+0.6
+1.3
。
+0.9
+1.4
+0.6
。
+1.0
+1.8
+0.7
。
+1.3
+1.9
+0.7
。
+1.4
+0.9
+2.4
。
+1.8
+0.9
+2.6
。
+2.0
+1 .0
+2.9
。
+2.2
+1 .0
+3.2
。
+2.5
+1 .0
+3.5
。
+2.8
+1 .2
+3.8
。
+3.0
+4.3
+1 .2
。
+3.5
+4.3
+1 .2
。
+3.5
+4.9
+1 .2
+4.0
。
Standard Limits
H。le
Shaft
+0.4
+0.85
。
+0.6
+0.5
+1.0
。
+0.7
+0.6
+14
+1.0
。
+0.7
+1.6
。
+1.2
+0.7
+1.6
。
+1.2
+0.8
+1.9
。
+1.4
+0.8
+1.9
。
+1.4
+1.0
+2 4
。
+1.8
+1.0
+2.4
。
+1.8
+1.2
+2.7
。
+2.0
+1.2
+2.9
。
+2.2
+1.4
+3.7
。
+2.8
+1.4
+3.9
。
+3.0
+4.5
+1.6
。
+3.5
+1.6
+5.0
。
+4.0
+1.6
+5.5
。
+4.5
+1.8
+6.2
。
+5.0
+1.8
+6.2
。
+5.0
+7.2
+1.8
。
+6.0
+7.2
+2.0
。
+6.0
Standard Limits
H。le
Shaft
Standard Limits
Hole
Shaft
+0.4
+0.95
。
+0.7
+0.5
+1.2
。
+0.9
+0.6
+1.6
+1.2
。
+0.7
+1.8
+1 4
。
+0.7
+1.8
+1 4
。
+0.8
+2.1
+1.6
。
+0.8
+2.3
+1.8
。
+1.0
+3.1
。
+2.5
+1.0
+3.4
。
+2.8
+1.2
+4.2
。
+3.5
+1.2
+4.7
+4.0
。
+1.4
+5.9
。
+5.0
+1.4
+6.9
。
+6.0
+1.6
+8.0
。
+7.0
+1.6
+8.0
。
+7.0
+1.6
+9.0
。
+8.0
+10.2
+1.8
。
+9.0
+1.8
+11.2
。
+10.0
+1.8
+13.2
。
+12.0
+2.0
+13.2
。
+12.0
Standard Limits
Hole
Shaft
+0.6
+1.3
。
+0.9
+0.7
+1.7
+1.2
。
+0.9
+2.0
+14
。
+1.0
+2.3
+1.6
。
+1.0
+2.5
+1.8
。
+1.2
+3.0
。
+2.2
+1.2
+3.3
。
+2.5
+4.0
+1.6
。
+3.0
+1.6
+5.0
。
+4.0
+1.8
+6.2
。
+5.0
+7.2
+1.8
。
+6.0
+8.4
+2.2
。
+7.0
+9.4
+2.2
。
+8.0
+11.6
+2.5
。
+10.0
+13.6
+2.5
。
+12.0
+13.6
+2.5
。
+12.0
+2.8
+15.8
。
+14.0
+17.8
+2.8
。
+16.0
+17.8
+2.8
。
+16.0
+3.0
+20.0
。
+18.0
RanQe Inches
Over
T。
。
- 0.12
0.12
- 0.24
0.24
- 0.40
0.40
- 0.56
0.56
- 0.71
0.71
- 0.95
0.95
- 1.19
1.19
- 1.58
1.58
- 1.97
1.97
- 2.56
2.56
3.15
3.94
4.73
5.52
6.30
7.09
7.88
8.86
- 3.15
- 3.94
- 4.73
- 5.52
-6.30
- 7.09
- 7.88
-8.86
- 9.86
9.85 - 11.03
+0.8
。
+1.0
。
+1.0
。
+1.2
。
+1.2
。
+1.4
。
+1.4
。
+1.6
。
+1.6
。
+1.6
。
+1.8
。
+1.8
。
+1.8
。
+2.0
。
+2.1
+1.6
+2.6
+2.0
+2.8
+2.2
+3.2
+2.5
+3.7
+3.0
+4.4
+3.5
+4.9
+4.0
+6.0
+5.0
+6.0
+5.0
+7.0
+6.0
+8.2
+7.0
+8.2
+7.0
+9.2
+8.0
+10.2
+9.0
USAS/ASME B4. 1 - 1967 (R2004) Standard. For la『ger diamete陌， see the standard. ASME/ANSI B18.3.5M - 1986
(R2002) Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American Society 。f Mechanical Engineers. All
rights reserved.
A-8
( Appendix A· Limits and Fits )
A .2) METRIC LIMITS AND FITS
A .2.1) H。le basis clearance fits
Preferred Hole Basis Clea『ance Fits. Dimensions in mm.
Basic
Size
1 阳、ax
min
1.2
町、ax
min
1.6
max
min
2π1ax
min
2.5
町、ax
min
3 町、ax
min
4 町、ax
min
5 町、ax
min
6 町、ax
min
8 町、ax
min
10 町、ax
min
12 町、ax
min
16 町、ax
min
20 町、ax
min
25 町、ax
min
30 町、ax
min
Shaft
H。le
Shaft
f7
。6
0.994
0.984
H7
1.010
1.000
0.998
0.992
Locational
Clearance
Hole
Shaft
H7
h6
1.010
1.000
1.000
0.994
1.214
1.200
1.194
1.184
1.210
1.200
1.198
1.192
1.210
1.200
1.200
1.194
1.580
1.555
1.614
1.600
1.594
1.584
1.610
1.600
1.598
1.592
1.610
1.600
1.600
1.594
2025
2.000
1.980
1.955
2.014
2.000
1.994
1.984
2.010
2.000
1.998
1.992
2.010
2.000
2.000
1.994
2.440
2.380
2.525
2.500
2.480
2.455
2.514
2.500
2.494
2.484
2.510
2.500
2.498
2.492
2.510
2.500
2.500
2.494
2.940
2.880
3.930
3.855
4.930
4.855
5.930
5.855
7.920
7.830
9.920
9.830
11.905
11.795
15.905
15.795
19.890
19.760
24.890
24.760
29.890
29.760
3.025
3.000
4.030
4.000
5.030
5.000
6.030
6.000
8036
8.000
10.036
10.000
12.043
12.000
16.043
16.000
20.052
20.000
25.052
25.000
30.052
30.000
2.980
2.955
3.970
3.940
4.970
4.940
5.970
5.940
7.960
7.924
9.960
9.924
11 .950
11.907
15.950
15.907
19.935
19.883
24.935
24.883
29.935
29.883
3.014
3.000
4.018
4.000
5.018
5.000
6.018
6.000
8.022
8.000
10.022
10.000
12.027
12.000
16.027
16.000
20.033
20.000
25.033
25.000
30.033
30.000
2.994
2.984
3.990
3.978
4 .990
4.978
5.990
5.978
7.987
7.972
9.987
9.972
11.984
11.966
15.984
15.966
19.980
19.959
24.980
24.959
29.980
29.959
3.010
3.000
4.012
4.000
5.012
5.000
6.012
6.000
8.015
8.000
10.015
10.000
12.018
12.000
16.018
16.000
20.021
20.000
25.021
25.000
30.021
30.000
2.998
2.992
3.996
3.988
4.996
4.988
5.996
5.988
7.995
7.986
9.995
9.986
11.994
11.983
15.994
15.983
19.993
19.980
24.993
24.980
29.993
29.980
3.010
3.000
4.012
4.000
5.012
5.000
6.012
6.000
8.015
8.000
10.015
10.000
12.018
12.000
16.018
16.000
20.021
20.000
25.021
25.000
30.021
30.000
3.000
2.994
4.000
3.992
5.000
4.992
6.000
5.992
8.000
7.991
10.000
9.991
12.000
11.989
16.000
15.989
20.000
19.987
25.000
24.987
30.000
29.987
Lo。se Running
Hole
H11
1.060
1.000
Shaft
c11
0.940
0.880
1.260
1.200
Free Running
H。le
Close Running
H9
1.025
1.000
Shaft
d9
0.980
0.955
Hole
HS
1.014
1.000
1.140
1.080
1.225
1.200
1.180
1.155
1.660
1.600
1.540
1.480
1.625
1.600
2.060
2.000
1.940
1.880
2.560
2.500
3.060
3.000
4.075
4.000
5.075
5.000
6.075
6.000
8.090
8.000
10.090
10.000
12.110
12.000
16.110
16.000
20.130
20.000
25.130
25.000
30.130
30.000
Sliding
ANSI 04.2 - 1978 (R2004) Standard. ASMEIANSI B18.3.5M - 1986 (R2002) Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed
by perrnissi。n of the Ameri臼n Society of Mechanical Engineers. All rights reserved.
A-9
( Appendix A: Limits and Fits J
A .2.2) H。le bas is transition and interference fits
Preferred Hole Basis Clea『ance Fits. Dimensions in mm.
Basic
Size
1 町、ax
min
1.2
町、ax
min
1.6
町、ax
min
2 町、ax
min
2.5
町、ax
min
3 町、ax
min
4 町、ax
min
5 町、ax
min
6 町、ax
min
8 町、ax
min
10 町、ax
min
12 町、ax
min
16 町、ax
min
20 町、ax
min
25 町、ax
min
30 町、ax
min
Locational
Transition
Hole
Shaft
H7
k6
1.010
1.006
1.000
1.000
1.210
1.200
t。cati。na l
Locational
Transiti。n
lnterfe『ence
H7
1.010
1.000
Shaft
n6
1.010
1.004
Hole
H7
1.010
1.000
1.206
1.200
1.210
1.200
1.210
1.204
1.610
1.600
1.606
1.600
1.610
1.600
2.010
2.000
2.006
2.000
2.510
2.500
3.010
3.000
4.012
4.000
5.012
5.000
6.012
6.000
8.015
8.000
10.015
10.000
12.018
12.000
16.018
16.000
20.021
20.000
25.021
25.000
30.021
30.000
H。le
Medium Dnve
Shaft
H。le
。民
Force
H。le
1.012
1.006
H7
1.010
1.000
Shaft
s6
1.020
1.014
H7
1.010
1.000
Shaft
u6
1.024
1.018
1.210
1.200
1.212
1.206
1.2 10
1.200
1.220
1.214
1.210
1.200
1.224
1.218
1.610
1.604
1.610
1.600
1.612
1.606
1.6 10
1.600
1.620
1.614
1.610
1.600
1.624
1.618
2.010
2.000
2.020
2.004
2.010
2.000
2.012
2.006
2.010
2.000
2.020
1.014
2.010
2.000
2.024
2.018
2.506
2.500
2.510
2.500
2.510
2.504
2.510
2.500
2.512
2.506
2.5 10
2.500
2.520
2.514
2.510
2.500
2.524
2.518
3.006
3.000
4.009
4.001
5.009
5.001
6.009
6.001
8.010
8.001
10.010
10.001
12.012
12.001
16.012
16.001
20.015
20.002
25.015
25.002
30.015
30.002
3.010
3.000
4.012
4.000
5.012
5.000
6.012
6.000
8.015
8.000
10.015
10.000
12.018
12.000
16.018
16.000
20.021
20.000
25.021
25.000
30.021
30.000
3.010
3.004
4.016
4.008
5.016
5.008
6.016
6.008
8.019
8.010
10.019
10.0 10
12.023
12.0 12
16.023
16.0 12
20.028
20.0 15
25.028
25.0 15
30.028
30.0 15
3.010
3.000
4.012
4.000
5.012
5.000
6.012
6.000
8.015
8.000
10.015
10.000
12.018
12.000
16.018
16.000
20.021
20.000
25.021
25.000
30.021
30.000
3.012
3.006
4.020
4.012
5.020
5.012
6.020
6.012
8.024
8.015
10.024
10.015
12.029
12.018
16.029
16.018
20.035
20.022
25.035
25.022
30.035
30.022
3.010
3.000
4.012
4.000
5.012
5.000
6.012
6.000
8.015
8.000
10.015
10.000
12.018
12.000
16.018
16.000
20.021
20.000
25.021
25.000
30.021
30.000
3.020
3.014
4.027
4.019
5.027
5.019
6.027
6.019
8.032
8.023
10.032
10.023
12.039
12.028
16.039
16.028
20.048
20.035
25.048
25.035
30.048
30.035
3.010
3.000
4.012
4.000
5.012
5.000
6.012
6.000
8.015
8.000
10.015
10.000
12.018
12.000
16.018
16.000
20.021
20.000
25.021
25.000
30.021
30.000
3.024
3.018
4.031
4.023
5.031
5.023
6.031
6.023
8.037
8.028
10.037
10.028
12.044
12.033
16.044
16.033
20.054
20.041
25.061
25.048
30.061
30.048
ANSI 04.2 - 1978 (R2004) Sta ndard. ASMEIANSI B18.3.5M - 1986 (R2002) Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed
by perrnissi。n of the Ameri臼n Society of Mechanical Engineers. All rights rese阿ed.
A - 10
( Appendix A· Limits and Fits )
A .2.3) Shaft basis c learance fits
Preferred Shaft Basis Clearance Fits. Dimensi。ns in mm.
Basic
Size
1 町、ax
min
1.2
町、ax
min
1.6
町、ax
min
2 町、ax
min
2.5
町、ax
min
3 町、ax
min
4 町、ax
min
5 町、ax
min
6 町、ax
min
8max
min
10 町、ax
min
12 町、ax
min
16 町、ax
min
20 町、ax
min
25 町、ax
min
30 町、ax
min
G7
1.0 12
1.002
Shaft
h6
1.000
0.994
Locational
Clearance
H。l e
Shaft
H7
h6
1.010
1.000
1.000
0.994
1.200
1.190
1.212
1.202
1.200
1.194
1.210
1.200
1.200
1.194
1.620
1.606
1.600
1.590
1.612
1.602
1.600
1.594
1.610
1.600
1.600
1.594
2.000
1.975
2.020
2.006
2.000
1.990
2.0 12
2.002
2.000
1.994
2.010
2.000
2.000
1.994
2.545
2.520
2.500
2.475
2.520
2.506
2.500
2.490
2.512
2.502
2.500
2.494
2.510
2.500
2.500
2.494
3.045
3020
4.060
4.030
5.060
5.030
6060
6030
8.076
8.040
10.076
10.040
12.093
12.050
16.093
16.050
20.1 17
20.065
25.1 17
25.065
30.1 17
30.065
3.000
2.975
4.000
3.970
5.000
4.970
6.000
5.970
8.000
7.964
10.000
9.964
12.000
11.957
16.000
15.957
20.000
19.948
25.000
24.948
30.000
29.948
3.020
3.006
4.028
4.010
5.028
5.010
6.028
6.010
8.035
8.013
10.035
10.013
12.043
12.016
16.043
16.016
20.053
20.020
25.053
25.020
30.053
30.020
3.000
2.990
4 .000
3.988
5.000
4 .988
6.000
5.988
8.000
7.985
10.000
9.985
12.000
11 .982
16.000
15.982
20.000
19.979
25.000
24.979
30.000
29.979
3.0 12
3.002
4.0 16
4.004
5.0 16
5.004
6.0 16
6.004
8.020
8.005
10.020
10.005
12.024
12.006
16.024
16.006
20.028
20.007
25.028
25.007
30.028
30.007
3.000
2.994
4.000
3.992
5.000
4.992
6.000
5.992
8.000
7.991
10.000
9.991
12.000
11.989
16.000
15.989
20.000
19.987
25.000
24.987
30.000
29.987
3.010
3.000
4.012
4.000
5.012
5.000
6.012
6.000
8.015
8.000
10.015
10.000
12.018
12.000
16.018
16.000
20.021
20.000
25.021
25.000
30.021
30.000
3.000
2.994
4.000
3.992
5.000
4.992
6.000
5.992
8.000
7.991
10.000
9.991
12.000
11.989
16.000
15.989
20.000
19.987
25.000
24.987
30.000
29.987
Lo。se Running
Free Running
Close Running
Hole
C11
1.120
1.060
Shaft
h11
1.000
0.940
H。le
D9
1.045
1.020
Shaft
h9
1.000
0.975
Hole
F8
1.020
1.006
Shaft
h7
1.000
0.990
1.320
1.260
1.200
1.140
1.245
1.220
1.200
1.175
1.220
1.206
1.720
1.660
1.600
1.540
1.645
1.620
1.600
1.575
2.120
2.060
2.000
1.940
2.045
2.020
2.620
2.560
2.500
2.440
3.120
3.060
4.145
4.070
5.145
5.070
6.145
6.070
8.170
8.080
10.170
10.080
12.205
12.095
16.205
16.095
20.240
20.110
25.240
25.110
30.240
30.110
3.000
2.940
4.000
3.925
5.000
4.925
6.000
5.925
8.000
7.910
10.000
9.910
12.000
11.890
16.000
15.890
20.000
19.870
25.000
24.870
30.000
29.870
Sliding
H。le
ANSI 84.2 - 1978 (R2004) Standard. ASME/ANSI B18.3.5M- 1986 (R2002) Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed
by perrnissi。n of the Ameri臼n Society of Mechanical Engineers. All rights reserved.
A - 11
( Appendix A: Limits and Fits J
A .2.4) Shaft basis transition and interference fits
Preferred Shaft Basis Transiti。n a nd lnterfe『ence Fits. Oimensi。ns in mm.
Basic
Size
1 町、ax
min
1.2
町、ax
min
1.6
町、ax
min
2 町、ax
min
2.5
町、ax
min
3 町、ax
min
4 町、ax
min
5 町、ax
min
6 町、ax
min
8 町、ax
min
10 町、ax
min
12 町、ax
min
16 町、ax
min
20 町、ax
min
25 町、ax
min
30 町、ax
min
Locational
Transition
Hole
Shaft
K7
h6
1.000
1.000
0.990
0.994
1.200
1.190
t。cati。na l
Locational
Transiti。n
lnterfe『ence
H。le
N7
0.996
0.986
Shaft
h6
1.000
0.994
Hole
P7
0.994
0.984
Shaft
h6
1.000
0.994
1.200
1.194
1.196
1.186
1.200
1.194
1.194
1.184
1.600
1.590
1.600
1.594
1.596
1.586
1.600
1.594
2.000
1.990
2.000
1.994
1.996
1.986
2.500
2.490
2.500
2.494
3.000
2.990
4.003
3.991
5.003
4.991
6.003
5.991
8.005
7.990
10.005
9.990
12.006
11.988
16.006
15.988
20.006
19.985
25.006
24.985
30.006
29.985
3.000
2.994
4.000
5.992
5.000
4.992
6.000
5.992
8.000
7.991
10.000
9.991
12.000
11.989
16.000
15.989
20.000
19.987
25.000
24.987
30.000
29.987
Medium Dnve
H。le
Force
H。l e
S7
0.986
0.976
Shaft
h6
1.000
0.994
U7
0.982
0.972
Shaft
h6
1.000
0.994
1.200
1.194
1.186
1.176
1.200
1.194
1.182
1.172
1.200
1.194
1.594
1.584
1.600
1.594
1.586
1.576
1.600
1.594
1.582
1.572
1.600
1.594
2.000
1.994
1.994
1.984
2.000
1.994
1.986
1.976
2.000
1.994
1.982
1.972
2.000
1.994
2.496
2.486
2.500
2.494
2.494
2.484
2.500
2.494
2.486
2.476
2.500
2.494
2.482
2.472
2.500
2.494
2.996
2.986
3.996
3.984
4.996
4.984
5.996
5.984
7.996
7.981
9.996
9.981
11.995
11.977
15.995
15.977
19.993
19.972
24.993
24.972
29.993
29.972
3.000
2.994
4.000
5.992
5.000
4.992
6.000
5.992
8.000
7.991
10.000
9.991
12.000
11.989
16.000
15.989
20.000
19.987
25.000
24.987
30.000
29.987
2.994
2.984
3.992
3.980
4.992
4.980
5.992
5.980
7.991
7.976
9.991
9.976
11.989
11.971
15.989
15.971
19.986
19.965
24.986
24.965
29.986
29.965
3.000
2.994
4.000
5.992
5.000
4.992
6.000
5.992
8.000
7.991
10.000
9.991
12.000
11.989
16.000
15.989
20.000
19.987
25.000
24.987
30.000
29.987
2.986
2.976
3.985
3.973
4.985
4.973
5.985
5.973
7.983
7.968
9.983
9.968
11 .979
11 .961
15.979
15.961
19.973
19.952
24.973
24.952
29.973
29.952
3.000
2.994
4.000
5.992
5.000
4.992
6.000
5.992
8.000
7.991
10.000
9.991
12.000
11.989
16.000
15.989
20.000
19.987
25.000
24.987
30.000
29.987
2.982
2.972
3.981
3.969
4.981
4.969
5.981
5.969
7.978
7.963
9.978
9.963
11.974
11.956
15.974
15.956
19.967
19.946
24.960
24.939
29.960
29.939
3.000
2.994
4.000
5.992
5.000
4.992
6.000
5.992
8.000
7.991
10.000
9.991
12.000
11.989
16.000
15.989
20.000
19.987
25.000
24.987
30.000
29.987
ANSI 04.2 - 1978 (R2004) Sta ndard. ASMEIANSI B18.3.5M- 1986 (R2002) Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed
by perrnissi。n of the Ameri臼n Society of Mechanical Engineers. All rights rese阿ed.
A - 12
[ Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners )
APPENDIX B
THREADS AND FASTENERS
APPENDIX 。UTLINE
8.1 ) UNIFIED NATIONAL THREAD FORM..........................….........……........................................ 2
8.2) METRIC THREAD FORM ..…..........................…................................................................…... 3
8.3) FASTENERS (INCH SERIES) ................................................................................................. 4
B.3.1 ) Dimensions of hex bolts and heavy hex bolts.................. .... ... ..... .......... ............... .... 4
B.3.2) Dimensions of hex nuts and hex jam nuts . ....... ............ ...................…·… . . .. . 5
B.3.3) Dimensions of hexagon and spline socket head 臼P SC『ews .. . .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. .. . .. . . 6
B.3.4) Drill and cou nte『bore sizes fo『 socket head cap screws....... ..... ... ............................... 7
B.3.5) Dimensions of hexagon and spline socket flat countersunk head cap screws ................. 8
B.3.6) Dimensions of slo忧ed flat countersunk head 臼P SC「ews .. .. . .. .. . ... . .. . .. . ............................ 9
B.3. 7) Dimensions of slotted round head 臼p screws .................... ……· … .. .. .•..•. .. . .. 9
B.3.8) Dimensions of prefeπed sizes of .type A plain washers ................................................ 10
B.3.9) Dimensions of regu la『 hel阳l spring-lock washers ..…………………… ……………. 11
8.4) METRIC FASTENERS .…….......…...................................................…….........…….........…...... 12
B.4.1) Dimensions of hex bolts . . . . . . ... .. . .. . . . ........ ...... ..... .. .... ....... ..... 12
B.4.2) Dimensions of hex nuts, style 1 .........………..…..………… … .. .. … .. .. .•..•. .... 13
B.4.3) Dimensions of met「ic socket head 臼p sαews ............................................................. 14
B.4.4) Drill and counterbore sizes fo『 socket head cap screws...........................… ……….... 15
B.4功 Dimensions of met「ic countersunk socket head cap screws ......................................... 16
B.4.6) Drill and countersink sizes for flat countersunk head cap sc陀WS …··…－ … ...... …….... 17
8 .5) B。LT AND SCREW CLEARANCE H。LES ................................…................….........…....... 18
B.5.1) Inch clearance holes . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. .. . .. ... . .. . . . .. . . .. .. . .. ...... 18
B.5.2) Metric clearance holes ................................ …………… …………………· …….. 19
h
B- 1
( Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners J
8 .1) UNIFIED NATI。 NAL THREAD FORM
(External Th『eads) Approximate Mino『 di ameter= D - 1.0825P
Nominal Size,
in.
#0
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
#8
# 10
# 12
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
13/16
7/8
15/16
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 7/8
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
Basic
Major
Diameter
(D)
0.060
0.0730
0.0860
0.0990
0.1120
0.1250
0.1380
0.1640
0.1900
0.2160
0.2500
0.3125
0.3750
0.4375
0.5000
0.5625
0.6250
0.675
0.7500
0.8125
0.8750
0.9375
1.0000
1.1250
1.2500
1.3750
1.5000
1.6250
1.7500
1.8750
2.0000
2.2500
2.5000
2.7500
Coa附e
UNC
Thds. Tap Drill
Pe「 i n.
Dia.
P = Pitch
Fine
UNF
Tap Drill
Thds.
Pe『 i n.
Dia.
3/64
80
72
0.0595
64
0.0700
56
0.0820
48
0.0935
44
0.1040
40
0.1130
36
0.1360
32
0.1590
0.1820
28
0.2130
28
24
0.272
24
0.332
25/64
20
29/64
20
18
33/64
18
37/64
64
56
48
40
40
32
32
24
24
20
18
16
14
13
12
11
0.0595
0.0700
0.0785
0.0890
0.1015
0.1065
0.1360
0.1495
0.1770
0.2010
0.257
5/16
0.368
27/64
31/64
17/32
10
21/32
16
11/16
9
49/64
14
13/16
8
7
7
6
6
7/8
63/64
1 7/64
1 7/32
1 11/32
12
12
12
12
12
59/64
1 3/64
1 11/64
1 19/64
1 27/64
5
1 9/16
Ex tra Fine
UNEF
Thds.
Tap D『i II
Pe『 l『1.
Dia.
...
· ..
·.
...
...
· ..
· ..
32
32
32
32
28
28
24
24
24
20
20
20
20
20
18
18
18
18
18
0.1850
7/32
9/32
11/32
13/32
15/32
33/64
37/64
4 1/64
45/64
49/64
53/64
57/64
61/64
1 5/64
1 3/16
1 5/16
1 7/16
1 9/16
·.
4 1/2
4 1/2
4
4
1 25/32
2 1/32
2 1/4
2 1/2
· ..
· ..
...
...
· ..
·..
ASME 81 .1 - 2003 Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American s。ciety 。f Mechanical
Engineers. All rights 『eserved.
B-2
[ Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners )
B.2) METRIC THREAD FORM
(External Th『eads) Approximate Mino『 diameter = D - 1.2075P
P = Pitch
Preferred sizes for commercial threads and fastene『s are shown in boldface type.
Coarse /aeneral ouroosel
Nominal Size (D)
Tap Drill
&
Diameter, mm
Thread Pitch
M1 .6 X 0.35
1.25
1.45
M1 .8 X 0.35
M2 x 0.4
1.6
M2.2 X 0 .45
1.75
M2.5 x 0.45
2 .05
M3 X 0.5
2.5
M3.5 X 0 .6
2.9
M4 x 0.7
3.3
M4.5 x 0.75
3.75
M5 X 0.8
4 .2
M6x 1
5.0
M7 X 1
6.0
M8 x 1.25
6.8
M9 X 1.25
7.75
M10 x 1.5
8.5
M1 1 x 1.5
9.50
M12x1 .75
10.30
M14 x2
12.00
14.00
M16x2
M18 X 2.5
15.50
M20 X 2.5
17.5
M22 X 2 .Sb
19.5
21.0
M24x3
M27 X 3b
24.0
M30 X 3.5
26.5
M33 X 3.5
29.5
32.0
M36x4
M39x4
35.0
M42 x4.5
37.5
M45 x4.5
40.5
M48x5
43.0
47.0
M52x5
M56 X 5.5
50.5
M60 X 5.5
54.5
M64x6
58.0
M68x6
62.0
66.0
M72x6
M80x6
74.0
84.0
M90x6
M100 X 6
94.0
Fine
Nominal Size &
Thread Pitch
Tap Drill
Diameter, mm
M8x1
7.0
M10 x 1.25
8.75
M12 x 1.25
M14 X 1.5
M16 x 1.5
M18 X 1.5
M20 X 1.5
M22 X 1.5
M24x2
M27x2
M30x2
M33x2
M36x2
M39x2
M42x2
M45 X 1.5
M48x2
M52x2
M56x2
M60 X 1.5
M64x2
M68x2
M72x2
M80x2
M90x2
M100 x2
10.5
12 .5
14.5
16.5
18.5
20.5
22.0
25.0
28.0
31 .0
33.0
36.0
39.0
42.0
45.0
49.0
52.0
56.0
60.0
64.0
68.0
76.0
86.0
96.0
•only for high strength structural steel fasteners
ASME 8 1.13M - 2001 Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American s。ciety of Mechanical
Engineers. All rights reserved.
B-3
( Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners J
8 .3) FASTENERS (INCH SERIES)
CAUT！。NI
All fastener dimensions have a tolerance. Therefore, each dimension has a
maximum and minimum value. Only one size for each dimension is given in this appendix.
That is all that is necessary to complete the problems given in th e 寸hreads and Fasteners”
chapter. For both values, please refer to the standa『ds noted.
B .3.1) Dim ensions of hex bolts and h eavy h ex bolts
F
寸寸
L
E
Fillet
Reau la『 Hex Head Bolts
Size
(D)
Head Hi:ig ht
Basi
1/4
5/16 - 7/16
1/2- 7/8
1 - 1 7/8
2 - 3 3/4
4
H = 0.625 D + 0.016
H = 0.625 D + 0.016
H = 0.625 D + 0.031
H = 0.625 D + 0.062
H = 0.625 D + 0.125
H = 0.625 D + 0.188
Wid th Across Flats
Basic
Adi l』st to sixteenths
F = 1.500 D + 0.062
F = 1.500 D
W idth Across
Corners
Max.
Max. G = 1.1547 F
Heavv Hex Head Bolts
Size
(D)
1/2 - 3
Head Height
Basic·
W idth Across Flats
Basic
Adjust to sixteenths
Same as for regular
F=1 .5000 + 0.125
hex head bolts.
W idth Across Corners
Max.
Max. G = 1.154 7 F
Size to 1 in. adjusted to s，对y-fou巾s. 1 1/8 through 2 1/2 in. sizes adjusted upward to th，即－seconds. 2 3/4 thru 4 in. sizes
adjusted upward to sixteenths.
ASME 8 18.2.1 - 1996 Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American s。ciety of Mechanical
Engineers. All rights 『eserved.
B-4
[ Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners )
B .3.2) Dimensions of hex nuts and hex jam nuts
平：；♂二「 寸当 F~♂川
F
Hex Nuts
Hex Jam Nuts
Hex Nuts
Nut Size
(D)
Nut Thickness
Basic
1/4
5/16 - 5/8
3/4 - 1 1/8
1 1/4 - 1 1/2
H = 0.875 D
H = 0.875 D
H = 0.875 0- 0.016
H = 0.875 D - 0.031
Width Across Flats
Basic
Adjust to sixteenths
F = 1.500 D + 0.062
Width Across
Corners
Max.
Max. G= 1.1547 F
F= 1.500 D
Hex Thick Nuts
Width Across Flats
Basic
Adil』st to sixteenths
F = 1.500 D + 0.062
1/4
5/16-5/8 F = 1.500 D
3/4 - 1 1/2 F= 1.500 D
Nut Size
(D)
Nut Size (D )
Nut Thickness
Basic
Nut Size (D)
Nut Thickness
Basic
Width Across Corners
Max.
Nut Thickness
Basic
Max. G = 1.154 7 F
See Table
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
9/32
21/64
13/32
29/64
9/16
39/64
23/32
3/4
7/8
11/8
11/4
1 3/8
11/2
13/16
29/32
1 5/32
11/4
1 3/8
11/2
ASME/ANSI 9 18.2.2 - 1987 (R1999) Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American s。ciety
。f Mechanical Engineers. All rights reserved.
B- 5
( Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners J
Hex Jam Nut
Nut Size
(D)
Nut Thic kness
Basic·
1/4
5/ 16 - 5/8
3/4 - 1 1/8
1 1/4 - 11 /2
See Table
See Table
H =0 .500 D - 0.047
H =0 .500 D - 0.094
Nut Size (D)
Nut Thickness
Basic
Width Across Flats
Basic
Adi ust t o sixteenths
F = 1.500 D + 0 .062
Width Across
Corners
Max.
Max. G = 1.1 54 7 F
F = 1.500 D
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/1 6
1/2
9/1 6
5/8
5/ 32
3/16
7/32
1/4
5/16
5/1 6
3/8
ASME/ANSI 8 18.2.2 - 1987 (R1999) Standard. Reprinted fr，。m the standard listed by permission of the American s。ciety
。f Mechanical Engineers. All rights reserved.
B .3.3) Dimensions of hex agon and spline soc ket head cap screws
A -1
A -1
「 H 「
L
D
F
Fillet
Sc rew Size (D)
#0 - #10
1/4 - 4
Head Diameter
See Table
Max. A = 1.50 D
Head Heiaht
Max. H = D
Sc rew Size (D
削
#1
#2
#3
#4
Max. Head Diameter (A ) I 0.096 I 0 .118 I 0.140 I 0.161 I 0.183
Sc rew Size (D
Mιx. Head Diameter (A
#5
0.205
#10
0.31 2
ASME 818.3 - 2003 Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American s。ciety 。f Mechanical
Engineers. All rights 『eserved.
B- 6
[ Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners )
B .3.4) Drill and c ounte rbore sizes for soc ket head cap s c rews
--A--
No『ninal Size
。f Sc rew (D)
#0 0.0600
#1 0.0730
#2 0.0860
#3 0.0990
#4 0. 1120
#5 0. 1250
#6 0. 1380
#8 0. 1640
#10 (0.1900)
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
11/4
11/2
1 3/4
2
No minal Drill Size (A)
No rmal Fit
Close Fit
#51 0.067
#49 0.073
#46 0.081
#43 0.089
3/32
#36 0.106
#36 0.106
#31 0.120
1/8
#29 0.136
9/64
#23 0.154
#23 0.154
#18 0.170
#15 0.180
#10 0.1 94
#5) 0.206
#2) 0.221
17/64
9/32
21/64
11/32
25/64
13/32
29/64
15/32
33/64
17/32
41/64
21/32
49/64
25/32
57/64
29/32
1 1/64
1 1/ 32
1 9/32
1 5/16
1 17/32
1 9/16
1 13/16
1 25/32
2 1/32
2 1/16
60°
Counterbore
Diameter ( 8)
1/8
5/32
3/16
7/32
7/32
1/4
9/32
5/16
3/8
7/16
17/32
5/8
23/32
13/16
1 3/16
1 3/8
1 5/8
2
2 3/8
2 3/4
3 1/8
Co untersink
(C)
0.074
0.087
0.102
0.115
0.130
0.145
0.158
0.188
0.218
0.278
0.346
0.415
0.483
0.552
0.689
0.828
0.963
1.100
1.370
1.640
1.910
2.180
Notes 。n next page.
B- 7
( Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners J
Notes:
(1) Countersink. It is considered good p阳cti四 b countersink or break the edges of holes that are smaller than F (max.)
in pa时s having a hardness which approaches, equals， 。r exceeds the screw hardness. If such holes are n。t
counte『sunk, the heads of screws may n。t seat properly or the sharp edges 。n h。les may deform the fillets on screws
thereby making them sus四川ible to fatigue in applications involving dynamic loading. The countersink or comer relief,
h。wev町， sh。uld not 民 larger than is nece臼ary to ensure that the fillet on the screw is cleared. Normally, the diameter
。f counte陌ink d。es not heave t。 exceed F (max.). C。untersinks or come『 reliefs in ex四ss of this diameter reduce
the e何ective bearing area and introdu臼 the possibility of imbedment where the pa叶s to be fastened are s。他r than
the screws 。r brinnelling or flaring of the heads of the sc『ews where the parts to be fastened are harder than the
screws.
(2) Close 而t The close 自t is n。rmally limited to h。les for th。se lengths of screws that are thre唱ded to the head in
assemblies where 。n ly 。ne screw is to be used or where two or more screws are to be used and the mating h。l es are
to be produced either at assembly or by matched and coordinated t。o li ng.
(3) Normal Fit. The normal fit is intended for screws of relatively long length or for a臼emblies involving two or more
screws where the mating holes are to be produ四d by conventional tolerancing meth。ds. It provides for the ma用mum
all。wable ec四ntricity 。f the longest standard screws and for ce阳in va阳tions in the parts to be fastened, such as
deviations in h。le straightne白， angularity betw国n the axis of the tapped hole and that of the h。le for the shank,
differences in center distances of the mating holes, etc.
ASME 818.3 - 2003 Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American S田iety of Mechanical
Enginee『S All rights 『eserved.
B .3.5) Dimensions of hex agon and spline soc ket flat c ountersunk head cap
s c rews
82 deg.
土2 deg.
~二
Sc rew Size (D)
#0-#3
#4- 3/8
7/16
1/2 - 1 1/2
Sc rew Size (D)
#0
#2
#3
#4
Head Diameter (A)
Theor. Share
See Table
Max. A= 2 D + 0.031
Max. A= 2 D - 0.031
Max. A = 2 D - 0.062
A
L
Max. Head Height （叫
Max. H = 0.5 (Max. A - D) * cot (41 。）
Head Diameter (A)
Theor. Share
0. 138
0. 168
0. 197
0.226
ASME 818.3 - 2003 Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American S田iety of Mechanical
Engineers. All rights reserved.
B- 8
[ Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners )
B .3.6) Dimensions of slotted flat countersunk head cap screws
卜
4二
Screw Size (D)
1/4 throuah 3/8
7/16
1/2 throuah 1
1 1/8 throuoh 1 1/2
Head Diameter (A)
Thero. Share
Max. A = 2.000 D
Max. A = 2.000 D - 0.063
Max. A= 2.000 D- 0.125
Max. A= 2.000 D- 0.188
L
Head Height （闭
Max. H = 0.596 D
Max. H = 0.596 D - 0.0375
Max. H = 0.596 D - 0.075
Max. H = 0.596 D- 0.112
ASME 8 18.6.2 - 1998 Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American s。ciety of Mechanical
Engineers. All rights reserved.
B .3. 7) Dimensions of slotted round head cap s c rews
L
Screw Size (D)
1/4 and 5/16
3/8 and 7/16
1/2 and 9/16
5/8 and 3/4
Head Diameter (A)
Thero. Share
Max. A = 2.000 D - 0.063
Max. A= 2.000 D - 0.125
Max. A = 2.000 D - 0.1875
Max. A = 2.000 D - 0.250
Head Height （闭
Max. H = 0.875 D - 0.028
Max. H = 0.875 D - 0.055
Max. H = 0.875 D - 0.083
Max. H = 0.875 D-0.110
ASME 8 18.6.2 - 1998 Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American s。ciety of Mechanical
Engineers. All rights reserved.
B- 9
( Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners J
B.3.8) Dimensions 。f preferred s izes of type A plain washers
寸「 c
A
•-
－ ，－ ， －一
B
•』国
Washer
.
Size
Inside
Diamet er (A)
Basic
Outside
Diameter (8 )
Basic
Thickness
(C)
#6 10.138)
#8 (0.164)
#10 <0.190)
3/16
#12 (0.216)
1/4 N
1/4 W
5116 N
5/16 W
3/8 N
3/8 W
7/ 16 N
7/ 16 W
1/2 N
1/2 W
9/16 N
9/16 W
5/8 N
5/8 W
3/4 N
3/4 W
7/8 N
718 W
0.078
0.094
0.125
0.156
0.188
0.219
0.250
0.250
0.281
0.312
0.344
0.375
0.406
0.438
0.469
0.500
0.531
0.562
0.594
0.625
0.656
0.688
0.812
0.812
0.938
0.938
0 .188
0 .250
0 .312
0 .375
0 .438
0 .500
0 .562
0 .562
0 .625
0 .734
0 .688
0 .875
0 .812
1.000
0 .922
1.250
1.062
1.375
1.156
1.469
1.312
1.750
1.469
2 .000
1.750
2 .250
0.020
0.020
0.032
0.049
0.049
0.049
0.049
0.065
0.065
0.065
0.065
0.083
0.065
0.083
0.065
0.083
0.095
0.109
0.095
0.109
0.095
0.134
0.134
0.148
0.134
0.165
N。”、i nal
N。町、i nal
Inside
Washer
.
Size
D i a凹，eter
1 N
1 W
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 7/8
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
N
W
N
W
N
W
N
W
(A)
Basic
1.062
1.062
1.250
1.250
1.375
1.375
1.500
1.500
1.625
1.625
1.750
1.875
2.000
2. 125
2.375
2.625
2.875
3. 125
Outside
Diameter (8 )
Basic
Thickness
(C)
2.000
2.500
2.250
2.750
2.500
3.000
2.750
3.250
3.000
3.500
3.750
4.000
4.250
4.500
4.750
5.000
5.250
5.500
0.134
0.165
0.134
0.165
0.165
0.165
0.165
0.180
0.165
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.220
0.238
0.259
0.284
Nominal 明白er sizes are intended for use with compa用ble nominal screw or bolt sizes.
ANSI 8 18.22.1 - 1965 (R2003) Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the Ameri臼n s。ciety 。f
Mechanical Enginee『S All rights reserved.
B - 10
[ Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners )
B.3.9) Dimensions of regular helical spring-lock washers
T
BW
w
N。”、in a l
Washer Size
#210.0861
#310.0991
#4 0.1 12
#5 0.125
#6 .0138
#8 0.164
#10 0.190
#12 0.216
1/4
5/ 16
3/8
7/ 16
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
13/16
7/8
15/16
1 1/16
1 1/8
1 3/ 16
1 1/4
1 5/16
1 3/8
1 7/ 16
11 /2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 7/8
2
2 1/4
21 /2
2 3/4
3
Min. Inside
Diameter /Al
0.088
0.101
0.1 14
0.127
0.141
0.167
0.193
0.220
0.252
0.314
0.377
0.440
0.502
0.564
0.628
0.691
0.753
0.816
0.787
0.941
1.003
1.066
1.129
1.192
1.254
1.317
1.379
1.442
1.504
1.633
1.758
1.883
2.008
2.262
2.512
2.762
3.012
Max. Outside
Dia町、eter /Bl
0.172
0.195
0.209
0.236
0.250
0.293
0.334
0.377
0.487
0.583
0.680
0.776
0.869
0.965
1.073
1.170
1.265
1.363
1.459
1.556
1.656
1.751
1.847
1.943
2.036
2.133
2.219
2.324
2.419
2.553
2.679
2.811
2.936
3.221
3.47丁
3.824
4.074
Mean Secti。n
Thicknes s /Tl
0.020
0.025
0.025
0.031
0.031
0.040
0.047
0.056
0.062
0.078
0.094
0.109
0.125
0.141
0.156
0.172
0.188
0.203
0.219
0.234
0.250
0.266
0.281
0.297
0.312
0.328
0.344
0.359
0.375
0.389
0.389
0.422
0.422
0.440
0.440
0.458
0.458
Enlarged Section
Min. Secti。n
Width IWl
0.035
0.040
0.040
0.047
0.047
0.055
0.062
0.070
0.109
0.125
0.141
0.156
0.171
0.188
0.203
0.219
0.234
0.250
0.266
0.281
0.297
0.312
0.328
0.344
0.359
0.375
0.391
0.406
0.422
0.424
0.424
0.427
0.427
0.442
0.422
0.491
0.491
Min. Bearing
Width IBW\
0.024
0.028
0.028
0.033
0.033
0.038
0.043
0.049
0.076
0.087
0.099
0.109
0.120
0.132
0.142
0.153
0.164
0.175
0.186
0.197
0.208
0.218
0.230
0.241
0.251
0.262
0.274
0.284
0.295
0.297
0.297
0.299
0.299
0.309
0.309
0.344
0.344
ASME 018.21.1 - 1999 Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American s。ciety of Mechanical
Engineers. All rights reserved.
B - 11
( Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners J
8 .4) METRIC FASTENERS
B.4.1) Dimensions of hex bolts
s
寸寸
L
Da
o.
Fillet
D
D,
s
E
Max.
Max.
Width
Acr。ss
Max.
Width
Across
Flats
c。”、ers
K
」－ B二」
D.
Thread Lenath ! Bl
N。町、i nal
B。”
Diameter
and
Thread
Pitch
MSx 0.8
M6x1
MS x 1.25
M10 X 1.5
M12 X 1.75
M14 x2
M16 X 2
M20 x2.5
M24x3
M30 X 3.5
M36x4
M42 X 4.5
M48x5
M56 X 5.5
M64x6
M72x6
M80x6
M90x6
M100 X 6
B。dy
Diameter
5.48
6.19
8.58
10.58
12.70
14.70
16.70
20.84
24.84
30.84
37.00
43.00
49.00
57.00
65.52
73.84
82.16
92.48
102.80
8.00
10.00
13.00
16.00
18.00
21 .00
24.00
30.00
36.00
46.00
55.00
65.00
75.00
85.00
95.00
105.00
115.00
130.00
145.00
9.24
11.55
15.01
18.48
20.78
24.25
27.71
34.64
41.57
53.12
63.51
75.06
86.60
98.15
109.70
121.24
132.79
150.11
167.43
B。It
Max.
Head
Height
Fillet
B。It
Transiti。n
Lengths
D ian、eter
主 125
Lengths
> 125
and
B。It
Lengths>
200
主 20 0
3.88
4.38
5.68
6.85
7.95
9.25
10.75
13.40
15.90
19.75
23.55
27.05
31.07
36.20
41.32
46.45
51.58
57.74
63.90
5.7
6.8
9.2
11.2
13.7
15.7
17.7
22.4
26.4
33.4
39.4
45.4
52.0
62.0
70.0
78.0
86.0
96.0
107.0
16
18
22
26
30
34
38
46
54
66
78
90
102
22
24
28
32
36
40
44
52
60
72
84
96
108
124
140
156
172
192
212
35
37
41
45
49
53
57
65
73
85
97
109
121
137
153
169
185
205
225
ASME/ANSI B18.3.5M -1986 (R2002) Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American s。ciety
。f Mechanical Engineers. All rights reserved.
B - 12
[ Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners )
B.4.2) Dimensions of hex nuts, sty le 1
s
s
E
M
Dw
C
Max. Widt h
Acr。ss Flats
Max. Width
Acr。ss c。”、ers
Max.
Thick nes s
Min. Bearing
Face Diameter
Max. Washer
Face Thick ness
3.20
4.00
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
8.00
10.00
13.00
15.00
16.00
18.00
21 .00
24.00
30.00
36.00
46.00
55.00
3.70
4.62
5.77
6.35
6.93
8.08
9.24
11.55
15.01
17.32
18.45
20.78
24.25
27.71
34.64
41.57
53.12
63.51
1.30
1.60
2.00
2.40
2.80
3.20
4.70
5.20
6.80
9.10
8.40
10.80
12.80
14.80
18.00
21.50
25.60
31.00
D
N。町、i nal B。It
D ia町、 eter and
Thread Pitch
M1.6 X 0.35
M2 X 0.4
M2.5 X 0.45
M3x 0.5
M3.5 X 0.6
M4 X 0.7
MSx 0.8
M6x1
MS x 1.25
M10 X 1.5
M10 X 1.5
M12 X 1.75
M14 X 2
M16 x2
M20 x2.5
M24x3
M30 X 3.5
M36x4
1-=JEc 寸土「
2.3
3.1
4.1
4.6
5.1
6.0
7.0
8.9
11.6
13.6
14.6
16.6
19.4
22.4
27.9
32.5
42.5
50.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
ASME B18.2.4.1M - 2002 Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the Ameri臼n Society of
Mechanical Engineers. All rights reserved.
B - 13
( Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners J
B.4.3) Dimensions 。f metric soc ket head c ap s c rews
A--1 1--A
「 H 「
L
D
F
Fillet
Dimensi。ns in mm
Sc rew Size (D)
1.6 throuah 2.5
3 throuah 8
> 10
Head Diameter (A )
See Table
Max. A = 1.5 D + 1
Max. A= 1.5 D
Head Heiaht IHI
Max. H= D
Sc rew Size (D
1.6 I 2
2.5
Max. Head Diameter (A) I 3.00 I 3.80 I 4.50
ASME/ANSI B 18.3.1 M - 1986 (R2002) Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American Society
。f Mechanical Engineers. All rights reserved.
B - 14
[ Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners )
B .4.4) Drill and counterbore sizes for socket head cap screws
IT － x
。
aunu
Y
｜』
一 － A 一一－一
60°
1
Nominal Size
or Basic
Screw
Diameter
M1.6
M2
M2.5
M3
M4
MS
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
X
y
Counterbore
Diameter
Counters ink
Diameter
3.50
4 .40
5.40
6.50
8.25
9.75
11.25
14.25
17.25
19.25
22.25
25.50
31.50
37.50
47.50
56.50
66.00
75.00
2.0
2.6
3.1
3.6
4.7
5.7
6.8
9.2
11.2
14.2
16.2
18.2
22.4
26.4
33.4
39.4
45.6
52.6
A
Nominal Drill Size
Close Fit
1.80
2.20
2.70
3.40
4.40
5.40
6.40
8.40
10.50
12.50
14.50
16.50
20.50
24.50
30.75
37.00
43.00
49.00
Normal Fit
1.95
2.40
3.00
3.70
4.80
5.80
6.80
8.80
10.80
12.80
14.75
16.75
20.75
24.75
31 .75
37.50
44.00
50.00
ASME/ANSI B 18.3.1 M - 1986 (R2002) Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by perm阴阳n of the Amen臼n s。ciety
。f Mechanical Engineers. All rights reserved.
B - 15
( Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners J
B .4 .5) Dimensions 。f metric countersunk socket head cap screws
卜
A
L
Basic Screw
Dia町1eter and
Thread Pitch
M3 X 0.5
M4 X 0.7
MS x 0.8
M6 X 1
M8 X 1.25
M10 X 1.5
M12x 1.75
M14x2
M16 x2
M20 X 2.5
Head Diameter (A)
Theor. Sharp
6.72
8.96
11.20
13.44
17.92
22.40
26.88
30.24
33.60
40.32
Head Height （用
1.86
2.48
3.10
3.72
4 .96
6.20
7.44
8.12
8.80
10.16
ASME/ANSI 8 18.3.SM - 1986 (R2002) Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permissi。n of the American s。ciety
。f Mechanical Engineers. All rights reserved.
B - 16
[ Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners )
B .4.6) Drill and countersink sizes for f lat countersunk head cap screws
D
Nominal Screw
Size
M3
M4
MS
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M20
「 γL
90。
-A--
A
y
Nominal Hole
Diameter
3.5
4.6
6.0
7.0
9.0
11.5
13.5
16.0
18.0
22.4
Min. Countersink
Diameter
6.72
8.96
11.20
13.44
17.92
22.40
26.88
30.24
33.60
40.32
ASME/ANSI 8 18.3.SM - 1986 (R2002) Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permissi。n of the Ameri臼n s。ciety
of Mechanical Engineers. All rights reserved.
B - 17
( Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners J
8 .5) B。LT AND SCREW CLEARANCE HOLES
B .5.1 ) Inc h clearance holes
Nominal
Screw Size
#0 0.06)
#1 0.073
#2 0.086
#3 0.099
#4 0. 112
#5 0. 125
#6 0.138
#8 0.164
#10 (0.190)
1/4
5/ 16
3/8
7/ 16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
Nori町1a l
#48 (0.0760)
#43 (0.0890)
#38 (0. 1015)
#32 (0. 1160)
#30 {0. 1285)
5/32
#18 (0. 1695)
#9 (0.1960)
#2 (0.2210)
9/32
11/32
13/32
15/32
9/16
11/16
13/16
15/16
1 3/32
1 7/32
1 11/32
1 1/2
1 5/8
Fit Classes
Close
Loose
Nominal Drill Size
#51 (0 .0670)
3/32
#46 (0.0810)
#37 (0.1040)
#32 (0.1160)
3/32
#36 (0.1065)
#30 (0.1285)
#31 {0.1200)
#27 {0.1440)
11/64
9/64
#23 (0.1540)
# 13 (0.1850)
#15 (0.1800)
#3 (0.2130)
#5 (0.2055)
B (0.238)
17/64
19/64
23/64
21/64
27/64
25/64
31/64
29/64
17/ 32
39/64
21/ 32
47/64
29/32
25/ 32
29/ 32
1 1/32
1 1/32
1 5/32
1 5/32
1 5/16
1 9/32
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 39/64
1 9/16
1 47/64
ASME 8 18.2.8 - 1999 Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American s。ciety of Mechanical
Engin四『S All rights 『eserved.
B - 18
[ Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners )
B .5.2) Metric clearance h。les
No minal
Screw Size
M1.6
M2
M2.5
M3
M4
MS
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56
M64
M72
M80
M90
M100
Fit Classes
Normal
Close
Loose
Nominal Drill Size
1. 7
1.8
2
2.4
2.2
2.6
2.9
2.7
3. 1
3.4
3.2
3.6
4.5
4.3
4.8
5.5
5.3
5.8
6.4
6.6
7
9
8.4
10
11
10.5
12
13
13.5
14.5
15.5
15
16.5
17
17.5
18.5
22
21
24
26
25
28
33
31
35
42
39
37
45
43
48
52
50
56
62
58
66
74
70
66
78
74
82
86
82
91
96
93
101
107
104
112
ASME 818.2.8 -1 999 Standard. Reprinted from the standard listed by permission of the American s。ciety of Mechanical
Engineers. All rights reserved.
B - 19
( Appendix B: Threads and Fasteners J
且♀工E豆
B - 20
( Appendix C: Refe『ences )
APPENDIX C
REFERENCES
[1] "30 Master Drive Accuracy into your Business", Brochure distributed by Dassault
Systemes
[2] ASME Y14.1-2012: Decimal Inch Drawing Sheet Size and Format
[3] ASME Y1 4 .1 M-2012: Metric Drawing Sheet Size and Format
[4] ASME Y1 4 .100-2013 Engineering Drawing Practices
[5] ASMEY14.24-2012 Types and Applications of Engineering Drawings
[6] ASME Y1 4 .2-2008: Line Conventions and Le抗ering
[7] ASME Y1 4 .3-2012: Orthographic and Pictorial Views
[8] ASME Y1 4 .5M - 2009: Dimensioning and Tolerancing
[9] ASME Y1 4 .8-2009: Castings, Forgings, and Molded Pa『ts
[1 OJ Machinery’S Handbook 261h Ed., Industrial Press
[11] USAS/ASME B4. 1 - 1967 (R2004 ): Preferred Limits and Fits for Cylindrical Parts
[12] ANSI B4.2 - 1978 (R2004 ): Preferred Metric Limits and Fits
[13] ASME Y1 4 .6 - 2001: Screw Thread Representation
[14] ASME B1 .1 - 2003: Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form)
[15] ASME B 1.13M - 2001 : Metric Screw Threads: M Profile
[16] ASME B 18.2.8 - 1999: Clearance Holes for Bolts, Screws, and Studs
[17] ASME B18.2.1 -1996: Square and Hex Bolts and Screws (Inch Series)
[18] ASME/ANSI B18.2.2-1987 (R1999): Square and Hex Nuts (Inch Series)
[19] ANSI B 18.2.3.5M - 1979 (R2001 ): Metric Hex Bolts
[20] ASME B18.2.4. 1M - 2002: Metric Hex Nuts , Style 1
[21 ] ASME B18.3 - 2003: Socket Cap, Shoulder, and Set Screws, Hex and Spline Keys
(Inch Series)
[22] ASME/ANSI B18.3.1M -1986 (R2002): Socket Head Cap Screws (Metric Series)
[23] ASME/ANSI B18.3.5M -1986 (R2002): Hexagon Socket Flat Countersunk Head
Cap Screws (Metric Series)
[24] ASME 18.6.2 -1998: Slo忧ed Head Cap Screws, Square Head Set Screws, and
Slo伎ed Headless Set Screws (Inch Series)
[25] ASME B18.21.1 - 1999: Lock Washers (Inch Series)
[26] ANSI B 18.22.1 - 1965 (R2003): Plain Washers
C-1
[ Appendix C: References J
且♀工E豆
C- 2
SOC Publications specializes in creating exceptional
books that are designed to seamlessly integrate into
courses or help the self learner master new skills. Our
commitment to meeting our customer’s needs and
keeping our books priced affordably are just some of
the reasons our books are being used by nearly 1,200
colleges and universities across the United States and
Canada.
SOC Publications is a family owned and operated
company that has been creating quality books since
1985. All of our books are proudly printed in the United
States.
Our technology books are updated for every new
software release so you are always up to date with the
newest technology. Many of our books come with video
enhancements to aid students and instructor resources
to aid instructors.
Take a look at all the books we have to offer you by
visiting S0Cpublications.com.
mG
AD
U
户L
－
n
nudnuds
．
n
r9unurKH nb
l
川
e
节
川
切。
nnEe
－
wu
－
．， 抗
S 阳
0、。、、，，问川
飞到
a
－
for users of all levels and experience. As you continue
此『
offers books covering a wide range of topics designed
、， γ
M川 wweer
level or learn someth ing brand new. SOC Publications
ddu叩
m
K4DMmm
Take the skil ls you learned in this book to the next
mH
－ －
O DbAAnnE
Keep Going
T
3BCCEEFKP
to improve your skills, SOC Publications will be there
to provide you the tools you need to keep learn ing.
Visit SDCpublications.com to see all our most current
books.
Why SDC Publications?
. Regular and timely updates
. Priced affordably
. Designed for users of all levels
.
by professionals and educators
. We offer a variety of learning approaches
W「i tten
SOFTWARE
Adams
ANSYS
AutoCAD
AutoCAD Architecture
AutoCAD Civil 30
Autodesk 3ds Max
Autodesk Inventor
Autodesk Maya
Autodesk Revit
CATIA
Creo Parametric
Creo Simulate
Draftsight
Lab VIEW
MATLAB
N×
OnShape
SketchUp
SOLIDWORKS
SOLIDWORKS Simulation